Chapter 1: The nightingale began the argument in the corner of a clearing, and perched on a beautiful branch--
Notes:
Erik is played by QUIETDOWN.
Charles is played by LIBRATA.i. Please view our companion guide, The Valleys Almanac, for a greater look into accompanying playlists, literature, imagery, educational references, FAQ, exposition and more.
(See the end of the chapter for more notes.)
Chapter Text
The first time Charles senses his presence, it stops him in his tracks. This mind - his mind -precedes everything else about him. It lights up the campus at Cambridge like a solar flare, brilliant and encroached in darkness and suffocating void and vivid, endless rays. Non-Euclidian geometry overlaid in microscopic filaments and decoys that vanish and disappear like smoke. A mind unlike anything he had ever encountered before, or since. The man, he learns, is called Erik. A German last name, Lehnsherr - can't help but be ironic, since Jews haven't been land-owners in Germany for a century or longer. (That fact isn't plucked from Erik's mind so much as it's woven into the very fabric of the molecules that comprise his being.) And they're all-but driven out now. His accent is lightly Slavic, though - not German, but Polish.
A childhood spent in Łódź is easily picked out from the ether in plumes of thick ash. Worrying nimble, long fingers over his grandfather's metallurgy instruments, learning to forge and bend precious metals to his will. Fingers that produce poetry in fluttered, rebellious leaflets abandoned in the streets after tanks and officers roll in. A dark-haired girl with matching freckles to her big brother's swings her skinned knees off the kitchen counter - while he's inherited the curls, faint reddish hue and vivid green eyes of his mother. That too vanishes before Charles can properly get his hands around it. Slips right through his fingers, as though Erik's mind has built-in defenses and subconscious overlays not even he could adequately explain nor understand, being effectively psi-null. Charles isn't stupid. He's seen it. Once, very briefly, Erik had forgotten to roll down the sleeve of his shirt, and there they were.
Brutal, fuzzy numbers mashed into one another and barely-intelligible, branded into his skin with an amorphous red blob emblazoned beside them.
An American living in the lap of luxury for most of his existence, it's easy to consider Charles privileged, but he is not blind to the realities of man's darkest, baser nature. The nature that incites them to oppress their fellows, the brutality and atrocities that men inflict on each other without rhyme, reason nor remorse. That he's a survivor of war is clear, and it must be what keeps his thoughts so elegantly and ruthlessly controlled. The operation of one's mind is not something that most have any familiarity with. Erik's voice, on the other hand, he wields precisely. Lehnsherr finally comes to his face-to-face acquaintance one Thursday afternoon at MIT's political debate club. Clad in all black, all lithe lines and angles, advocating for mutant separatism with what passed for impassioned fervor for him.
To everyone else, Erik's tone is always quiet. Always even-tempered. Never flickering, never giving anything away to his opponent until incisively cutting them down on cross-examination. To Charles, who sees more, it is fundamental. That he's a mutant is obvious, but Charles can't tell exactly what his mutation is, other than that he has a clear affinity for conductive elements. Nickel, copper, titanium. Silver, sometimes, when he's tracing the edges of his influence over someone's jewelry. Fixing the little nicks of wear-and-tear before they'd ever notice it was damaged. But Erik notices.
There's a need, a longing, to learn more. To uncover this mystery that he is unaccustomed to enduring in another being and has not done since he was five years old and the flavors and sounds of his nanny's private, seething resentment of her station began flickering into his awareness like cold, flowing molasses coating the underside of his neurons. One thing is certain; Lehnsherr is not used to having friends. He's a consummate loner, aside from his Saturdays, which are at the forefront of his recollection in pure fondness, and spent seated in a semi-circle, cross-legged around a group of children reading from a large, Hebrew-scripted tome.
It's the only time he's ever seen Erik smile, and it resolves in him shortly after to earn that smile for himself. Friends it is. It's surprisingly easy to get him to agree to the invitation. Aoife's as an establishment is remarkably discreet when it comes to certain clientele - particularly of the bent persuasion. It's not the first man Charles has ever taken there, but he is the first to be invited back a second time. After a few beers, Erik's expression loosens more - he talks with his hands, leans forward with avid attention at the things Charles is saying - even if he's virulently disagreeing with what he views as a naive perspective. His eyes become even more brilliant in the darkness of the dingy bar after chasing up said beers with shots of unpalatable American vodka.
"You are telling me that - mutacja genetyczna - is like one's eyes or ears," Erik's saying, worrying a stir-stick through the tepid ice cubes in his mediocre beer. His attention is more focused on his companion even as he pauses to drain the rest of the cup. "But you can coexist with someone of green eyes." He taps under his own - which Charles had just made a comment on a few moments prior. "What if their eyes shoot laser beams?" an eyebrow arches. "Coexistence is much scarier. We have laws of regulation with obtaining weapons, but mutants are born with one. That cannot be regulated by law without oppressing us!" he almost smiles. It's not easy arguing with Charles. He was the reigning champion of the MIT team for the last two years running for a reason. So when Erik does make an irrefutable point (at least to him), it's enough to warrant the expression.
After his second drink. L-rd help Charles fucking Xavier.
Challenges, Charles knows, are character-building. It’s a sick stance to take from his position; he’s at least introspective enough to understand how utterly tone deaf he is to be nursing this thought. And yet, if there is anything that Charles Xavier knows for certain—and one could argue that there is truly nothing that can ever be known by anyone for certain—it’s that thoughts of this ilk are universal. The human mind is sublime in its diversity, but as all life, has its mainstays. Oh, yes, people think about things that they shouldn’t at an alarming frequency. Adoring mothers imagine their own relief should their precious little ones simply vanish.
Newlyweds, still dewy-eyed and drooling, wonder if they’ve locked themselves into a life of voluntary imprisonment as they climb into bed together. Doctors who wish certain patients ill, righteous university students such as himself who sympathize with the wrong attitude. The resulting shame is always what alerts Charles to what some PhDs over in Chicago are calling cognitive dissonance; or the discomfort that arises when one holds two conflicting beliefs. It’s not quite the same, but Charles has been attaching that term to this phenomenon anyway. It’s fascinating, he thinks, to watch from this side as people much brighter than he unravels the brain without the gift of pure empiricism. His own cognitive dissonance floods his head as he studies the offending green eyes and thinks about how privileged he is to consider Erik Lehnsherr a challenge.
Having led a life characterized by an abundance of material comfort, Charles is unaccustomed to challenge. It no longer feels appropriate to cast his childhood in that way; emotional absence and the pressures of old money are not really challenging. At least not in a way that justifies attention. Anyone who had lived through the previous decade with even the remotest capacity to empathize had to recognize that. By that extension, it’s doubly unfair to think of Erik Lehnsherr as a challenge. Triply unfair (and positively nauseating) to know that he likes that. A challenge! What’s it like to be challenged? What’s it like to be required to find valiance and strength from within? How does it feel to triumph? Triumphant? Ridiculous, and tone deaf, Charles knows. It’s a blessing that Erik isn’t privy to his thoughts. At the table beside them, two men, two freshmen, bellow with laughter; the lanky one with a cleft chin watches his stocky companion chortle with waiting eyes, analytical and hopeful eyes. He wonders if his own probe Erik’s in this way. So obvious.
“Well, that’s simply not true,” Charles replies, thumbnail tapping against the rim of his smeared glass to punctuate his rebuttal. The near-smile is enticing, and he almost loses his footing at the gentle twitch in those full lips. “Or, I suppose it could be true, but you would have to concede that, if we accept your premise, we are all oppressed.” The artifice of logic is easy to fall back upon, perhaps the sole reason that Charles can masquerade as someone who most definitely is not a simpering dolt. “We are all regulated by laws. Laws that dictate conduct may or may not be inherently oppressive, but that is beyond this conversation.” Charles studies Erik’s leonine features before he takes a long swig of his warming lager. Swill, his mother would have called it with a sour expression. “We readily accept laws that regulate how people use their innate advantages. Is that oppression?” His argument, he knows, is propped up by little more than straw, but Charles doesn’t bother to solidify it.
No, he wants Erik to topple it, to insist that he’s wrong. To challenge him.
The twitch at Erik's lips threatens to emerge into a full-blown smirk, but it merely creases his eyes, marring his atavistic countenance the way an artist smudges their thumb over an oil painting. "Is the law inherently oppressive?" he rephrases Charles's argument swiftly, one eyebrow arced in skepticism. "No, but many laws are. What is..." his mouth forms a little moue as he considers how to parse his thoughts, flickering through different languages as if paging through a children's book - brilliant splashes of cartoonish imagery and poetic verse. He seems to forget himself as he catches onto Charles's gaze. Erik's stare burns into him. Charles has already well-convinced himself that it's linked to drink - perhaps because it's the only time he ever sees Erik's veneer slip from its ironclad repose.
That statue animating to life. With coldness and with cruelty / you shaped me / how good it was to be mere clay / to lie / lifeless and calm / among the sands and stones of earth / between eternities... another liturgy, pulled from the depths. Erik's mind is full of literature. Once, Charles had asked him to read a passage from his latest book - and had gotten the hilarious - and if he's flirting, Erik is playing 4D chess - and shocking delivery of Erik's humored tones reciting: "He visits my town once a year. / He fills my mouth with kisses and nectar. / I spend all my money on him / Who, girl, your man? / No, a mango."
But of course, Der Goylem is apt. A figure of ancient, desiccated clay become alive and vital. Through its elixir of health, the vaunted Pabst Blue Ribbon. "Moralne lub właściwy," he flicks his hand to the side in a dismissive gesture. Charles doesn't need to speak Polish for the lilting terminology to reveal itself - Erik is speaking of morality over legality. "The law does not dictate moralne prawidłowy. All the wars, it was legal. What happened to my people, it was legal. What law is, that matters. What conduct... jakie postępowanie narzuca," he switches, communicating himself as effectively as he can in a language familiar to Charles only in faint whispers at the edges of Erik's curling consciousness. "The first law that says you -" he points to Charles, "cannot use your mutation. You cannot read a mind, you will go to prison. You do not find it oppressive?"
It's sudden and stark and fascinating. No one has ever caught Charles out on it before, not until he's told them. But Erik knows. Erik knows that he can read minds. His stare burns all the brighter.
He isn’t a man of interpersonal subtlety—Charles had gleaned that from their first interaction. Austere patrician features belied the powerful symphonic orchestra of Erik’s mind; Charles hadn’t expected such bluntness from a man who could think in villanelles. Charles’s own manner of social interaction is of an entirely different genealogy. He’s cordial, pleasant, diplomatic. He can grin broadly as his psyche suffers, feign comfort as neckties and stiff loafers suffocate his skin, feign ignorance as he watches his mother’s dinner guests grow rude with drink, watches their prejudices climb to the fore. Peace and comfort are Charles’s twin goals, and so he thrives as a chameleon, or perhaps, a sycophant, chronically redirecting his world and the worlds of those around him. Rarely, if ever, has Charles felt so directionless as he does right now.
There is no clear route away from this discomfort, the immense unease of being identified publicly. Erik’s long finger points at him, accusing and knowing. Mutant eyes, green as late-summer grass and not marginally as tranquil, fix his own. Instinct urges Charles to glance away, to gauge if their bar-mates are tuning in to the debate between the two handsome men at the corner table, but he keeps his own gaze forward. What else does Erik Lehnsherr know? He can discover that for himself, of course, but such intense rummaging extends beyond the level of voyeurism that Charles can tolerate. Cognitive dissonance, he thinks again. He’s still intoxicated by the process by which Erik forms his thoughts. Couplets and quatrains in languages that Charles can’t identify parade through his conscience, accompanied by vivid imagery borrowed from the spectrum that spans Caravaggio to the peeling billboards at the outskirts of Cambridge which promise magic in Brylcreem or fulfillment in Corn Flakes.
Threads of music and literature and art weave themselves along strands of philosophy and language until they settle into the tapestry that Erik reads from with confidence. Charles wonders if he himself is guided in this way when he speaks. His educational pedigree is as impressive as one might expect of an Xavier; the primary schools that he attended in New York and the secondary education that he received across the Atlantic educate in the classic tradition. Charles knows Homer as well as he knows Hesse, Marlowe as well as Marx, Justinian and Joyce. But does he have the aptitude to recruit them as Erik seems to? Mythos and math live on two different planes, to Charles. Myth is false, math is real. Is his own mind really so flat, so dimensionless?
“And what if I were allowed to freely use my mutation as I pleased?” Charles counters, voice blessedly calm in spite of his rankled spirit. “What an advantage. I could declare myself King of the World right now, and convince everyone in this room, including you, my friend, that it is so. By tomorrow morning, I could have all of Boston under my thumb. Tomorrow evening, the entirety of New England.” Charles pauses, measuring Erik’s expression. Does his companion understand truly the extent of Charles’s abilities? “Would that not be ‘oppressive,’ as you say?” he continues, one brow arching upward. “I agree with you; any overlap between law and morality is merely coincidental. The law prevents you, after all, from ripping the steel nails from our chairs and sending them into my throat.” He pauses for the briefest of moments, trading an acknowledgement for an acknowledgement. “But you aren’t refraining from that because it breaks the law, are you? Morality is the more powerful force.”
Charles finally drains his drink, and immediately wants another. “Perhaps morality is the true oppressor, here.”
He's roused that intricate beast carved along the underside of Erik's molecular structure; wood-burned and polished, whorls of vivid reds and warmed sienna - speckled-patterns. In the few discussions Charles has had regarding his potential, he is accustomed to his conversation-partner experiencing the full weight of his capability as a bolt of fear through their chest. The - oh, my God. You can do anything to me. And Erik is no different. You could make me do anything...
What is distinct, what is triumphant, is that there is not a hint of fear there at all. There is - admiration. Respect, fascination. And, to-Charles-only, a shimmer. A delicate thread, twinged in Erik's gut. Something deeper, layered and filtered that flits away as soon as it arises. Such things are equally common amongst men. Simple statements drawing baser, primal responses that most are unaware of. In Erik, they're blooms of vivid-tulips and slashing blades of grass across ceaseless canvas. Thunderstorms pulsing between Neuron's synaptic cleft.
"Is there not a difference between the free use of your mutation and the free use of one's hands? Cutting a vegetable with a kitchen knife, or using it to kill?" his reaction is quicksilver, sharp and steady. "But to use your ability... to see another," Erik's tone drops off there, and somewhere, softens. That wooden ego melting into rich chocolate. Accessible, for the briefest moment. Their debate forgotten in this liminal space out of time. "That must be quite... heavy, for you, Charles." It's one of the few times Erik deigns to refer to him by name, his brows knit together; expression all-around gentle and surely confusing. That Charles has admitted to power which could fell empires and topple governments with a simple flick of his wrist (if-that), Yet, Erik is more concerned for him.
As a mind-reader, or a telepath according to the dusty pages of fin-de-siecle mysticism, Charles is rarely surprised. What was once shocking is now pedestrian; people lie or people tell the truth or people lie about some things while professing others. He’s heard so much from so many. That this man, Erik Lehnsherr, has the ability to consistently disarm Charles is more than unusual. His mind flits from formal debate to the Tanakh and finally to a position of pure, deep empathy in the span of a few beats of the Bobby Darin hit pumping from the jukebox. Somehow, that progression is not chaotic, but orderly, precise, determined. Suddenly, Charles is slightly ashamed. Erik, unfazed by the blithe threat, is engaging with his admitted shock tactic rather than fighting it. The few others with whom he has shared this potential had all reacted as expected; with disgust, dismissal, scorn, or fear.
Charles had been expecting dismissal from Erik, whose own power commanded equal respect. What does a man like Erik, sharp and confident, have to fear? Empathy, then, is alarming. The temperature of the Erik’s cool mien has risen by several degrees, and the hardness around those eyes and lips has given way, if only slightly, to something much more malleable. As if true concern troubled his muscles so much as to make them forget that they’re on opposite sides of a debate. His own muscles feel limp. It may be the beer, but, more likely, it’s the intoxication of sitting across from a person who has made Charles feel, for the first time in his life, like being entirely honest. “It’s…” he hesitates, understanding fully well that this stammering betrayed the mask of confidence that he valiantly attempts to front. “It’s not regularly heavy, at least not in that way,” he offers, eyes now on the frothy suds coating the bottom of his glass. “The trivial things can often feel heavy. You know, I overhear someone thinking vile or harmful things about another, and I wonder if I ought to step in."
For emphasis, he jerks his head to his left, toward the door of the dim bar. “That man by the entrance, do you see him? The one with the glasses? He’s hoping that a young man or woman in here will have one too many shandies and will agree to accompany him home, tonight.” Charles furrows his brows now, frowning at his knuckles as they tighten around his empty glass. “Because I know of his intentions, the responsibility, ultimately, may be mine to ensure that his hopes are dashed. I can make him forget where he is and send him stumbling home, or….or I can do nothing, and let evening run its course.” He leans back in his rickety chair then and pulls his right leg up, crossing it atop his left knee.
He feels a bit stuffy in his grey blazer and leather wingtips, argyle socks now visible to anyone who might look. The freshmen at the neighboring table are casual; printed shirts with butterfly collars and loose slacks, saddle shoes and loafers. He feels old and outmoded beside them. “My ego isn’t large enough to make me believe that I am at all qualified to be some global dictator. I would never dream of such a thing, and so that doesn’t trouble me,” he says carefully, fingers drumming against his knee. “The…dilemmas, however, that arise from my opting to be a bystander or opting to insert myself into a situation, can indeed be heavy.” Charles allows that to brew for a moment before he clears his throat, suddenly deeply uncomfortable. “It’s a privilege, however, to even have that choice. Don’t think that I don’t know that.”
Erik lists forward slightly, eyes riveted on his companion as he speaks, long fingers steepled together below his chin in a contemplative triangle. His head rests, and he listens. In many respects, they are opposing elements. Charles in his luxurious Brioni whilst Erik's frame is embraced by casual leather and denim jeans. One of studious formality, the other balanced on that razor-wire of brisk entropy. Chaotic, some would call it, but for a telepath, the precise order of things is made manifest. As Charles draws Erik's attention to the other individual, his gaze - once fully trained on Charles and focused in every manner, withdraws amidst the vague overflow of icy frost. Chilled out, slowed and stretched until it loses all shape or meaning. His shoulders square, and he straightens in his seat.
"My ability," he laughs there, more of an exhaled huff through his nostrils than boisterous joy, but all the same - "you know, it came after. When I was at the Red Cross. I woke up one morning in my tent, and all the little instruments were floating beside me. If I had -" his head shakes a little. There is no need to bring it down here; certainly Charles understood his perspective. A telepath. Fascinating. And side-tracked. "You do not know this information for nothing. It is your gift. You were given this." A winding verse snakes beneath, as it would turn out so often with Erik, though he remains eerily unaware of his mind's catalogue. / you shall accept gifts for Me from every person whose heart is so moved , And let them make Me a sanctuary that I may dwell among them... / "There are many ways that people discover information. Sometimes you learn it incidentally. That does not render it invalid."
And then he holds out his hand, a completely shocking action that perfectly encapsulates Erik Lehnsherr and his boisterous impulsivity, cracking off him as sparks in a malfunctioning circuit. A flurry of sound and taste and smoke. "Let's intervene. I would not wish that man on any poor sap." It takes a few moments to realize Erik is being catty, slipping the knife in before anyone has the chance to realize they've been cut. He's taken the implications and blurred them slightly, just-enough to make this extended offer of vigilantism enticing. Dare-say... fun.
It’s truly embarrassing to consider how Erik affects him so, but at least that glaring implication lives in his own head and nowhere else. He has met one other telepath; an icy blonde called Emma who he grew to know while on a ski holiday in Chamonix some years ago. Though Emma may be the only person alive who can access his thoughts in this way, he for some reason never felt truly vulnerable around her. Not as he does with Erik. Charles knows that he’s charismatic. He knows that he’s likable and popular; all the loneliness that he feels in his life comes from within rather than without. Because of his charisma—his keen ability to lie, Raven might say—others pay attention to him. He’s eloquent but relatable, often disarming.
When he speaks, others tend to listen to him. He’s rarely had to chase. Erik, of course, does not conform to the mold. To enjoy the other’s attention, rapt and thoughtful, brings a renewed vigor. He stares briefly at the outstretched hand, wondering what Erik would have done had his ability come before and not after, wondering what he should do with this information. This, Charles decides, is more hard won than a smile. A modicum of trust, unbroken attention, a proposal. The telepath swallows thickly, and then presses a smooth smile across his lips before leaning forward once more and allowing his hand, smooth and narrow, to rest atop Erik’s own. His fingers ache to dig into the other’s skin, to explore, to imprint, but they remain still and chaste, pink and olive atop the sticky tabletop.
“You make light of my dilemma,” Charles chastises, though his own tone is what is light. “What gives us the right to play God?” Even as he speaks, his free hand travels toward his temple, auburn hair slicked back, and presses two fingers inward. At this proximity, it’s like listening to the radio. Tuning to the frequency of the bespectacled man is not difficult, and within mere seconds, Charles has slipped beneath the outer barrier of his psyche and into the milieu. Neurons fire and concrete images, noises, sensations result. Most people stage their most immediate thoughts in the same area of the brain, just behind the frontal lobe, and this man is no different.
Charles takes his place in the front row, ready to stage manage and direct. One of his invisible tendrils flicks outward, away from the frontal lobe and toward the cerebellum. With minimal effort, Charles extends his control over the knot and blocks the pathways between several sets of neurons, causing the man to freeze. A similar treatment is applied to the thalamus, and though the man remains seated with his eyes open, he is unconscious, unable to move, unaware. A mannequin, a dummy, ready to be manipulated. “What shall we make him do?” Charles asks then, feeling like he did as a child, when he and Raven sat at the top of the stairwell, giddy as they watched their unsuspecting nanny slip her bare feet into the shoes that they had just filled with gelatin.
Watching closely, Erik's eyes narrow on the man. At once, faced with the abrupt reality, he does comprehend Charles. It's a split-second of affinity, but that single moment - he knows exactly what that price would be. "That he desires to leave this place and return home, to read his favorite book." It's surprisingly mild, given the lightning strikes behind too-even features. "Not light," he shakes his head, though, and offers the hand in his the most gentle of squeezes - as though handling delicate chinaware. "The truth. You should be able to openly express yourself. I understand that stops at violating the rights of others," he adds, and indicates the man before them for good measure - which does qualify, despite Erik's leniency. "I know you are a telepath because of the way the Elevator Lounge pledges speak of you."
The Elevator Lounge is part of Tau Epsilon Phi (ΤΕΦ), which reveals a little about Erik - evidently he'd pledged with a fraternity. If anyone did not strike Charles as the frat-boy stereotype, it would be Erik Lehnsherr. But as he's coming to discover with each time they interact, Erik positively delights in disrupting Charles's perceptions of him. At least ΤΕΦ was known as a Mutant and Jewish-inclusive independent-living-group. "They are afraid of you. Even those who are open about their own mutation within our walls. They believe you should be forbidden from utilizing your psionic abilities to invade their privacy. I do not share such a concern, and believe it is a symptom of limited cognitive capacity. However," he has to groan, barely concealing an eyeroll. "I... take your point," he concedes very slowly, clearly unaccustomed to giving an inch let alone a mile within conflict.
"It must be overwhelming, to constantly face these decisions. It cannot be your sole responsibility to address. That would be unfair. But, I see little wrong with amending an individual who is intending to cause serious harm. Perhaps not G-d, but we possess these abilities. We are meant to use them. Ideally in the pursuit of tikkun olam," he elucidates, the Hebrew phrase materializing out of thin air. He pats Charles's hand before wrapping his fingers around the edge of his glass, plucking it up off of the table to allow a natural pause to fall over them as he drains the remaining liquid. - Repair of the World. A lofty goal, weighted in nobility, and once-more a disparity in Erik's psyche. Slowly and steadily, he lifts his fingers from their dripping condensation to flick Charles's fork up into the air, rearranging it molecule-by-molecule until it forms a neat, folded rose with decorative swirls engraved. It hovers in front of Charles's face momentarily before setting down next to his plate.
This time, Erik is smiling. It's a mere wobble, but it reaches his eyes.
“Oh, so very dull,” Charles chides, though it’s likely that they both know that the telepath would not have settled for anything less pragmatic than this. He maintains eye contact with Erik as he presses harder into his temple, for a flourish more than function. Had he been observing his target, he would have witnessed the man throw back the remnants of his beer, drop a handful of coins on the table, and make a quick exit. So glad I got that Christie back from Ray, the man—a middle-aged bus driver called Bruce—thinks to himself as he shuffles through the dim streets. Can’t remember the ending to it, didn’t Poirot get himself into trouble with that British policeman? Funny it’s called “Scotland Yard,” not even in Scotland, right? Maybe she’ll explain it….
Charles eases out of the man’s head as he hurries toward his dreary efficiency, turning his attention fully to Erik once more. Their hands remain linked as Charles listens to Erik’s defense, and at the end, he smiles sadly. “Truth is so often subjective,” he counters, though there is no strain of defense in his own voice, now. His tone is soft but assured. “Those friends of yours—your brothers.” A wry glance. “Their truth is not wrong; they fear the horizons of my ability and mistrust me for it. Invading another’s privacy is wrong, and if one can’t even be private in one’s own head…well.” He thinks of Bruce again and is minutely uplifted to know that no unsuspecting soul from this bar will find themselves in the man’s dingy flat tonight. Simultaneously, he can only wonder what may happen tomorrow, or in the bar across the road, or at a bar in Brussels, or maybe one in Bangalore, or Birmingham, or Beirut, or…
“It’s simple to say, Erik,” Charles says at last, tasting the name on his tongue. “But it’s a difficult line to draw. Impossible. Subjectiveness will always make it so.” Tikkun olam, he thinks, watching with fascination as Erik molds the silverware like clay before his eyes. That’s a phrase that he knows, perhaps because he fishes it out of Erik’s head, perhaps from somewhere else. Despite himself, Charles’s own grin grows when a crooked, quiet smile appears on Erik’s face. A genuine one, spurring triumph, quieting the trouble in Charles’s soul, if only briefly. Yes, a truly simpering dolt. He plucks the silver rose from the table to spin it in his fingers, admire the detail in the petals, the perfection of the thorns. He then slips it in his breast pocket, the metal head glimmering in the low light. “Repair implies that the world was working once before,” Charles notes, still grinning, still beaming. “But perhaps, that is a topic for another day.”
A glance at his Rolex indicates that it’s just after 10:30pm. The time when evenings wind down or ramp up.
“Would you care for one more?” he asks, nodding toward the empty glass. “Or, have you had enough of this place?” Or enough of me?
"Brother is a strong word," Erik groans, pinching the bridge of his nose. "But I digress, we are stronger together." At Charles's last topical note - there it is, once more. That flares a light behind Erik's eyes, and he signals Aoife to refill their mugs in silent answer. "Ah, but nevertheless a fascinating one. I'd wager it began with agriculture. Large populations of people were forced to cultivate land for lords. There is some literature that suggests a bulk of human civilization is based upon slavery, and that the natural design of our species - well, their species, at the least - is to work in small, cooperative communities." Leave it to Erik to reject agriculture out of nowhere, for no reason, and it's infuriating and - there's that light. And tongue-in-cheek. Self-aware in its absurdity. He lifts his glass, confirming his desire to remain, but light-footed. Not-quite understanding the delicate balance of social propriety. "I confess I have never been to this establishment before. I had heard rumors it caters to malcontents, so it would appear I am in the right place."
The fresh pint buoys Charles ever so slightly, as does the promise of another debate. Oh, how exciting this is, he realizes objectively. A companion, a match. It’s beyond arrogant to even consider it so, but Charles wonders if he’s ever encountered his intellectual equal. Certainly he’s conversed with people much smarter than he; many of his professors and colleagues at MIT are currently in the process of discovering principles that Charles can’t begin to envisions. An intellectual equal is different. Someone whose mind is tuned in to the same frequency as his own, which draws upon a similar corpus as his own. Which makes connections in a familiar way. The two of them can hardly be less similar; their backgrounds entirely foreign. And Erik is more poetic than he, his thoughts more faceted. Still, Charles struggles to think of anything but a complementary mirror when he fixes his eyes upon Erik, the electricity of opportunity sparking in his blood.
“Yes, yes, I’ve also read Marx,” he responds with purposeful dismissiveness. “Capitalism, agriculture, and slavery make a compelling trinity. You’re not wrong.” Noting Erik’s awkward shift, Charles raises his own glass, an acknowledgement that he need not halt himself for Charles’s sake. “But I’d argue that before we planted crops, created property, and built governments to protect that property, we were still in disharmony with the earth. It’s a condition of life.” A steep swig from his glass has Charles feeling momentarily sluggish; perhaps the beer is finally catching up with him. He glances around at their surroundings; an abnormally dim room, tables jammed into nooks and alcoves. If someone doesn’t want to be noticed or recognized here, they need only wear non-descript clothing and choose a table carefully.
“Malcontents,” Charles repeats. The nickel rose feels suddenly heavy in his jacket pocket, and he finds himself wishing that he could return the gift with something of his own. From one malcontent to another. He instead turns his glass in his hands. “Your brothers,” he says. “Liberal-minded as they are. Are they aware of this affiliation, of yours?” He chooses his words carefully, as one must about this topic. Even at Aoife's. Even with Erik. “Or will you tell them that you went to Grogan’s tonight with a beautiful woman from your physics class instead?”
It's obvious by the way Erik's eyebrows shoot up to his hairline that he had taken that term at face-value, and it's only upon Charles's elucidation that he realizes, with an abrupt cough behind the back of his hand, what was actually happening, here. Clearing his throat and swallowing, he marshals the rest of his reaction amidst gleaming, endless walls of white and radio static - but for the splash of red coloring his cheekbones. The man seated across from him was a telepath, do cholery pierdonoly śmieciu. Of course he would be aware of Erik's thoughts, as streamlined and clinical as possible. Sure, Lehnsherr. Not like he'd be aware of you sure-as-shit noticing the way Xavier's fancy-ass suit hugs his upper body. Real smooth.
He really, well-and-truly, with a patently valiant effort, tries to play it off totally cool. "They're not aware," is what he answers - and Charles hadn't missed, there. An answer only a queer would appreciate; in any other person it would surely raise hackles and cause deep offense. But not here, not in this climate. Not with Erik. His chin lifts, though, defiant. Refusing to be cowed, to give in to the small frisson of fear that unfurls deep inside him every time it comes up. The sounds of the bar fade away momentarily, and Erik dips his fingers into the small glass of water the waiter had set down right when they first arrived.
He draws them, still-wet, down his own face. The radio static - Charles hears it whine in a jarring, uncomfortable staccato before all of Erik's mind is draped in suffocating silence. A protective measure - not for Erik. Not after the conversation they just had. But for Charles. He's the only person engaging enough to keep Erik's interest piqued since his arrival to the States, scrambling his brain - as brilliant and technicolor as Erik suspects from his limited understanding of the way a mind is formed - is not an option. "But I'm not concerned. --you? Your friends, colleagues?"
Throughout their evening together, Charles has tried desperately hard to keep out of Erik’s head. It’s impossible not to access surface-level thoughts or those that are trumpeted out of the psyche and into the ether, but out of respect, Charles generally does not push beyond the barrier of the mind’s outer walls unless invited. The radical change in the tenor and pace of Erik’s thoughts are all the more poignant, then, and Charles is physically taken aback by the stark departure.
Oh, Christ. Scarlet seeped into his temples—bloody lucky that it’s so dark in this bar, mm? Erik’s face, that stoic, measured visage, is now animated, eyebrows arched, mouth slightly agape. If Charles had any ability to ignore his mortification, he would have noted how truly delightful it is to see Erik Lehnsherr on his haunches like this. The abject surprise lasts only a moment, of course. Within a single measure of Bill Haley, Erik’s expression is schooled into something more recognizable, and Charles is left feeling foolish. The exciting harmony in Erik’s mind cuts to an awkward stop; no lines of Diderot, no Yiddish couplets or Polish colloquialisms dance together at the fore.
Only baffled, disquieting silence. Through the thick fabric of his clothing, the rose seems to burn. Overcome by a sporadic wash of heat, Charles is forced to remove his blazer, certain that the crimson flush in his neck is visible against the crisp white button down he wears. The thin navy tie is tight, constricting, and Charles tugs gently at the knot with clumsy fingers, inviting slack. “It’s not something that I typically discuss with others who aren’t…affiliated,” he replies crisply, watching a droplet of cool water travel down the smooth plane of Erik’s cheek. “I…apologize, Erik,” he offers then. “I didn’t mean to mislead you; I assure you that I didn’t invite you here tonight hoping for anything more than intelligent conversation, which you’ve more than provided.”
It takes several beats before Erik has composed himself - and Charles gets the impression it's not due to distress as much as it lies in the effort he is undertaking to ensure that every errant whisper is neatly tucked inside the box to which it belongs. He's so preoccupied with this effort that he doesn't pause to presume how his outward expressions must look. Confusion, followed by immediate distance. He presses his lips together and holds up a hand, as if to say hang on - and Charles is uniquely privy to the weird, upside-down world - and then a shake of his head.
"There is no offense," he clears up softly. "Admittedly this is beyond my skillset." What? Friendship? Conversation? Dating? Unlike Charles, who he is certain must endure such overtures on a regular basis. Most likely all of the above, and Erik's cool confidence just minutes ago is supplanted by something a lot more... guileless, in a way. "Speaking with you is..." refreshing. Fascinating. Infuriating. "Illuminating." After all, it's not often that Erik has his views properly challenged.
Despite himself, Charles must laugh. Unlike Erik, his laughs and smiles come easy; they’re masks and covers crafted through his skilled artisanship. And also unlike Erik, Charles is exceptionally skilled in this area. Friendship, interpersonal connection. Telepathy makes it easy, and his other natural gifts make it easier. Maybe it’s why he’s so drawn toward the Polish man fumbling across from him. He’s smarter than Charles, quicker than Charles, more handsome than Charles, and yet he’s as adrift as a sliver of wood in the open ocean in the arena of people. That dichotomy of opposites is fascinating.
“You needn’t think of this as practice, or even as a skillset,” Charles offers warmly, employing one of the more disarming tones in his arsenal. The awkward flush still stings the tops of his ears, but Charles is a master, here, and he can bring anything back to Earth center. Even this strange and handsome enigma. “There aren’t even rules to abide by,” he continues. “Other than those that you might observe when speaking with anyone. Friendship is easy, if you’re in want of a friend. Show up when you say you will, listen, talk, relax. That’s all there is to it.” Maybe it’s conspicuous that Charles avoided talking about the other thing, the dating thing, but he doesn’t want to chase Erik away so quickly. “I think even someone of your skillset can handle that.”
"It has been many years since I've had a friend," Erik says, sudden in its simple admission. "I daresay my brothers do not count," is tacked on, firewood dry. Erik sits up, gesturing vaguely toward him. "What did you come here to study?" he wants to know, and his curiosity is genuine if tactless. Charles's intellect is evident, something Erik would certainly classify as several standard deviations above his own if privy to Charles's private musings, almost laughably so. "Or did you just come to get trounced in debate club by yours truly?" his eyebrows waggle, terribly droll. Trounced is a word - Erik really believes the opposite, that he'd been turned around in the arena of verbal semantics and wit several times, but there it is again - foolhardy confidence. One might even say bravado.
Charles smiled, sadly now, at Erik’s blunt admission. Somehow, Charles expects this to be the case; Erik doesn’t seem the type to grow close to others very quickly. It’s hard not to wonder if Erik’s last true friend was from before the horrors. He says nothing, though, and let’s the conversation push forward, deciding that Erik should chart the course. At least for now. “Trounced!” Charles laughs, leaning forward on his elbows now. “Now, that’s a statement. You only pose a challenge because of the university that we’re at. Full of scientists and math nerds who can’t see the forest for the trees…or maybe, the atom for the protons.”
He sips at his beer, toying with his response for a moment.
“I was supposed to go to Oxford. The Eton-to-Oxford pipeline is fairly direct, as is the Eton-to-Cambridge. The Eton-to-Cambridge, Massachusetts pipeline isn’t all that difficult to access either; I’ve a fair few classmates at Harvard.” Charles pauses, understanding that it’s probably uncouth to drop the names of such esteemed institutions with this level of casual flippancy. “I came to MIT because I want the circumstance without the pomp,” he says quickly. “I’m pursuing a Quantitative Biology degree because that’s what I want to study. They let you do that, here. No fuss, no ceremony, no showmanship. I need to know why we—people like you and I—are the way that we are. I can discover that, here.” Charles purses his lips. “And what about yourself?”
"And you're certain you can handle slumming it down here?" Erik snorts, an almost full bark of laughter emanating from his side of the table that he quickly quells - such seems to be the way with all of his emotions. They're not absent, but when they do bubble over, he immediately shuts them down. Especially laughter, and pleasure - which just goes to show how much he actually is enjoying himself, even if he wouldn't admit to it - that such things are as visible as they are, as often as they are. Erik isn't accustomed to this, either. The joke rolls easily, but he moves along with the tides and nods as Charles continues to speak. "I am here on scholarship - electrical engineering. MIT..." his features pinch a little, lips pressed together in a grimace.
"MIT is one of the few institutions that actively pursues a diverse student body." It's clear that this is important to him. It made one wonder why he hadn't pursued an education in law, or politics - civil rights was one of the things that aroused his passion most obviously, and forms the basis of every one of his Separatist beliefs, which they had ardently debated many a time. But a scholarship meant restrictions - someone had noticed his talent in one area, and one area alone. "My options for attending university are more limited than your own, but it is not due to finances. I am good at what I do. If I had the opportunity, I could go to any educational institute I wished."
This is confidence, but there's something in the unshakable way he says it, that lacks typical arrogance. It's a statement of fact, and not one he attributes to intelligence but rather to his mutation. "Regrettably, ADCOMs here cater to a very particular type of student." He shrugs it off, waving his hand. "Have you come up with an answer? Why we are this way?"
Charles nods thoughtfully, but acknowledges to himself that diversity had not been on his mind when selecting an institution. What a privilege, to have his pick of the field. One of his former tutors had told him once that he’s a “natural genius,” but that intellect is the least valuable of his gifts. Your mother has roots in the British peerage, and your father the heir of American magnates. Where your family name won’t grant you access, your family coffer will. His ability to thrive in academic settings is an unnecessary bonus. Once more, his privilege seems to glare at him from above as he sits across from a man who has earned his way here on merit alone.
“So, it isn’t your dream to be an electrical engineer,” Charles deduces with a nod. This makes a bit more sense; Erik is more suited for publishing treatises or penning monographs, not tinkering with circuits in some laboratory. At the question, Charles smirks briefly, wondering how to best approach this next beat. If allowed, he will spend the next hour divulging into the specifics of nucleotides, chromosomal encoding, and protein synthesis, but conversation partners tend to find excuses to leave in those situations, so Charles decides to abridge himself. “Not with any sort of definitive certainty,” he offers. “But, just recently, as in months ago, some folks over at the other Cambridge discovered that DNA has a very peculiar shape.” Before he can stop himself, Charles fishes a pen from his leather satchel and slides Erik’s napkin toward himself.
On it, he sketches two overlapping wave-like lines. Within the empty spaces, he draws additional straight lines, connecting each strand with rungs. The final structure resembles a curving ladder. He flips the napkin and pushes it back toward Erik, waiting for the man to take it in. “This is what our DNA looks like,” Charles says, and he cannot hide the excitement from leaking into his voice. “And it’s important, because it provides the mechanism for replication. When DNA needs to replicate, it unwinds, and then splits in half. Each strand then provides a template for creating exact replicas of its missing strand.” Charles taps the tip of his pen above the odd shape, mind sparking with the promise of wonder.
“This means that there is proof about the encoding of mutation. Our mutations aren’t pure accident; or at least no more accidental than your green eyes or your freckles. This has opened up an entire universe of possibilities, and I’ve recently located a…promising lead,” he says, eyes flickering. “A series of nucleotides that seem to serve no purpose in most people that have markedly different patterns in my own DNA, and the DNA of the one other mutant I’ve obtained a sample from. It’s much too early to draw conclusions, but…” Charles trails off, flushing again. He’s talking too much and too quickly.
"The double-helix," Erik nods, following along raptly. He'd heard of this, Watson and Crick made big waves. Even at MIT. DNA as a science was in its infancy, but - he circles the connecting strand. "This is hydrogen, if I recall? -- and the current theory is abiogenesis? Going from..." he draws a small squiggle, and then elaborates the basic shape of the DNA molecule. "This... genetic material, is the composite for everyone, is it not? That must make it individual? My genes must look different to yours, as I look different to you." It turned out that Charles evidently couldn't bore Erik away, because absent educational requirements, it seemed he had studied what he could for fun, in his spare time. Charles can feel the edge of a point to his question, though - a solemn urgency. Not pure scientific hypothesis nor curiosity, but the faintest edges of a warning.
Almost giddy with the news that Erik, too, has been keeping abreast of science’s latest achievements, he nods, lips smiling and broad, eyes wide. “Precisely,” he agrees, tapping Erik’s squiggle with his own index finger. “But at a very, very small scale. They’ve found that, among human beings, we share somewhere around 99.6% of the same code.” This theory hasn’t yet been fully accepted, but it’s bearing acceptance, so Charles decides to appropriate it. “Only .4% of your structure and my structure differ from each other, but that minute fraction accounts for 100% of the differences between you and I.” Still grinning, Charles draws another double-helix, but instead of drawing rungs between the edges, he jots down pairs of letters; A, C, G, or T. A near replica is drawn beside it, but he swaps one of the letter pairs for a different set.
“Because much of our DNA is identical, the places where it differs provide excellent leads for investigation. While I don’t what what sort of technology we’d need to possess to fully map the entirety of the human genome, we are able to at least observe the structural differences between different samples.” Charles circles the dissimilar pairs in each strand. “A human without a mutation might contain this structure,” he says, tapping at the first pair. “You, on the other hand, might have this one.” Another tap. “And that difference, expressed in the particularities of the rest of your body, enables you to manipulate magnetic elements. Within the particularities of my body, it enables me to hear the thoughts of others. This, of course, is a gross oversimplification, but it’s the basis of my research.”
"And you have some of these samples? Of yourself, other mutants?" Erik presses. It isn't accusatory as much as it is concerned. "Please, be careful," he just comes out and says it. "If there is some type of medical test that can determine who is or isn't a mutant, I would wager the government to be very interested in its application. Even more-so if they can compile a database of known mutants, or even find a way to revert a mutant back to baseline. All extralegally, of course." There's no denying his inherent cynicism, that it's the first thing he thinks of - but it can't be helped. Charles's work, it's incredible, but it's also dangerous. Erik can't stop himself from wondering if Charles is putting himself at real risk.
He studies Charles's much greater version of the shapes and strands that make up the spaghetti of their beings. "...Adenine, cytosine, guanine... tyrosine?" he taps each letter, and then the other A. He gets thymine wrong, and - "I forget what this one is," he says of adenosine, his lips hook up in a returning grin - but it's pretty decent for a layman. "This is incredible work. And you are working on this?" he pelts Charles with another question - it can't be helped. "Fascinating. Tell me more. Tell me - all of it. Everything." He reaches down at his feet to withdraw a notebook from his bag, slapping it onto the table along with a pencil. His handwriting - from his non-dominant hand (the dominant right one encircled by a thin black brace that straightens his fingers from what would otherwise be a ghastly, bent claw), is incredibly wobbly, but he poises the graphite tip to the page all the same.
Charles’s spirit deflates slightly at Erik’s warning, and he’s on the verge of protest before remembering exactly who he is speaking with. The government would never use this information for such purposes, he had been about to say, but is fortunate enough to pause. Of course they could, and of course some might. Hell, he’s stupid to think that his own is beyond that, what with the witch hunt for communists and the inhuman treatment of Japanese people just a few years ago. Erik is right, the territory toward which science is venturing is at once exciting and terrifying. “Thymine,” he says absently, considering the implications of Erik’s words.
“And you needn’t worry, not yet. No professors of mine are aware of the type of mutation that I’m searching for, and my only other sample is from my laboratory partner, Hank McCoy. Have you met him?” Before Erik answers, though, Charles watches him pull out a notebook of his own. He can’t help the next chuckle that bubbles from his throat, excited and endeared all at once. “It’s difficult to know where to begin,” he admits. “It may be easier to show you, rather than tell you, if you’re truly interested. We can go to the lab. Now, if you want; I’ve my own set of keys.”
For the first time all night, Erik's smile isn't tamped down. "Yes," he agrees instantly. He slides payment for both of their orders under a generous tip for Aoife before rising to his feet (and it's unnecessary, completely, on principle alone, Mr. Eton Pipeline--)- and Charles doesn't remember him being quite so tall, but looking up - he well-towers over Charles entirely. From across the room he'd been domineering in stature, a glowering menace. Up-close he's a veritable bean-pole, and just as thin.
He's practically chatty as they walk across campus, animated. "--and I think, mutations cannot be relative to a single factor - for example, in your case, your brain must have structures that can decode information inside neutrinos as they pass through solid objects - physics minor," he points to himself. "Just like a person with super-speed would have metabolic and structural divergence.. tell me if I sound like, ah, głupi idiota," he mimes hitting his head with the closed fist of his good hand.
Charles wonders how they look from a secondary perspective as they stroll through the darkened streets of Cambridge. Erik is markedly taller than he—perhaps six inches or more. His shoulders are broad, so he looks more solid than he is, but as they walk in stride, Charles notices just how thin he is. Matchstick legs, narrow wrists, hips that taper almost unfairly. He himself isn’t short—he’s near average, but beside Erik he feels minuscule. The questions are as exciting as the answers. Charles waves away Erik’s concern and delves into the affirmative. Yes, he confirms, mutations are far more complex than a few shifted nucleotides, they cascade across a series of linked mutations, a mutation which adapts to itself. He answers with rigor. Erik is well-versed in some of the granularities of biology to a surprising degree, so Charles doesn’t bother to forgo detail in favor of ease of explanation.
When Erik isn’t aware of a term, Charles briefly explains it, and then Erik files it away in that symphonic brain of his, ready to access again, or perhaps ready to employ as a piece within the greater puzzle. Fascinating. Exciting. Invigorating. Their conversation carries them into the Life Sciences laboratory space. Charles leads them through a series of doors and empty hallways until they arrive at his lab, the room that has become a second home. An electrical hum buzzes through the space after he flicks on the overhead bulbs, illuminating the room in a sterile wash of fluorescent light. Equipment lines the walls, with rows of workspaces covered in notebooks, scrap paper, and supplies cluttering their surface.
Charles deposits his bag on a stand beside the door and gestures for Erik to do the same before extracting four individual latex gloves from a box. It’s become a habit of all students and faculty who use this lab space to don gloves immediately upon arrival, and Charles has job plans to break the lab’s cardinal rules tonight. “Here, put these on, I—oh,” he stops, gloves extended toward Erik, eyes fixed on the hand encircled by a leather brace. “Er, you can wear only one, if you can’t fit this over that,” he offers. “Is your hand alright?”
"Ah, it's fine," he waves it off, dismissing easily. Another small injection of static - something Charles has come to recognize perhaps isn't fine, but that Erik is obscuring for his benefit. Not knowing how much information he's privy to, the impact of that data on Charles's brain, Erik has taken an extremely conservative approach with his thoughts, as much as he can. He moves slowly to unstick one glove from the other, but pulling it on over his hand comes with challenges. Eventually he rolls his eyes and flicks his wrist, and all of it unravels and easily takes care of itself. So it's not just metal - and it's not, as far as Charles is aware, the same thing as someone with a more telekinetic baseline. Erik is... something else. Something different.
"Permanently injured, but I'm accustomed to it," he says, not intending to be rude. His attention is drawn to the laboratory, though - eyes wandering over beakers, burners and cabinets full of chemicals. The opportunity to learn, to understand more, to gain more knowledge, was not something he could pass up. He picks up a notebook and rifles through it, eyes crossing a little at the shorthand. And he's nosy, too, poking this way and that.
"Chemistry... I think I... hm," Erik blinks a moment, and then suddenly flasks are descending upon them, and the burner in front of them heats. "Particle physics, that is what I am really interested in," he has to laugh. "Chemistry is its pair. And knowing--" he raises a small piece of tweed, left behind on the table from someone's hat undoubtedly. It abruptly transforms into a long strip of gold. "Learning about it, helped me to understand what I could do. Knowing the natural laws, how our universe is composed - is it like that for you, as well? You can build upon yourself, push yourself to the next event horizon."
For a brief moment, Charles considers extending an offer of help; it’s clear, now, that Erik’s right hand is nearly non-functional. The brace has a low profile, but its support extends long along the underside of Erik’s fingers, beyond his second knuckles. His fingertips, however, attempt to curl back toward the palm. It becomes evident within seconds, however, that Erik does not need assistance; through the abrupt static, Charles can feel a low churn of something that he’s never felt before. Erik, using his abilities, but to manipulate latex rather than metal. His eyes widen, and he glances at the tall man, who is now thumbing through a notebook with his good hand. What a wonder, Erik Lehnsherr. Physics flow through his body and out again; the man himself is a conduit.
Questions about a variety of unrelated things tumble through Charles’s head. How did you get injured? Does it hurt? Can you manipulate all materials? Do you realize how intoxicating you look in those bloody jeans? The telepath, of course, asks none of them, and instead strides toward a stainless steel cooler, from which he extracts a tray of test tubes and several Petri dishes. Before he can begin preparing his supplies, several items begin to move, seemingly of their own accord. A burner flickers on, glass beakers flock, and before his eyes, Erik performs alchemy. Charles’s jaw is slack as he stares at the thin ribbon of gold, luminous and perfect in the cold light of the lab. His eyebrows shoot upward as he reaches out to touch it, surprised to find it warm against his skin. “You can…you can transform atoms,” he says softly, understanding, now, that the mechanics of Erik’s mutation are more than simple ability. A marriage of practical science and innate nature. “That’s…goodness, Erik. You possess the power of the universe.”
"No," Erik looks at him very seriously. "Not the universe. Many things are closed to me. Just as they are to you," he draws back to their earlier conversation. "Electrons, they are the easiest. Metal is the most conducive element - for a long time, I thought it was limited to metal. It is in my best interest that people believe it is," he adds, wry. As though the universe itself is playing a cruel joke on him, Erik is bent over the microscope, looking at slides of bacteria and amoeba as he speaks. Either he doesn't know, and the man is as oblivious as he is tall, or he does know and that's somehow way worse. His mind is alight, from out of the shrieking static comes once more - tomes of poetry and playwright in the ether. An incandescent attention, for Charles alone. Well, and the amoeba. "You sell yourself short. Is the mind not the universe understanding itself? The fabric of reality, the illusion of constancy. I suspect if you were to apply yourself, you could do something very similar to me. And perhaps, I could do something similar to you. What is a human body, what is a thought, but an electrical impulse? We are far more alike than we are different, I think."
Still clutching the gold in fingers that feel clumsy, Charles watches Erik bend over and peer into a microscope. The curve in his back is elegant, graceful. Everything about him is graceful, save perhaps his social aptitude. The way he thinks, moves, reasons, argues. Like a figure from myth. “I’m not sure that I can,” Charles says absently. “What I can do feels more like a sensation. Thoughts are electrical impulses, sure, but the brain is a different medium. I can operate within that medium, but nowhere else.” Charles swiftly pushes a slide into Erik’s view, waiting for the man to focus the microscope. Once the knob stopped moving, Charles speaks again. “What you’re looking at is a sample of my DNA. It’s far too small to see, even with that microscope, but you’re looking at the code that, I believe, enables me to use that medium.” Stepping closer to Erik, Charles continues. “You’re right. I think that we’re far more alike than we are different, but the same code in two different people will produce wildly different expressions. You can harness electrons. I can’t. Not like you can. But that’s okay. It’s magnificent, the diversity. How wonderful it is that we have such similar genes and such variable bodies.”
"I can see it," Erik says softly. He's not looking at the microscope any longer, having straightened up. "The arrangement. How it is, how you are. I'm certain you've been called attractive many a time in your life, but perhaps it would be interesting to learn that your very molecular structure itself is -" he clears his throat, blinking a little as he forces himself to say - no use backing out now, Lehnsherr. In for a penny, in for a pound. "Pleasing as well." There's a catch beneath his thoughts, well-worn pages beneath his fingers stained with ink and wine. A favorite verse. One of his very, very favorites. That it arises now - that he can't help but consider it, is... well, he clears his throat again. He must be developing a cold, at this rate.
By night on my bed I sought him whom my soul loveth: I sought him, but I found him not. The watchmen that go about the city found me: to whom I said, Saw ye him whom my soul loveth? It was but a little that I passed from them, but I found him whom my soul loveth: I held him, and would not let him go...
Of all the compliments that Charles has received in his life, this one, commending the shape his molecular structure, is undoubtedly the strangest. It’s also the most touching, and it steals the words from his tongue. Yes, it’s well-accepted that, despite all of our attempts to regard the character of others rather than their physical appearance, the latter is what pulls the greatest focus. Charles knows that he’s attractive enough, but that never mattered much to him thus far. Why should he care about how others perceived something that he could not control? This….this is different. Yes, Erik is indeed commenting on something purely physical. Physicality in its purest form, actually.
Whether one enjoys brown eyes or blue eyes or fair hair or curls is subjective to the point of utter nonsense. There’s nothing true behind that type of physical attraction; it changes both with time and amongst individuals. Biology, however is real. Physics is real. Chemistry is real. They’re all that’s real, and if, at his only real point, Charles is attractive… His cheeks flush as he gazes up at the man, on the verge of dumbfounded. He doesn’t even stop himself from hearing the lines of verse that float into Erik’s surface level thoughts, and all at once, his own heart is beating faster, throbbing in his neck. He wonders if Erik can feel the iron in his blood as it raced within his veins.
“We can look at yours, too,” he says in a near whisper. “I’ll destroy the sample once we’re done so there’s no record of your DNA, but…goodness, Erik, we must see what you look like, too.”
"Come over here," Erik motions for him to take a spot beside him in front of the chalkboard, and waves down his hand. A white sheet falls from the ceiling, unfurling over it where a projected image would ordinarily be posed. His eyes slip closed, and from its spot in the dish, a few spots of Charles's blood sample along with a few hairs from Erik's head float unseen up to the backdrop, and then - all at once, the image they form is magnified by a magnitude of billions, letting Charles see with his own eyes, without need for a microscope, exactly what Erik sees. The shape of atoms themselves, their movements in orbit around one another, the forces that push and pull them together. This is the world, to Erik. Everything is this way - inside the spaces between solid matter.
"Neutrinos," he murmurs softly, "they hold more information than you could possibly understand by reading it in a book. It's not just a thought that you might one day know, but every bit of history and every experience ever imprinted onto any object. Organic or otherwise. Your potential is limitless. It's not just the brain, Charles. It's everything. This is at the heart of our abilities, every single one of us. Defying physics? No, it is physics. All of it." He taps his own temple. "It makes me nervous, I will be honest with you. I cannot imagine how - how it must feel, to be privy to everything. It's honestly been... existential," he laughs again, eyes creased at their edges, a span of freckles across his nose expanding as it wrinkles up.
"What experience is, what matters, what the difference is between learning and experience - if there is a difference. It's not just power that you wield. Your gift is -- beautiful." You are, goes unsaid. Erik knows that it isn't unsaid, and tries not to waver at all - tries to remain brave in the face of this least-understood facet of human-to-human interaction. He gestures to the front of the room, as if to say, see?
The display that floats before Charles’s eyes is too sublime to ever quantify. The first time he had ever peered through a microscope had been a moment of euphoria; seeing the evidence of particular life before his own eyes. Tiny greyscale dots, floating listlessly in clear solution, a symbol representing all that lie within. To watch as each particle balloons to the size of a pinhead, an apple seed, a marble, a golf ball, an orange…. Chains of life suspend in midair. All of the material that forms Charles Xavier and Erik Lehnsherr, clear as a photograph in the center of his lab. Their essence, their core. Visible, tangible. Beautiful.
“Oh, Erik,” is all Charles can whisper, frozen at the taller man’s side. He wants to rush toward the structures, to touch them, to hold them in his hands. Impossible, he knows, but oh so alluring. “Neutrinos,” he repeats finally, eyes unblinking as they fix on his own strand, the spiral staircase. “I…yes, I know.” He understands what Erik is saying implicitly, the platonic method of learning-as-a-recollection-of-that-which-we-already-know. “Beauty is truth, and truth beauty. That is all ye know on earth, and all ye need to know.” The words of John Keats are spoken aloud, Charles’s turn to draw upon verse to categorize the moment. The structures might even resemble the Grecian Urn mythologized in Keats’s heartbreaking ode, containing music and imagination that no human ears would ever hear, no human mind would ever think.
Except Erik’s, maybe. And his. Maybe his. Finally, Charles turns to face Erik once more, expression some mixture of elation, apprehension, and collusion. “I don’t know what to do, now,” he admits with a breathless laugh. “It seems as if you and I are sitting at the brink of something incredible, but I don’t know what that yet is, or what to do with it when we find out.” His hands reach out and clasp Erik’s own—his right squeezing Erik’s left, and his left gently cradling the injured appendage, careful and delicate. “But we need to do something. You must agree.”
"Fluttering among the faint Olympians, I see, and sing, by my own eyes inspired," Erik recites back, because of course Charles knew the Great Odes, it'd be silly if he didn't, but Erik can't help it - above physic, above law, above contemporary means, lies poetry. "I do," he agrees with a solemn nod. "I agree. This - all of this, will it help? Help us find them? Reach them? Our people. The more we know about one another, the more of each other we know - right now, all over the world, we are - infinitesimal. People will find a way to make that ugly, and make that horrific. The only chance we stand as a species is to stand together."
He squeezes Erik’s good hand once again, a kinship unlike he’s ever felt before blossoming in that small space between his chest and Erik’s own. “I agree that we must come together, people like us,” he says. “Whether to protect ourselves or simply to learn, we must find each other. I imagine that there are those out there who feel entirely alone, scared, wondering convinced that they’re freakish.” The memory of the first night that he and Raven met flashes. Small children discovering a companion for the first time in each other, the incredible relief of similitude. “Let’s find them together.”
"Oh!" Erik gasps, hand flying up to his cheek as though to press the images that aren't his own even closer. Charles can't help but see as though the loudest ringing of a bell - it had been so long since he'd felt this particular sensation, he half turned and expected to see a ghost. Someone inside of his mind - a sensation inside of him put there by someone else, the warmth of family. Erik is incredibly embarrassed to realize his eyes have grown hot, and he stands very still to prevent unshed tears from shedding. "Who-and she's blue---?"
Erik’s sudden outburst catches Charles by surprise, and only then does he realize that he’s projecting. “Oh,” he echoes, eyes widening upon discovering that Erik is swelling with emotion, to the point of tears. Oh. Charles rarely fumbles like this anymore; accidental projections only happen when he’s either truly tired or truly distracted. Enraptured by Erik and their future and the stunning beauty of being alive, he’s allowed his memory of a young Raven, blue-skinned, yellow-eyed, to work its way into Erik’s frontal lobe. “I’m sorry, I didn’t mean to do that,” he breathes, watching the tears obscure Erik’s green eyes. “That’s Raven, my adoptive sister. What you’re seeing is my recollection of the first night we met. I was ten, she was seven. Wandered into my house, looking for food and a warm place to sleep. I…may have nudged my mother into allowing her to stay.”
"She's blue," Erik repeats, but it's not horrified or confused. "Wonderful. Do you still speak to her? She - you grew up together?" he asks, getting a rein on himself as quickly as he'd loosed it. "I can - feel it. Feel what you feel for her. Like it's my own." His hand, the good one, is settled over his heart, like he's afraid it had stopped beating at some point. He makes a little sound, swallowing harshly. "You still have her?"
The question, phrased in that way, makes Charles feel immensely sad. He quickly closed off that vein of the connection, ensuring that Erik feels nothing but the affection that he has for Raven. That little girl, the one with the braids and freckles and gap-toothed smile, from Erik’s memories…his own sister. The loss is palpable. “I do,” he says. “She travels quite a bit, spends a lot of time in Europe, but her home base is actually my apartment.” A small smile. “She’s arriving on a plane from Lisbon tomorrow afternoon, actually. I’ll be picking her up. Why don’t you join us tomorrow for dinner? We always go for pizza, when she comes back from a trip.”
"I would like that," Erik replies, letting the images slowly fade, along with the feelings - those take longer, as though burned into him. Perhaps they were. It had been a long, long time since he'd felt something like that. He wasn't even aware he still could, and that, more than anything, is the reason he'd so visibly cracked at the sensation. "Is she... aware? Of your..." Erik gestures between them. Affliction, Charles had called it, though Erik does no such thing, not even privately.
Charles grins. Raven, he decides, will love Erik. She’s always complaining about Charles’s choice of friends, deeming them too posh or stuffy or closed-minded. “She does,” Charles says, noting the intensity deflate from Erik’s mental energy. Perhaps he’s calmed by the idea of meeting more mutants. Meeting a little sister. “She made me promise never to keep any secrets from her, since she technically can’t keep any from me.” A chuckle. “You should know, she isn’t always blue. She’s a shapeshifter. She can assume the physical appearance of any person she’s seen before. It’s remarkable, her ability. I think you’ll agree."
"Shapeshifting," Erik repeats dumbly. He supposes it's not much different from turning tweed to gold, but it's a comparatively simple process. Both materials are inorganic. And not conscious. The idea of attending a family dinner is -- it sets Erik aback, truthfully. (There's laughter / a hand hovering over dirt-encrusted root vegetables / clapping and dancing / and suffocating loneliness / disconnection / stutters / idź do domu! nie pasujesz tutaj! / smoke-filled stages, like dust and shining chrome, the endless desert) "I have never had pizza," he admits wryly. (Maybe it wouldn't be like that.)
The memory flashes across Charles’s vision like a movie, as do Erik’s associated feelings. Comfort. Warmth. And then—emptiness. Cold. Fear. Anguish—despair. Charles shivers where he stands, watching Erik’s troubled eyes. “No?” Charles asks, though it’s not entirely surprising. “It’s…indulgent. I tried it for the first time after moving back to the US. It’s decadent and a bit messy. You’ll like it, I think.” Feeling a bit like a voyeur, Charles isn’t sure if it’s wrong that he hasn’t acknowledged the snippets of Erik’s past that he’s this far been privy to. He supposed that there’s no use in hiding it now, so he clears his throat before speaking again. “Was that your family?” he asks quietly, carefully. “The dancing?”
"Kurwa," he mutters the curse under his breath. "I apologize - forgive me, I am still growing accustomed to this," Erik pastes on a grim smile. "But no," he shakes his head once. "Not my family. Just... a place I stayed, for a while. After." The image opens up in his mind a little more - fields of twisting corn stalks and blazing-hot sun. "I will do my very best to ensure that my thoughts are more controlled from now on," he promises softly. "I would be honored to share pizza with you and your sister." It's silly and stilted and formal, but entirely Erik.
“I’m not asking you to control yourself around me, Erik.” His voice is urgent, earnest. Most who know of his mutation work hard to keep their thoughts quiet and uncontroversial around him, and Charles hates that. Hates that he’s the gag order, the problem. “I don’t mean to pry into your thoughts, I really don’t. But when they’re intense or vivid, it’s impossible not to see, sometimes. That doesn’t mean you shouldn’t think freely.” With that out of the way, Charles smiles again and nods. “And we’d be honored to share it with you, too. Speaking of…shall we think about getting something to eat? Or—“ it’s now well past 11, and the only place that will be open is the all-night diner on the other side of campus, near the bridge. A good twenty minutes away on foot, and in the opposite direction of home for both of them. “Are you hungry?”
Erik holds up a hand, though, stalling the conversation from where it had been directed, decidedly not out of the way for him. "Let me ask you this. If someone - a... friend, or Raven. Someone you knew. Had a memory, and you gained that information in your mind. Is that the same thing as you having experienced it? If someone recalls being punched in the face, do you interpret that data as a memory of your own? Do you feel the sensations? Do you know what it is like?"
Charles accepts the redirection, happy enough to satisfy Erik’s curiosity. “Yes and no,” he answers. “And it’s quite dependent on the content. Often times, people don’t viscerally remember sensations. They can remember the way they felt, but it’s rare for someone to ever relive an actual sensation. If someone recalls being punched in the face, I see their recollection like a film or a radio broadcast, depending on whether they’re a visual thinker or not. And I’ll remember it as I remember a film or recording. I don’t integrate it as my memory.” Charles shifts his weight onto his other foot. “However, if I’m in someone’s head, and they’re actively feeling a sensation, then I feel it, too. It becomes my own memory, because it’s my own sensation. If I were in your head as you were being punched in the face, I would feel what you felt until I extracted myself. Then, though I technically would have no physical injury, the pain might linger psychosomatically.”
"What about... if someone is... what about if someone is not psychologically stable? Could they... could that cause you to be exposed to stimulus that normally would not affect you? Pulling you 'in', so to speak? Do you have to choose to be in someone's mind, or does it happen involuntarily? Does the strength of a person's emotion or memory affect how intense your perception is?"
Charles frowns, considering the question carefully. “I’m…not sure,” he admits. “This scenario has never happened to me before, and I’ve encountered plenty of unstable minds, as you say. I suppose that this person would have to know I’m in their head and have to actively do something to keep me there. It’s possible; whenever I manipulate someone’s thoughts, I’m simply using their own mind to carry out a task that they could carry out on their own. It’s not out of the realm of possibility for someone to develop a method of keeping me locked inside.”
Erik blinks several times at that, initially dismissing it as irrelevant to his concerns, but then really considering what that might entail. "That... I suppose that makes some sense. So you do not just 'read' passing information, you can embody another person entirely, essentially supplanting your own consciousness with theirs, while retaining some form of awareness? Like a lucid dream." He brushes that aside, coming back around to the topic. "Please know it is not your mutation that causes me discomfort. I do not place a premium on what others value about their thoughts. My reticence is solely because I do not wish to cause you harm, nor frighten you or make you sad. If there is a possibility that my experiences could be misinterpreted by your brain as your own - I could not allow that to happen, Charles. It would be - do you understand? It would be unconscionable."
Charles is unsurprised by Erik’s earnest concern, but it makes him smile a watery smile nonetheless. Most who hesitate around him do so out of concern for their own privacy, and Charles does not blame them. The head is supposed to be a quiet place, a private place where one can think their worst thoughts. No one wants an audience. Erik’s primary concern, though, is for him. “That is very thoughtful of you,” he says. “But you need not worry. I will tell you that I am accustomed to being affected by the thoughts of others. I encounter the entire spectrum of human emotion on a daily basis, Erik. It’s become part of my own existence. Much of the time, I can ignore it, or at least regulate how it affects me. I would never want you to temper yourself for my sake.”
"I do not want to hurt you. My life has been... a sad life." Erik has a singular talent for understatement, there. "Regretfully so. Not self-pity, but a practical consideration, given your abilities." and Erik smiles genuinely, this time. "What you feel for your sister - thank-you. For sharing it with me. She is lucky to have you. I really would be quite pleased to meet her." He clicks his tongue for a moment before saying allowing the heaviness in the moment to subside with a far more pressing question: "how long has it been since you have eaten a home-cooked meal?"
Charles wants to promise Erik that even if his memories are painful, they’re not going to break Charles. Memories and emotions are so central to the human experience, and as painful as it is sometimes, Charles knows that he’s lucky to have this window to someone so pure and genuine. But, he doesn’t. He simply smiles softly, not wanting to belabor this point. It will come with time. At the question, he raises a brow. “How did you know that I’m a horrendous cook?” he chuckles, pushing his hand through his hair. There’s day-old gel in it, and the action leaves it standing up in the back, but he can’t be bothered to pat it down. “Let me think…Christmas, 1948? It’s the last time I lived at home.”
"My apartment is near here - I live alone." It's an unusual circumstance, given his association with the independent living group on campus, but it's undeniably convenient. Erik's hand reaches toward Charles's hair completely without his volition, and hovers just above his head before he realizes what he's almost done and lowers his arm - awkward, but he presses on anyway, because - He doesn't know why. Because Charles looks like he lives off of eggs and bread and noodles. Because he doesn't know how to use hair gel and does know Keats. "Much closer than the diner, and I am an excellent cook. It is, after all, just chemistry."
A small part of Charles is still in disbelief that he’s being invited over to Erik Lehnsherr’s apartment, but after the evening that they’ve just shared, it simply feels impossible to part. He’s slightly disappointed that those long fingers on his good hand didn’t pat his hair down, but he smiles anyway, eager for the night to continue. “I can’t say no to that,” he says honestly. “Best I can pull together is toast and jam.” Within minutes, the lab is back in order, and they’re out on the street again, the orange glow of the halogen bulbs casting a film through the damp air.
As they walk, Charles thinks of Erik’s memories again, of the sharp transition between comfort and anguish. “Who taught you how to cook?” he asks, knowing that he’s likely intruding into a space that Erik may want to keep private. “I was never allowed in the kitchen. When I first moved here, I had to have the sweet old woman who lived next door explain to me how to light a stove.”
"Ah, you did not bring the maid with you?" Erik's practically smirking, rocking back on his heel as the paragon of virtue. Charles's last question causes a small rise in that static again, but this time, Erik's prepared and barely even bristles as he answers, "my father. He taught me how. My mother, she once exploded a turkey. No more turkey for her." It's lighthearted, and Erik's expression doesn't shift much, but Charles can feel how much it costs him.
“Tried to, but no one wanted to clean a college boy’s filthy apartment, no matter the wage,” Charles quips back easily as they walk. He feels the spike in Erik’s head at the question, but appreciates the answer, and the notes attempt at keeping the conversation light. “What was your father’s specialty?” he continues. “Something he made better than anyone?” It’s glaringly obvious that Charles speaks of Erik’s father in the past tense; it’s not a secret that Charles knows where Erik came from, what he endured, so there’s no sense in pretending, he thinks. Erik shouldn’t have to be tasked with explaining the story in some sort of abridged overture, for Charles’s sake.
Erik knows, and tries his best to press that sliver of gratitude forward. "Phyllo," Erik answers immediately. "He was from Salonika, originally. He could make pastry like nothing you have ever had. Even with all the power of the universe at my fingers, I cannot replicate it." He wonders if Charles can sense this - the memory of him, grubby, child-like fingers with flaky pieces of dough coating his hands. Laughter. The joy that was there.
A short but poignant wave of joy presses from Erik’s head, and Charles smiles, glad that the man derives joy from these memories. Good. Everyone deserves happy memories, memories that can’t be taken away. “Your father was Greek?” he asks, intrigued. “You’re Greek?”
"Half, I suppose?" he laughs a bit. He's never thought of himself in the same way - the way a Greek person might. It was always more relevant to him that he was Jewish, Sephardic to be exact - that was the scandal, at least to hear his mother tell it. But she preferred Iakov's hamin, so it all worked out. For a time. "I can speak a little Ladino and Greek both." It puts the tally of languages he could speak at at least five. "But, I am Polish," he confirms Charles's prior interpretations of his memory easily. "From Łódź, or Litzmannstadt." He pronounces it like wooj, or close-to, and adds its alternate name in case the first was unrecognizable.
"Tell me about you? Britain?" he guesses, based on Charles's accent.
Charles abruptly looks at Erik when the man mentions the German name for the town, brought to prominence by the German occupation and conversion of the lively urban center to a ghetto. There’s a dark expression on his face, one that tells of sardonic pain. “Łódź,” he repeats in Erik’s pronunciation, only butchering it slightly. “Sort of,” he muses dryly at the question. “I was born in New York. My mother is British, as are the women who raised me. I spent a fair amount of time in London as a child, and then went to secondary school in England. My father was an American. His family has been in this country since before it was a country, but they’ve Scottish roots.”
Erik's eyebrow arches, curious. "The women who raised you? Other than your mother?" He doesn't put together that Charles means anything like a nanny, such a thing totally foreign to him. It sounds... lonely. Erik has a great deal of loss in his history, but he had known love. Real love, genuine love. He had been raised with its certainty, regardless of the context of occupation and poverty. He knew he was loved. He wonders if Charles did.
Charles’s cheeks redden a touch at Erik’s question, but he nods. It’s his turn, he supposes, to offer up some of the grimmer facets of his life. “My mother is…distant,” he says, voice even. “I was raised by nannies, primarily. Mother wasn’t much interested in or equipped for mothering. My father was much more involved, but he died when I was very young.”
"I am very sorry," Erik presses his hand over Charles's heart. Both for the loss of his father and evidently having never been in possession of a proper mother. It does explain some of their differences in ideology. Erik puts that together well - Charles is always so assured he can individually change the tides, person to person. While Erik is concerned with systematic violence, not person to person. He suspects this might be the reason for their departure.
And because he'd been exposed to more radical ideology overseas, he nevertheless left for the same reason - too much pain. Too much pain caused by them. They were not ready, they were not well. There had to be an alternative, something in-between terrorism and horror that preserved life and dignity and self-determination. He didn't know what that was, and now mutants were facing the same existential threat.
"You will have to forgive the conditions," he says as he leads them up the stairs to the townhouse. Charles had just seen him create gold from nothing, so poverty was not an issue for Erik anymore. But he did live modestly - his apartment had a kitchen, living area and bedroom sparsely decorated. Boxes still lined the walls that he hadn't unpacked, furniture gifted to him by the organizations and the kibbutz, still dusty and unused.
Its only point of originality is the various plants that make their home along the darkened fire pit and the window ledges and shelves. Cacti and mother-in-law's tongue and tomato trellises. And the kitchen, with its kitsch paintings and clay bowls decorated by the children that lived on the farm with him. They hadn't minded when he asked to take them, silly and irreverent but - they made him smile, and he hadn't expected to have company. Ever. Welp.
The pots and pans and utensils are brand new and scuffed with use already, and Erik only has one set - anyone who knew the significance would realize this made him a vegetarian, but he doesn't draw attention.
The gesture takes him aback; Erik is genuinely empathetic for him, and Charles’s flush can only deepen. His upbringing was lonely, sure, but it was still one of immense privilege. He never wanted for anything material, only love. But he doesn’t know any different. He was always safe, clothed, fed, educated, catered to. Silver spoon on a silver platter. Still, the gesture is touching, and Charles feels suddenly forlorn for something he never experienced. “Thank you, it’s alright,” is all he can murmur.
He glances about Erik’s townhouse as he enters the living room, smirking. It’s Spartan, utilitarian, and exactly how Charles imagined that it would be. “Nothing to forgive, it’s perfect,” he says as he follows Erik into the kitchen, which is a bit more decorated. He eyes the bowls that line one of the shelves, noting they’re homemade appearance. Cute. “How can I help?” Charles asks then as he hangs his jacket over the back of a chair and pulls off his necktie. The first two buttons of his shirt come undone quickly after, and the looseness makes him sign with relief. “I’m utterly useless for the most part, but I can chop, stir, or hand you things.”
The ice box has no ice, and yet is cold, and while the place has lights, if Charles were to inspect the fuses he'd discover they weren't connected to anything that ran - Erik didn't bother paying for electricity, the whole place coming alive as he approached instead. Erik pulls out some tomatoes, salt, feta, mint, oil, zucchini, pumpkin mash, lemon, onion, a container of tzatziki, a bouquet of fresh dill, basil, parsley and oregano and the ingredients for batter. He directs Charles through the chopping and comes up behind him, touching his arm and repositioning his hand over the knife correctly with a tap to the top of his palm. It's - intimate, but gentle, without pressure or expectation. He really did mean just a meal.
All of the ingredients are rolled into balls and deep-fried, and as it cooks Erik unrolls some pre-made phyllo and puts together a basic baklava that would ordinarily take a while to cook, but with a tap, it transforms into its finished component easily. He plates the whole thing, which turns out to be zucchini and tomato fritters with a side of espresso-style coffee. It's typical Mediterranean fare, what he'd eaten at home given his mother's propensity to explode the kitchen and in Haifa as well, having clustered together with other survivors of Salonika. "Bon appétit," he jokes dryly as he sets a hand on Charles's shoulder to guide him to sit at the small table smashed up against the kitchen walls.
His own leather jacket divested, he wears a simple white button-down (easier with the hand) underneath, that's somewhat rumpled, but clean. It's the tiny things that suggest Erik is alone, and not precisely skilled at caring for himself, but at least the dinner is easy and delicious. Most of which is accomplished via precise applications of his mutation, given his injury. It's served on a plate with a shining sun and moon, each with happy faces and cool 'shades', and a blue mug with hand-painted Hebrew letters and flowers.
Charles accepts the corrections, the current between his hand and that of Erik’s feeling like an electrical pulse. Knowing what they had just seen, it very well might be. He’s about to ask Erik how he manages to cook with only one functional hand, but stops himself before asking such an obvious question. He’s then about to ask why in the world Erik is having him chop vegetables if the Polish man is perfectly capable of doing so without any physical labor, and then decides not to. Truly, Charles is happy to contribute to their meal in this way. The first meal he’s ever even attempted to make. What he throws together for himself can’t be considered a meal, can it? Toast and the occasional bowl of buttered noodles? No…this is good. He’s learning.
It’s almost like magic, Charles thinks, as the aromatic ingredients come together to form food. Fried vegetable fritters with dips and thin bread that Erik calls “pita.” That flaky pastry layered with pistachio and honey is called baklava, and a side of espresso complements it all. He’s never had food like this before. There are no Mediterranean restaurants in this part of Boston, and none of the chefs ever would have dreamed to prepare something so foreign to them. “This smells utterly delightful,” Charles beams, though he’s unsure how he’s supposed to even begin eating this. Raven pokes fun at him for the way he eats pizza; he uses his knife and fork while others typically eat it with their hands, but some habits are difficult to kill.
He decides to stab one of the fritters with a fork and cut off a small corner, spooning some of the yogurt dip with a complicated Greek name (tatziki? zatsiki?) on top of it. When he takes a bite, all of the flavors seem to explode in his mouth all at once. The mint is strong but not overpowering, perfectly enhancing the tomato and zucchini. “Oh, wow,” he murmurs. “This is…my goodness. This is delicious.”
There's no mistaking the pleasure that suffuses Erik as Charles eats - and that he likes it. A sense of pride, or at least delight. There's something set deep into his being about food, and it would be obvious why, except that it's just part and parcel for the culture he'd grown up in. Jews and food had a long and storied history, featuring heavily in various holidays and services
(Charles sees kiddush - a type of luncheon at the end of shul - Erik attends a Conservative synagogue - not Reform, not Orthodox, but somewhere middling with mixed seating for men and women and more progressive attitudes - with its table of North American and Middle Eastern cuisine both mixed together - and sees Erik in the kitchens, towering over his peers and largely silent, together and yet apart --)
Food. They tried to kill us, we survived, let's eat! This is the first time he's ever had someone in his home, a place that solely belongs to him - his space. There are a lot of rumors about Erik circulating at the university, most of which consign him as inhospitable and cruel or even dangerous, but there is warmth here. Perhaps only visible to Charles, and perhaps this is intentional. But unmistakable, for Charles, at least. "What you put into it affects the taste," Erik says, and he doesn't mean ingredients as much as intention. Friendship, companionship. Cooperation. That's what aba always said to him. He hadn't quite understood until adulthood, until he was able to cook for himself and others and experiment on his own.
"I will teach you to make it," he says, and it sounds like a promise. "You should eat more than soup, or take-out." Erik has to laugh a little for how he sounds just like Mrs. Cernik, for all that she chides him about being too skinny whilst Erik listens to her wax poetic on shtetl life over the mah-jongg table. Some things are just universal, and Erik is entering his Old Bitty Era.
Charles understands what Erik implies and feels warmth at the thought. Made with love, his favorite nanny used to say to him sometimes as she’d set a warm a piece of cake in front of him. He’d always thought that the cakes and biscuits and pies made with love tasted a whole lot sweeter than the ones made without. “I know that I should,” he agrees. He’s always been slender, but since arriving in Boston, he has gotten smaller, less healthy, less vital. A diet of beer and simple carbohydrates and minimal fresh vegetables would do that do anyone. “I can’t imagine that I’ll ever have the capabilities that you have, but wouldn’t mind learning a few tricks.” Another warm smile toward the man who has so quickly become so dear. A man out of another time and place. A specimen of physical perfection, atomically and anatomically. Beautiful in body and in mind.
“Does your hand hurt?” He hears himself ask, and he doesn’t know why he chooses this particular moment to do so. “If it does, I can help.”
Erik gives a slight shrug and a small smile. "I am accustomed to it," he says back, soft. "Please, do not worry yourself over me." But the answer to Charles's question is evident in the small pin-pricks and pulses he can feel that aren't submerged beneath radio-static. It's not just Erik's hand, but most of his body, with aches and creaks and groans of a man decades older, with pain-points at his knees and shoulders and along his back and neck. "You will not need such capabilities," Erik finds himself saying. "I will make certain you are well-fed." That is a promise.
Charles cocks a brow at Erik’s answer. Yes, is what that means. It does cause him pain. Ignoring the man’s promise to keep him fed and healthy, Charles extends his sixth sense toward Erik, making his presence at the outer bounds of Erik’s mind felt, but he does not enter. Not yet, not without permission. “As complex as it feels,” he says, applying only the lightest amount of pressure to Erik’s psyche. “Pain is simple. Simple to create, simple to eradicate. If you let me in, I can block it for you. Permanently, temporality, only halfway…however you want. You need only say the words.”
Erik's gaze burns into him. "Charles," he says, barely above a whisper. "You would do me a great kindness, but -" his eyes close, vivid hues of malachite disappearing behind long-lashes. Almost too long, for a man. He thumbs at his nose, breathing in. "I could never do that to you. To let you in, as you said, you would -" he clears his throat. "Can you promise that you would not feel it? Like it's your own. That you could distance yourself in that way? Because -" he falls off, a little, at the sensation of Charles surrounding his mind, and inhales audibly through his nose.
There's a spark, a brilliant light that melts through his body like butter. Unlike anyone else he had met, whose reaction to such an event would undoubtedly be discomfort and confusion and fear - Erik isn't afraid. On the contrary, he seems to enjoy it. But he has to wrangle himself, to bring himself under marshal. He cannot be selfish, not with this. He cannot imprint onto Charles what has been imprinted onto him. That would make him no better than the men who inflicted his pain.
"Charles," he almost mumbles.
Charles can sense the apprehension in Erik’s voice, and before he can stop himself, he reaches out to place a hand on his shoulder. Broad as it is, it’s slightly bony under his touch. The physical connection only reinforces the telepathic pathway between them, and Charles presses just a little harder against the bounds. “Any pain I feel will be temporary,” he promises in a steady, confident voice. “And if you want me to avoid memories or images or thoughts associated with any injury, I can.” His fingers tighten around Erik’s shoulder, and he finds himself yearning to push through the barrier and, for the first time, truly enter Erik’s mind. He’s been listening to it from afar for weeks and weeks, parsing through the surface thoughts that form his aura, but he hasn’t been inside, not yet. “I’ll be okay, Erik. For once, let yourself be taken care of, hmm? Let me take care of you.”
Oh, fuck. Something in Erik swerves at that, and he lets out a completely involuntary gasp as Charles's thumb brushes against the exposed skin on his neck. He was not supposed to say yes. He was not supposed to agree to this. Charles buoying along his consciousness - before he knows what to do with himself, Charles can feel as Erik's mind instinctively reaches back. The profound isolation of two souls in unison - alone, apart, separate. The disparity between the frigid harshness of Erik's outward demeanor at odds, juxtaposed with the real affection Charles can sense - for him.
He is not the only one who has watched from afar. He has watched as Erik's irritation for perceived naivete opens into respect, appreciation and yes - desire. That he's kept clamped, even now, having never felt it before - having had himself twisted by past-prologue. His good hand grips into the top of his thigh, desperate for purchase. Not understanding - this man who waltzed into his life and turned everything upside-down, and he didn't even know it.
"W porządku," Erik rasps back with a voice like gravel, English momentarily forsaking him.
Charles doesn’t hesitate. As soon as he’s given the harsh assent, he eases through the barrier and settles into the magnificent mind of Erik Lehnsherr. And once inside, it’s… An audible gasp escapes Charles’s lips, eyes fluttering shut. It’s as if he’s a patron of the arts, walking into the Sistine Chapel for the first time, gazing upon a masterpiece so incomprehensible that all he can do is stare. What he had been hearing, from way out there, is nothing compared to the elegant and graceful space he finds himself in. “Oh,” he whispers, fingers digging slightly into the man’s exposed skin. Yes, Charles thinks. He can live in here. Except… As he settles into the gorgeous architecture of Erik’s brain, abuzz with poetry and music, a darker, ominous force tantalizes him. He turns, and a corridor unfolds before him, powerful and frightening. The horrors of Erik’s past, occupying a vast artery of space.
The scars are clear, etched into the contours of raven the loveliest eaves. His eyes fill with tears as forces brilliant and mysterious dance together, underpinned by the ever-present reality of all that has happened to him. Before he can reduce to complete nothingness, Charles remembers that he’s here for a purpose. Yes, pain. A lot of pain. The center not far off from this grand atrium, and regretful as he is to leave, Charles respects his mission and traverses toward the prefrontal cortex. The pain center. It’s only seconds before Charles extends himself outward, allowing himself to physically feel what Erik does at that very moment. There’s intense electricity, a fast-beating heart, and then—
“Mm,” he grunts, an uncomfortable wince quickly snaking down his body. Not just toward his hand, but through his knees, shoulders, hips, back… There’s a pocket of memory sitting beside him now. Associations with each of the maladies. Though tempted, Charles focuses on the physical, swiftly casting a wave over the pathways responsible for the discomfort. Several of them begin to quiver before they settle again, deactivated. The pain in his own body wanes quickly, nearly disappearing. There’s stuff stiffness in his hand, but no longer a tight throb.
Is that better? he asks Erik from within, eyes still closed.
Whatever Charles could do to Erik’s mind, it has already been done. It's bent and twisted like fingers crunching metal structures into unnatural shapes, an endless fog of white-radio static and walls upon walls, spires rising into space. As deep as Charles could go, he still encountered resistance and decoys and clones and microscope-filaments sectioned into mirrored pieces. Meandering from blackness to blackness to blackness and inky event horizons to the center of a white room, and it sharpened into focus. As he grows closer to that pain, Charles can't see past his nose, the rest blurred from view. Revolting bleach in the air, on the back of his tongue mixed with bitter almonds.
Across from him, Erik's hands have found Charles's as a grounded lodestone magnetic-currents zapping to root in their feet. Don't look, neshama. Look away. Like she said, rifle pressed to her temple. Look away, look away
-we are digging a grave in the sky and it’s ample to lie there he shouts play death more sweetly Death is a Master from Deutschland you rise then in smoke, we drink you at nightfall, we drink you at evening and morning we drink and we drink-
The endless white of the chambers, the sound of mottled, purpled corpses as they dragged across linoleum. Watching Erik's mutation trace over people's metal fillings as the first things he took stock of. The bitter pejoratives spat at him in Jo'ara. Collaborator. Nazi. The new pejoratives that followed. Summer is a time of suffering for our people. Because they all of them were starving and furious and directionless.
You're an Omega-level mutant, g-ddammit. Just move the coin! You better be good for something. He couldn't move it, he didn't know what a mutant was - only that he wasn't one, that he couldn't - the metal coin that winds through his fingers, thunderstorms in the distance, where they trudge aimlessly through the atmosphere.
In the deep-deep world where Ruthie sing-songs childishly at him and zeyde teaches him about simcha, savlanut, tikvah and ima let him strike the match-swaying firelight after dark-baruch atah Adonai Eloheinu melech ha'olam asher kidishanu b'mitzvotav, vitzivanu l'hadlik ner shel Chanukah- the brilliant metallic echoes of instruments in meticulous fingers that guide him. Zeyde's worktable. This place is warm from winter and glitches -- he's seated, eating something from a tin. Sardines, or tuna. Piles of clothes in an empty space. They're all dead, and he's digging through sardines, an unlit cigarette dangling from his lips --- endless blank spaces. No dreams, no hopes, no needs. Disconnected from nerves, separated from sensation. Where one has died but still walks the earth, a comforting lullaby of electrons floating in the air, floating on particles. Lounging on atoms the size of a skyscraper.
The crack! of someone's boot ramming down on his hand held down. Raucous laughter. Bent angles, sorrowed angles. It's easy to forget that once he had been a boy, forced to witness the destruction of his people and his culture. Forced to participate in its process, to steal from the dead and strip them of their belongings, leaving them naked and blue. Mouths contorted in terror, often with their eyes bulged from their heads. From the cart, came the fire. When he was a child (what he defines as child, at least) he remembers the old Rebbe explaining tachrichim, taharat. Their rituals of mourning and death. How important it was to bury the body quickly. How necessary it was to respect the dead and treat their bodies with compassion.
To clean every inch of dirt from them, to wrap them in a white shroud - the symbol of purity, and deposit them into the Earth. Whole, for they would be recalled again to take their portion of Olam Haba - the world to come. A human body completely burns at 982.22 degrees Celsius. Disintegrated into ash and pulverized bones, and rises out from the crematoria in large plumes of thick black smoke that coat his skin and leave their thick, filmy residue on his tongue. The air tastes of it. The stench. Raining their anguish over him, their betrayal and fury at what he had done to them. Surely, he has been made kareth. Cut off from the spiritual center of his kind. The vibrating strings of each component of his soul - the breath of life, the light of reason and compassion, the winds by which they are delivered.
Ripped out of him like frayed cords. When such experiences transformed him into a man, and then Schmidt - who found other uses for him still. One might pity him, think him broken by it, but that supposes he had a heart left to break. In the deep-deep world where he wasn’t an instrument of his own culture’s obliteration, where he could still feel sorrow and trace winding kinos over wavering voices- Look at me G-d; the roads of the temple became desolate when the walls of Yerushalayim were breached. Torah scroll that was consumed by fire, ask about the welfare of those who gasp as they lie in the dust of the Earth, who grieve and are bewildered over the burning of your parchment...
In the Real where the wetness in his eyes has eclipsed its holding-place and streaks freely down his cheeks, dripping onto his collar expressionlessly. And then it wobbles, a bubble popped - the pain mutes down and evaporates and Erik gasps aloud, as though breaking through the surface of an interminable ocean. It sends a wave of ease through him that he hasn't felt... ever. Perhaps, ever. Charles asks him - and he hears it in his own mind. It's said that every year, it is inscribed in the Book of Life by G-d each person who is destined for Heaven and Erik has known long that his name was cast from it eons ago, until he hears Charles's voice in his mind and it blazes across him as a supernova burns into the sky. Swallowing, throat stuck together and ashen, his chin lifts in assent as he regulates his breathing.
"It's gone," he whispers. The pain is gone, and he is not alone in here. Not anymore.
He doesn't notice the gentle streams on his own cheeks, nor the vice around his fingers, the weight of the body against his own. No, the silo of Charles's own physical sensation is dormant at the moment, empty and inaccessible. Instead, he is enmeshed with Erik. Erik's body, Erik's mind, the soul that lies somewhere in between. Torrent of memory and emotion, twined together like a rope, unraveling and reforming in the grand cathedral. Like DNA, Charles might think, if he could. Splitting and binding. The building blocks of life. For the first time in his life, Charles understands what it means to understand. In others, there are few emotions that are entirely unrecognizable to him.
There's anger to a greater degree than he's experienced, there's strife. Hunger, pain, sadness, euphoria. Charles can recognize all of these, and though his abilities enable him to explore the depths of these emotions in greater scope, he cannot say that he's ever encountered a core emotion that he has never felt himself. Until now. It isn't fair to cast Erik in this role, but Charles has done so anyway, eyes brutally privy to the greatest extremes of depravity, of evil, of anguish. No, Erik should not have to be a teacher or an example, but by virtue of their sudden closeness, he has become just that, and the only thing that Charles can do is root himself deeper into the fabric of Erik's soul and allow it to flow through him. And then...silence. Stillness. Semblance of calm. Two men, side by side at a small table, hands intertwined. There's kinship, now. Something akin to warmth.
A space in Erik's mind, rapidly expanding whether conscious or not, a space that tells Charles that he is welcome here. As the physical pain peters to nothing, Charles exhales, settling like a blanket into that space, promising Erik that he will never have to suffer alone. Wordlessly, Charles regains a sliver of control over his own physical form. His fingers twitch to life, and then find the braced hand. Clumsily, he pulls away the leather straps until the hand is free and bare, fingers immediately curling toward the palm without the support of the brace. With only gentleness, Charles unfurls those fingers and rest them atop his own, thumb rubbing over the wasted knuckles, the spindly digits.
"You don't deserve that kind of pain, Erik," Charles murmurs aloud, though he dares not exit the man's head. Not yet. "No one does, but certainly not you. You need never suffer alone, my friend. Never again."
Erik is staring and staring, watching as his hand is un-bent - the pain is no more, but the contracture remains, and when Charles lets go, they curl back once more like pages in a book returning to homeostasis. Without the brace there's evidence of gnarled keloids, and a long, thick, jagged scar on the inside of his forearm. A flash there - the scalpel pressed into his skin, opening thick globules of fat and myoglobin and blood dribbling out in torrents. A surgery - one he had been awake for. Touching over it lightly with his other, he is shocked to discover that the remembered pain does not translate to sensation. When he blinks, fresh tears anew and he laughs through them, the red streaks along his sclera only serving to enhance vivid green. It's a real laugh, the first one of the night.
"I have no words," he whispers, hoarse as though he'd been screaming as he had in those locked rooms and expanding corridors. "Charles - are you - did I - are you OK?" he lifts the hand freed from its implement and draws the back of his fingers down Charles's cheek. "Are you OK? Please, tell me. What you have done - no one has ever -" Another small laugh. Charles having casually dropped in from above like an angel out of the Torah, in all its six-winged, million-eyed glory. Al tir'u! You are about to join battle with your enemy. Let not your courage falter. And Erik will not. Not any longer.
He needs Charles to know - to know what a gift this is, to understand what he has done. There are new rooms, now. In the endless white there are tomato trellises and books - The Once and Future King, the lapis lazuli of his beautiful sister and little feet underfoot as they chase and hoot with the only joy in Greymalkin. Charles did not just take away his pain - he left something in its place. And in so doing, he has cemented his place in Erik's soul. Erik, his sentry of ice, devoted protector, did not need to give word to the vow that was now inscribed into his conscious being.
On this night, Charles now found himself in possession of something he has been wanting and lacking for all his days - despite his suave tenor and sharp wit and the dilettante of charm and sparkling smiles. Despite all that crafted and constructed like so much jewelry before the stealing. At the part of him, perhaps the only part of him which was real. The part of him that Erik saw, that could not be obscured nor obfuscated. Charles had made a friend.
A laugh of his own bubbles from Charles's throat, and he quickly wipes away the tears that he hasn't taken note of until now. But it's not pain or fear of his own that's made Charles blubber; it's true understanding. Empathy. Closeness. Erik has taught him much today, but more immediately, Erik has planted himself firmly in Charles's life. Erik has quickly filled the gap that no one else has been able to fill, not even the sister he cherishes with his every atom. The love he holds for her is familial, unconditional. The place that Erik now occupies is something else. Companions by choice and not chance. Equals. Friends.
"I'm okay," he reassures Erik, and allows those knuckles to stroke along his cheek for a moment before he pulls it away by the wrist. He then encircles the curled hand between both of his own for a moment before unfurling those fingers once again to examine them more closely. The fingers are long and bony, but deep scars and gnarled skin work their way down each digit, toward his wrist, until they disappear underneath his shirt. What other scars does Erik bear? His thumb swipes along the lengths of those fingers.
"May I stay over?" he asks after a silent moment, lifting his own red-rimmed eyes to meet Erik's, equally bloodshot. "I'll sleep on the sofa, don't worry, I just...mm. I don't want to go back to my empty apartment tonight, I suppose." And he doesn't; the thought of leaving this sparse-but-warm townhouse, the thought of leaving Erik feels cold and wrong.
"I usually do not delve into the pits of despair until the third date," Erik quips, eyes bright and lingering over Charles as though to ensure for himself that he truly is well. Charles realizes after a while that the warmth he hears in Erik's tone, and sees on his face, is not actually there. It's what he perceives through this lifeline that has animated him more than anything else. "You are welcome here, always," he returns without hesitation. He already was considering the arrangement of the couch - certain he could do his part to ensure that Charles was as comfortable as any bed, and so unconcerned by the prospect.
The idea of letting someone close enough to do this, even in proximity, to examine and touch the pieces of him that are bent and broken - Erik hadn't known it was even possible. He hadn't known that he could permit such a thing without compunction at all. He bids Charles to eat the rest of his dinner, though, because he meant what he said. Charles has to figure out how to eat one-handed, though. Erik doesn't seem quite able to relinquish their contact, just yet. It's easy, natural in a way he doesn't expect, to lead Charles to the pull-out once they wrap up, and he finds a spare blanket and pillow that are made softer and smoother than their construction with a simple touch of his ability.
He tucks Charles in, and sits at the edge, the stern navigator ferrying him off into dreams with a story.
One of a mythical bird that lives in a castle in the sky, with wings large enough to block out the sun.
Notes:
God-Full-of-Mercy, the prayer for the dead.
If God was not full of mercy,
Mercy would have been in the world,
Not just in Him.I, who brought corpses down from the hills,
Can tell you that the world is empty of mercy.
I, who was King of Salt at the seashore,
Who stood without a decision at my window,Who counted the steps of angels,
Whose heart lifted weights of anguish
In the horrible contests.
Chapter 2: there was plenty of blossom around it---in an impenetrable thick hedge, with reeds and green sedge growing through it.
Chapter Text
Less than 24 hours have passed, but Charles nearly feels like a new man. He’s standing at Gate 4 in the middle of Boston Logan Airport, Erik’s tall form at his side. Airports and crowded venues like them tend to overstimulate Charles; stressed travelers, confused families, overworked staff. The entire place is abuzz with mental activity, and Charles struggles to keep his own thoughts in order.
Where is Gate 6?
Oh, cripes, my ticket—
Swear to Christ, if Leonard doesn’t hurry the heck up, we’ll miss our—
—¡Papá! No te queiro a llevar—
However, this time, he has a place to seek comfort. In the chaos and flurry of activity, Erik’s mind beside him is a beacon of calm, a bunker, a sanctuary. He doesn’t plant himself inside of it, not completely, but the intelligent, melodious hum is relaxing. Still intriguing. Still amazing. “Ah, there she is,” Charles says, smiling toward the line of passengers funneling through the gate. Today Raven is assuming her typical form, that of a pretty blonde woman with blue eyes and full cheeks. She wears a dark green, tea-length dress and a yellow silk scarf over her carefully curled hair. The large suitcase that she carries looks much too heavy for her stature, but Charles knows that stature is not a measure of strength, for Raven.
She typically keeps a powerful musculature, even if masked by a petite visage. Every time she comes home, Charles is energized with a renewed affection for her, realizing just how completely he feels her absence. Raven, too, is always gifted a sense of relief upon returning to her brother. The two embrace, her heavy bag swinging easily from dainty fingers, and Charles plants a kiss on her lightly-rouged cheek. “Welcome home,” he whispers in her ear, and then pulls back to allow her to observe the fact that he’s brought company.
“I’ve invited a friend to join us this evening, as you see. I trust you’ll be cordial.” The last phrase is offered in an exaggerated, wavering voice, his British accent growing posher and more insufferable with each word. An imitation of their mother, of course, and a phrase plucked from her lexicon for Raven’s amusement. “Raven, meet Erik. Erik, Raven.”
As though privy to what must be a confusing cacophony of light and sound and color, Erik rests his hand (now eclipsed by its brace once more, if to offset the staring from others) at the small of Charles's back unobtrusively once they head into the fray. To Raven, he is entirely stoic and expressionless, and her brows arch, totally unimpressed by the greeting. "Oh, shut upppppppp, oh my G-d," she thwaks him and pulls him into a proper hug and noogies him, messing up his perfectly coiffed hair and rumpling his clothes and generally just getting all over him within the first two seconds of arrival. "Ohhhkay, and who is this again?" she sets a hand on her hip as she withdraws to give Erik a full once-over.
Unlike Charles, Raven doesn't have a natural accent, mimicking those around her and easily able to adopt any dialect or vocalization that she hears - it's a product of her mutation. For the moment, she's relaxed to her default - which is very much a product of her time in California, pursuing an acting career that wound up nothing more than a useful skill exercise for what she does now - having encountered her employer during the course of trying to make it big. It's just as much a decoy as anything Charles can whip up - allowing the men around her to underestimate her and relegate her to an airhead, stupid. It works in her favor. (And which Charles still isn't too sure what all her career is, but it involves hanging around armed guards and flying all over the world.)
At once she's abrupt, different to any other woman that Erik has ever met, even though she perfectly blends into the heavy fabrics and petticoats that are all the rage these days. He blinks a little, uncertain quite how to respond. He rests his palm over his own chest and bows his head. "Erik," he repeats softly.
She waves her hands at him a little. "Say something else."
"It is a pleasure to make your acquaintance," he intones.
"Oh, cześć!" She smacks him on the shoulder, too, and he patiently endures it without so much as a flicker. It's a familiar greeting - not the Polish-typical churlish formality that accompanies a more typical dzień dobry between those who are unacquainted. He isn't certain if it's because she doesn't know the difference or if she just is like this - naturally pushing social boundaries aside with a just-as sunny smile.
"Mówiesz po polsku?" he wonders, and Charles - through watching them interact, realizes that Erik delivers his part of the conversation in an affectless monotone, rendering him extremely alien to Raven, who is one of the most extroverted and experimental people he's ever met.
"Like, an eensy bit," she smidges her fingers together. "OK, Charles, come on! Let's get some 'za. And then you can tell me everything about your new friend here." She links her arm with Erik's and pulls Charles into her from the other side.
Ah, Raven. His Raven. The woman with blistering wit who can easily pretend that she’s never had an original thought in her life. The woman who had practiced the art of imitation with such care that she sometimes convinced even Charles that she’s earnest about what she says; her thoughts begin to tumble in the manner of the characters she creates. She’s a wonder, Raven, and Charles covets her. There’s no reason to argue with her, to chastise her, to reason with her and beg her to be polite to their new friend, because she’ll operate against her own agenda, regardless. And it’s best that Erik grow accustomed to her idiosyncrasies early. So he simply raises his eyebrow at Erik as if he’s asking him to accept a challenge, and then allows her to pull the two of them along.
They reach Charles’s forest green Dodge Coronet, and once Charles deposits Raven’s (too heavy) bag into the trunk, they’re on their way back to town, Estelle’s Pizza the destination. “Alright, get it out of the way,” Charles muses as he pilots the vehicle down the Fitzgerald expressway, still under construction. “How warm and sunny was Portugal, how delicious was the food, how exciting was the night life?”
He doesn't show it at all, but Charles can feel through their proximity that Erik finds her intriguing, and he listens to her pelt him with answers and questions of her own. Their ordinary haunt is New York, but she's been here a couple of times to visit quite like now, off the ends of a long and brutal slog across the Atlantic. Portugal was incredible, the food was divine, the night life - has Charles ever seen a stripper walk on their hands? Like a crab. The stage was beautiful, the sets and costumes and acts were more reminiscent of theater than an illegal establishment.
Erik covers his mouth to try not to respond to that - it's funny - you'd think Erik was the one doing the scandalizing. On campus, it very much is so - the rumors abound. But alas, he's simply never encountered this before.
It makes Raven smirk. "I can't believe you've found the one man in all of Cambridge who's more uptight than you, Charles," she says as they head into the parking lot of Estelle's.
Erik exchanges a dry look with Charles. If only they knew. "What can I say, I am old fashioned." He was not.
For a moment, Charles wants to chastise Raven, to nip at her and impress her to be nice to Erik, but it’s a useless endeavor. Raven will act as she always acts, which is however she pleases. And anyway, he can’t imagine that Erik will take terrible offense to her gibes. It doesn’t seem his style. Erik’s response is meant sardonically, Charles knows, but in a way, he does find Erik old fashioned. Not in a political or ideological way—not by any stretch. But his other sensibilities seem to be from another era. The ones that compel him to read Charles a story before bed, the ones that revel in the specialness of a family recipe. Erik, to Charles, seems like an old soul catapulted into the modern world by foul luck of circumstance. No, Erik isn’t old fashioned, but he isn’t modern, either. Modern doesn’t feel right. He’s on some other timeline, perhaps.
“Forgive us, not everyone is as worldly as you, Raven,” Charles says with a dramatic flourish, cutting the puttering engine of his car.
They all pile out of the vehicle, and the aroma of melted cheese, fresh sauce, and baking dough makes Charles’s mouth water. The establishment is not crowded, but they find a corner table away from the window. Raven slides into the booth and Charles beside her, leaving Erik a bench to himself across from them. “Erik is the one I was telling you about before you left,” Charles remarks to his sister, before offering Erik a slight smirk. “The one who thought that he was so brilliant at debate that he could simply waltz into a meeting and have his way."
"Oh!" Raven beams and gives Erik's arm a squeeze as she sits next to Charles in the booth. She gives Erik long-lashed elevator eyes across the table, but it's less checking him out and more - and he's the one you've been crushing on all this time? with arched brows, pointed and inelegant as always.
"Hey, Stella! We'll take - hm, hmmmm," she squints at Erik. "Just hold on," she holds up a hand and then inches her way from the booth to exchange something in rapid Italian with the waitress. When she comes back, it's holding two pizzas. "OK, this one's ours, this one's yours," she balances them on a tray with languid ease, holding another tray of beer in her other arm. "And this one's all of ours. This is fine, right? Beer?"
Erik blinks at her. "Ah, yes," he murmurs, concealing a smile. Much like Charles, he finds a fork and knife and Raven groans audibly.
"Oh my G-d, it comes in stereo."
"You are very observant," Erik tells her softly.
"Comes with the gig, I'm afraid," she grins back. "You have an accent - not Polish. You haven't taken your hat off - cute hat, though. And you hid your arm earlier." Trust Raven to be completely without tact, but Charles can feel that Erik appreciates her candor, and that she doesn't linger nor regard him with pity.
"You discovered all of this just now?" It's like meeting Sherlock Holmes in person.
"I'm a private investigator," she explains, but Charles knows that isn't the half of what she really does - it is simply what she tells people for ease. "You're a mutant, too?"
"I am," he murmurs, and flicks his wrist to float her beer from the tray onto the table.
"Nice! That's wonderful. Me and Charlie are, too. You shouldn't call him Charlie, though. He gets that constipated expression. Like that." She nudges him. "Eat your pizza, Bird Brain. Are you two?... y'know?..."
Erik tilts his head.
"Fucking?"
He sputters a little. "Ah - ????"
Raven innocently drinks her beer.
Charles is about to tell Raven that they can’t simply order a pizza, that Erik is Jewish and there’s not a chance in hell that the food here is Kosher by default, but Raven beats him to it. She’s observant to an otherworldly extent; if she wants to play a character or assume a visage, she needs to understand how that person would behave in even the most mundane of situations. And so she makes connections that others don’t see, always weaving together a story. Charles smiles. It’s wonderful to have the two of them here, together.
Even if Raven’s second most powerful drive is to embarrass him. He nearly chokes on his beer at her comment, cheeks reddening, ears burning. A quick glance at Erik and dip into the man’s outer psyche confirms that he has no idea what to do with that comment, either. “Erik and I are friends, but even if we were more than that, that would be no business of yours,” says Charles stiffly, pressing against her subconscious.
Leave him alone, he warns her silently, telepathically. You’ll scare him off.
"It would so be my business! That is the definition of my business!" Raven crows back, one arm crossed over her chest. Her gaze, hawkish and intense in a way that only Charles would recognize, flits between them.
"Apparently not," Erik returns, keeping a straight face easily, but Charles can feel his amusement, a quiescent sprinkle overhead.
Something about the tenor of Charles's warning pulls her lips to the side in a scrunch. He is serious, which is not accustomed to seeing from her cavalier brother. She can only hear the your eyes are suchhhh a groovy mutation shtick so often before sticking her fingers down her throat.
But this is... not that.
"You know, you gave Charles a run for his money," she points a finger at Erik, this time her tone less hard-edged and boisterous. "Not that he'd ever admit it. I agree with you, for the record. Like this, I'm fine. If I were to be my natural self? I'd be lynched in this diner." She stabs her fork into her pizza with aplomb, to illustrate her point.
"Charles sees the best in others," Erik returns with a nod toward his friend. "An optimistic quality, but not one I share. And we are not fucking." He very much does comprehend English profanity, thank-you. "I am told it is necessary to wait until at least the third date before propositioning someone."
It takes her a few seconds to collate what he actually said - with what all the big words and the deadpan delivery, but then it was Raven's turn to nearly swallow her beer the wrong way around a guffaw of laughter. "Please never let him go."
Charles thinks fancifully of jet packs at that moment, feeling intensely that, if he had possession of one, he would turn it on right now, endure whatever pain came with powering through the roof, and happily leave drywall and dust on their table as he drifted toward the atmosphere and away from his horrible, horrible sister.
At least someone finds this funny, he supposed to himself, certain that his entire face is stained a deep scarlet. Because talking about anything of this nature with his sister is probably one of the least pleasant scenarios that he can imagine for this evening. “Regular peas in a pod, you two,” he grumbled, hating himself for defaulting to cliché. The product of incoherent, scrambled thought.
Eager to redirect the conversation back toward a more tolerable trajectory, Charles points his fork at Erik with a cocked brow. Camaraderie is one thing, ideology is another. They still sit on opposite sides of many things. “What you, and you,” he says, rounding forward Raven, too, “believe is just realism. A dialectic. Your vision is too extreme to have any teeth.” A cocky smile now as he returns to his plate, politely cutting as he speaks. “When you can shed your dualism, maybe we can actually talk about this productively.” He says it lightly, playfully; truth be told, he’s not in the mood for Hegelianism tonight. “How are you finding your first pizza, Erik?”
Recognizing that Charles is genuinely uncomfortable, Erik easily catches the soft-ball of pizza lobbed at him and does his best to propel the discussion toward more innocuous matters. He's stilted and awkward, and very obvious, but the effort is unmistakable. His knife cuts another slice off which he forks up, chewing and swallowing before answering. "I can see why it is a popular food item," he says - his version of yes, it's good.
"They have all kinds of different strange concoctions, too. Stella makes one with strawberries and spinach. It's actually good, but I thought you'd prefer the old standby. You really can't screw up cheese pizza. Even if it's bad, it's still good. And we are not extreme. Hey, there's a reason you always tell me to go blonde and doe-eyed. If you really believed all this liberal kumbaya crap, you'd put your money where your mouth is."
"I disagree," Erik says, much to everyone's shock.
"But you literally agree with me."
"No," he shakes his head. Aware that all eyes were on him, he wilts a little, as though hunching his shoulders would make him any less gigantic - his size makes him unignorable, sadly. "It is possible to believe in an ideal, whilst accommodating the practical realities of life. Charles's concern for your safety does not undermine his credibility."
"But you don't believe in that ideal."
"No. I do not think it is possible for mutants and humans to coexist without some form of mutant self-determination on the table. As long as we lack cohesion, identity and legitimacy, we are at risk. And this is not mere dialectic," he points his own fork at Charles. "I have lived this."
Raven listens, fascinated. "So you think we're different species?"
"That is not my forte," he flicks a finger toward Charles again. "I am only a simple electrical engineer."
"Simple my ass. No one keeps up with Charlie."
"And your mutation is beautiful. You should consider going blue, so to speak."
Dialectics, Charles thinks, and in a fashion that he has begun to deem Erik-like, he can’t quiet the refrain: The very fact that something is determined as a limitation implies that the limitation is already transcended. The limitations that regulate all mutant behavior—regulations placed, first and foremost, by mutants themselves—suggest a broader end, a world in which limitations are removed. Erik’s disavowal of the dialectic framework brings Charles pause, however.
It’s not fair, he knows, to try and frame Erik’s lived experience within a clean logical schematic, so he doesn’t; life, of course, is far less formal than that. On a larger scale, Charles believes that the first half of this century was characterized by a powerful dialectic between progress and regression, but such philosophical framing means precious little for those in the middle who are inevitably victimized by the synthesis. The course of any dialectic, of course, is driven by those who frame it, and if the power on either side is imbalanced, the resolution will follow suit. “Beautiful as our mutations may be,” Charles interjects.
“We live in an era which is not ready to accept us, don’t we?” His hands fold on the table before him as he regards his companions. Dialectics and logic mean nothing if one lacks common sense. “It is in our best interest, at least right now, to be regarded as the same species. The best way to secure safety and acceptance is to highlight our similarities, not flaunt our differences.” The door opens with a whoosh, and Charles catches the tail-end of a whispered conversation between the new patrons of the restaurant. They’d just come from a concert and were complaining about the people who had been seated in front of them. Racial slurs fly from both of their tainted psyches. Punctuation. He’s glad that neither Raven nor Erik can hear the disgusting tirade.
“It’s human nature. Demands for respect are never met by force. It’s impossible to force someone to believe something. True belief must come from within, and the best way to see that arise is by ingratiation, not separation.”
"Ah, a Separatist and an Integrationist go to a bar. The bartender says, 'we don't serve mutants.'," Erik wisecracks, while Raven rolls her eyes. "But I do not agree. Respect is incidental, if we cannot defend ourselves it is a meaningless discussion. If we are too ashamed to openly exist, that only makes it easier to relegate us to the shadows and legislate us into complacency. Are not you the optimist?" he eyes Charles pointedly. "If this era is not ready to accept us, then it is incumbent upon us to change the tide. To make them listen."
“At what cost?” Charles counters, ignoring Raven’s joyful expression—she loved to watch her brother be argued with. “I never labeled myself an optimist, I’m a pragmatist. You may think me naive, but change is something that, for the most part, happens incrementally. Because while many of us may be physically stronger on an individual level by virtue of our gifts, there will always be more of them than of us. We will not beat them. Unfortunately, we need their acceptance.”
"That would change, if we found one another," Erik said. "I've seen it happen. And yes, I know -" he drops off a little, eyes glossed over. "I know the cost. It is not acceptable, that is why I left. But we will accomplish nothing by fumbling in the dark hoping to hit on acceptance by accident. Change must be intentional. We do not need to beat them, but we need to show that we are not weak."
Imagining the chastisement from his mother, Charles leans forward and parks his elbows on the table, resting his chin atop his fist. “Let’s get hypothetical,” he says, locking eyes with Erik. “What is your ideal scenario for the future? How do you see our kind in this world? What is our role?”
Raven is watching them, uncharacteristically silent.
"I don't know," Erik whispers back. "I imagine us... free. Open. Not worrying about policemen and guns. Not worrying for our children. Not hidden under a basement. Where we have a say in our future. We have a voice." Mimicking Charles's position, Erik folds his good hand over the brace on his bad. "They will come for us, Charles. They will do what they've always done. As it has been throughout history from the advent of mankind. My sincerest hope is that we are collective enough to ward off atrocity."
Charles wants to reach out and clasp his hands around Erik’s own, but resists. Partially for Raven’s presence, and partially because he can’t bring himself to share in Erik’s vision. The end, of course, but even by his most extreme stretch, he can’t see Erik’s path leading than there. “Detente, then?” he asks, a brow shooting upward. “Cow them into leaving us alone? Of course I want the future you see, but the only way to get there is acceptance. Ingratiation. There’s no other option.”
"It won't work," Erik shakes his head. "It has never worked. Appeasement and assimilation aren't viable solutions in the long-term, Charles. You know that. They would never accept us. They would, at most, tolerate us until they are certain they can extinguish us. The only way we stand a chance is to level the playing field."
“It has worked,” Charles insists. “How do you think we’ve gotten to his point? It’s misguided at best to think that all great change has arrived via revolution. There are changes happening every day, but they’re so small that we can’t see them. It’s like evolution. Minute changes over time resulting in something entirely new.” Charles sits up straight then, feeling his pulse quicken. “Can you truly see your means reaching your end, Erik? Separatism? How will our two kinds be able to coexist under those circumstances?”
"How do any two powers coexist?" Erik returns, soft. "We learn. I am not a revolutionary, Charles. I'm not an extremist. I do not want to hurt innocent people. But I said Never Again and I meant never again for anyone."
“You didn’t answer my first question,” Charles says, timbre matching Erik’s own. “Do you genuinely believe that Separatism is the means to your end?”
"To an extent," Erik nods. "Coexistence is the ideal, of course," he murmurs, eyes creased fondly.
"G-ddddddd, get a room," Raven sticks her tongue out at them and shifts in her seat, plucking up the pitcher to pour herself another draft. She always was the designated driver, what with her mutation shrugging off alcohol like it was water.
Charles’s return smile is a white flag, accepting their common ground where they can find it. They’re not too far away from each other, he reminds himself then. Their goals appear to be the same; peaceful coexistence, freedom for their kind and for humanity. At any rate, they’re years away from any such world. Most don’t even know that people like them exist yet. And Charles would venture a guess that most other mutants are probably under the impression that they’re alone, too. Much work is to be done before they can even think about these decisions. He gives Raven’s shoulder a fond pat. “Erik and I have decided that we want to find others like us,” he says to her, but keeps his eyes fixed on Erik. “Gather us together. “We could use your help.”
Raven gawps. "What, like - actually put Greymalkin to use?"
"Grey... ?" Erik cricks his neck.
"It's an estate," she says. "I mean, I guess it's big enough. What are you planning on doing, putting an ad in the paper?"
Charles considers this. Truth be told, he had not been thinking about using the mansion currently in his name for this purpose, but it’s a good idea. It’s remote enough, large enough. A good idea. “I figured we’d travel,” he muses. “While you stay behind and get the manor all cleaned up and ready.”
Raven gives an almighty eyeroll, but - and it's saying a lot - she doesn't dispute it, either. "Like a home base. OK, I can dig it." But the real cache is government, right? I might be able to snag some watchlists, she thinks pointedly, with a wink. I may or may not have an asset who owes me a favor.
Be careful, Charles says back, and it’s an automatic refrain. Unnecessary, because Raven will do what she needs to do regardless of whether or not he harps at her to be careful, but he worries about getting involved with the government. We can discuss tactics later. In tandem, he rounds back toward Erik. “Would you be up for a little traveling?”
Erik peeks up from his pizza, a slight smile on his face. "Yes, I think I'd like that."
"And we should probably loop Hank in, too. Yes, I know about Hank. I did a full background check on all of your research partners, Charlie. Don't give me that look."
The look that Charles is offering is one of indignation, one that’s demanding an explanation for her secret involvement. It’s only partially serious; they both vowed long ago that they will always look out for each other. Her overstepping is more likely out of care than curiosity. “I’m sure he’ll be interested,” Charles agrees finally. “Would any of your brothers qualify for our new fraternity, Erik?”
"A few," Erik nods. "Janos Quested and Isadore Cohen are mutants. And there are a few I would trust to bring into the loop, who are not. Daniel Shomron, Carmen Pryde. They are good people, well-trained and adept."
If Erik trusts them, Charles decides that he does, too. He’s a hard judge of character—his agreement is not easy to come by. “I’m surprised that you’re seeing non-mutants in this, too,” Charles admits.
Erik nods. "Perhaps so. When you meet them, you may understand." Charles sees it - flashes - Erik's hand on Car's shoulder. The pipe displacing sand. Heartbeats. Blood pressure cuff. Bitter argument. Resigned camaraderie. Trust forged in heartbeats, silence. "Janos can generate hurricanes. Isadore... knows what is true. It is difficult to explain."
"Now, that I have to see. What does that even mean?"
What it means, practically, is that Izzy possesses a form of reality manipulation that causes people to be more honest than not, whilst seeing through any manipulations or forgeries himself. "You will find out." Erik's eyes haven't left Charles, his tone that of an inside-joke only they are privy to. Warmth.
He’s treated to yet another series of abortive memories, a mosaic of Erik’s past coming together in vivid shards. There is intensity there, and heft. Yes, Carmen Pryde can be of help to them, Charles understands. A low smile rests on his lips, that same vibrancy of camaraderie flickering in his chest. It feels good, to share this with someone else. A friend. A partner. “I’m certain that we’ll encounter many people who can do things beyond describing,” Charles says, limned with excitement. “We should start right away. Well, after midterms.”
"Don't be fooled, nothing on G-d's green earth can stop Charles Xavier from studying," Raven smirks.
"Carmen is in law school, and Daniel is studying medicine. Isadore and Janos are engineers, like me. Izzy does not speak great English, but that should not matter much. I think it will be a good start. I can put the word out in TEP as well, to see if any more interest is generated. I have no doubt there are many mutants attempting to hide in plain sight." He gestures to Raven. It's apparent that Erik doesn't even care about his midterms, or at least has no intention of hunkering down and studying. He's done well on every test and assignment so far, and doesn't feel the need to over extend himself when something far more important is at stake.
Charles rolls his eyes at Raven’s comment. What’s the point of devoting all this time to his education if he’s not going to make it a priority? School was never her forte, so it’s never something they’ve agreed about. He’s glad that Erik seems eager, though. Whether or not midterms have crossed his mind, it’s evident that their new mission is now his primary focus. That makes Charles smile. “We should go visit Westchester this weekend, then. See what state the manor is in…can’t imagine that it’s anywhere near ready to host anyone.” His expression darkens a bit—the thought of visiting his childhood home, so deeply associated with memories of loneliness, is not pleasant.
Erik brushes his fingertips over the inside of Charles's wrist, a pulse of concern emanating from the contact. "We will turn it into a home," he promises. "For all who need it. Dzień, tak?" Erik murmurs, eyebrows lifting playfully. "It will be all right."
Charles knows that his sister will see their small exchanges of physical touch and will extrapolate. And he finds that he doesn’t really care. She’ll be annoying about it, but not incorrect. That closeness is there, and he craves it. “It will be,” he agrees, fingers wrapping around Erik’s own. “It’s been abandoned since my mother left it behind several years ago. We’ll have to put it in some work.”
Raven decides in that moment that Erik is a good egg. And once she's accepted you as part of her family? That's it. Signed and notarized.
Chapter 3: The blossoms quickly spring and swell on every tree and in the dell
Chapter Text
Meeting Carmen and Izzy is next on the line, and swell; Erik invites them all to a Shabbat dinner the following week. Charles shows up just as Erik is putting the finishing touches on dinner, and he's almost nervous, flittering about as a magpie. "You came," he murmurs, which is of course an evident statement, and his nose wrinkles up self-deprecatingly. He ushers Charles through the threshold, sliding his jacket off of his shoulders.
Before he met Erik, Charles didn’t know much at all about Jewish culture. He knew about the High Holidays and certain customs, and an academic overview of the religious tenets. Shabbat, however, is a new concept. After devouring several articles about the practice, Charles decides that he’s honored to be invited to Erik’s home for the event. It’s under the guise of meeting their potential compatriots, but he knows that Erik is still cooking a hearty, elaborate meal for them all, and it’s touching. He arrives first, and allows Erik to help him out of his jacket. He’s in a grey cardigan and white shirt for the occasion; a modicum more casual than his typical suit. “Wouldn’t miss it,” he promises, offering the man a smile. “How can I help you prepare?”
As like before, Erik sets him to work in the kitchen, but much of the meal is already complete. It's simple, but hearty; curried chickpea stew spiced with cinnamon, paprika and saffron, braided challah and vegetables splashed with oil, given a char and salted. And baklava for dessert, as always. Erik's predictable, over time, but it's grounding. A two-fingered knock alerts them to Carmen. The sound of a vehicle driving off after headlights flashed over kitchen. "Well," Erik says softly. He's never been one for boosting morale, but all the same, he tries. "Let's get to it," is what he comes up with, wry.
Erik's measured tone is returned with a warm smile from Charles, though he's feeling a spate of nervous energy run through his veins. He's good with people, certainly, and he knows that his ability enables him to come across as charming and likable, but being liked is not the goal of this evening, is it. No, he needs to be trusted, respected. That's much harder to cultivate by fair means. "Let's," Charles agrees, standing somewhat stiffly beside the stove. When Erik returns with a trim young man with dark hair, about his height. Erik towered over the both of them. Pressing a friendly smile to his face, Charles extends a hand. "Charles Xavier," he greets. "It's wonderful to meet you, Carmen." A brief sweep of the man's external psyche reveals nothing dangerous, which is a relief, but he also isn't revealing much at all. He has a guarded way about him, and out of respect, Charles decides not to delve further.
Carmen is a lot younger than Erik, and while he has a guarded nature very similar to what is in Erik's mind, he is a lot more expressive with smiles and shakes Charles's hand with both of his. "Erik's told me a lot about you. I'm glad to meet you!" he adds, his accent a little muddled but largely irascible, brusque and firm. "Iz and Janos are on their way. Daniel is still at the hospital. This smells delicious, ah," he plucks up a kippah from the table and plops it on his head. "Shabbat shalom, and all the rest." He adopts Erik's minhag, even though it's not his own - a raucous gut Shabbos where Erik's line uses Hebrew. "Where are you from, Charles?"
"Do not be nosy," Erik chides.
"Nonsense. I'm not nosy. I'm inquisitive."
Charles observes Carmen as he settles in, comfortable and casual. It’s a fascinating dichotomy; his eternal presence is gregarious and open, while his thoughts remain quiet, tame. Charles decides that he likes Carmen, if only for his expressive personality. “It’s no worry, Erik,” Charles promises, smiling warmly toward Carmen. “New York, but I lived in England for much of my youth, which is why I developed this most unfortunate accent,” he smirks. “And yourself?”
Carmen smiles easily. "I grew up in Warsaw, bounced around a bit. Me and Erik were like peas in a pod, yeah?" He nudges his friend's shoulder. "But we didn't meet up till now. A shame, really."
"I am very grateful you are still here," Erik replies warmly.
"You'll get on with Danny, he's a brit like yourself," Car grins back.
The vague similarities between Erik’s speech and Carmen’s accent become more clear now, and Charles grins at the two. Another question lingers, one which he will never ask aloud, but one which burns nonetheless. “I’ll be eager to meet him,” Charles says earnestly. The presence of two new minds at the doorstep becomes apparent. One mind is quick, an internal monologue in another Slavic-sounding language spilling in rapid-fire. The other is much different; rather than in discreet words, this mind synthesizes its surroundings in vivid imagery and more abstract sentiments.
This mind is currently regarding its companion—the quick-thinking man—but it formulates its opinions visually. Words flash across its frontal cortex, but not sounds. Immediately, Charles understands that this mind belongs to a deaf individual. Charles has only witnessed this manner of processing among those who have never been able to hear or haven’t been able to hear for a very long time. “I think your other friends have arrived,” Charles remarks, and right on queue, a succession of quick knocks carries into the kitchen.
Erik hops-to and ushers everyone inside, sparing a nod and smile (that looks more like a grimace, but he tries) for each. "This is Janos," he introduces, speaking loudly for (what he believes is) the man's benefit. "And Isadore. Shabbat shalom," he bows his head. "Please, have a seat, dinner will be served shortly. There is wine and beer, select what you like. It is all kosher and vegetarian," he runs through his spiel before disappearing into the kitchen to begin serving.
Janos likes Erik, he does. He can see that the man is smart and driven, and he likes people who are smart and driven. It’s why he accepted the invitation to this Shabbat dinner at Erik’s townhouse; he wouldn’t spend a Friday night with people he doesn’t like, after all. Izzy’s presence is a necessary condition, however; Izzy is one of the few people at MIT who feels comfortable enough to sign with him. The man’s English is about as good as his ASL, which, to be fair, isn’t great, but they can communicate well enough, and he enjoys Izzy’s sardonic translations. Not that Janos always needs a translator, of course. The imperative put upon him by his aunt as a child was to learn how to read lips.
Much of his first decade on earth was spent in the chaos and confusion of mapping lingual speech to words, and then words to meaning, but as a man in his early 20s, Janos Quested can feel comfortable enough to sit down in a group of hearing people and follow a complex conversation. It’s not a perfect system; especially in university as he encounters new words at record pace. When that happens, he must try to either match the pattern to a word he already knows or ask the speaker to spell it out, and then repeat it verbally until he can recognize it. What he doesn’t like about Erik Lehnsherr, however, is this. It’s evident that he’s just yelled a greeting—the others in the room have just jumped minutely, and his mouth has opened wider than is typical of an indoor conversation.
“Now you’re going to make all of us deaf,” Isadore grunts in heavily-accented English. His Russian roots are far more evident in his speech than are Erik’s and Carmen’s Polish. Accents and cultural speech patterns provide another layer of difficulty for lip-readers, but Janos understands what his friend has just spoken aloud, and gives a small smirk. Thank you for the invitation, signs Janos, uncaring that Erik will likely not understand the words on their own. Isadore hovers around the table before plucking a kippah from the surface and setting it atop his crown. He turns to Carmen and nods a greeting, and then gives a sidelong glance to Charles.
“This is the, eh, mental friend?” he asks Carmen, clearly more comfortable speaking with the man he’s already met than the one he hasn’t. “The one with mental powers?”
Erik signs you're welcome before disappearing into the kitchen, having picked up a few words here and there - it's difficult with what one hand being inoperable, but understandable as the sign is a sweeping gesture all the same.
"That's him," Carmen nods, elbowing Izzy slyly. "Pick a number, any number."
"He is not a carnival trick," Erik chides as he steps back into the room, dry. His arms are laden with dishes and the rest float alongside, and they arrange themselves neatly at the table. Erik pauses and then speaks, and tempers his volume with Izzy's reproach, but tries to enunciate as clearly as possible - he tries, OK? He's trying. Ya big boop. "Before we usher in Shabbat, I would just like to say, I am very thankful for this community of people who have accepted me and helped me to make a home here. Now, it's a tradition to not use electricity and so-forth, but for the sake of modern times, that is unnecessary to abide. May your meal be good and conversation bold," Erik raises his glass. "Now, would anyone like to light the candles? Typically it is done by a woman, but we appear to be sorely lacking in this department."
"I can do it," Car says, and strikes a match from the book out of his pocket. "Baruch atah adonai eloheinu melech ha olam asher kid'shanu b'mitzvotav vitzivanu l'hadlik ner shel Shabbat," he recites in a lyrical sing-song. "And then you may wash your hands there," Erik points to the station by the dining table. Carmen shows Charles how to sprinkle three times on his left hand, the Sephardic way, as Erik would have been taught. Erik goes through Hamotzi once and then sits down. "Let's eat," he grins a little.
The ceremony of the candles and the washing of the hands is all new to Charles, but he’s happy to participate. He and Janos are the only gentiles at the table, but they both sprinkle water atop their hands and listen as Erik recites a prayer in Hebrew, similar in sound to the one that Carmen just chanted as he lit the candles. Once everything is said and they’re cleared to dig in, Charles eagerly breaks a piece of braided Challah and spoons some curried soup into his bowl. He’s in the midst of tucking in when Izzy speaks up.
“Next time, I bring gefilte,” he says, brow cocked. He’s entirely serious, but does not mean to be rude; it’s intended as a conversational comment rather than a dig at the spread that Erik’s prepared. “Normally, Shabbat is not for rabbits. Have you one pan to cook only? Maybe I buy you second pan.”
Erik waves his hand. "It is simply the easiest way to be, and it has benefits elsewise," he murmurs, but doesn't go down the pathway to vegans blah blah blah. He isn't precisely a vegetarian, woe be it for him to refuse food, but he does prefer it. "I can see, you know," he adds softly. "What I am eating, at its core. I see all of it. Due to my mutation. So I practice care in what I consume."
Izzy regards Erik intently, considering the implications. He hasn’t considered that before, but knows that there is earnestness behind that statement. Still, he’s not one to resist an opening for a jab. “Blood and guts make you act like little girl? Be a man, Erik Lehnsherr. Eat the guts.” Charles can’t help but snort a laugh into his stew. The turn of phrase is simply something he hadn’t expected, and it’s amusing.
"Little girls can be fearsome warriors in their own way," Erik murmurs fondly, taking the jab with characteristic gentle nature. "Not about blood and guts, but respect. I know when an animal I've eaten hasn't been."
Izzy stares Erik down in his typical deadpan, and then turns to Janos. “The man say he can see when animal did not get happy life,” he says, causing Janos to smirk. “In the blood of animal, this man see if animal was given bad time. We must send to asylum. Shock treatment.”
Janos, enjoying his friend’s bone-dry sense of humor, signs smoothly back. What if these peas were planted in bad soil? Can he see that, too?
Before Izzy can translate, Charles lets out a throaty laugh. Several pairs of eyes turn his way, and he realizes suddenly that he has been able to understand Janos’s silent joke by reading the narrative in his brain. It isn’t auditory at all; instead, the images of the words flash across Janos’s mind and marry the visual accompaniment, creating a perfectly cohesive and understandable statement, transmittable by telepathy.
“Why you laughing?” Izzy asks. “Do we need to send you to asylum too?”
Charles, with slightly red cheeks, regards Janos for a moment, and the man eyes him in return. Clumsily, Charles envisions his next sentence as words on a chalkboard: I apologize, I was privy to your last thought. I didn’t mean to intrude, I didn’t realize that we could communicate this way. Once he was sure that the “writing” was clear, he projected that thought toward Janos’s psyche, and then watched as the man received the vision. He reacted in much the same way that anyone else did the first time they received a targeted telepathic message. After a long moment, Janos lifts one hand and makes the sign for it’s okay with one hand, and then erases the chalkboard. In a neat cursive, new words reappear against the green backdrop.
Saves paper, talking this way. I don’t have to write everything down. Charles can only smile and offer a warm nod in return, grateful for Janos’s acceptance.
“Oh great, mental man and Janos now are having secret mental conversation,” Izzy observes. “Plotting to steal all our wallets, I bet.”
"He would do nothing of the sort," Erik defends Charles reflexively, scritching the back of his neck as he lifts his glass. "L'chaim," he toasts, and then downs the wine before ripping into the challah and stew. "To answer your question, I can indeed see that. Plants actually have a form of intelligence, believe it or not," he grins, well-aware that he sounds absurd.
More intelligence than some in the room, maybe, Janos quips in both sign and telepathy, and those at the table who can interpret the joke snigger. Charles is quickly overcome with a buoyant happiness; here he is, surrounded by a group of people, enjoying jokes and a meal and looking toward the future. Suddenly, anything seems possible, and everything feels right. “L’chaim,” he repeats in a horrible accent, drawing a wry smile from Izzy. “And thank you, Erik. For bringing us all together.”
"That being said, there is an issue of significance to discuss," Erik leads in. "Mutation," he murmurs, flicking his wrist and lifting the Shabbat candles to float overhead. "We do not know what it is, we do not have any leads in science, yet it is certain that those with these abilities are in danger of being snatched up. Some even have visible mutations. I knew a man, Azazel." He left Raven's name off, for now. "He was red." Erik's mind is all splinters about Azazel, grinding down pulp.
Charles is treated to a disjointed vision, a figure with skin as red as a fire engine. Black hair, a long, reptilian tail. There is intensity associated with the vision, and Charles is left wondering what became of this Azazel. However, they do have business to attend to.
“We’ve decided that it no longer suits our interests to remain in isolation," he says, simultaneously projecting the words for Janos as well. He wishes that he could think with such vivid imagist clarity as Janos in order to communicate with him in a way more native to his mind, but as he’s not accustomed to processing thought in that way, they must settle for this mental reading game. “If we’re ever to gain acceptance within larger society,” he continues, “we must gather. Join forces.”
Carmen balks a little. "Like a club?" he wonders.
"More... an institution," Erik elucidates. "We know what will happen the longer we continue to exist without official recognition. We cannot allow fear and prejudice to take hold once more. We need to unify, mutants and mutant supporters, to collect ourselves and determine our future."
Izzy’s stern face hardens into a frown. He’s less comfortable with English than he is with any of the other languages that he speaks, so he switches to Hebrew to interrogate Erik. “You‘re expecting us to place a target on our heads?” he asks, voice edgy. “And join this…institution? That sounds ill-advised."
"It is not," Erik returns softly. "The longer we are disenfranchised and disconnected, the more time governments have to draft laws that repeal our personhood, or to conduct experiments upon us, to torture us, murder us, enslave us - we need to go public. We need to unite, together, to explain to the world what we are, and what our role is," he gestures to Charles, having listened after all even whilst not necessarily on the same side of the debate.
"We cannot operate from the shadows any longer," he returns to English. "We must quickly take control of the narrative, and swiftly form a coalition. We will not all agree on what to do, I know," he nods. "But we are brothers and sisters. We are bound together by fate. We must listen to one another, and help one another. We have a saying. Kol yisrael arevim ze bazeh. It means every Jew is responsible for one another. And I too believe this of mutants, perhaps even moreso. Because our gifts, they are a responsibility. Are they not?"
It's the most Charles has ever heard Erik say at one time, quiet and soft-spoken, but effused of passion and sincere determination.
Charles hangs onto Erik’s words, embraces what they mean, feels them in his heart. Neither he nor Janos understood the quick exchange of Hebrew and Charles decided not to pry, but this sentiment in English was clear. Mutants caring for mutants. For their kind. All humans should feel this compassion for each other, but since they don’t, protecting one’s own is doubly crucial. He resists the urge to take Erik’s hand. Janos is the one to raise the next concern.
Our gifts are indeed a responsibility, he signs/telepathically communicates. But unevenly distributed. What you can do, Erik, and what Charles can do….that a much different level. Inherent stratification.
“In plain terms, please,” Izzy simultaneously signs and speaks aloud to Janos. The Russian’s ASL doesn’t extend that far.
Janos thinks for a moment, and then begins again. As mutants, we are less powerful, Izzy, than are Charles or Erik. I make tornados. Erik controls matter. It’s different.
Izzy grunts, and then nods in agreement. “A good point. Can all of us pretend to be same when we are not? I am afraid not for us, but for others we don’t know. You really are so…what’s the word…optimal?”
“Optimistic,” Charles says softly.
“Yes, this. How can you be so like that? You, chaver, know more than others that people betray. How do we stop people betraying?”
"It can't be about power," Erik murmurs. "That is what they will make it about. We must make it about people, about the person. It has to be a cultural shift, for children to be raised with the understanding that their gifts are a precious responsibility, that they should be instructed to do good. Yes, there will be harm done. Mutants will cause harm. We will need to address that." Erik has no compunctions, nor is he naive.
"People will betray us. There will be suffering. We cannot stop that. But it will be orders of magnitude worse if we are disconnected. Alone. Without common ground. They will try it all. To divide us, splinter us, turn us against one another. We saw it with our people, it happened in front of our eyes. They tolerate you when it is convenient and when life is a shambles, and they see you with your mutant powers, they will blame the mutant for their pain - and it will begin again."
"So what kind of institution will this be, exactly?" Carmen asks the loaded question. "What's your mandate?"
He presses his hands together, plaintive. "I have no doctrine for you. No propaganda. I don't know what our mission really is. That is what we need to come together, to draw up an agreement. To use the thing that makes us civilized, that makes us enlightened. Our ability to speak, negotiate, cooperate. That is humanity. And if they do not accept us, we will be in a better position to defend our right to life and liberty together, than apart."
The table is silent for a moment. Charles can hear the whirring of quick minds, processing, considering, reasoning. He can sense apprehension but also excitement, the tantalizing allure of something brilliant. Finally, Izzy breaks the silence. “I will think of way to find others,” he says. Janos nods his assent. “Russian government…they have list,” he adds darkly. “Keep note on who can fly, who have more strength. From all countries. To use as weapon.” A grimace. “Cousin’s husband is government minister. Can ask him.”
Carmen is quick on his feet, too. "If we're going to do this," he's already forming a 'we' in his mind - himself included, even without a mutation of his own, "the place you use as headquarters should have some type of legal designation. A charity, or a foundation, or even an educational center. It'll create more legitimacy and provide a centralized area to pool any resources."
Charles lifts a brow. His estate, old and derelict as it is, is certainly large enough for such an enterprise. “A school,” he says aloud, imagining the hallways of his gloomy childhood home filled with laughter and life. “Gathering only adults may prove difficult—who will be willing to leave behind spouses and families and jobs to join our nebulous cause? And at the same time, how many young mutants out there are feeling lost and alone? I’m sure that all of us could have benefited from an institute like this.” Nods from around the table. “A school. Where we can teach the leaders of tomorrow.”
"A school," Erik whispers, having never considered it before. But of course. "A beautiful idea," he concedes. "But if so, we are right to focus heavily on self-defense. I would not seek to bring together a large group of vulnerable children without this capacity. That means we need to come to an agreement as to how much force our institution is mandated to use."
Charles grimaces, but figures that Erik is correct. They can’t justify bringing a large group of children and young adults together without enabling them to learn how to adequately protect themselves. “Self-defense only,” Charles says quickly, firm. “And only when physical danger is imminent, and only until the opposing party is disarmed.”
Erik inclines his head, glancing around the table to gauge others' opinions. "Raven has surveyed the estate," Erik reports. "It's a good space. We will come together, to make it a home. Not a lavish mansion, but a real good place, for many people to live. We will need structures, defenses, funding. Myself and Charles can campaign that together," Erik says - not wanting them solely reliant upon Charles's wealth, this thing they're building has to come from all of them.
“We have enough funds to start,” Charles adds quickly. Janos raises a brow, but Charles does not elaborate. It feels…uncouth to reveal the fact that he is the heir to a fortune with that many zeroes.
Izzy takes a long glug of beer before he wipes his lips. “Alright. This means we are all teachers? We read Shakespeare with kids?”
"I'm certain your Shakespeare is unparalleled," Erik grins at him. "Call it an alternative school. We can pick things we know, what we are good at, and teach that. It might be typical, I am good at math for example. Or not. Carmen is good at law." Erik gestures. "You have a great many skills. Some savory and some not. I'll leave it to your discretion what is most valuable to impart onto our next generation."
Charles is entertained by a brief vision of Erik standing before a chalkboard, scrawling lines from Ramchal across its surface. Good at math, sure, but intricately woven with poetry and literature. Their students will be lucky to have him as their mentor, in more ways than one.
"I teach them to not be little shits," Izzy grunts, and then adds: "And to fix car. Many children grow up and not know screwdriver from soda pop."
Charles grins. "Excellent. It's settled, then. Welcome to the new era."
Erik spares a small smile for Charles, certain that out of them all his new friend would be an excellent instructor of art and philosophy both. "And we should hire someone to teach elective languages. American Sign Language, Russian, English, that type of thing. The more multicultural we are the greater our reach." It's clear Erik has spent time thinking about this.
Under the table and out of view of the others, Charles slips a hand over Erik’s thigh. It isn’t intended as a come-on; it’s an acknowledgment and a message. A celebration that they’re going to do it. That they have friends and a vision and hope for the future. He gives his leg a gentle squeeze, and then presses against his psyche, too. It’s happening. We’re going to build a school.
Erik's eyes crease, fond. Hearing Charles in his mind as it had done before, creates a sprinkle of pleasure along his consciousness. Barren and lonely on its own, Charles walks along the wasteland with a light in hand, illuminating the cracks and crevasses that aren't frightening at all when born with another. "All right, all right," Erik gripes with a vague gesture. "Eat up, my fellow miscreants."
Chapter 4: The lilies with their pure white glow Welcome me – as well you know –
Chapter Text
Charles wipes a rivulet of sweat from his forehead. He’s spent the last four hours in the basement, clearing away disused furniture, cobwebs, and old boxes. Hank McCoy, who was quick to join their cause, is busy tinkering with the machine that he believes will enable Charles to extend his telepathic reach by several hundredfold. Right now, the gawky scientist is working on a helmet that looks like some sort of torture device, but he promises Charles that he won’t let him use it until it’s safe.
The sharp, quick-thinking presence of Izzy on the manor grounds becomes apparent to Charles. The man has just returned from Russia, where he, as promised, has procured a list maintained by the Russian government of names of known mutants.
Erik? he projects, searching for the other. Izzy and Janos are back. Be a dear and greet them?
Raven thinks Hank is fantastic and constantly pesters him about his science projects, even though Charles knows full well she hasn't the slightest bit of genuine interest in it. She just likes him, and how excited he gets over slight permeations of his experiments.
Erik has been a godsend, easily pulling apart and re-arranging the manor's internal structures to renovate it for their purposes, and growing more comfortable still with Charles taking up residence in the back of his head. A simple nod and he floats down the stairs, silently landing on his feet to allow his two friends inside. "Mind the mess," he warns dryly. "Welcome home, and hello," he signs the words as he speaks, having tried his best to learn as much conversational ASL as he could in the interim. It's still excessively clunky due to the brace, but it's effort nonetheless.
Both Izzy and Janos’s eyes take in the massive entryway of the mansion. It’s still a work-in-progress—the foyer isn’t their first priority, by any means, but even in its dingy state, it’s impressive. The grandeur, however, makes Izzy scoff. “You tell me that our mental friend had home here,” he muses. “What says them…golden fork?”
Silver spoon, Janos signs, dark brow cocked upon clocking the oil portrait of a dour-looking family from what appeared to be the 1920s hanging above an archway. Did people really sit for portraits anymore?
“Silver spoon,” he repeats aloud, but, knowing their mission, nods to the leather bag on his shoulder. “I have list in here. I hope that you have food ready?”
"You know I do," Erik snarks. It wouldn't be a gathering of the minds without food, after all. "We are... working on the... that," he waves airily at the 'the-ness' going on around them. The marble fixtures and gold paneling. Erik is advocating for warm colors and wood. Maybe some bright furniture pieces, some plants. He does love his plants. They walk past several.
"Oh ho," is Raven's first words to the trio. "And who are these gentlemen?" she arcs a brow. She's blue today, wearing a halter top with flowers printed on, a wide-brimmed hat and linen pants. Her red hair is twirled up in a complicated braid that falls down her back.
"Raven, meet Izzy Cohen and Janos Quested."
It’s been a long journey; Izzy is bone-tired and looking forward to a meal, a stiff drink, and a long sleep. One of the million rooms in this place has to have a bed ready for him, right? He’s about to ask Erik that very question as they enter a palatial kitchen when a woman with brick-red hair and blue, scaly skin turns on her heel to greet them. Izzy’s jaw nearly drops, but he schools himself into something more polite. The woman’s bright yellow eyes are dancing and mischievous, but Izzy is drawn to her coy smirk. Beside him, Janos lets out an audible gasp. His friend doesn’t often make noise, so it’s a surprise; a testament to the woman’s exquisite form. Neither of them have seen a mutant like this before.
But, Izzy is no simpering fool. He’s been raised right, he’s a gentleman, after all. Like Raven implied. And real gentlemen don’t fawn and keen. “Well, the freak show is in town now,” he says. Ever the gentleman, of course. “I give you a nickel, you do trick, yes?”
“No,” comes a stern voice from the hallway, and in marches Charles, sweaty and flustered. He’s in shirtsleeves and a pair of rumpled khakis, and his face is streaked with dirt. “That is my sister that you’re talking to, Izzy, thank you.”
The Russian smirks. “Fine. A quarter, then, for brother and sister freak show act.”
Raven does a cartwheel right up to him, and holds out her hand. "A dollar," she demands promptly, flashing a winning smile.
Erik tries to conceal his laugh behind his hand. "You did say she was in show business," he huffs, as he finds a glass tumbler and some of Charles's hideously expensive whiskey for Izzy.
“Mm, trying to swindle a poor foreigner,” Izzy replies, unable to keep himself from beaming broadly at the remarkable woman. He shakes her hand instead and offers a humble tilt of his head. “A pleasure to meet you.” Charles rolls his eyes and sinks into a chair at the table, tired and sweaty from his morning of manual labor. “I’ll have some of that, too,” he says to Erik, nodding at the whiskey. “And whatever you’re cooking. Smells better than anything that’s ever been cooked in this kitchen before.” Izzy looks dramatically around the space. “You mean when you host dinner for entire US army?”
"No army, just Carmen and Danny," Erik grins, suddenly struck by the fact that this was his family. It's sentimental, Izzy would surely guffaw and rib him over it, but for someone who had lost everything, it matters that these people are in his life now. He can't promise to always agree with the noble tenets of Integrationism, but he does promise that no matter what happens, he will do his best to ensure that they do not come to harm. If they want a school, he will make sure it is defended to the last man, woman and child inside.
"Good day," Daniel Shomron tromps through and raises a hand as he's called upon. He has a shock of blond curls and mischievous blue eyes, and wears a suit that's plenty dusted from hard work, sleeves rolled up. He'd lost his family in the Blitz, joined the Haganah shortly after as a medic and wound up stateside to pursue a career as a doctor. Now he was a resident at the local hospital, studying epidemiology.
Carmen follows suit, having already encountered Raven, his reaction is much more subdued. Needless to say, it had been a shock at first, but there's no denying her grace and ethereal beauty. "What's for dinner?" he looks at the wide spread of plates along the table. He does offer Izzy and Janos a wave, unkempt from assisting Charles and clad in a sweater-vest and khakis.
"Lots of deep fried goodness," Erik explains. A variety of fritters (mushroom, zucchini, pickles, tomatoes and hot peppers) and sauces, salad, Izzy, G-d. And dense sweet sugar-dusted treats known as sufganiyah.
Hank is the next to arrive. He's a shy, quiet man, a few years younger than Charles, but already working toward a PhD/MD. A natural genius with an affinity for exploring the intersection of biology and mechanics, Hank McCoy has eagerly joined Charles and his cause. He's spent a lonely lifetime feeling like a freak and endless hours trying to find away to make his blue, furry feet go away, but finding Charles and his friends has been an illuminating, validating experience. Maybe there is a world when he and the rest can live openly, freely. It's enough to bring him here, anyway. He nods a greeting to the newcomers but doesn't offer much else, taking a seat across from Charles.
Indeed, Charles is pleased when all are seated around the table, Erik to his immediate left. Without thinking, he lifts a napkin and wipes a bit of sugar from Erik's cheek. The action does not go unnoticed by their peers, and Izzy, of course, feels the need to provide commentary.
"I understand now," says the Russian. "Lehnsherr is mom, Xavier is dad. Married, and we are all your kids." He nods, satisfied with his assessment, but a smirk is brimming.
Erik thwaks him with the back of his hand. "Eat your donuts," he groans amid an eyeroll, pressing his lips together to avoid expressing any amusement.
"You know, he has a point," Raven says.
"Oy vey gevalt iz mir," Erik throws his hands up in an exaggerated shrug. He knows his face is a little red, but he doesn't exactly deny anything, either. It's impossible to miss the affection between the two men, even when they are both trying to conceal it. One doesn't need to be a telepath to figure that out.
Charles, too, can feel a tinge of heat reddening his cheeks and the tips of his ears, but he takes it in stride. It's a poorly kept secret that the two of them have something between them. Natural chemistry, of course, but there's physical touch, too. Quiet conversations in the corner, long strolls through the grounds at night. To any onlooker paying marginal attention, the situation is obvious. Rather than denying it, then, Charles places a hand on Erik's forearm, for show. "Your mother and I would appreciate if you ate your meal without further comment," he says to a round of snickers from the table. "He worked hard on it."
Izzy raises his glass in assent. "Apologies, papa," he says with a grin. "I've been good son, though. Have list we need. Can go to many mutants right now. Are rooms all ready?"
With so much work to be done on the mansion, it had been a non-stop parade of projects and renovations - and being around Raven and Carmen for most of the time, there simply hadn't been an opportunity for Erik and Charles's relationship to deepen in a more physical manner; but that isn't to say that it hasn't deepened. On the contrary, Erik would classify Charles as his closest companion, and he hopes to have been able to provide similar support to the other man.
The fact that both are still quite self-conscious in the face of Izzy's teasing is pretty clear, but there is no embarrassment from Erik at all. He's ordinarily an extremely private person, and often rebuffed others' attempts to invade his personal space, but in this he is certain. And perhaps it couldn't have worked any other way, given how prickly his exterior is. "They are just-about," Erik nods. "By the time anyone gets here, the main areas should be fully functional, if not necessarily beautiful."
Charles removes his hand from Erik’s arm but remains close, their chairs nearly touching. The chaos of the past few weeks have kept them both very busy. Working toward a common goal has enabled them to grow closer, and Erik, still private, stoic, and serious as ever has somehow become…approachable. At least to Charles. He no longer looks at Erik and sees a locked box; instead, he sees an ever-evolving puzzle waiting to be solved. It’s exhilarating. But, business is business, and that’s the primary reason that they’re both there.
“You two,” Charles says to Izzy and Janos, “can take a break from traveling and help finish up here. Now that we have our list, Erik and I can start making visits.”
Dinner progresses much in the same vein, with Erik quiet and observant as usual, perhaps even moreso - not because he's displeased, but rather he thinks it might be the opposite. For the first time he can remember since he was eleven and his entire world was torn from him in a single violent act, compounding on violent acts, he thinks he is... happy.
The following morning, breakfast is a practically jaunty affair - everyone can feel it, not just the telepaths in the room, either. The air, the particles around them, seem uplifted somehow, good cheer suffused through the manor in Erik's version of a hum - of course, his expression remains its typical stern line. Raven of course, inspired them with a rousing social deduction game that Charles promptly ruined before falling asleep on Izzy. The smell of chocolate chip pancakes stirs her and she mumbles, "I don' wanna go to shool. Fuh off. Mrrp."
Izzy would be the first to admit that he had been skeptical of Erik’s invitation at the outset. The Polish man had been a strange acquaintance; certainly not near the level of “friend” when the call to join him for Shabbat came. It struck him as odd; did Erik Lehnsherr have friends? He hadn’t thought so. And yet, here he is, not a month later, sitting around a breakfast table with a group of fellow misfits. A brilliant and mysterious woman dozes on his shoulder, and people who he now indeed considers his friends chatter around him.
For the first time since the war, since well before the war, in fact, Izzy feels…home. It’s a strange and touching thing. Raven’s bleary words make him grin, and his friendly arm wraps around her blue form to provide support.
“Your brother is going to burn house down, druzhok,” he says to her, nodding toward the stove. Charles had asked Erik to show him how to make pancakes, and there’s now a flurry of activity at the burner as the telepath evidently fails to do anything correctly. “Best wake now, so we can run.”
Erik smacks Charles on the wrist admonishingly as he reaches for the salt instead of the sugar - those would be some truly grotesque pancakes - and very briefly, an image crosses Erik's mind. The woman, green-eyed and with the same auburn streak through her curly hair, doing the same to a younger Erik as he stumbles through her husband's kitchen like a bulldozer. It's a little too physical for modern American comfort - cuffs at the ears, herding a bit like cats. But nowhere near approaching abuse, just exasperation. It's faded from disuse, something lost to the ether and guarded beneath layers of stuttering fog, flickering to life. Something he didn't think he had any longer, through patient nurturing.
Every once in a while, not often, but sometimes, these shards pierce through. Pieces of his family lost to him, returning in hazy slivers. To those without telepathy, Erik is taciturn, but over the past few weeks it's become gradually clear that he expresses friendship through acts of service, keeping everyone fed and warm and laundered, a brief joke here and there. It doesn't seem, on its surface, that Erik does friends, until one day you woke up and realized he had been there the whole time.
This morning, it's pancakes, and the faint shadow of those who came before, who taught him how to add black pepper into the batter for a more complex flavor, to tend the leaves on winding tomato plants and brew a perfect espresso. The ways that they were not extinguished after all, little gifts to pass forward. "Perhaps... bananas," Erik huffs a little, holding up the bunch of fruit optimistically. "You can be the chief banana slicer."
"Charles's brain is a banana," Raven announces with a smirk.
Charles can't remember the last time this kitchen was this full. He'd been banned from the room entirely as a child; each meal was eaten in the opulent dining room and not at the round table around which his new friends were currently seated. Any attempts to help prepare a meal or even a snack for himself had been denied. He hadn't understood all of the steps that came with cooking even the simplest dish, like pancakes, and now, as he stared over their messy countertop, he can only feel appreciation.
Erik's mind, Charles notes, eases a bit as he's cooking. Even as Charles's ignorance threatens to derail everything, to ruin their meal, the stern edge softens as he measures, mixes, stirs, and simmers. It's as though they're peering through a window to a different time, a different reality, one in which Erik can simply share this level of care with others unabashed. It warms Charles so much that he doesn't even mind that he's been demoted to chief banana slicer.
"Better a giant pancake than a waffle, I'd say," he quips back as he sets to his task. "And your jokes, dear sister, are falling flatter than a giant pancake, mm?"
"Not entirely incorrect," Erik does his best to teach, though so much of what he knows is simple instinct. He guides Charles to the salt again and gestures for just a pinch. It never truly was about the food to begin with, though there's an inherent cringe-factor to wasting ingredients - he had conversely grown up all underfoot and bothersome, not cowed even from Iakov Lehnsherr's sternest reproach (one might have called him brave to cross the man's ire - Erik as a child had been exuberant or just foolhardy, but as an adult their demeanor matches).
He absorbed through osmosis, unfortunate that though Edie kept him from killing himself over the stove, she could barely make tea. What Charles was in poverty from was never an empty stomach, but an empty heart was just as painful. Nevertheless, Erik knows he now has the power to ensure neither himself nor his newfound friends suffer through the crushing density of starvation again - all the same, it's eased with a grimace, focused instead on what really matters. Least of all the actual meal, which he is certain he can salvage no matter how badly Charles mangles it.
"Just a little," he cautions. "There is coffee there," he adds to Izzy and Raven both, his version of good morning. "And I have left finishing instructions with Carmen on the rooms, but they are habitable. Did Hank find the name of the individual we are expecting to meet?" Erik asks Charles, his mind a whirr of neatly organized tasks. It's a big day - they've finally got enough data points to make their first expedition to what they believe is another mutant in the area. It is finally time to put theory to the test, to see if this idea of theirs holds weight in the real world.
The gentle hum of Erik’s thoughts project something distinctly familial, and even though he knows that he’s being humored, a contented smile plays at Charles’s lips. He adds the tiniest pinch of salt to the batter, fully unsure how and pancake batter benefits from salt, but he doesn’t feel the need to question it. Erik is taking the time to cook with him, and Charles knows that this gentle act is helpful or fulfilling to both of them. Resurrecting some sense of family that has been long lost for both of them. “Not yet,” he answers quietly, observing as Erik expertly beats the batter into smoothness. “But he says that I should be able to try the device today.” A current of excitement under his tone. “Shall we take a bet? See if it electrocutes me? Fries my brain?”
"As much of an adorable lab rat as you make, I will be there to ensure it does not cause you harm," Erik almost mutters, plainly and thoroughly convinced that Dr. Hank McCoy is a mad-man, but his brilliance can't be denied. This... Cerebro (a thrilling portmanteau of cerebral and what Erik can only assume is bro) was expected to boost Charles's already arcane abilities to astronomical levels if it didn't melt his brain out of his ears. Fortunately Erik would be there to disable it if something went wrong - and he would know if it were wrong, well before the indicators on the panel. Down to the atomic structure itself.
Raven just calls him the Mother Hen, pecking his chicks ruthlessly in line. Peck peck.
“You fret too much,” Charles admonishes, though he’d be lying if he tried to deny that Erik’s presence isn’t welcome. His ability is remarkable; he can prevent energy at the molecular level from wreaking havoc on Charles’s brain. Plus, the attention that Erik extends toward him is warming as well. He’s never had someone look out for him in this way. He feels….cared for. “Could you feel it if it did, though? Hurt me, I mean. How would you know what to look for?”
"I could," Erik nods. "I know what your structure is -" he looks almost sheepish, as though revealing something quite personal. For all that Charles can read minds, Erik's abilities are just as invasive - thoughts are not known to him in precisely that way, but Erik is still one of the more prescient individuals that Charles has met simply because he can sense a person's heartbeat, their pheromones, hormones, blood pressure, the shift of discomfort or pain or confusion. The way that people are physically composed provides him a great deal of information about them that they most likely would be uncomfortable with him knowing.
But neither does he wish to come across like a voyeur, ordinarily he tunes out all of the extraneous input he receives. Only now it would be magnified, honed in. "I will know if anything is even slightly out of place. If the energy output is off by an iota, I will feel it before it has time to complete a cycle and shut it down. There is a margin of estimation as I suspect this device will change your subjective state, and I will have to deduce very quickly if it is causing harm or about to cause harm. Fortunately, my abilities work on a quantum level, and I should be able to act fast enough to keep you safe. If not..."
He grimaces. If not, then it would be his fault. The responsibility would lie with him. It's a heavy and completely self-imposed burden, but Charles knows that this is simply the way Erik is. He is responsible for the wellbeing of every inhabitant of this manor, but Charles most specifically.
It’s moments like these where Charles is reminded of the magnificent scope of Erik’s mutation. He’s still a bit shaken from that first night in the lab weeks ago, when Erik, with a flick of a wrist, had shown him the how the tiniest particles within the molecules of his own DNA had looked at billions of times larger than their size. Every visit back to the lab since then has felt unfulfilling; why look at a speck under microscope when his new friend could do so much more? Charles, too, has been noticing a shift in the way he uses his own abilities. For ease, he had been calling himself a telepath, or someone who can “read minds.”
Considering what he can do—or, what Erik has shown him what he can do—the definition feels inadequate. Erik can manipulate matter itself, but Charles can read and write brain matter. What Erik can do with an atom, Charles can do with a thought. A neuron. They’re powerful men, the two of them. They make a powerful team.
“If not, Hank is a medical doctor, and so is Daniel,” Charles assures Erik, knowing where the man’s thoughts are headed. A reassuring hand, covered in flour, finds its way to Erik’s forearm. “And also, I should be able to sense if anything feels wrong myself. This isn’t your sole responsibility,” he promises. “Remember what you told me? It’s not my responsibility to cure the world’s ills, and it’s not yours to do so, either.”
"There they go again," Raven snorts, but it's gentle teasing. "All this talk of saving the world. Well, if there ever were two people most likely to succeed at it, it's you dopes. Just be careful out there," she warns with a pointed finger. "Who knows what kind of tricks the military and police have up their sleeves. I've heard they're monitoring Harvard and MIT both for signs of 'extremist activity.' You just know they're talking about Mutatis Mutandis. All those student body panels about mutants, they're liable to start taking the 'mutant problem' pretty damn serious soon."
"It is wise to be cautious," Erik nods. "Now, it is time for everyone to try the vaunted Charles-cake," a ghost of a genuine smile crosses his lips as he sets everyone up with a plate.....and which he may or may not have offered some 'assistance' on a molecular level, to at least ensure everyone got fed before leaving.
"Is that breakfast?" Carmen comes clomping up the stairs from the basement. "Hank says he's ready for you both any time. And he says pancake." Carmen yoinks two plates.
“It is,” Charles responds breezily to Carmen, ignoring the heavy implications of Raven’s commentary. He’s not surprised by it; he knows that the powers that be, spirited by that Senator McCarthy in Congress, have begun to turn their eyes more closely to their kind. Hopefully, their efforts will bring the right kind of attention. “Do you want to eat before we go down?” He asks Erik. “One last meal before my brain turns to scrambled egg?”
He doesn't need to be a telepath to know that Raven's words hit home for Erik, who is practically dour at the suggestion. He's no love for politicos, though you wouldn't know it from how active he was in some of MIT's more obscure campaigning groups. He might not have the vote, but that didn't change his efforts to advocate for a system of government enshrined in protecting the rights of others, most especially mutants. McCarthy is a symptom, not the disease - it's the disease that needs eradication, whether that's through the process or the very serious possibility of violent resistance. Unlike Charles the latter idea did not mystify him or go against his palate.
Members of his own family had held out far beyond their means when push came to shove - the red shape on his arm, barely legible as a triangle or circle but more an ephemeral blob made haphazardly, spoke of his own history, despite his age, he had done all he could. Running deliveries, printing illegal pamphlets. It was enough to recognize him as a 'political' resistance, as laughable as it was. They came for your freedom first, then they killed you. If that meant violence was inevitable, he was comfortable with that.
Most especially in the wake of their project. A school, an institution vulnerable by nature, with their community's most at-risk population. It's no surprise their renovations come with a hefty upgrade to every aspect of the manor's defensive capabilities. Erik had even installed mechanical turrets, much to Charles's absolute chagrin. They're still debating the necessity of that one.
"Oh, Charles, your brain is already scrambled, dearest. And we love you all the same." Raven snatches up some breakfast laden with chocolate chips.
Erik's lips twitch. "Not bad, as far as our last meal goes. You did well," he says fondly. It is quite edible! Maybe no Michelin star in their future but good enough.
Chapter 5: And bid me by their handsome hues ; to come to them whenever I choose.
Chapter Text
After finishing their undeniably edible breakfast, Charles and Erik make their way down to the bowels of the manor. The old basement-turned-bomb shelter is now taking on a new life; metal panels lay scattered about the space, ready to be plastered over the concrete walls to create a uniform plane. While there are still a few boxes of c-rations and pieces of dusty furniture to clear out, the cavernous space is primarily filled with tools; workbenches littered with wires, scraps, half-finished mechanical components. It’s become Hank’s workshop, and will soon become the center of their outreach program. In the center of the room, the tall, lanky scientist with the massive blue feet is crouched over a table, beside which rests an unassuming wooden chair.
In the dim light, Charles can see the helmet as it sits on the table. Wires twine from its exposed crown, snaking along thick cables around each temple. The cables disappear into a massive black box on the floor, which is plugged in to a quiet generator. Cerebro, Hank calls it. The scientist glances up from his work—just have to tighten a few more joints, make sure the sensors are uncovered—to find the tall, rangy figure of Erik loping beside the short, slender one of Charles. Insurance, he supposes, but he resents the lack of trust. There’s no scientific reason to believe that his creation will have any harmful impact on Charles or his brain; he’s simply created an interface that amplifies something which is already present.
Nothing new is being introduced into Charles’s system. But, now isn’t the time to stew.
In fact, Hank can only feel excitement as the two approach, and he gestures for Charles to take a seat in the chair. When he does, Hank glances at Erik, and then back at Charles, and then speaks to the two of them. “I had a bit of a breakthrough last night. In particle physics, we call the excitation of acoustic atoms along their lattice a phonon. I had been so focused on trying to influence the movement of the phonon that I’d disregarded the lattice itself,” he says, knowing that the two, both men of science, will understand.
“Silly oversight. The helmet now will simply increase the size of the lattice as your brain waves are detected by the sensors. This will amplify your reach by…well, however much you want."
Of course, Erik's presence had been extremely beneficial in a few other ways, namely in being able to amplify exactly what Hank was working on so that he could see the results of his tinkering with his own eyes, no microscope or computer simulation required. Now that they're ready to truly do this, it sinks in that they're on the precipice of something... wondrous, and Erik can't help leaning forward as he watches Charles be patched onto the device, resting his chin on his hands and gazing intently at the process. And then it happens, the device whirring to life as the panels around them detached and rose, affecting a display of what Charles was seeing on an exponential level.
Blue dots at first, scattered to the ends of the cartographic representation of the Earth's globe - marker after marker, and then it zooms out, revealing more and even more. Each one a point - a mutant. Erik's eyebrows climb his hairline as they arc, knowing the result and seeing the result are two very different things. "Fascinating," he murmurs, a perfect representation of the Mr. Spock of their little friend group, a fact that Raven and Izzy have never missed the opportunity to tease him about. And then the points narrow again, and again.
Until Charles is zoomed in on a single one - and that point transforms into a small, holographic image of a red-haired girl running toward... a car - screaming, the squelch of - Erik blinks rapidly, unable to resist reaching out, but - this has already happened. It's a temporal echo, the past and present briefly intersecting to provide them with the understanding - yes, this is someone who needs their help. The girl's family, her community, are all worried sick and terrified of her in muted ways - she's only a child, after-all. They don't know what to do.
But, they do. Charles, Erik, Hank, Izzy. They know. They have a plan, and right now, it seems like they might be the only ones able to step in and offer genuine assistance.
It happens suddenly; there’s no build, no crescendo. The mansion is isolated, and so for the past several days, the rapping at the inside of his skull has been low. Only the mental energies of the people around him hum in his head, dulling the constant pain between his temples to little more than a minor annoyance. That all changes when the helmet whirs to life over his skull. It’s the Big Bang. First there was nothing, then there was everything. Noise. Light. Emotion. Pain. Brilliance. Depravity. All at once, it floods into Charles’s brain and through his senses. Sound too loud to tease out a single phrase, images moving too quickly to identify any figure.
Unbeknownst to him, his companions in the room are viewing a completely different landscape; one of control, targeted purpose. His brain is the interface for collection, Hank’s work provides the filter. Through the cacophony, an image finally tears to the front. The others don’t fade away; this one is merely brighter, louder, crisper. A flash of red hair, a rolling car, and—fear, horror, chaos—oh god, it’s more anguish than anyone should ever have to endure, too much for a body to contain—
Before he can register it, Charles is on the floor of the basement, a strangled cry tearing from his throat. Hands scrabble to push the helmet off, and when he finally wrests himself free of the thing, the silence, the stillness, is overwhelming. He’s lying beside the chair, and a trickle of blood steams from his left nostril, but he can’t feel that, he can’t feel anything, other than the imprint of the world’s emotions inside his chest.
Watching Charles be flung to the floor with blood streaming down his face, prompts Hank and Danny to immediately spring into action beside him, with the physicians acting quickly to ensure that his physical wellbeing is unharmed. While Carmen frets, wringing his hands like a soggy lump. Erik is still. His brows knit together in the center of his forehead. An island amidst the chaos, he is unmoved and impassive. He makes a very slow blink, and then gradually makes his way to Charles, kneeling down in front of him after gently ushering the others out of the way. Silent, light-footed. (this is what happens/when you find them here./the others beforehand teach you./to bear their remnants.)
As though he knows what to do, a type of telepathic first-aid that no one else on Earth could be privy-to, for the simple fact that it was an entire unknown in the field of medicine. The movements come organically, a reflexive key played in-tune. Hefting Charles upright, he uses the edge of his sleeve to dab away the blood droplets along his upper lip, before resting his hand along Charles's cheek. The warmth of skin-to-skin becomes a magnetic totem, tugging on that invisible strand he has felt between them from the first moment their minds touched, that quiet evening in his apartment permanently etched onto his being. Pulling on the strand. Dill and tzatziki, laughter and poetry. The orbit of atoms, like planets and stars.
"Tachzor elai, neshama," he murmurs the entreaty softly.
Charles knows that the rush of activity around him is being orchestrated in concern for him, but in this state, assuaging his companions’ worries feels unimportant. Even as a his eyelid is peeled open by a hasty thumb and an intense beam of light assaults his retinas, he doesn’t respond. The light is a dim candle compared to the light still pulsing behind his optic nerve, the memory of the entire world’s experience, one-by-one. Only when his torso is lifted from the ground does he vaguely feel like his body is his own again—pale as a ghost, is he—
and a warm sensation against his face, which has become stone cold. Return, return… Familiarity. Comfort. Safety. A mind like a temple, artfully constructed, beautifully furnished. Return to me. He relaxes, body slumping against Erik, fully supported by the other man. His eyes remain shut, but the touch is enough to keep him grounded. Slowly, the soft static of minds resonate in his head again, sharper and defined.
“Well,” he says finally, eyes still closed. His voice is soft, but not weak. “It works, Hank.”
"What in tarnation happened?" Danny asks, still uncertain himself. "I can't see how this machine is safe if it's going to zap you like that. We're really playing with fire here, this is the upper limits of modern medical science we're messing around with."
Erik shakes his head. "It did not cause any damage to Charles," he insists, despite what they've just seen. "None at all," he assures Charles himself gently, running the flat of his palm rhythmically along Charles's back, encouraging his body to return to its natural homeostasis with an unconscious twinge of his ability.
"That looks like damage to me," Carmen agrees with the epidemiologist. "You were bleeding."
"It was like a..." Erik squints. Ordinarily his command of the English language is on-par or even exceeding collegiate level, but every once in a while, particularly when his emotions are heightened, he slips up, basic words escaping him. "Jego organizm jest przytłoczona," he gestures a bit.
"A shock to the system. From the device?"
"No," Erik almost whispers, reverent. "I felt it, when it happened. Like becoming awake, everything at once. From your mutation."
"Did anyone else see that -- girl?" Daniel has to ask. "Dreams on television, now we've seen everything."
Charles appreciates Erik’s insistence. Somehow, the man knows perfectly well that Charles isn’t hurt, there’s nothing amiss with his molecular makeup, he assumes. Erik’s assessment is entirely accurate, he’s not hurt, not shocked. He’s simply overwhelmed. “That girl,” Charles murmurs, eyes finally flashing open. His vision is blurred, but the barren room and minimal bodies around are far clearer than the kaleidoscopic rush he had just witnessed. “She needs help,” Charles manages, lifting a hand to wipe the remaining trickle of blood from lip. “Did you all see where she was? There was supposed to be a map here, right?”
“There was, and she’s in New Jersey,” Hank answers as he peers at the various monitors and controls. “Charles, if that was too much—“
“Of course it was too much,” Charles answers quickly, but his face is animated, ebullient. “You just gave me access to the entire scope of human experience. Certainly, I’ll need to practice a bit to learn how to control what I see, but you’ve done it. We can find anyone. Everyone.”
"We must assist her," Erik gives a single confirming nod, helping Charles slowly rise to his feet. A glass of water finds its way into Erik's hand, and he holds it out, wrapping Charles's fingers around the handle and encouraging him to drink. "We will go immediately. The first step, yes?" his brows raise, a ghost of a smile on his features that only the telepath is privy to.
Charles accepts the water and doesn’t speak until it’s fully gone. He’s energized but clearly exhausted; Hank will be shepherding him to bed in a few moments, but he presses a gentle acknowledgment into Erik’s psyche. A thanks, and a nod. You and I, so as not to overwhelm.
“I think you need to rest before doing anything,” Hank says on cue. “You look pale.”
“I just need a moment,” Charles insists. “We will leave this afternoon.”
"Rest," Erik agrees, soft. Evidently, immediacy only extended to as immediate as possible - he has no qualms assuring Charles is fully recovered before venturing forth. "After all, we may yet find trouble out there. Take the morning, and you can evaluate then," he compromises with both Hank and Charles. "I will ensure everything is prepared when you are ready to go."
Charles retreats to his bedroom, and as exhausted as he is, rest does not come. He’s too incensed to rest. Erik is right; the brief moment under Cerebro activated something in his mutation. Even in this relative isolation, everything seems more acute. Sharper. Interconnected, in some way. He gives up on rest around noon and decides to pack his bag for their excursion. This poor girl, so full of pain and fear. He’d felt her anguish; it became his own. By the time he arrives in the foyer, the tiredness from the morning is superseded by passion to help this girl.
Unlike Hank and Carmen, Erik displays no hesitation over Charles leaving with him - there comes a time when you just have to let a grown man determine his own limitations, and as far as Erik can see, there is very little that Charles Xavier can't accomplish when he puts his mind to it. Quite literally, as a matter of fact. He shoulders a small pack of his own replete only with strips of metal and fabric - it's all he needs to make anything necessary to them on the go and far less consuming of their small personal space inside their car. He's dressed for the occasion in all black, with a long-sleeved turtleneck fashioned from something soft and fitted. Erik makes a majority of his own clothes and weaponry, as the newly-formed band of mutants had discovered, he's more prone to keeping the raw materials and not their final forms stored amidst a worktable in his quarters.
And he's the driver. It's an unspoken understanding between them, but he leads them to his Jeep and loads everything in - the feel of metal under his hands, his construction in large part with reinforced siding and additional safety measures, alongside Erik's prior training in aggressive driving left little to debate. They'll call Brigade Seven a pall on history in thirty years, but by G-d could they drive. Charles approaches this as a social worker would, intending to benefit the young girl through offering services of education and comportment in her newfound ability. Charles is the teacher. But Erik is the soldier, and he approaches it like a guard, prepared for any and all eventualities down to the wire. At least he is discreet, with no visible armaments whatsoever. If they were stopped, the police would find only metallurgy instruments.
He opens the passenger side door for Charles and gives the frame a pat before sliding behind the wheel. A few checks here and there, and the car whirrs to life without a key. "Ready?"
Though he’s still getting to know Erik, the oddities don’t strike him as odd, anymore. The scraps of metal and fabric in lieu of clothing, the bulky, reinforced car. These are all things that make Erik exactly who he is, and Charles is simply pleased to have the ability to accompany him. “Indeed.” They roll out of the circular driveway and down the leafy lane. Charles gazes out the window, feeling emboldened and nervous all at once. “She’s terrified,” he says after several silent moments. “The fear that she felt…it was so very strong. Fear of herself, Erik. So, so strong.”
"Understandable," Erik murmurs as he yanks down the manual lever in a cross-handed maneuver and presses his foot on the clutch. Then they're off - it's not the first time Charles has driven with Erik, so his lead foot is less of a shock than it was initially - but in practice, Charles couldn't be in safer hands. He wastes little time pulling them out onto the highway, where dots of houses sway amidst colorful swirls of farmland and grass, warped by the glass window that Charles has his nose pressed to. Erik is silent for a long while, having only acknowledged briefly what Charles said - but not dismissive. Contemplative.
"As a child, she would not grasp what is happening to her. Beyond this, to witness death is a heavy burden to bear, for anyone. To feel it, doubly so." But Erik is confident that they can help - at least, that Charles can help. He is not so sure he won't be relegated to sentry duty, being quite limited in his skills as a soothsayer, but he can empathize with the girl all the same. The despair she must have felt - it is not something any child should endure. To then be left in the aftermath, with no conception of prior events, no context.
It drives the point home just how dire the mutant situation is, and how needed their institution would become.
"She grasped that what happened is horrific," Charles says quietly, staring at the rolling green hills of the countryside. "That's enough." What's troubling Charles is that this is just one incident. The singular one that crawled to the fore of the cacophony, likely due to proximity. How many other unthinkable things were happening at the same moment? Are happening right now? "We've accepted a great responsibility."
"We will succeed," Erik tells him, hearing what he was saying beneath. "We do not have a choice, but we will not need one. I am confident in our abilities," he adds, which is more akin to faith granted they truly didn't know what the future would hold. But it was genuine, and powerful, and almost enough to supplant the twinge of nervousness in his gut. "Knowing that there are others like her out there, that there are people who will fight for her and protect her - that is important." Erik grimaces a little. The image of her parents was still emblazoned across the back of his mind, scared and horrified and even repulsed. Erik couldn't understand that. To him, mutation in all its forms was magnificent and fascinating.
Charles wishes that he could embrace Erik’s confidence. No, they don’t have a choice, but that makes their work all the more urgent. Mutants are a slim minority, of course, but even a slim minority in a population of several billion is massive. “How are we to save all of them?” he asks, and it’s mostly rhetorical, because he knows that they can’t.
"I wish I knew," Erik says, gentle. "Maybe it will not be a simple matter of what we can do, but what we empower others to do for themselves. To help change the culture of our world, so that mutants everywhere have the same opportunities for success that we have." It's a conundrum, and one he hasn't stopped thinking about since first manifesting his ability in that Red Cross tent. As soon as he realized what he could do - that Dr. Schmidt was right in his insistence, it became clear that what he had just endured would only be the start. If the world's powers only knew what was on the horizon... but it's why they're here, in this car. Maybe, if they can ward it off before it starts, put themselves on the international stage on their own terms and win the hearts and minds of the average citizen - maybe they'll have a chance. And if not... Erik is prepared for the alternative.
Charles smiles sadly to himself. Yes, he is confident that they will do all they can. He knows that this is his calling, his life’s mission. He doesn’t doubt his commitment, or Erik’s, or Raven’s, or any of the wonderful collection of misfits they’ve found back at the manor. Those brief moments under Cerebro, however, have…altered him. Widened his perhaps naive eyes to the scope of their mission. “I felt everything,” he says aloud, a sudden need to share with the one person who Charles knows will understand. “The way that you see everything down to their quarks…I felt it. All of it, all at once. The entire world, Erik.”
Erik looks over at Charles then, which in another person would undoubtedly be dangerous given he's behind the wheel, but there's no need for concern although it's a bit jarring, their car doesn't even wobble out of place. His bad hand is laid in his lap, while his other is on the wheel, but it's largely for show - the car moves under its own power, or rather, via Erik's. "That must have been overwhelming," he murmurs. "I felt you. I knew that something significant had occurred. Like an echo, of everything. That amount of data - that you are upright is quite an astonishing achievement. Could you discern any of it, or was it just... noise?"
Charles doesn’t even question Erik as the man looks over at him, understanding implicitly that his physical being is always safe when Erik is near. That is how much he trusts the other, respects his abilities. “Noise, but it wasn’t homogenous.” His tone is conversational, but his gaze remains fixed at the windshield ahead. “It’s a very odd thing, to experience the most joy you’ve ever felt and the most agony you’ve ever felt in the same moment.” Hunger, wrath, sorrow, ebullience. All at once. “This girl; she clawed her way to the front, but everyone else was still there.”
Erik nods. In some way, he thinks he can understand - not precisely, not the feelings and thoughts of every person, but on a smaller scale, he knows where everything is - how the world is shaped, how their surroundings move and sway, down to the tiniest insects fluttering miles off. It's a low fuzz in the background, that his brain discards as it's simply too much information to track all at once. What he cannot imagine is having access to it all at once, every atom and molecule in synchronous orbit.
"This is what you are built for," he concludes after a lengthy, contemplative silence. "All of it, like this. This is just the first time, but as your powers grow, and you learn more ways to engage with them, I think it will become easier for you. You were not meant to be alone. Your mind is tethered to all things, and you are forever altered because of it."
His own mind had been stretched to its limits; the capacity for one person to experience and endure. Finkelstein once wrote that a black hole was a region of space so dense that nothing could escape its grasp, and he believes he came very close to that event horizon. To fall beyond it would have been to spaghettify. But Charles is not like him - his mind is designed to hold, what Erik believes is a theoretically infinite amount of information.
"It makes you very powerful," he says. "Possibly the most powerful individual I have ever encountered. But it is a grave responsibility, Charles. I know you know this." He smiles very slightly - and it's only by those abilities that Charles knows it is there.
“What if I don’t want to have this responsibility?” It’s the first time Charles has ever expressed distaste out loud. When speaking to Erik and their compatriots, he’s a beacon of positivity and pride. Mutation is beautiful. Mutation should be embraced with pride and honor and enthusiasm. It’s something he believes wholeheartedly, and it’s also something that feels inescapable at the same time. He finally turns to face Erik, face serene, tone grave. “I know that I do have it. I can accept it. But, my goodness…it’s a lot, Erik. I suppose I’ve been given this gift because some universal entity thinks that I can handle it…but what if I can’t? What if it breaks me?”
"It might," Erik nods, solemn. It's certainly anything but dismissive, but perhaps a surprise that he so readily agrees with Charles's reservations. "In fact, it undoubtedly will," he doubles down on that pretty fast, and it would be shocking, if Charles didn't know anything about the man. Erik gazes back at him, vivid green to glacial, shimmering blue. "To be broken, that is not a linear process. Time," he starts softly, his penchant for physics coloring even this.
"We think it moves only in one direction, linear. But that is not true. I watch as electrons spontaneously revert to prior states. The farther you are in distance, the farther you are in time. Where I am, and where you are, is different. No clock could discern this, but I can." He offers a small smile, this time apparent on his features, eyes creasing at their corners. "Nothing about our reality is as it appears. People get broken all the time, but that does not make them unsalvageable. No more than this."
He reaches forward with his unmarred hand, touching at the silver bracelet adorning Charles's wrist, fingers warm and steady across his pulse-point. "It was broken when you gave it to me. Now it is strong, and beautiful. No one is ever just one thing, Charles. No one escapes this life unbent. If you break, you will mend. You will learn to exist with your weathered pieces. They will become part of the tapestry that makes you individual, and worthy."
Charles’s fingers wrap around Erik’s wrist. The touch is comfort. The presence is warmth. Erik’s words are solemn, sincere, and though the weight still sits on Charles like an anvil, he also feels at ease. “For a stoic, you’ve a real ease with words of comfort,” Charles says, and he means it. Erik’s faith, his fair-minded point-of-view, his appreciation of balance and harmony. Maybe that cycle isn’t something that Charles appreciates because he isn’t a conscious witness of such cycles. If it truly exists, if that which is broken can be fixed, there’s at least some comfort there. “I really do appreciate you, Erik,” he says earnestly, fingers tight around Erik’s own. “You’re beyond brilliant, of course, but you’re the first person who…well. Who understands.” He doesn’t elaborate, and he doesn’t need to. Erik understands.
It moves something in him, which he has only ever known to be immobile - transfixed in chiseled marble. Sullied stone shattered. He did not realize that he could grow any longer, and it is what gives him confidence in that which he speaks. He has been broken, mangled beyond all sense and recognition. But he is here. That is how he knows. A member of this fledgling group of people quite like a family. Many say that blood is thicker than water. That biology is what creates the strongest bonds. But what they don't know is that the blood of the covenant is thicker than the water of the womb. Quite literally, the opposite.
The word, Stoic, is a curious one. The term daimon is from his father's language, meaning guardian spirit. If he has to pick a guiding star, one could do worse than eudaimonia. For the good composed of all goods; an ability which suffices for living well; perfection in respect of virtue; resources sufficient for a living creature. Yes, indeed. A flip in his chest. Charles's regard for him is as such blood, like nourishing water. Causing sprouts of tender green things to crop up, curious, in the patchwork cracks of his psyche which have been sanded down through time.
What possesses him next, he could not say. Perhaps that pursuit of a well-lived life, what had prompted him to speak plainly his perceptions of Charles - what seems eons ago - in that small laboratory. Surely if he'd the time to think, and process, he would have controlled the impulse that washes over him. Marshaled himself, as he has always done. It's daring, and dangerous - they've alluded in inclination and affiliation. Where there is enough ambiguity to rescue them from misstep.
Alas, he lifts Charles's hand and presses a gentle kiss to the edge of his knuckle. This is his covenant, from a man who very literally could put a rainbow in the sky if he so chose.
"If you break, I will help you to mend," he promises roughly.
The kiss reframes everything. Over these last weeks, he and Erik have been dancing—for two men who have the capability to see life in such bare, bald, crystalline reality, they’ve been embarrassingly vague about defining the obvious current pulsing beneath every interaction of theirs. Does that current look like anything? Can Erik see it? If he can’t see it, does that mean it isn’t there? No, it is. Charles knows it is, in the way Erik’s psyche warms when they’re together and hardens when they’re not.
He’s not the only thing to do such a thing, of course, but he does know that Erik is less guarded with him. Perhaps because the other knows that there’s no reason to guard when a telepath is near, but the walls are less solid, either way. Or maybe it’s because Charles’s breath always hitches, his eyes flicker, his pulse quickens. The kiss, however, is what defines the milieu. His fingers straighten, and then cup themselves softly around Erik’s severe jaw. His thumb brushes along his cheekbone, light as air. Erik really is a specimen. Sharp features, wise green eyes. Brown hair with undulating waves. Kindness and pain.
“I know,” Charles replies, Erik’s jaw cradled in his fingers. “I trust you. Nothing about you lies. Ever,” he adds, eyes resting on full lips. “I only hope that you can trust me, too.”
Charles's thumb across his jaw - touching him as though he were made from glass, pressing fingerprints along clear panes and leaving gentle smudges in their wake. His eyes flutter closed instinctively, shoulders tensed up around his ears and body poised - primed for something - The moment hangs suspended on a silken strand, beaded and wavering between them. And then they widen marginally, just as they had at Aoife's upon the realization that this was - this.
It is there. Made manifest for just milliseconds to Charles in a brilliant flurry of kaleidoscopic colors that suffuse their vehicle, emanating from them both and entwining.
When they touch, that pulse of electricity sharpens without warning, sending a heated bolt through Charles's chest. The car, fortunately, isn't affected even though it's quite clear that Erik hadn't meant to create such a response. A swerve of ordinary iron control. Erik swallows against those fingers, appearing genuinely surprised by their presence. "I cannot-" he starts, voice hoarse and soft, barely audible, and he clears his throat, offering a wry little smile that bunches up his cheek. "I cannot promise to always be able to help you," he warns.
Erik does not make promises he cannot keep. This, he knows well. Just as well. Had done so before, and carried their lives with him. "But I will always be here for you. To discover a new way of doing. To make a different path. To see what is vital about you." Gradually, he eases, the tension dissipating the longer Charles remains in contact with him and - and it is this. Like this.
It's a wild juxtaposition; Erik at his most deadly, most dangerous, is akin to a searing predator. He can raze the Earth and its occupants from existence. He can fight and win one-handed and shod-kneed. Drink Charles under the table ten-fold, and give Raven a run for her money. In many ways, it's very stereotypical machismo. Taima Kashih, one of Raven and Erik's mutual contacts with an expertise in smuggling from her family's modest tourist-attraction styled storefront in Isfiya and a member of the country's contiguous Druze community, called it gever gever bullshit. But this, here, is something only Charles has ever seen. Ever. How still he gets, barely even breathing, lips parted slightly. Feather-dusted and - searching, imploring, something.
Bowled over with the confusion of someone deigning to touch him in ways that are meant kindly. With care, with tenderness. Most would assume him to immediately reject such an advance with hostile tenor - but not Charles. Charles knows the difference. That for Erik, it is vital, too. He just doesn't realize it. Not until right this second. He's practically vibrating under Charles's ministrations, the air sharp and humid and heavy. "I trust you," he rasps, inching forward until their brows press together. He trusts Charles. Not all the way - not the way a typical person trusts. Not with impunity. But he trusts Charles to be Charles.
"I-" he doesn't even know. And this - this is - he's still got a hold of Charles's other hand, and so lifts it to once more bestow a kiss. This time along the man's inner wrist. Decidedly more intimate.
Charles has kissed men before. He’s also kissed women; Raven likes to tease about how unfair it is that he has his “pick of the lot” when it comes to selecting a partner. They’ll snigger and banter, but underneath that, they both know with solemnity that Charles doesn’t actually have a choice. None of them do, not if they want to live safely. It’s one of the more sick, rotten aspects of the human psyche, Charles has concluded after years of being its keenest observer.
Fashioning others as pariahs for only a few, meaningless facets. In the privacy of Erik’s vehicle, armored, impenetrable, there doesn’t seem to be a choice, either. But not for fear of harassment or punishment; instead, Charles feels himself pulled toward Erik, like ions bonding, hypnotized, magnetized. His hand never leaves Erik’s jaw, not as he leans in, lips slightly agape, not as he brushes his nose along Erik’s sharp cheekbone. He smells vaguely of cardamom. Not as he wrests his other wrist from Erik’s grip and delicately blankets the injured hand in his own free fingers.
Not as he connects their lips and places a light, sweet kiss against Erik’s own.
I know, Erik. I know.
That it shocks Erik to his core is fundamental - for all his comprehension of physics and the nature of reality, this is an area he has relatively little experience with. Certainly not like Charles, who has little trouble making friends wherever he goes. That those connections extended to intimacy is simply a natural product of linear forward momentum.
And perhaps, it is a natural product of their proximity; Erik had been vying with this most private wish for the entirety of their association, but relegated it to the realm of fantasy. Inexperienced, unusual, stilted, there is no point at which he ever truly expected to capture Charles's attention the way someone like Terrin Ensure had, with her effortless beauty and intellect. For all Erik's bravado, at its core it is an act. It is apparent the moment Charles's lips touch his, that he had not expected his overture to be returned; and like this, no less.
The car drives itself with minimal effort, and does not stutter even as Charles's lips touch his; though a lesser man would have undoubtedly slipped up in their control. Erik prides himself on the fact that they did not abruptly wrap themselves around a tree pole, a turn of events which would be unsurprising in the slightest, because - Charles is kissing him. It's nearly chaste, but the air in their vehicle ratchets up several degrees in response, bathing them in sweltering warmth. He does not move, barely even breathes, as Charles moves closer and completes the circuit of contact between them. His chest rises as he audibly inhales, the gasp resonating between them in the otherwise silence.
It takes several moments before his own hand lifts and cradles Charles's jaw, daring to return the sentiment sincerely, most surprising is the gentleness by which he touches Charles, like he is precious. He feathers his fingers through the man's hair, down his neck, along the front of his chest. His thoughts tumble about like freed marbles, clacking against one another - (he is kissing me - this is real ? -) and so close, Charles can feel how his frame vibrates, minute shivers underneath his skin. He would respond to Charles's entreaty in his mind, but he has forgotten what they were even discussing. It seems far less relevant than this.
He doesn't mean to pry, to snoop, but Erik's psyche is simply so powerful in presence, so large. As they slide closer on the bench seat of the Jeep, which is miraculously staying its course (a testament to its second-nature quality within Erik), Charles feels as if their minds are beginning to overlap, to merge, to interlock. There's certainly a sense of frenzy within the other, but it's not harried, or scared. Pleasant nerves, like the breath of a lover on one's skin, excitement, uncertainty, bravery.
The same sensation as one might have on the eve of a grand adventure. That's where they are, Charles realizes, shivering under the brush of fingers on his chest. On an adventure, together. Removing his hand from Erik's own, Charles grips the front of Erik's shirt and pulls the fabric taut, forcing the man closer. It's clear that this experience is novel to Erik; that center lights up in his head like a television set in a dark room. Neural pathways begin to etch themselves along the grand cathedral ceilings of his frontal cortex, snaking from the pleasure center. Though authoritative and confident in life, Erik exhibits a level of uncharacteristic naivete in this arena.
It's charming, almost cute, but it also instantly fills Charles with purpose: he must take care of Erik. Ensure that wide-eyed uncertainty is rewarded with safety. With joy. Erik's shirt in a vice, Charles pulls his own face a mere hand's-width from Erik's to look the man over. His expression matches the tenor of his thoughts, and though his own heart is pounding, red flooding his cheeks, he breathes a smile before leaning in once more, pressing harder this time, the tips of his blunt nails digging ever so softly into Erik's stubbled jaw to convey desire.
I'll never betray your trust, Erik. You're safe, with me. I promise.
It's to Erik's shock that the words burn in his eyes, sudden and hot and he laughs through it, reaching up to touch beneath them. Amazed and fond - that Charles searches so carefully within him to find the parts long-buried in frozen tundra. The wasteland of his heart grows warmer still. A cliche, he has to laugh. Surely a grown man should not cry from a simple kiss, nor a singular promise. But there's no angst attached to it, it's just - and he can't help but shudder a little. A clay pot in need of sculpting.
Safety is something he has never anticipated - safety in this manner, almost an absurdity to ponder. Yet, it is here. Deep within his being, where his atoms orbit one another synchronously, that magnetize closer still to their counterparts - that which they know, beyond thought or reason. The soul is comprised of three parts. Nefesh, the life-force. Ruach, one's emotions - the wind with which the life-force whispers. And finally, neshama. One's higher reasoning, morals and intellect. He had called Charles this once, an accidental slip.
A high-endearment, the highest one he knows. Charles is as integral as his higher consciousness. And in their proximity, Charles realizes it thus. Erik's sentiment for him is no mere trifling affection. It is deep, and abiding, and without condition. It is trust. That Charles will be Charles. And that Charles is exceptional and worthy and good. That Charles considers, and listens, and operates to preserve dignity and humanity and peace where he goes. Erik cannot claim to be similar, and he does not. But he admires these qualities, and respects them immensely.
Charles's voice in his mind always draws his good hand up toward his cheek, trying to press it ever closer. It's a quirk, something he doesn't realize he's doing. Savoring the warmth of another soul in tandem to his own. Savoring that it is good, and pleasant. Taking all that is offered without rebuke, despite his poor reputation for hostility. Charles's eyes are luminescent under the shimmering embedded lights of the rooftop. Erik is caught. Captured without binds. His bad hand lifts without volition, achingly gentle as he brushes the soft leather of the outside brace along that flush spreading over Charles's cheek, grinning wetly.
When Charles does it again, harder - more - Erik finds his good fingers buried in the fabric along Charles's chest, as an electric cable drops into endless water. Spark. Erik's mouth opens beneath his, largely out of reflex rather than skill or purpose, and he finds himself kissing Charles, now. This time, Charles feels it as it doubles back and plunges him into the depths. The lights in the car flicker and a soft noise emits from the back of Erik's throat, utterly without his intention.
"You are," he whispers back, breath shaky. "Safe with me. I won't harm you. I won't." This seems important to him, for some reason. That Charles know this.
The comment is so striking that, despite himself, Charles breathes a laugh. His lips still explore Erik’s, hands remain knotted in his shirt to shackle him close, but the laugh is warm on their skin. “I know you won’t hurt me,” he says aloud, hand finally leaving Erik’s jaw so that his fingers can card through tawny hair. It’s a softer in Charles’s fingers than he expects, but perhaps that’s fitting. Much of Erik has the same quality; a coarse exterior sheltering softness. Not all softness, of course, but just enough for Charles to sink into. He pulls back so that he can observe Erik in totality, and then smiles.
His hands fall away, one resting on the man’s immobile hand encased in its brace and the other on his thigh. There’s still intensity, heat, kinesis, but Charles somehow channels calm, too. It’s a strange dichotomy to have a racing heart and a placid breath all at once, but maybe it’s a signal of correctness. This, Charles feels, is correct. “I’ve never feared that you would harm me, my friend. From the moment I heard your mind, I—“ he hesitates, suddenly struggling to find the words. “It’s so magnificent. Brilliant. Powerful, but steadfast and righteous. You’re incredible, Erik. I’ve only sublime respect for you, but not a reason to ever mistrust you.”
Erik's leg tenses under Charles's hand, a rigidity that spreads up through his shoulders and then diffuses - stiff and board-like, until Charles seeps into his sparking nerves and melts down through his synapses like heated butter. His hand finds Charles's forearm, rubbing absently at his exposed skin. With Charles's words a fresh sprig of affection worms its way through the soil, hands in his hair tilling the Earth by his hands. Working the vast landscape in his mind, fields primed through nourishment in points of contact that are soft, and careful. Visions of fingers in yielding silt, sifting through the loam that is his spirit.
He wishes he could move his embraced fingers to grasp Charles's, but Charles has already given him such a gift of unimaginable proportions, by taking away the pain that lay within his bones, joints and musculature that he could not possibly complain. Not one for simpering self-pity, it's one of the rare times Charles catches a train of thought tinged with regret at his disability. Erik rarely even considers it beyond the practical, has accepted it as it is and walked with composure. It is for one reason only - that he cannot touch Charles as he wishes. That he cannot skitter fingers along his jaw, across his collarbones and down his spine.
As he thinks those desires, Charles feels them; a ghostly current. Not from Erik's skin to the other's, rather deep beneath the layers that comprise Charles's physical composition, a low hum from the inside-out that warms him and electrifies him all at once. Not one for elaborate verbal proclamations, Erik relies on simplistic and blunt honesty in the wake.
"You are beautiful," he whispers back, a grin on his face unbidden. He does not, nor has he ever, mean to relegate this to the realm of attractiveness, though probing further beneath those microscopic filaments Charles would find that in abundance. Charles is as though hammered from marble, a living specimen of art. Every freckle, every scattered blemish and smooth expanse. The red of his lips, and splashes of azure in his eyes mimicking the endless depths of his oceanic mind. For if Erik is as a sanctum, Charles is life-giving water.
The Earth is 71% water, and yet only 5% has dared to reveal itself to humankind. Mysterious, exhilarating, alluring. His intellect and philosophy are undoubtedly superior, but what Erik truly means - "And incredibly kind." His bad hand taps his own chest, a gesture of deep sincerity. To me, goes unsaid, as not to tinge such a delicate, precious moment with marred ashes of pathos. But it is known to Charles all the same. Nothing remains secret any longer. You are incredibly kind to me. That Charles's mutation itself must be superlative compassion, if he could hold it even for one such as Erik.
Reaching forward, he carefully brushes the pad of his thumb along the bare edges of Charles's bottom lip. "Every time, when you smile, I want to kiss you. When we met in Aoife's. When you shared with me here." He touches his temple. "I had thought it is for dreams-only."
The stream of discomfort is something unexpected, something that Charles hadn’t added to the character map he has been building of Erik. He rarely thinks about his disability openly, especially not pulled down by an anvil of negativity. A side-effect of openness, perhaps. Things like this slipping though, bubbling toward the top like oxygen from the bottom of the sea. Charles lifts Erik’s hand then, to do what the other cannot. The brace is off in mere moments, and the thin, wasted hand is grasped in Charles’s own. He plants a kiss on each knuckle, bony and stretching the pale skin. Assurance, maybe. A promise, a confession. Charles adores every inch of Erik, and the other should know.
What comes from Erik’s lips next is perhaps more unexpected, and Charles feels his breath hitch in his throat. The energy following the statement is only earnest, and he can’t think of anything at all in this moment but Erik. His head is full of others at every moment, constant streams of sound and emotion, so it’s beyond dizzying to have only the other occupying his brain. This has never happened before. Any judgment borne of jadedness is entirely absent, no false smiles, charming words, ulterior motives. Erik is purely himself, and to hear words of such bald confession makes Charles momentarily forget the events of the morning, forget that they’re on their way to rescue a young girl. Only Erik.
Clutching Erik’s bad hand in his own, Charles lets his lips widen into a broad grin. The corners of his eyes crinkle, an effect reserved only for genuine happiness. “Then I will smile for the rest of my life,” he says in return, lacing his fingers with the stiff and still digits of the injured hand. When the fingers curl against his own, he kisses the tip of each. “I want to be at your side forever. We may not be in agreement in every arena, but I refuse to accept that you and I will not stand together.” His voice is smooth—the Queen’s English doesn’t allow for hitches or hoarseness—but strong. Convicted. “We must.”
He too can feel the twinge inside Erik at the reaction to his words, and the subsequent rush of affection they cause. Erik has never thought in absolutes, in promises - anything can happen, anything can change, the whole world could dissolve on a dime. His own history tells him that he is capable of doing anything. To say otherwise would be to lie. He is capable of killing. Of hurting others. And he knows that Charles knows this. He knows that Charles, too, wonders if this between them is sustainable. But he does nod, because he knows what he wants is what Charles says. Erik has never desired to cause pain for its own sake, and even at his very worst, he has always tried to act with compassion. He knows Charles knows this, too. That no matter what, Erik would not disregard their shared principles cavalierly.
"We will make this world better," Erik murmurs. That, he can promise. "Together. We will make sure these people have a home. That they will not be in danger." He refuses to consider a version of reality where he and Charles are not working toward that goal. Even if the humans come for them, even if things become dire. Even if fighting is the inevitable conclusion, Erik does not want to live in a world where children are born into such a conflict, where people like Senator McCarthy make the rules. Peace may not always be conceivable, but making this place better is... it is necessary. No matter what happens, or where they go, Erik knows that he will do his utmost to protect that vision, and to protect Charles.
The idea that he wouldn't is positively obscene. He watches his fingers interlock with Charles's, the warmth of the man's skin against his own - sensation is stilted, interrupted, but true to his prior involvement there is no pain. Erik watches as Charles's expression shifts, and reaches to touch his palm along the man's cheek. "For as long as you desire to be at my side, you will be there." That is a promise.
Charles can recognize Erik's caution as he speaks, which, he knows, is characteristic of his methodical nature. No purpose in promising something that cannot be guaranteed. The romantic in Charles which never seems to fully quiet wishes that Erik could buy in to the idea of an interlocking future without hesitation, but the pragmatist appreciates the caution. And, really, it's hardly caution, it's a gesture, an invitation. So long as they both find it mutually desirable, they shall remain with each other. That's enough, for Charles. More than enough. It's hope, like a sun rising over a flat plain, warm light promising to spread over dark ground. Illuminating the meadows. Flowers and weeds.
Yes, they can work together to make Earth better for mutants. Separatism, Integrationism; right now, those are just words. Their potentials both spell a brighter future for their kind, and maybe they can co-exist. It's a far way away, and Charles hopes, with ballooning joy, that they can remain together throughout. "It's difficult for me to envision a day when I do not desire to be at your side," Charles muses, thumb smoothing over the cool skin of Erik's damaged hand. Their eyes lock as the green expanse of the countryside melts like a painting outside the glass windows of the car. "We have much to do together, after all."
It draws a smile to Erik's face, one of the ones that is only visible to Charles, that spreads out freckles across the bridge of his nose when it wrinkles up fondly. It's uncanny to realize how much time they've passed like this, simply touching one another - learning one another, really - and spending the drive in close contact, nearly knee-to-knee. Time has tumbled forward, and Erik glances at the road, with the realization pulling a slight huff from him. "Did you wish to check-in at the hotel, first?" he arches a brow. Charles wouldn't be caught dead in a motel, even though that was Erik's initial inclination, they're both well in possession of enough money to spring for greater accommodations.
It's something Erik still has yet to come to terms with, that he has total financial security for the rest of his life. He doesn't act like someone of such a stature, still wearing the same clothes, living in the same modest conditions, eating the same foods. He could have the most lavish room in New Jersey, but it just doesn't occur to him. In fact, he still thinks of Charles as having excess, almost tasteless amounts of wealth, and himself not. When, that is very much not the case. Not any longer. It's a curious train of thought, self-deprecating at its core.
What is he to do, with this newfound awareness that his under-privileged upbringing no longer represents reality? Start a foundation? Donate to every single charity in the country? Force everyone to improve the living conditions of the homeless and poor? It's a hefty responsibility, but he does know - it starts here. Like this. At the very least, it is comforting to know that they can provide for these people. For someone like the little girl they are about to rescue. She will never have to worry again. And that is possible because of them - because of Charles.
Charles is regretful when Erik looks away. The moment, perhaps the most special one that Charles has ever experienced, is fading away. If he could live in it forever, he just might; enclosed in the car, hands intertwined and lips pressed together, their future tumbling ahead like a ribbon from a spool. The excitement, the happy uncertainty. If Charles could bottle that feeling and sip on it like a drink whenever he liked. The question takes him back to their mission. Though the moment is gone, their bond is fortified. There is no going back now, and Charles feels content.
"Let's...let's find the girl, first," Charles decides regretfully. Oh, how he'd rather curl up in a hotel room with Erik for the evening, just the two of them, but the memory of the girl's fear is imprinted in his psyche. Outside of their moment, the scar surfaces, red and fresh. It's not fair to her. His hand remains encased around Erik's own, the clawed fingers straightened in his grasp. Erik can't feel it much, that he knows, but he hopes hat the stretching at least encourages circulation, stimulates muscles. "Why don't you let me see if I can collect her first? I don't want to...overwhelm."
One of Erik's eyebrows arches. It's clear he doesn't expect to be ushered away, but he inclines his head patiently. There is no two ways about it, between them both Charles certainly has the people skills where Erik... tends to frighten people who aren't Charles. It's also evident he has no idea what to do with himself if he's not participating going inside the house, but already he's considering an alternate tactic. Tuning into the police scanner frequencies over the air and sussing out their security situation is now even more of a priority. "I will ensure there are no interruptions," he murmurs, letting his thumb brush over the apple of Charles's cheek before settling his hand atop the other's for a brief squeeze.
“I’m sure you will,” Charles replies airily, not daring to let Erik’s hand go. He knows that the brace will go back on soon and that their mission will begin as soon as they arrive at the hospital holding the girl, but they’ve still got a little longer to be alone together. To touch, kiss, hold hands. To be safe and free. “I think her name is Jean,” Charles says suddenly, a memory firing from nowhere. People think about their own names surprisingly often, and though he hadn’t been able to discern anything clearly at the time, the memory of her own experience is now becoming sharper. Like assessing an incident after the fact, once a brain has been able to process it. Jean. A terrified little girl with love and fear in heart. A girl who needs him now. “We’ll stay with her tonight in the hotel?”
Erik's mind has snapped into place, the gears in motion, focused and centered on their purpose. But that doesn't change the glowing hum in the center of his chest that has taken root there, his pulse and blood pressure unwittingly synchronous with Charles's. They are irrefutably linked, not just from the point of contact between their skin, but on an atomic level.
His consideration of Charles's question drives home just how momentous a task they do have ahead of them. It was always their intention, but having it laid out so clearly, Erik can't help but grimace slightly. "You think you can convince her parents so quickly?" he murmurs, pulling off of the last exit in a long line of exits, and re-emerging them into the bustling city center of New Brunswick. Asking the question, Erik's lips twitch a bit. Charles could convince anyone of anything, surely (lest he dwell on that a little too long) but- he knows that the man prefers to do things the old fashioned way.
The hum in his head grows louder, and as the city becomes more dense, the ache between Charles’s temples sharpens. It’s a sensation that he’s more than used to so it doesn’t bother him, but it seems like a disturbance. The real world coming back, disturbing their peace, distracting him. His eyes narrow, and one hand raised to rub absently at his forehead. The other remains clutched around Erik’s own. “Her parents are scared, too,” Charles murmurs, grimacing as a particularly vile string of thoughts comes and goes from a stranger in the car beside their own. Perhaps he’s imagining it, but…but his telepathy feels marginally more acute, today. The thoughts resonate more with his own emotional center; he feels them, more. “I think they’ll be amenable to help, if it’s offered.”
Erik watches him, eyes creased slightly in concern, before touching two fingers to Charles's temple. He wants to try something, though how successful it will be is up for debate. Drawing in on himself, on the center that forms the basis of his mutation, he extends a large wall of force around them quite abruptly. Imagining that every stray particle is pushed out - and hopefully, those containing thoughts, with them. Even if it works, it isn't sustainable - there's limited oxygen in the bubble. But it might act as a reprieve, just for a moment. Erik does not like to see Charles in pain. Knowing it, seeing it, pierces him.
Charles is distracted by the bustling noise, eyes narrow, lips tight, and he’s on the verge of releasing Erik’s injured hand for fear of clamping on it by accident when— Silence. Nothing. Emptiness that he has not experienced in a decade-and-a-half. For a moment, he thinks that something is terribly wrong, that everyone around them has dropped dead or that the sun has opened up to swallow them all, and a gasp escapes his lips. Eyes go wide, an expression of pure shock, before he realizes with a jolt that it’s Erik. Erik, good hand on his temple, straining slightly, forming some kind of invisible barrier around him.
The only voice he can hear in his head is his own. It echoes, clear, bright, clean. It’s bliss. Eyes flutter shut, and the tension in his body slackens as he leans into the seat behind him. Reveling in the peace. Oh, how beautiful the silence. How wonderful. How… Lonely. Vulnerable. Disconnected. And…suffocating? Before the lack of oxygen begins to pain him, the barrier is gone, and the cacophony returns. So does the headache. But the experience has made Charles feel almost giddy, and he turns to Erik, body tense once more, with wild eyes. “How did you do that?” he breathes. “My goodness, I’ve not experienced peace like that since my mutation presented.”
Erik grins, one of the rare times that it's visible plain as day, dimples at the sides of his cheeks. Seeing Charles happy, wondrous - it overpowers his conditioning in a way he's never experienced before. To provide, to give. It is essential. He has always rejected the idea of some type of mutation suppressant and vehemently disagreed with Hank on multiple occasions. Never one to raise his voice or shout his opinions down, nevertheless he has always been coldly firm with the doctor on the slippery slope he continues to break himself over. But this is different. Using one mutation to help another, in a moment of need - that, he can do.
"I pushed them all away," he laughs a little, eyes bright and pleased. "Just physics," he whispers. "I would have to work harder, to try and make something that could last long-term. Oxygen molecules are large," he explains. "Whereas neutrinos are very small. Perhaps if you had an oxygen tank," he theorizes curiously. "You should not be in pain. Not ever. I will work on it," he promises solemnly.
Despite the return of his lifelong headache, Charles laughs softly, enamored by Erik’s excitement, his animated face when he smiles, his sparkling eyes. Physics, of course. The man who can control physics makes it seem so very easy, obfuscating the fact that he’s just altered reality. “Don’t work too hard, my friend,” Charles responds warmly, though he can’t help but bring Erik’s hand up to his lips again to plant a kiss across those knuckles once more. Punctuation.
“Pain is a side effect of my telepathy, one which I must tolerate in exchange for my gift.” He’s still smiling, still awed and amazed. “It’s quite mild. A dull headache, usually. I would feel a bit adrift without my mutation for any prolonged period of time, so I’ll gladly accept a bit of discomfort for the returns that telepathy gives me. Though, even that miniature reprieve was invigorating,” he admits.
"I wish that you did not experience this," he says after a brief pause. But he too understands what it means for such a gift to also come with a burden. He had spoken of it briefly himself - how certain things were closed to him. But he can't help but think that he would do anything to ensure Charles didn't have even another twinge of discomfort. It's a sudden and powerful feeling, and one he isn't accustomed to. Care for others to such a degree is completely alien to him, and it's accompanied by an existential dread he couldn't quantify if he tried. It curls at the back of his throat, stealing all of his oxygen momentarily as he realizes just how strongly Charles has embedded himself into Erik's heart.
He shoos it away. They are both powerful enough to render any threat moot. The ones who would exploit such a vulnerability are long irrelevant, even if he knew subconsciously they were still out there. It's a ridiculous and child-like notion - to be afraid that they would come and kill Charles, too. It would not be possible. "It is conceivable for me to generate oxygen," Erik muses softly. "But I am wary of allowing you to inhale anything that I have created. I am not a chemist, so it is possible I would make an error," he adds, his clear inability to even consider trifling with Charles's life that much more evident.
Charles swipes his thumb across Erik’s knuckles. “We’ve bigger problems to solve, haven’t we? Don’t fret over me. It’s truly not too big of a bother.” He looks down at Erik’s limp hand. The knuckles seem to bulge slightly out of his skin, fingers wasted from disuse. It’s a stark contrast from the rest of his body, which, to Charles, seems to be given meticulous care. Erik isn’t flashy or vain, but he eats healthfully and looks after himself, perhaps because his body contains his gift, guarantees him safety. Perhaps because it endured far too much, and health is a gift in itself. “Can you not repair your hand?” he asks suddenly, the thought striking him like lightning.
Erik smiles gently, then. "Living creatures - they are delicate," he explains as best he can. "With one mistake I could render my injury... infinitely worse. I could kill myself, by introducing elements into my blood that should not be there. The nerves, tendons, muscles - they are... complex. I have not dared to try."
As a biologist, Charles understands the complexity involved. Nerves are especially convoluted, and extraordinarily delicate. Damage and death to a nerve is not something to be taken lightly; Charles remembers the proliferation of research that emerged as soldiers came home from Europe with severe nerve injuries that confirmed as much. What’s interesting to him, however, is the fact that not even Erik has been able to master their intricacies. “You ought to have been a biologist,” Charles says, lightly brushing Erik’s knuckles. “The most sought-after surgeon in the world, you could be.”
"Would you believe that I took the MCAT?" Erik laughs, curling his fingers across Charles's jaw in return. He doesn't want to leave their liminal bubble, something they've both created to surround them that blocks out the entire world but for one another. A mutation of its own right, manifested as the product of their proximity. Erik is almost chuckling to himself under his breath. "Daniel helped me to get the materials. I submitted them and even received a score. 30. Daniel says it's 20% above average. I got an angry phone call from my adviser about 'wasting the time' of other admissions committees. I think they will live," he remarks drolly. He refocuses on Charles, curious. "What will you do, when you obtain your doctorate? Practical research with Hank? Teaching?" with me? went unsaid, but Erik flushes a bit knowing Charles heard it all the same.
“I would believe it, and I would believe that you scored well above average,” Charles chuckled. They’re nearing the hospital, where young Jean is currently admitted and in the presence of her terrified parents, so Charles plucks Erik’s brace from the seat and helps his hand back into it. “Well, initially, I planned to stay in research,” he says quietly, hands delicate as he secures Erik’s brace. “But now, it’s hard for me to see a future that does not revolve around what we’re doing now.”
Charles is the only person who has ever gotten close enough to Erik, physically, to do something like this without being forcefully, violently shoved back. It's something soft, almost intimate, or at the very least incredibly private - a piece of Erik that no one else is privy to, the pieces that are damaged and malformed. But Erik barely even blinks, allowing him free reign.
"Perhaps you will be able to have it all, as they say. When our Institute is off of the land," he mangles the idiom a little. "You will get to choose, and divide your time as you see fit." After a split-second, Erik leans forward momentarily and presses his lips to Charles's temple, warm and steady, before taking a long, slow breath and straightening up to turn into the driveway leading to the hospital's temporary parking. The car turns off once they're meticulously situated. "Shall I remain here?" he asks.
The turn of phrase and gentle kiss against his temple sets Charles’s heart aflutter again; oh, is he truly so simpering? Something as minute as a cute boy and chaste kiss sending him into giddy devolution? Evidently yes. He steels himself, however, prepared for their task at hand. It isn’t hard to lock on to the girl, but he is slightly taken aback by what he hears when he permeates her psyche. It isn’t only her thoughts that bounce around, but those of others in the room, too. As Charles listens to everything in that simultaneously, he’s confronted with an uncomfortable echo effect, and his eyebrows snoot upward.
“She’s a telepath,” he announces.
Chapter 6: The Nightingale began the match Off in a corner, on a fallow patch,
Chapter Text
It’s nearly two hours before Charles emerges from the building, accompanied by a small girl with a shock of red hair. She hugs her narrow frame with long, pale arms, and Charles has a duffel bag hitched over one shoulder, keeping a respectful distance from her as they walk toward the car. Jean climbs into the jeep without fuss, but doesn’t accept Charles’s helping hand. The silence is thick and tense as Charles takes his place beside Erik once more in the front seat. When the doors are all shut, he turns to her, offering the gentle smile that has remained steady throughout their encounter. “Jean, this is the friend I was just telling you about. His name is Erik, and he’s special, like us. Erik, this is Jean Grey. Shall we find someplace to eat so we can all have a little chat?”
Jean’s light eyes study Erik for a moment, quizzical and skeptical. She then looks down at a pair of knobby knees from where they poke out of a skirt. “Somewhere quiet,” she murmurs.
Charles can feel it, then, how Erik's mind abruptly and swiftly silences itself as soon as that bombshell is dropped. A series of watertight compartments slamming down one after the other, atoms spreading until there is nothing discernible at all. Only empty space and kaleidoscopic filaments. When Charles first encountered it, it was uncanny and bizarre. A type of mental control that he rarely encountered outside of other telepaths, which Erik assuredly isn't. But, given their newest guest, it slots into place exactly why Erik is so strict and regimented about his thoughts around Charles even now.
"Somewhere quiet," Erik agrees as he turns to face her, offering a small smile. His tone makes an effort to be warm, but it is - as Erik inevitably is - stilted. He offers his hand to her, formal. "It is good to meet you, Ms. Grey. Where is your favorite place to eat?"
Charles watches as Jean eyes Erik's hand cautiously. Her manners, however, seem to have been instilled in her by the lovely set of parents that he just met, so she takes his in her own tiny one and shakes it once before hugging herself again. A small shrug. "Anywhere, Mr. Erik, sir," she almost whispers, turning to stare out the window. It's evident that she is trying not to cry, so Charles quickly turns around, sensing that she craves privacy at the moment.
"I believe we passed a diner on the way into town," Charles tells Erik. "Off of a country road. I know that I could go for a slice of pie and some ice cream. Doesn't that sound nice, Erik?"
Erik's left hand is his good one, so it's a lopsided version, with his completely eclipsing hers, the olive tone of his skin far more evident against hers, like snow. He is as gentle as can be with the touch, before taking Charles's lead and letting her retain some distance between them. It's just fortunate that it's Erik, whose mind is positively quiet in comparison to all the rest. "If I might let you in on a secret," he says in a conspiratorial lilt, "Charles would eat pie for every occasion if you let him. We might need to sneak in some broccoli." He isn't the keenest in social behavior, but recognizing the onset of her tears, he grips the steering wheel hard to compensate for his desire to wrap her up in his arms and soothe her.
Something about seeing her expression - knowing that she is grieving for her friend, that she has been exposed to this most irrational, nonsensical of equations: death. At such a young age, and no one had the answers. No one could make it better. It never got better, or easier, and it only increased exponentially. But hope was not lost. Erik had not believed it then and he certainly doesn't now. Pie and ice cream and lame jokes aren't going to solve anything, but if Erik understands it correctly, it's all about forming a solid basis for foundation. For support, and wellbeing. Not for the first time he is grateful for Charles's presence, and regretful - this, which he imparts with a small brush to Charles's shoulder with his braced hand - that he is not more able to render assistance. His experience with children is very specific, and thank G-d for that.
Jean doesn't react to Erik's attempt at lightening the mood. Charles, on the other hand, finds this quality endearing, hopeful. Erik, in his stilted social interaction, seems earnest nonetheless; who wouldn't want to cheer a sad, scared young girl up? He brushes the braced hand in acknowledgement, thankful. It's okay, he tells the man telepathically, knowing fully well that Jean might overhear. Jean is young, but Charles already knows that she's intelligent. Her mutation manifested not long ago, and she has already gained acute awareness of how others think, feel, react. She hadn't appreciated the kid gloves that he'd worn into the hospital. Only when he began to talk to her like a peer did she start to respond to him with any sort of honesty.
Once the car is on and puttering toward the highway, Charles clears his throat. "Notice anything odd about the car, Jean?" Charles says conversationally. The girl stirs briefly, and, blinking away tears, finally moves to glance about her. Her expression is blank until her eyes fall on Erik. His hand is on the wheel, but the gear shift is moving on its own.
"Oh," she whispers. "You can...you can make it all move, too?" she asks, eyes now glued.
"I can," Erik says softly. "I can control subatomic particles," he explains in curious juxtaposition - not one to use kid gloves with anyone. Instead, the instinct to soothe, to offer compassion in his own peculiar way, is forefront. "All physical matter in the universe is made up of particles called atoms. Each atom is made up of sub-atoms: electrons, protons, neutrons, and others. Can you make things move as well?"
Jean is quiet for a moment, and when Charles glances in the rearview mirror, he can see her frowning. He's about to speak up to ask if she's alright, when a small teddy bear emerges, seemingly of its own accord, from the duffel bag on the floor of the car. She allows it to fall her lap, and then blushes. "I...don't know what those things are," she admits quietly, fingers kneading the bear's plush arm. "But sometimes I can make all the little pieces move."
It draws a smile to his face. "So you can," he murmurs. He concentrates for a moment, and then the teddy bear lifts up again, this time changing color from its ruddy brown to a miasma of red, yellow and orange, with streaks of white and pink invoking a sunset. "Your ability works by projecting force outward," he explains. "Think of it like an invisible hand, able to push and pull at will." His own were much different, but he wasn't quite sure how to explain such a difference to a child. "What you can do is very special, Ms. Grey. You have been endowed with a responsibility far beyond your years. It is not fair, I fear. But I promise you that it can be for joy, as well. Should you grant me the honor, I can do my utmost to assist you in developing this aspect of your mutation.
Jean watches as her bear turns into a magnificent gradient, and Charles can't help but smile at the wonder on her face. "Wow," she whispers. "I don't think I can do that."
"Maybe not exactly that," Charles counsels. "But, I like you, can hear other people's thoughts. Erik, like you, can make inanimate things move. Together, we would love to help you become more comfortable using your gifts. We can make it so that it doesn't hurt so much, when other people hurt. Or so you don't accidentally move things when you're upset, like your mother explained to me. Like all things, it takes practice. But one day, we think that you'll be able to use your gifts however you want to use them. To help others, or just to help yourself. Does that sound okay?"
The young girl holds her bear to her, considering Charles' and Erik's words for a long moment before finally nodding. "Yes. Yes, please," she agrees, voice a touch stronger now.
Watching as Charles seems to break that barrier, to get through to her, in equal parts candor and nurture - Erik knows that though it's not plastered on his features - Charles can feel his affection as the warmth of pride and pleasure stoking the hearth once thought burned out. "And," Erik adds, "there are many more people just like you at our Institute. We know how overwhelming it can be to realize that you possess a power like no one else. How lonely it feels," the elaboration is delivered with as much tact as Erik is capable of using - blunt, but sincere. "But you are not alone, Ms. Grey. Not anymore."
Jean looks up at both men, and Charles feels that her skepticism and fear are less taut. Not gone, by any means, but there's now a bright speck of hope, too. He smiles toward her, feeling a sudden wave of affection toward the young girl, pleased that she is more comfortable in their presence, more optimistic about her future. "You can call me Jean," she says to Erik quietly. "How many more people?" she presses, openly curious. "Lots and lots?"
It's that speck of hope that makes Erik think, just for a moment, that maybe Charles's vision of the future could come to pass. "Jean," Erik repeats softly, with a nod. "---Like yourself?" Erik redirects with as much skill as he knows how. "Millions, perhaps. At the Institute, right now there is six. This will increase, as we encounter more who desire to learn, like you, or those who require safe haven."
"But, no one exactly like you," Charles adds. "People who can do special things like you can, but no one who can do exactly what you do. For instance, my sister, Raven, can make herself look like anyone in the entire world," he says, projecting several side-by-side images of Raven to both Jean and Erik. "She can make herself look like the President, or Santa Claus, or even the Queen of England. And then there's Janos, who can create tornadoes out of thin air. And Hank, who looks like a normal man but can turn into this giant blue creature, with super strength and the ability to climb walls." He reaches back to touch her shoulder, smiling. "We're all special. And when we can all come together, we can be free to be ourselves. Isn't that exciting?"
Erik watches as all of this information is digested in real-time on Jean's face, from hearing about Erik, who - in her mind - shared her abilities themselves, to the projected image of Raven in all her blue glory and Hank, with a stature that defied all words and had her raising her hand to her mouth in shock. Leaving her parents, traveling across the country - it was a big deal. It was terrifying, in fact, perhaps just as terrifying as believing you were about to die - knowing, fully in your heart that your time had come and you were going to be obliterated from existence - feeling the moment at which your life-giving processes ceased to function -
But leaving all that she had known behind, to embark to a new school, a new city, with new teachers she hadn't met before... well, it was a Lot, even for one with as much internal fortitude as Jean would grow up to possess. She can't help but latch onto Charles's words, drawing comfort from the one thing that seems genuine. Whoever these two men are, they are like her. Charles moreso, a kindred mind bouncing along the fish-bowl of her consciousness. It's immediately comforting - not only are there other mutants, but ones truly like her. She ping-ping-ping-pongs along Charles's mind almost playfully, quite like bouncing tennis-balls. She's naturally drawn to him, if-not at ease, then certainly close.
Meanwhile, Erik is an enigma, thoughts an inscrutable haze leading into silent fog. White-fuzz. He's colder than Charles. but she watches Charles; his reaction to the man fills in what he does not. Negative-spaces. Charles has a deep well of appreciation for Erik, and she relies on those perceptions instead of her own for the time being. "A blue creature?" she can't help but enquire. "You aren't pulling my leg?"
“I’m not,” Charles replies easily. “And I won’t show you what he looks like, you can see him for yourself when we get home.” Charles glances at Erik, hoping to share a small smile with the other. The tension is slackened a bit now, and he feels grateful, once more, for the companionship and assistance. They’re foils of each other, in some ways. Charles is bubbly, forthcoming, warm, while Erik is quiet, reserved, cooler. Not cold to Jean, but his affection is of a different kind. It’s what makes him who he is. Jean doesn’t seem nervous about it, though. Maybe because she can hear the earnest thoughts at the edge of his psyche. “Now, let’s see about that pie, hmm? Are we close, Erik, dear?”
"We are indeed there, yet," Erik replies dryly and almost as though in response to Charles's question itself, they pull into the driveway of Carole's Diner. He parks them near the front door and moves to open Jean's side of the vehicle, helping her to step down out of the Jeep's tall height. He lets her hover in the air for a moment as she walks off the ledge, then lowers her down with a tap on the nose before folding his hands behind his back and following Charles inside.
As Charles makes his away around the wide berth of the Jeep, he feels a distinct ribbon of glee pierce. When he finds the pair, Jean is grinning to herself, gazing up at Erik in what can only be described as fascination, and his heart warms at the sight. It’s only been an hour, but his confidence builds. They’ve done the right thing, he knows. Jean will be happy and safe with them, as will her future fellow students and friends. He leads them into the diner, and they’re shown to a booth by a cheerful looking woman in middle age.
With a gentle flex of his telepathy, Charles inspires her to dig out the new set of cookware that she has been neglecting to break in, and she, coincidentally, decides to reserve that set for a certain kind of dish. You should be fine to eat, Charles expresses to Erik as they browse the sticky menus. “Your mother was telling me that you’ve started to learn how to bake,” Charles says, eager to keep the conversation light for the time being. Jean’s comfort is paramount, after all. “Erik happens to be the most magnificent baker. I’m sure he’d love a kitchen assistant.”
Erik squeezes Charles's arm at the crook of his elbow, pressing back gratitude for the consideration. Black coffee and cereal are fine, and he isn't complaining, but it's nice to have something more substantial on the road. He isn't as picky as many in his position, some of whom would neglect to eat at any restaurant regardless or painstakingly check over packaging for a hechsher - Erik is satisfied with a less stringent affair, largely because he doesn't need to actually worry about such things. Building fences is all well and good, until you've penned yourself in and nowhere to go. And here I thought you were my assistant, he returns with what could only be described as a mental wink. "I would be pleased to mentor you in the fine art of pancakes," he says with humor.
And you’ve humored me very kindly up to this point, but whenever I so much as touch a spatula, I can hear your brain begin to unravel, Charles replies, letting his hand slip over the man’s knee momentarily before he folds it on his lap. “Are there other kids?” Jean asks curiously. “You said there’s six others, but are there any kids like me?”
"There will be," Erik promises softly. "You are the first, but you will not be alone for very long. We have many like yourself to visit, and try to help," he explains, keeping his answers as honest as possible. He peruses the menu and when the lady comes to take their order, squints at the order labeled cheesecake. "It is a cake made out of... cheese?"
Jean giggles, and Charles follows suit. Erik’s expression is priceless, and Charles is once more overcome by an urge to throw his arms around the man and hold him close. “Cream cheese,” Charles confirms. “Soft, mild cheese. We’ll have a slice, please,” he says to the woman. “Plus a slice of apple pie á la mode, and whatever my guests would like.
"I will attempt the cheese cake," Erik says extremely seriously in acknowledgment to the waitress, much to Jean's amusement.
"You should try a milkshake, too," she tells him conspiratorially. "It's sort of true to the name, I think?" she closes one eye pensively. Not quite sure if her stomach is settled enough to eat a real meal, she decides, "I'll get dino nuggets."
Dino nuggets? Erik mouths to himself.
"Yeah, they're shaped like dinosaurs, I presume."
"They are indeed, little lady," the waitress smiles warmly at them.
When she leaves, Erik makes a face behind her back, sticking his tongue out at her. Little lady, he smirks.
"Oh, shut up!" Jean laughs. "I am not."
“Cheesecake, pie, nuggets, and a milkshake,” the waitress repeats with a wink. “And some soup all around, it’s chilly out there. Coming right up.” With that, the waitress is gone, leaving the three of them alone again. Charles smiles to Jean, glad that the girl is willing to eat. “When I was your age, I lived all the way in England, and there, they eat pies made of meat. Can you believe that?”
"Pigeon pies," Erik confirms with a grave nod.
"No way!" Jean shrieks.
(It was going to become a pattern.)
"Oh, yes. Pigeons, kidneys, fingers and toes."
"Erik!"
“Don’t forget the ears and eyeballs, Erik, dear,” Charles chimes in with a pleasant smile. “The eyeballs are my favorite part.”
“You guys are gross,” Jean grimaces, her nose crinkling.
Helping Jean acclimate to their fledgling school turned out to be an endeavor, but Charles and Erik rise to the occasion as they have all others thus far, with aplomb and vigor. Erik winds up assisting her with schoolwork, while Charles takes on the mantle of helping her refine her considerable telepathic talent. It's been a week, and they're ready to try it again. To try and find others. When that point finally narrows down, Hank pulls off an address that's most surprising: Bellevue Hospital, adjacent to New York University.
Their next candidate is a young adult, a dark-skinned man with long dreads tied up to fall down his back and a cheerful smile. His abilities aren't immediately understood - only that he has them, and that he's been remanded to state custody. As with Jean, they don't have much else to go on. But it's enough to pile into the car, this time somewhat closer to home.
The nurse that greets them is world-weary and skeptical. "I'm not sure why you're bothering with this one," she tells them honestly.
Erik's arms cross over his chest. "Yes, that is quite apparent," he responds icily.
"I'm not trying to be rude," she holds her hands up. "It's just that Mr. Tarish is... not responsive. That's why he's here. You're not going to get much out of him."
"We will determine that for ourselves," says Erik, very much disagreeably. No one ever called him the diplomat of the duo.
It's a whirlwind, but the most pleasant whirlwind of his life. Charles feels that he doesn't sleep; he splits his time between putting the finishing touches on his PhD dissertation and doing anything and everything he can to support the school's growth. Mornings are spent with Jean, who has quickly stolen his heart. She's a powerful telepath but has little control, so he focuses on learning how he can help her develop that aspect of her abilities.
During the day, he's assisting the others with facilities, paperwork, logistics, or whatever else is needed to ensure that their institute will thrive. After dinner, he's either working on his degree or relaxing with Erik and Jean over hot tea, chatting, laughing, arguing, and dreaming of the future. It's immense work, but oh so rewarding, and so when he musters up the courage to attempt another round with Cerebro, they are almost instantly exposed to a new face. It's much the same; Charles ends up on the floor with blood trickling down his nose, but he's more enthusiastic this time.
He and Erik, ultimately, find themselves in the sterile corridor of Bellevue Hospital that afternoon, and Charles is alight. The minds of those around him seem to echo with more intensity than he's accustomed to, but he takes it in stride. Even as Erik creates tension so thick in the room that they could cut it with a knife. Calm, he encourages his companion, a hand resting at the small of his back. You will have us thrown out.
"Thank you, ma'am," Charles says to the woman warmly as he subtly massages her will. "We understand. We don't mind if he responds; we'd just like to see him. He's an old friend." The cool skepticism seems to have magically disappeared from the nurse's demeanor as she nods compassionately and leads them down the corridor. A heavy door is unlocked, and they're left alone in a sparse room. Only a bed and a few bolted chairs adorn in the room, and on the bed lies the man Charles had found earlier that day via Cerebro.
Erik grimaces. "OK, hold on," his features screw up. "Kurwa, we might have to wait," he tells Charles unhappily. The reason for this becomes apparent pretty quickly - Aura is barely conscious, having been hit with a numerous degree of antipsychotic medications - at this stage of the game, they're little more than tranquilizers, and one certainly couldn't expect to retain their faculties. It's clear Erik had the brief thought to try and effect it, but then quickly changed his mind, once again struggling when it came to someone alive. It's an annoying limitation, he can't help but think. It's not even a limitation of his ability, and that much makes it worse. It's a limitation of him.
So they sit, and wait. It doesn't take long - a few hours, and then he rolls over. There's a nurse on her way to do it again, so Erik leaves that to Charles, and instead heads for the bed. He crouches down and peers up at the man.
"Hello," says he, completely unfazed by the strangers in his room.
Erik doesn't seem surprised by this at all. "Hello there. Do you want to stay here? Medication, insulin, shock treatment."
"No," he says in a bit of a sing-song. "I'd very much like to leave." His demeanor is a bit strange, but he doesn't have any issue understanding them.
Which just makes Erik mad. Drugging people, making them more palatable for no reason. It's a shanda. Who cares if he's crazy. If he can be understood and understand others, what does it matter? He pushes it down. Charles is right - he doesn't want to get them kicked out. "Well, we're going to leave. Look at this," he adds, raising his hand. A little toy truck on the cabinet beside the man's bed lifts and floats over, spinning slightly before landing on Erik's hand. "You aren't all crazy, OK? Only a little, probably. I saw your file. That's to be expected. We'll help," he touches his hand to his chest.
Aura grins hugely. "Only a little. I miss my sister, I haven't thought about her in a long time. Oh, she's still alive, she's just gone forever. It's quite sad."
"Indeed. I miss mine, too. You'll be able to think about her more now."
For a while, Charles is mildly concerned. The activity in the man’s psyche is similar to that of a coma patient. Quiet connections, odd dreams. The only thing that gives Charles hope is that it isn’t entirely sluggish; these pathways aren’t long unvisited. That makes Charles think that artificial means are what is slowing his brain down. Drugs. Sure enough, after an hour, Charles can hear the activity quicken.
More vivid dreams, coherent thoughts. By the time early evening has set in, the man is merely asleep, thanks to a gentle reminder from Charles to the nurse that she ought to forget about Mr. Tarish this evening. As Erik introduces them, Charles quickly scans the man. Yes, it’s evident that certain areas of his brain have differences to those of a “typical” brain. They read his file, they know his diagnosis, but with mutation, it’s difficult to know the root cause.
In any case, Charles senses no threat, and so he steps forward to gaze over the man with a smile. “Can you walk?” he asks kindly.
"Mmmm," says he, watching Charles with curiosity. "You love one another," is what he says, completely devoid of anything even approaching segue.
Erik snorts. "He can walk," he answers dryly on the man's behalf. He gets an arm under Aura and helps him to said feet. "Slow and steady. How likely are we to get out of here unseen?" he asks lowly, directed at the telepath amongst the group.
"Oh," Aura balances on one leg, then another, utilizing far greater balance than one would ordinarily presume given how long he's spent in this state. His mutation as far as Charles can tell is a curious one. Not exactly superhuman on its own, but rather the combined likelihood of repeated successes that begin to form the picture of something not precisely ordinary. Something improbable. Impossible. "Can I get a cheeseburger?" their guest asks, demonstrating very little filter between thought and speech, and with a far more limited emotional connection to what's happening than Jean, for example.
"We will see."
Charles opens his mouth, but says nothing. Ah, this makes sense. Aura can…understand chance? See the truth? Something between both of those oversimplifications. The affection—love—that he clocks manifests to him in a way that’s inexplicable. Fascinating. Maybe unnerving. Charles quickly flits to the man’s other side to serve as a second crutch, but he doesn’t need much assistance. Still, the telepath keeps close to his side. “As far as anyone in this hospital is concerned,” Charles says, narrowing his eyes in concentration. A painful pinch behind his eyes, and then a burn of an overworked muscle, and then— “the three of us don’t exist at all. We’re invisible. Come now, I can’t hold them forever.”
Erik thinks he understands as Aura's hand whips out to catch Charles's identification lanyard as it falls out of his pocket, holding it up with a grin. "I think he sees things in slow motion," Erik whispers, which just makes his earlier proclamation all the more nerve-wracking. "All right, let's get out of here. Cheeseburgers await."
Aura turns out to be easy, as far as recruits go. He does have some questions, though, as they pile into the back of Erik's Jeep. "Do you think they'll outlaw mutation? Make us criminals? Hunt us down?" He's been paying attention, and underneath the bizarrely divergent affect lies a keen mind.
The escape from Bellevue is almost comically easy. It's a minor strain on Charles, and by the time they're back in the Jeep, he's nursing a decent headache, but the feat itself isn't difficult in the slightest. Aura is pleased to be free, pleased to be with others who are more like him than anyone else he's met, and Charles can't help but feel curious about the man. He smiles easily, has a buoyant demeanor. How he landed in Bellevue, drugged and guarded, spells sad mystery.
"Our goal," Charles answers first, voice controlled, "is to prevent that from happening. To display to the world that mutation is not something to outlaw, and mutants are not beings to hunt and criminalize. Though there is some....disagreement around where Erik and I see the horizons of this project reaching, our primary goal remains steadfast."
Erik keeps an eye on Charles, making certain he doesn't strain himself on their account. As far as spywork, espionage and soldiering go, he can get them where they need to be, if relying on telepathy is too painful. Fortunately, it doesn't seem to tax Charles any more than his ordinary capabilities, so Erik doesn't mother hen too much. "It's a good goal," Aura nods firmly. "How did you find me? How did you know I'm a mutant, too?" he wants to know, curious about them as much as they're curious about him.
Aura's mind is interesting, Charles decides. The veil between his inner monologue and verbal center is quite thin. His words are not guarded, nor are his thoughts. In a way, it's quite refreshing to be around someone so forthcoming; Charles feels less like an unwanted voyeur.
He explains Cerebro matter-of-factly. He does his best to describe it in plain words—not because he thinks that Aura wouldn't be able to understand the physics and biology, but because he expects to give this spiel many times in the future, and wants to practice distilling the essence of what he does and what the helmet is. "And so, here we are," Charles concludes. "We could have chosen between you and some woman out in Minnesota, but Erik here wanted to visit Times Square and the Statue of Liberty," Charles joked. "A two-in-one special for us."
"The Statue of Liberty," Erik groans. "Really, Charles."
"Not so much a tourist?" Aura beams.
"I most assuredly can get by without having visited Times Square."
"It does seem very bright."
Erik huffs, shaking his head. "I suppose it does."
"How many are out there?" Aura wonders. "In the vast expanse of the cosmos? Do you know? Can you see it all?"
"I must admit that I've not attempted to venture beyond the stratosphere," Charles replies. "My telepathy only seems to affect human minds. Well, the genus of sapiens, I suppose, if you consider mutantkind to be a distinct species," he corrects with a hum. His eyes observe the bustling city from the windows of the jeep; tall and noticeable amidst a sea of angular yellow cabs and towncars. New York City is loud, and his headache is growing. He ensures that he does not let the discomfort show, lest he cause Erik to fret, but it's a test. Like last time, his experience with Cerebro this morning has only seemed to make his sensitivity more acute. "Millions, I'd say. I can see it all, technically. Cerebro enables me to do that. I've not mastered seeing it all clearly, I need to develop that skill. But there are many of us. More than I'd ever imagined."
"That's wonderful," Aura whispers, and he reaches forward to touch Charles's cheek. It's distinct from the way Erik does it, more of a platonic action, but Charles can feel the sincere intent behind it. "You rescued me from that place. Can you feel that?"
Charles stills when his cheek is caressed. It's certainly an odd action, and not one that most other men their age would take, but from Aura, it feels...genuine. An expression of gratitude, and of kindred. Charles can only smile, and place his hand atop Aura's own. "I can feel that you're relieved," Charles says evenly, offering a small smile. "And you needn't thank us, my friend. We're simply looking out for our kind, and you're our kind."
"What if we make it too deep? The divide? Between our kind, and their kind? I've been a kind all my life, you know. It's not so great."
Erik arcs a brow, resisting a smile. "Integrationism, then?"
"Well, yes. Segregation, separate but equal, that's not good."
It's the refrain that Aura comes to the United States learning. Having been raised in Mbandaka among the Bantu, his village is targeted for rubber laborers early on, but a worker's strike causes the Force Publique to burn most of it down. It kills his mother, father and brother. It spurs a rebellion, the Milice de libération citoyenne or Citizen's Liberation Militia, for which Aura and the remaining survivors of his community are targeted to fight. Having survived the firebombing of his home by miraculously dodging fallen debris and locating a way out through the rubble. When word spreads of Aura's unusual abilities, he's trained to operate on the front-lines of the fighting.
His sister eventually marries Jenil - the wealthy self-proclaimed prophet that leads them. It's Jenil who purchases run-down American vehicles, rifles and shoulder-mounted weaponry along with ingredients to develop improvised explosive devices - hence his belief that she is lost forever. Contrarily, he considers himself uncommonly blessed, having escaped this life through a fortuitous meeting with a Belgian social worker, who helps him make his way to the States.
A majority of his childhood in Équateur is spent driving a Willys MB technical - an old WW2 American Jeep with a mounted machine gun in the back. Growing up, he's all-too familiar with the caste his skin color indicates, but only a century removed from slavery, the United States is very much still in its infancy when it comes to civil rights, still promoting segregation as a substantial and palatable alternative to integration.
Pressing his lips together, Erik inclines his head. "You aren't wrong."
Charles inhales sharply through his nose. Gently, he takes Aura's hand from his cheek, but keeps it loosely in his hand. "We're of two schools of thought, Erik and I," Charles explains, because it's only fair to Aura to understand how the ground has already been laid. "One might accuse me of being naive, but, pragmatically, I believe that the only way for us to overcome the fatal pitfalls of separate but equal is through strategic campaigns of integration," he explains, shooting a glance at Erik as well. "Will we ever be treated as true equals? It remains to be seen. But I'd rather show the world that our kind advocates for peace."
"And you?" he eyes Erik, sharp.
"I believe Integrationism is morally correct," Erik murmurs softly. "But I think that we as mutants need to form a strong community, that we need to come together. If we're too scattered, we will be vulnerable to immense harm."
"Oh, I see," Aura nods. He gives Charles's hand a pat with his other, smiling gently. "It's not an easy thing, is it? Maybe it's a strong mutant community with allies, too. Not just mutants, but people who understand."
"Indeed. We have such individuals at our Institute," he assures softly.
"We certainly do," Charles adds, tone warm. "And we're eager for you to be a part of it, in whatever capacity you choose." He doesn't want to overwhelm the man; if he simply wants a place to live and people to live with, that's perfectly fine, but if we wants to be more involved, they certainly could use more bodies. "You needn't make any sort of commitment now. You've been in that place for some time, and if you simply want to enjoy your freedom, that is more than understandable."
"You're offering me a home?" Aura whispers, touching his fingertips to his lips. "But I cannot repay you."
"This isn't about payment," Charles assures the man. "The house; it's paid for. Goodness knows that it's paid for. You can contribute if you want with chores or home maintenance, but monetary payment is entirely unnecessary, my friend."
"Are you busy?" Aura whispers in his typical lilt - his accent is clear, though his English is quite good, Charles can hear the hum of French beneath his thoughts. He doesn't speak loudly, and is sometimes inaudible, but fortunately both of their mutations bypass such a difficulty easily. He's enthralled with the sights and sounds around them, and if anyone could be labeled a tourist - it was him.
“Always,” Charles replies easily, charmed by the man’s earnest way of thinking, speaking. There is a sparkling intelligence beneath his disarming demeanor, and Charles can’t help but smile. “But, are you wanting to do something? Cheeseburger, of course, but we can make pit stops.”
"Oh!" he realizes, grinning to himself. "No, I just think it's very pretty out there. I forgot about the cheeseburger, actually," he laughs warmly. "It feels good, to be able to -" he wiggles his fingers at his temple. "Be myself. I know I'm a little - my mind is not quite right, but please do not send me back."
Charles glances at Erik for a moment, a pang extending his way. He then turns to face Aura fully, reaching out to make his presence in the other’s mind known. Solid, warm. “My friend, your mind is just fine,” he assures the other. “You would be shocked if you had my abilities. You’d see that the world is full of minds that are as different as can be. Some truly sick in their depravity, some so beautiful that I can’t even wrap my own understanding around it.” He tries very, very hard not to look at Erik when he says that. “Your mind is just fine, alright? You must live the remainder of your life knowing this. That there is nothing wrong with you.”
Erik reaches out and touches Charles's knee, a soft flutter arcing across the point of contact. There's no denying that Erik thinks likewise - he cannot see into Charles's mind, but he thinks he has a pretty good idea about his spirit. It's only the second person that Charles has ever met who has responded the way Aura does - with utter delight, touching at his own head as if to try and understand where the sensation is coming from. When he realizes it's Charles, he laughs again. "You can see my mind? Wow. That must be so incredible. To know everyone. Oh," he trails off after a moment, looking somewhat dejected. "Oh, and so horrible. How do you cope with it all? One mind is bad enough."
There's a reason he's landed up at Bellevue, at their fledgling forensic narration program targeted to refugees from similar circumstances. A long few months in a shelter packed-in with immigrants from all-over whom he did not understand - and they did not understand him, talking to himself, wandering the streets in the freezing cold of night. Making passers-by uncomfortable with his ravings as he gradually became less and less cognizant. He knows that for now he is lucid, but the possibility of slipping into madness once again is ever-present. For now, he enjoys the quiet solemnity of stability.
Charles encloses his hands over Erik’s. It’s no secret; Aura identified the nature of their relationship immediately. Charles detects no cruelty in the man, either. Not a reason to fear. At the observation, Charles smiles a little sadly, drumming his finger over Erik’s hand. “It’s not always pleasant,” he admits. “But, I’ve been this way for a long time. One grows accustomed to things. It’s difficult to imagine a life of silence, now.”
In fact, Aura seems glad for their connection - glad to witness it, to know such things exist out there. It makes life worth living, it is the reason why life is beautiful and important. Why it matters. For love, generosity, joy. "Can we see the lights?" he whispers. Out there, shining and intricate, billboards and signs of all types. He thinks he can almost touch them, surrounded by hundreds of other people, yet encased in their little bubble.
"I think we can make time for that," Erik murmurs, soft. They're both quiet-spoken, just in different ways. Erik is subtle, but Aura is vivid and electrified. The fabric of their minds in tandem is as intricate echoes, a curious loom spilling forth tapestries.
Though Times Square may be Charles’s least favorite place in the United States, he’s eager to go just to enable Aura to experience the joy that he’s envisioning. Too many minds, languages, triumphs, failures, all at once flood into his head whenever he’s near, and so he steels himself for the onslaught. It’s more overwhelming than Charles remembers. Their Jeep is a sight to behold, so many of the thoughts are directed at them as they putter through. The neon lights and bustling intersection fades from view, and Charles is silent, somehow able to keep the pleasant grin on his face as Aura takes his fill of the sight.
Might we visit a quiet restaurant for that cheeseburger, Erik? he asks his companion in the most conversational tone he can manage. A break will be welcome.
Erik helps as best as he can, by generating a kind of flickering field that repels and then wavers as much as possible, the solution to his oxygen problem in milliseconds, perhaps. He tries, nonetheless, his focus on concentrating around them a sense of stability for Charles so as not to cause him pain. Indeed, he returns gently, and with that, they're out of the throng, and Aura watches it all disappear into the night with his hands pressed to the window in wonder. How are you holding up?* he wants to know, eyes creased in concern.
I’m okay. Don’t fret, he assures, though the relief cannot be more pronounced as their car escapes the deluge. Times Square has never been his favorite place, but it’s entirely unbearable today. Something has changed, he’s noted. Since putting Cerebro on for the first time, everything is far more acute. I have room to grow, it seems.
He seems to be enjoying it, at least, Erik's nose wrinkles up in amusement as he guns it the hell out of there, leading them through the winding labyrinth that will get them on the highway. "All right, how about I make you a fresh one when we get home?" he posits to Aura, who agrees readily. Erik isn't accustomed to making meat, but he has confidence he can cook it well given the nature of his mutation. He almost never requires a recipe, even for novel dishes, simply knowing when they're done.
Food is something Erik knows well, combustion and heating and vapor and steam. It's the processes of life that remain elusive. But one thing he wants to ensure is that Charles doesn't need to endure discomfort for any longer than necessary. It's much the same as with ingratiating Jean to the household, bringing him up to speed as they drove through to Westchester. He's shocked by the grounds, mouth forming a little moue as his lips part in awe.
"You really meant it's paid for," he rocks back on his heels, folding his hands behind his back formally. "I will be happy to help with the maintenance, sir." It's an uncommon diminutive, but with such a flagrant display of wealth, Aura has long-learned to reduce harm where possible via the assuage of ego.
The quiet of Westchester welcomed Charles like an embrace, but he finds himself tired as their Jeep rumbles up the leafy lane on which the mansion occupies an obnoxious amount of acres. He needs to examine this more, the idea of his mutation growing stronger. Over-sensitivity is uncomfortable, requiring new skills, new forms of control. He’s thinking about that as he slides from the Jeep, looking forward to slipping away to bed, when Aura’s comment pulls his focus. He feels sheepish, wringing his hands. “This property has been in my family for over a century,” he explains. “We all help to maintain it, you’re more than welcome to contribute if you want.” A glance up at the aged building, still in the process of refurbishment. Arrogant in its opulence. “And, please, my friend, my name is Charles and only Charles. We’re all equals, here.”
"Charles," Aura whispers again, serene. He's light on his feet as they walk, gait unnaturally quiescent for a gentleman of his stature - nearly approaching Erik's bean-pole phenomena. He pauses for a brief moment and then gently envelopes Charles into a one-armed hug, patting his shoulder. "My friend. I like that. We're friends, now. You helped me, and I will help you. Maybe I can be teaching some fighting skills to the occupants here?"
Erik exchanges a look with Charles that's biting-back amusement. "Self-defense is a priority," he promises. "But keep in mind that many of our students will be children."
"Nothing dangerous, a good work-out. And the staff? Yourself and Mr.-- ah, Charles? Are you confident to protect yourselves?"
"I suppose that is a good question," Erik grants, a slight scrunch in his lips off to the side as he ponders. "Charles, what would you think about it?"
“Believe it or not, I’m not a totally miserable athlete,” Charles muses, eyes never straying from Erik. “But, I doubt that I’ll ever need to use physical means to protect myself, if the time comes. Perhaps others may be interested, though.”
"You will," Erik insists softly. "And if you are unwilling to utilize your mutation to harm someone else, it may benefit you to learn to throw a punch. Here, make a fist," Erik explains, and lifts Charles's hands - with a flutter of fingertips dotting along his inner wrist, careful and nearly coy. He corrects it a minute later, moving Charles's thumb lower, toward his top knuckles. "Even very simple things, it is a confidence to know you have different tools to solve problems."
Charles looks at Erik with an expression that’s half exasperated, half indulgent. He’s not entirely useless in the athletic department; he ran and rowed at Eton. He’s small, sure, but not a complete weakling. Even if he was, he’s not interested in throwing punches at anyone, any time soon. But, because Erik is holding his hand, he humors the tutorial. “I’ll leave the physical fights to the two of you,” he says, hand unfurling so that it can grab Erik’s fingers, holding them with a casualness that suggests easy intimacy. “Better yet, let’s avoid fighting entirely, mm?”
Erik looks dryly at him. "I don't think we will change his mind," he huffs, but somehow finds a reason not to let go of his hand all the same. "It's a good thing to learn, and I can share what I know."
"You?" Aura tilts his head, that part coming as a surprise to him. Erik doesn't seem like the type - to him, which is the strangest part about it. Since to everyone else, it seems self-evident.
"Indeed. We had a contact combat system that works very well. It's very easy to learn and teach. But," he grimaces a little at this. "We can't force people. We can run safety drills, non-optional," he eyes up Charles promptly. "But we can't make people be interested in self-defense. That part will have to be voluntary." He taps Charles's hand with a little smile.
Aura grins back. "I can learn really easily," he adds with a nod. "Anyone who knows anything like that, you can teach it all to me, then I can teach it to everyone else."
"...How easily, exactly?" Erik raises a brow.
"As soon as you teach me, I learn, like that." He snaps his fingers. "Like I am an expert. My body knows it, every time I see something. It's limited by my memory. I might forget, if I don't do it for a while."
"Fascinating."
“A remarkable skill,” Charles agrees, pointedly ignoring any further talk about combat. It’s simply not something he believes could ever be necessary, for him. Why engage in hand-to-hand fighting, in this day and age? It’s not as if they’re barbarians, or warmongers. If the past decade of human history has taught him anything, it’s about the toll of physical violence. He was a teenager when the war ended, but his school years had been spent preparing for his day among the ranks of fellow Brits and Americans—yes, even boys from the hallowed halls of Eton found their ways to the recruiting centers. Though terrified, he had been ready, steadfast.
And when the conflict ended and confetti showered the streets of London, the relief that he would never have to take a human life made him understand how truly dreadful he felt. Erik, he knows, has a different perspective. A much, much different one. Charles would never dare fault Erik for feeling the way he does. “Pardon my rudeness,” Charles says to Aura. “But I’m going to pop upstairs for a bit. Erik will help you settle in, introduce you to the others, and make you that burger,” Charles promises, offering the man a warm smile.
“Make yourself at home.” Sorry to saddle you with welcome wagon duties, he projects a minute later as he crosses the threshold of his bedroom, this time only to Erik. Headache. I’ll be down this evening.
Erik's concern remains steadfast as he helps to introduce their newest occupant to Izzy and Janos, alongside the doctors and Carmen. Jean is asleep by the time he finally cooks dinner, and he prepares a plate for Charles - balancing it alongside a travel chess set under his arm - and finds him at his room, offering a knock to the threshold with the metal component of his brace. He's never been so bold as to interrupt nor make his presence known in the man's bedroom of all places, but his worry for Charles overpowers his sense of propriety.
Charles is lying atop his bed when Erik knocks. The lights are dim, but the darkness offers no relief; it’s not that kind of headache, after all. Though the minds of his companions are no bolder than their typical timbre, they feel as if they’re penetrating through his cerebral cortex with a particular sharpness, this evening. As if they’re yelling directly in his ear. So distracted by the pounding is Charles that he’s startled when the knock comes; a physical sound rather than telepathic. Erik. The hum of worry that has permeated his thoughts is just outside his bedroom door. I’m alright, is his first quick answer, but then, sensing purpose, Charles exhales.
Come in, he invites, pushing himself to a seated position. His shoes are off and so is his blazer, leaving him in only a rumpled sweater, trousers, and argyle socks.
Erik has done his best to tweak the shield he's been working on, and extends it outward, if only to offer a moment of reprieve. "It should last about five minutes," Erik murmurs softly. "Then you can take a deep breath, and we can do it again. However long you need." He migrates over to the edge of the bed and sits down, setting the plate on his night stand and rubbing Charles's back. It is worse this time.
Charles nearly declines the shield, but as it’s extended his way, the relief overwhelms him. He melts; leaning against Erik’s side, a deep sigh pressing from his lungs. “I’m not sure what’s happening,” he says out loud, allowing his body to rest against Erik’s down. “Heightened sensitivity. I can hear people clearly in White Plains; that’s never been the case before. They were a low hum, if anything. Now, it’s as if they’re right here, in the house.”
"I think it is time to consider your training," Erik says softly. "If your abilities are growing, then you must grow to compensate. That means learning how to maneuver. How to shut it out. How to find your center, your self. The mind is like a Hilbert space, infinity inside a bound. I can teach you what I know. How to control your thoughts, segment your mind, construct what you need."
Charles chuckles to himself, eyes butterflying shut. He's comfortable, leaning against Erik, in the dim quiet of his room. So, so quiet. Eerie, lonely. But the relief is undeniable. "A Hilbert space," he muses, voice barely more audible than a murmur. "I've seen your mental segmentation; it's why I enjoy your mind so very much. It's quite astonishing."
"We used to play mirror games. Associative reflex. My hand, your hand," Erik presses the his palm to Charles's, lifting and spreading their fingers. "Bilateral stimulus," he crosses his arms over his chest, then down, complicated maneuvers across his knees. "Like a child's game. Muscle memory." A brief image of staring at a swinging metronome comes into focus for a split-second before dissipating. "It calms the nerves, and these pairs become instinctive."
Charles watches Erik's hands, hums to himself, and then half-heartedly repeats the motion. He settles his hand atop his knees before letting one snake over and rest over Erik's own hand, the unbraced one. "Coupling calm and presence?" he asks, curious. "Requires another person, no?"
"At first, yes," Erik nods. "But then you will be able to draw upon it on your own, as your mind forms these pathways. We would even make little songs. You are/my mirror/I am yours/my mind/to your mind/together and/disparate," he recites monotonously, completing the motions with their hands pressed together. "We are one, I am alone." He ends with his arms crossed over his chest. "Instinctive pairs, with stimulus and response. Stress to center." He doesn't list another example, but Charles hears them anyway. Fear to aggression, empathy to coldness. Those aren't useful. But this is. "When pain is significant, when it all gets too much, you draw on yourself and create a shield. Do you want to try it with me?"
It makes sense to Charles, and he doesn't need to ask Erik where and when he practiced these tactics. He'd come a long way on his own—back when his abilities first manifest, he had figured out how to work with the onslaught, the pain. There's no reason why he can't do it again...and no reason why he can't try something else. "Not now," Charles admits, but his smile is warm, genuine. "But, I will. Soon. Tomorrow, even." His hand closes over Erik's own. "For now, I'd like to just relax, if that's okay."
"Of course," Erik touches his cheek, soft. "I brought dinner, and chess," he adds, motioning to the items on the stand. "Would you care for a game?" Erik gazes at him, vivid green eyes wide in earnest. He wants to help, to make Charles feel better.
Charles takes Erik's hand and places a kiss on his fingertips. "I would love a game." After a break for air, he ushers the two of them over to the sofa in the corner of the room, beside the bay window overlooking the dark lawn. They sit side-by-side, legs touching. "What's on the menu, Chef?" he asks, nodding at the plate.
Erik's eyes crinkle up affectionately. "I figured you were due for a cheeseburger yourself," he says with a huff of laughter. "And some zucchini fritters, and tzatziki. You seemed fond of those," he presents the plate with a flourish. There's a sprig of parsley delicately laid out on each one, more akin to something served at a restaurant rather than at home. He nudges into Charles's shoulder playfully.
“Ah, just like a professional chef,” Charles comments with a grin. “I am fond of them, and your tzatziki. Surprised that you agreed to cook meat.” He takes the plate and places it on the coffee table beside the chessboard, leaking over to eat. A stark contrast to how he grew up. This room, his childhood room, was once a place he escaped to. Handsome oak bookshelves still line the walls, but the model airplanes, but that’s about it; when he left for Eton, his mother had all his model airplanes and chemistry posters taken away.
His huge four poster bed, sofa and table, and large desk are the only pieces of furniture in the room now, but it’s somehow much homier than it once was. Perhaps because Charles isn’t afraid that someone will burst through the door and see him eating in an undignified, improper way, or maybe because he doesn’t have to hide in here as if it’s a safe house, anymore. Maybe because Erik is here, at his side.
“Thank you for dinner, Erik. It’s delicious, as always,” he says after several bites, one hand now on Erik’s knee. Casual, calm. “Since you’ve saved the day, you can choose to play white or black.”
Erik usually elects for black, preferring to sit back and let Charles dictate the timbre of the game. Charles has come to study Erik's strategy acutely, and knows that Erik prefers to inject small mistakes into his movements, giving the impression that he's less skilled than he is before wrapping it all around into an elaborate tactical maneuver that swiftly knocks down many of his pieces in consequence. The first time it had happened, Charles was left entirely bamboozled.
Erik has also instructed him not to limit his abilities, viewing it not as cheating - but rather that if Erik cannot defeat him with his telepathy, then Erik simply cannot defeat him. The additional layer is intriguing, as Erik practices his mental configurations, often thinking of moves that he doesn't intend to play, or making last-minute substitutions, feigning surprise or curiosity or hope when none is warranted. And despite the tremendous taxation it takes on his faculties, he still manages to conduct conversation alongside.
"Isadore was quite satisfied to finally have a proper meal, in his terms," Erik's smile is slight, but present. He always smiles more when they're alone. He's been studying the room around them, eyes catching on a photograph of him and Raven, some impressionist paintings, the weathered bookshelves. It's a rare insight into the man he's grown to care for significantly, and one he cherishes for what it is.
Erik is indeed a formidable opponent, and Charles enjoys the challenge immensely. The first time they played, he lost handily; Erik’s diversionary method of play was unexpected and difficult to follow, and truthfully, Charles underestimated him. Losing had been practically unheard of. Now, he loses perhaps just slightly more often than he wins. Slightly. He always prefers to play without the aid of his telepathy, but against Erik, it’s a liability rather than an aid. The other typically has four or five games visualized at once, all decoys encoding his true plan. Its exhilarating.
Eager for an aggressive game, Charles opts for the Scotch Opening. “I’m not sure that vegetarianism has caught on quite yet,” Charles replies easily, watching Erik’s eyes scan the room around them. He smiles blithely. “It was a miserable place to grow up, this house. I know how ridiculous that will sound; I do not deny that I’ve been spoiled by privilege and status.” A glance at a Cézanne behind the bed. Original, a gift to his grandmother from the artist’s niece. The two attended finishing school in Paris as girls. “But I felt like I was living in a museum. I certainly had to act as if I was.”
"Poverty is not merely material," Erik murmurs back with an understanding nod. "I grew up in a ghetto. We had nothing. I heard stories of the neighbors cooking soup with drywall flakes. Gypsum is technically edible, even eating their pets. But I was loved, tremendously. Our family was vibrant. I am truly sorry that this was not the case for you. You deserve to be loved, and cared for, and understood." Erik's gaze meets his unflinchingly as he says the words. "Will you tell me about it? Growing up here."
Charles’s fingers flex around Erik’s knee in silent acknowledgment. It’s truly wonderful, that Erik had such a special family. And even more devastating, given the way they were torn apart, shattered. All lost, save for the dazzling man beside him. “There’s not much to tell,” he admits. “My father died when I was very young, my mother remarried a brute of a man. We shared meals together, and that was about it, I was either at school or sequestered up here when I wasn’t required in the dining room or for some event, during which I’d sit in the parlor and listen to the crones all be horrible to each other under a thin veneer of propriety.” He sends Erik a vision of a gathering of well-dressed adults in clothing from the late 1930s, clothes pressed, faces rouged, postures impeccable. His mother is among them, a wine glass close at hand. “Raven’s arrival was what saved me. I had a friend for the first time. Someone who didn’t find my existence bothersome.”
"You are far from bothersome," Erik says reflexively. "You are generous, and hopeful, and kind. Presumably your upbringing did not manifest these qualities, thus I am left with the conclusion that they're simply innate. At your core," he pokes Charles in the stomach, teasing, and then smooths his hand out across the man's abdomen. Warmth suffuses him, electric tingling from his head to his toes. It's an unconscious gesture, and Erik pulls away to make another move on the board after a few beats.
Charles wriggles at the poke in the stomach, giggling at the tickle. When Erik leaves his hand, Charles lets his muscles ease again, leaning against the soft cushion of the sofa. He’s regretful when Erik pulls away. “Tell me more about your family,” Charles asks softly, nudging a pawn forward. “Your sister, perhaps. You…think of her, from time to time. You think of all of them, but she looks so like you.”
"Ah, Ruthie," Erik says with a laugh. His eyes flutter shut. "She was fearless. With a strong head. Said what she wanted. Very bossy." It's obvious that Erik speaks of this with fondness, though discernible that back then, he found it irritating. "She refused to be limited. Wanted to be a pilot, flying the fighter plane. Like Sabiha Gokcen and Marie Marvingt." Suddenly, Erik's interest in aerospace engineering becomes more nuanced, fuller. He has long held projects to make common both land and air vehicles that were environmentally friendly. His own Jeep didn't create exhaust, or use gas at all.
Ruthie held eyes like their mother, like Edith. Piercing, vivid green. A smattering of freckles, gap-teeth, determination and grit at her jaw. Her hair long and curled, falling down her back in tumbled waves, but it's darker - like Iakov. Only a slight auburn sheen. She's scraped knees, balled fists, hoots and hollers. Rough and tumble, stubborn, fierce. "I was not a very good brother," he muses, pensive. "Not in a cruel way, but - I never told her I loved her, you know. That kind of thing. She was always in the way, like an inconvenience. I didn't realize what I had there. How important it was, how cherished."
Charles thinks of the girl from Erik’s memories. Soft curls of deep chocolate, bright green eyes, chestnut freckles on a nose, long and gamine. A determined set to her jaw. It’s a cruel thing to lose one’s parents, but to lose a sibling is to lose a part of one’s own heart. “Of course you didn’t realize it,” Charles says softly, fingers flexing around Erik’s knee. “She was your sister, she was supposed to always simply be there. Raven and I came together by choice; most siblings are together by chance, mm? I’m certain that she knew that you loved her deeply, just as she loved you.” His hand travels from Erik’s knee now, slipping around his back to ultimately encircle his narrow waist. Their hips touch. “It sounds like she and Raven would get along. Smart, determined women, eager to carve their own way in a difficult world.”
"She would have loved Raven dearly," Erik estimates with a low chuckle. The moment is silent, soft. Erik lets it linger on, and shifts just-so, lifting his left hand to bow his forehead against Charles's. He takes a long, slow breath, and tips Charles's chin up, fingertips feathering along the edge of his neck. You are beautiful.
The silence is comfortable but loaded, thinking about sisters, brotherhood, tragedy. His ark remains around Erik, skin now touching as the other lifts his chin so that they’re gazing into each other’s eyes. A flush colors his cheeks ever so slightly. As are you, he responds, other hand lifting to thumb along the sharp edge of Erik’s jaw. Inside and out. I’m lucky to know you.
Erik wants him to relax, to be well, to be taken care of. That much is practically palpable, but beneath it all; as it has been from the moment they met... these liminal spaces where touch sparks heat and light and metronomic sequences in kaleidoscopes of infinite color. The last time they did this still fresh in his mind; it never left. It has been imprinted upon him, emblazoned onto every neuron-spark. My mind/to your mind/together. The parts of his life he can string through the tin-can decorations to form a patchwork sequence. The laughter of the market, an endless equation's tenor. Erik does not want to cause him pain. But he does, incontrovertibly, want to kiss him again. His thumb brushes across Charles's mouth, a gentle inquiry.
Charles gives a silent assent, barely even a nudge, and then they’re kissing again. It feels more scandalous in his bedroom, knowing that there are people downstairs. And he can’t even hear the hum of any mind aside from Erik’s own thanks to the shield. Just he, and Erik. His breath catches between kisses. Staccato and fluidity, swirling together. Exhilarating, invigorating. Correct. Oh, Erik…
Erik's hand is warm and large against his heart, spread out over the fabric of his shirt, and he's - not clumsy, per se - nothing about Erik could ever be construed as such; he learns deftly and responds to every twitch and shimmer in tandem orient. But he is - transfixed, indecisive, uncertain. Every touch a gentle reverence. Stubborn fingers, stiff and braced. He knows that Charles is - of them both - acquainted with these things. Erik knows, but not this way. This is new, this - the first time. The first time ever, with Charles's entreaty in his mind - in that tone - that Erik feels genuine, jaw-dropping arousal.
It echoes like a bullet, metallic ricochet, and catches him completely off guard as though Charles had punched him in the gut instead. Ignition. Charles feels its ghost, suffusing his insides in an electric glow. Erik knows what's happened and his cheeks are bright red, a small smile flourishing across his features. It's nearly shy, but not timid. More like bravery, facing something in the face of a thousand fluttering wings in your belly. Facing it without shame, because he cannot imagine being ashamed of this. He understands - always, eternally, if it isn't reciprocated. But... he lets out a breath, forehead pressed to Charles's, hand-to-chest. He wants Charles, and in that, he is clumsy. But he is vivid, and real, and Charles is akin to a hypnagogic phosphene swirling delicate patterns around his psyche.
The rumble from Erik’s mind is something entirely new. Thoughts typically so measured and controlled fall away, making room for something more primal. Intense. The veil is gone. It’s addicting, having access to this part of Erik. Charles can see that the man himself is surprised by his own manner, letting himself be overtaken by desire. The current pulsing between them is something that Charles could ride for the rest of his life. Electrified, hungry, Charles lifts himself from the couch and quickly resettles atop Erik’s lap. His knees dig into the couch on either side of Erik’s narrow hips, straddling him. One hand grips Erik’s shoulder and the other tangles his tawny hair, and he dips down once more to catch Erik’s lips with his own.
It elicits a stunned gasp from the other man, who very evidently was not expecting this. He's grinning, outright, eyes lit up with wonder and delight that has never made itself known before. "Oh, I didn't know," he says dumbly. All this time, he never understood the purpose of this. His bros at TEP constantly talked about this. It's the purpose of college, and all that. He didn't get it. They mocked him, accused him of being a fairy. Which wasn't wrong. But even they understood this. And then Charles walked in, with his TH White and Keats. His hopes and dreams and joys.
Trusting Erik not to break them, not to take advantage of them. Even after seeing the carnage and wasteland that lie beneath the ticking hum, that symphonic orchestra of thinking. His hands don't quite seem to know what to do with themselves, but Charles is - in his lap, dziękuję Bogu and he just - lets himself try, and follow along. He'd been nervous of this their entire association, wondering if it was just him - blowing it all out of proportion. But like this, it's - simple. It's just Charles. It's his mutation that fills in the blanks - that understands where to go, what to do - that the goal is to bring pleasure. If it were conscious, he'd likely stumble - too nervous to try such a thing, too afraid it would damage Charles.
But somewhere inside, he knows the limits, and Charles feels it through his whole body like a jolt. Everything reflected and doubled back.
He pulls Charles to him, closer.
Charles can't help but laugh between kisses, the sound breathy and free. The pinballing thoughts in Erik's head are a testament to his naivete in this arena; he doesn't even know what to do with himself, know how to process the feelings that are crawling up his body. It's endearing, speaking to a life spent concerned with other ventures. "We don't have to do anything that you aren't ready for or comfortable with, darling," Charles murmurs, fingers clamping into those broad shoulders. A snake of kisses along his jaw, the desire for more knitting him closer. One small grind of his hips into Erik's own. "We can take this slow."
Like this, Erik's expression is freer than it's ever been. His fingers spread across the curve of Charles's backside and press him flush. Where it is increasingly evident that Erik is present and able, so to speak. But his head lifts, finding within the cacophony, a liminal space from which to communicate genuinely. He's not sure how to speak, what to say, so he just hopes his mind can speak for him. He's unsure if he will ever be anything like ready or comfortable, but he wants. Slow or fast. Or anything in-between. And watching Charles, seeing him want in turn, knowing that he is responsible for creating such desire - He finally reaches under Charles's shirt, eyes falling shut to feel the warm expanse of skin against his own. He draws down Charles's spine, sending little curls of heat and ice beneath his nervous system with a shaky laugh of his own.
It's then that Charles stops trying to interpret Erik's thoughts, his actions. Right now, Erik is letting himself be carried by natural processes; arousal, desire, affection, excitement. All the feelings that two young men, eager and happy to be together, should be feeling. The physicality of it is infectious, and as Erik ruts him closer and begins to explore under his sweater, Charles lets himself go, too. He's never been with another mutant like this. As he leans over to press warm kisses into Erik's neck, the desire to be with him at a deeper level grows like air inside a balloon. Slipping through the undulating waves of Erik's psyche, Charles plants himself firmly in the frontal cortex, extending himself, making his presence known.
And— Oh, goodness. In this position, he feels both his own physical desire and Erik's, simultaneous. Erik's perception is so vibrant, atoms and molecules and particles dancing in their entropy. Through Erik, he can see them, too, feel them, let them control his perception. It's more intimate than anything Charles has ever experienced, and he lets out a low groan before ripping Erik's shirt from his body. A lean, long torso appears, and Charles grips at it, all the while riding the wave of Erik's perception.
The way you see the world, the way you feel it...it's stunning, Erik. My goodness. Being in your head, I— The thought is abruptly cut off as Charles leans down to dust his lips along a broad collarbone. I need you.
You have me, Erik's thoughts whisper back, without hesitation. The tone of his devotion is unmistakable. Charles has him, he is here. With Erik's shirt off, there's a number of scars visible over his chest and along his back, including a major shrapnel injury to his side. Gnarled keloids down his back, razor-thin and what appear to be lashes and burns. He swallows a bit, pressing his lips together. Can I see you? he tilts his head, gentle, and peels Charles out of his shirt with ease and reverence, pressing the flat of his hand to Charles's chest and down his stomach.
He flips their positions abruptly, and tugs off Charles's shoes, sending sparks right up his feet and into his head. His pants come off next, and Erik spends a while just gazing at him, touching him here and there. It is slow, steady, ratcheting up higher and higher. Knelt at the edge of the bed, Erik presses a kiss into his inner thigh. I want to make you feel good, he thinks unashamedly, eyes vivid as they lock up onto Charles's. Show me how. Please.
Charles gasps as he's flipped on his back. In the low light, as Erik disrobes him, Charles can see the other's body. Protruding scars in berry shades, deep ravines of purple. Below his rib, a formidable indentation, healed improperly. Evidence of a violent past. His eyes skim over a series of inked characters on his forearm, and then travel back up to Erik's green irises. For his part, Charles is unblemished. The skin of his chest and legs is as pale as cream. He's slender, but not skinny—without clothes, one can see that his legs are thick and muscular for his small form.
His upper body is smaller but not without definition; the leanness of youth is still with him and enables what muscle he has to peek through soft skin. His breath catches as lips caress his inner thigh, hair standing on end. Instantly, all control is gone. Erik, I... he trails off, eyes glazed. He sits up quickly, hands flying to Erik's shoulders. Through Erik's perception, he can see his heart thudding rapidly. This is your first time. Let me take care of you. One hand tugs at Erik's belt. I'll show you this way.
Erik is mesmerized, and he nods quickly, laughter bobbing in his throat. Every bit of skin he uncovers is precious. Significant. Beautiful. This is what it means. At last, he understands, and in understanding, the recognition that the experiences which came before were without merit. Without reason. Cruelty has no place here. Such defeats the purpose, and those who consider it are irrevocably broken. But not Erik. All this time, he thought he was. Charles is showing him in repose, prosperity and gleaming. Blowing away the dust settled over him, leaving him bare. Charles is breathtaking. Truly, Erik forgets to inhale oxygen. "Take care of me?" he whispers, his voice ragged. The belt loops out, and down.
Erik’s legs, Charles notes, are long. His torso is also long, as are his hands and feet. Everything about the man is graceful and leonine, and looking at his body, bare except for his brace and a pair of simple briefs, makes Charles’s breath stop in his throat. He’s covered in scars, a fact that does not detract from his beauty in the slightest. “Take care of you,” he repeats, and gently eases Erik back against his pillows. “Your needs, your desires. You’ve spent your life taking care of others, you deserve to be taken care of, for a change."
With that, Charles is on top of Erik, hovering over his body. His knees dig into the mattress on either side of Erik’s hips, hands by his shoulders, lips taking their time as they traverse the long planes of skin, bone, muscle. He takes extra care over the scars, ensuring that no inch of skin is forgotten until he’s at the waistband of Erik’s briefs. Hooded eyes raise to catch Erik’s gaze in his own while one finger toys with the scanty fabric. Their minds together are crashing waves; fractals in riddled basins of attraction. May I?
Inhaling audibly, Erik nods several times in succession. "Yes," he says, and he hopes it doesn't sound as unraveled as he feels (but it does). A new world unfolds itself in the rhythmic undulations of neurons meeting their partner. Synapses touching, decadence and debauchery flowing between, accosted by sodium and ion channels each. New sensations, rich and luxuriating arousal that now sits heavy between his legs, pressed against the seam of his boxers, comes into focus as Charles draws a finger right there, a wet spot formed by his touch. This is a part of himself that he is not familiar with, not like this. He understands some things, he does. He has some experiences, he does. But participating, feeling it in this way, is a heady, wondrous process that cannot be compared.
Erik's hoarse, husky voice is a swift departure from his typical measured tone. It sets Charles's nerves on end in a new way, synapses firing, pathways forming. It is all new for Erik, one thing that Charles has learned is that he can detect when neural pathways form within others. These are all new for Erik. Brand new. With as much care as he can employ, Charles tugs down the boxers. He pulls them down Erik's long legs and deposits them, forgotten, on the floor. A deep exhale presses from his chest as he observes Erik's fully naked body. "You're so beautiful," he can't help but murmur, softly swiping a thumb over the head of Erik's hardening cock. "And I want you to know that." Dipping down, he places a kiss on the head before taking the shaft fully in his hand. "The most beautiful man I've ever seen."
"Oh, boże, proszę," Erik's voice is nothing more than a graveled whisper, his stomach clenching up tight and a shudder that wracks his whole frame, head tipped back. "Charles, I - you would do this - for me?" A gift. The most bountiful harvest the fields of his being have ever felt. His is already leaking at its reddened tip, warm and steady beneath Charles's fingers. Charles is touching his cock. Charles is going to - Erik has to reach out, has to brush the back of his hand over Charles's cheek and a sliver of playful - mischief - eating apples under Zeyde's desk, warm and safe, surrounded by thrumming metals in all their pieces - there's a stab, just a glimpse -
Erik hesitates for a moment and then, very gently, cradles that spike and puts it aside, wraps it in a blanket and keeps it safe. Safe for now. Charles is touching him. To give him pleasure. To take care of him. He is unbound, the seams of the Book of Life from which his name sprang forth, spiraling intricate threads.
He murmurs Charles's language. "Please, - oh - I would beg you-"
The unraveling of Erik Lehnsherr is not something to which Charles thought that he would ever bear witness, let alone cause. Primal urges are bubbling from an unexplored cavern of Erik's soul, and Charles feels honored to be the one to unearth them. For his own part, he's distracted; by Erik's beauty, his warmth, his presence filling the room like a warm glow. He doesn't notice each nuance of Erik's tumbling conscious right now; he, too, is human. "Begging is unnecessary, my darling," Charles replies in a sultry tone, and then begins to slowly work his hand over the thickening length of Erik's shaft. In his hand, he can feel it swell, just as the warmth in the room. "But, I would never say no to that," he adds mischievously, arcing down to place a kiss on Erik's neck. His hand doesn't stop as he does; in fact, it speeds up, urging Erik's cock to life in its grasp. "Tell me what you want, and it's all yours."
Erik arches up into him, pressing his fist into his mouth to stop himself from making a truly undignified sound. He marshals himself, focuses steady on imprinting as much of this as possible into his memory, ensuring he doesn't forget a single moment. That he doesn't forget an iota of how Charles looks and sounds this way. Charles knows exactly when he's done something that really affects him, not necessarily by his outward reaction, but by the resulting sensation in his own body that mirrors it. He's very careful, keeping himself utterly still, even when his instinct is quite the opposite. It's not shocking that he's polite even now.
He doesn't know where to begin to verbalize what he wants, so instead he leans forward and touches Charles's shoulder, trying to show him what he's thought about this whole time. To bring Charles pleasure, to make him feel good, to share with him and protect him. He once said he wanted to take care of Erik, and now like this - Erik's hand scratches lightly at Charles's back, then smooths over, crushing shut as Charles kisses his neck. Where else would he kiss? Erik inhales audibly as he seems to realize that is an option - another new area for his fantasies to take hold, no longer a shapeless void of desire, but something real and tangible.
Whether it’s Erik’s abilities, his own, or a betrayal of his perception thanks to the ratcheting energy in the room, the walls seem to grow closer. Erik hasn’t even touched him, but Charles doesn’t need physical touch to feel arousal; he experiences it second-hand, through Erik. Derives pleasure from giving pleasure. Feels enlivened when he sees Erik, the paragon of composure, dissolve on his bed before him. So eager, he teases telepathically. If he tried to speak, he’s sure that it would come out breathy and haggard, which is the opposite of how he wants to come across. It’s his turn to show Erik control, care. Safety.
To let Erik melt in his arms, only to be coaxed back into form by Charles once they’re finished. Relax, darling, he urges warmly. One hand pushes Erik’s hair from a forehead now dewed with a sheen. It’s a stark contrast from the other hand, which is moving more rapidly by the second along the thickening length of Erik’s shaft. A chaste kiss falls atop Erik’s long nose. Relax. Unwind. It’s the last thing he says to Erik before dipping southward, rosebud lips teasing the head of Erik’s cock. In the next moment, he has Erik in his mouth, lips and tongue and teeth all working in tandem to bring only pleasure to Erik Lehnsherr.
Charles remembers the first time he'd heard the words atom bomb. It's Mrs. Crinshaw's language arts module at school. He's already mastered the coursework, doodling idly in his textbook, staring out the window at the freshly manicured courtyard, a statuesque Henry VI looking pensive as ever. She raps at the chalkboard with her yardstick to snap his attention back to the present. ('And under which president did the United States order this atom bomb deployed?' / 'Truman,' answers Charles dully.)
He doubts Mrs. Crinshaw would have been satisfied with this newest revelation. The touch of Charles's lips to Erik renders him stunned, a peeled shadow in the aftermath. Two particles, colliding and the silence and silence before being overtaken. It's like that. Dramatic and silent, wonderful and immense. Seeing something you've never seen, reality itself shifting before your eyes. All the objects around them are lifted and poised, thrumming with leashed energy. Somewhere in all this, Erik realizes he's come, perhaps only in moments - and without understanding that most would find it embarrassing, lacking even this fundamental understanding.
He's experienced it before, the memory sticky sludge, caustic acid. And experienced it since, the memory - a staccato of repetitive motion, made out of parts. Laborious, sad. The sound of his own hand, the beating water at the stall. Get it over with. This is not that. With someone else. With Charles. Looking at him, touching him, smiling at him. Giving him affection, and gentleness. That. Is the explosion. Erik has only the wherewithal to ensure that he doesn't choke Charles with it, commanding himself to keep still as he spills over. "You are so beautiful," he rasps warmly, laughing just a bit. This is it. This is what they're fighting for. What's worth living for. What matters.
Life, at its most basic form. Yes, he understands now.
Charles is surprised when Erik finishes so quickly, but no judgment colors his perception. It’s evident that Erik has never done this before; the sensations are brand new, as is the proximity and intimacy with another man. It’s sweet, oh so endearing. He ensures that Erik is cleaned off before he snakes back up toward the man’s head and settles in at his side on the bed. Erik is taller and broader than he, but Charles still takes him in his arms, holds him. Their bodies slot together nicely, olive and cream. There’s a sense of airiness in the room now that Erik is coming down from climax, and Charles, for his part, is content to leave the night at this.
“As are you, love,” Charles murmurs back, voice deep and warm. He kisses Erik’s temple hard, pulling him tighter into his side. “Thank you for letting me take care of you like that. I feel honored to be trusted.”
Erik thrums beneath him, keyed up and tumbling long into hazy desire. Carefully, he places Charles on his back, hovering over him as he skitters fingertips down his chest and stomach. Ensuring with a skyward glance that it was OK, at long last he curls his hand around Charles's cock, watching it pulse against him. The fluttering shyness of earlier evaporates instantly. His throat sticks together, dry and overcome and he nuzzles against it, depositing little kisses along its reddened curve. Struck inside by an almighty chord, reverberating. He works the long, hard length into his mouth with a low moan as though it were his own. Charles is beautiful. Erik wants him to feel so good--wants to make him feel good.
Every twitch of him is caressed thickly in Erik's suddenly-sure fingers, blooms on his tongue and works its way through his frame in equal frissons of arcing electricity. Erik knows, it seems, exactly what to do. He doesn't falter at all, steady and capable. Not like the last man Charles had been with, catching on teeth and gagging. No, Erik takes him in deep and flexes his throat just-so, red-eyed and swooning with it. Haphazardly out of the abyss, he finds Charles's hand in his and settles it over his cheek, up into his hair
- and has to pop off with a soft, wet noise to catch his breath when those clever fingers curl over into his wild curls - not with harshness, but tenderness. His breath stutters, dropping out of his chest and into his belly with raw need. It's new. This is new. A niech to licho, this is new. "Please," he rasps, completely wrecked. "Please, let me see you - pozwól mi cię zrobić spuścić," he rumbles the filthy entreaty without conscious volition, emboldened by a desperate urge to drink Charles down. When Charles does lurch forward at last, he gazes up with what can only be described as pure triumph, letting every buzz and electric jolt double over on itself as it shoots through Charles's body-
(-and his own body, swallowed-- oh-)
It’s not expected or even needed, but when Erik opts to return the favor, Charles is only too eager to accept. For someone who has never done this before, Erik’s hands are deft and assured, and before long, Charles is also unraveling before the other. He finishes in Erik’s mouth, after an experience that can only be described as electric. Every nerve engaged, the pleasure in his brain and his body interlocking symphonically. Everything in the room is Erik, the air, the walls, the mattress beneath them. It’s all him. He lays on the bed, naked and smiling. Erik’s skin feels cool against his as he pulls the other close once more, laughing softly. He wishes that he could preserve this moment and revisit it later. “Stay with me tonight?”
Erik runs his fingers through Charles's hair, brushing it back from his temple to drop a kiss in its stead. "Of course," he whispers, alongside an aching fondness that permeates the entire room. Pressed together, skin-to-skin, the tension ordinarily present in Erik's body has been sapped away, leaving him long and languid. He catalogues a freckle here, a whip-thin scar there, a cluster of spots along his ribs. All that which makes up Charles. "I want to do that all the time," he says, a vibrating rumble in his chest of pure amusement.
It’s odd, Charles realizes, to be so comfortable beside another man. While he’s more experienced than Erik, it’s not as if he’s found a dozen men to be with like this; the few people he has engaged with have all been somewhat desperate. Lonely men, like him, seeking any warm body. Charles wishes that he could tell everyone that their kind, men who like men, are extraordinarily common, but he can’t. Today is the first time he doesn’t feel rushed, scared, or hurried. “We can do this every night, and every morning,” Charles hums, blinking lazily at the man who looks like a vision beside him. “You’re…you’re so special, Erik.”
It makes Erik duck his head, somewhat shy. "I have never known another like you," he says back, sincere. "And I am really very grateful - for your patience, and kindness," he touches Charles's cheek, his eyes creased at their corners. Bound together like this, their size difference is apparent, with Erik practically having folded Charles up in his chest a bit like an octopus. "Will you tell me how you are feeling?"
“Here,” Charles murmurs quietly, extending a telepathic tendril toward Erik. Once it reaches him, Charles gently presses it into his cerebral cortex so that Erik can feel how he’s feeling instead. It’s contentment, satisfaction, and trust, anchored in a root of pure joy. He lets Erik bask in it, smiling. “Is that satisfactory?”
"Oh," Erik's lips part. Stunned. Amazed. The way of his mind-he feels that single (tingle==-=-=-=) tendril flourish up from the bottom of his toes, dizzyingly all the way around his cerebral cortex like warm butter. Electric, where his neurons go to follow after, little blooms of patterns emerge for Charles to play with, musical sounds between them. Just by being here he has changed it, made it more - vibrant, fuller, whole. "You are incredible," Erik whispers. "If I helped in any way for you to feel this... I am honored."
Charles laughs softly, open and free. He’s made of elation; if Erik checks, he’s certain that the other would find each and every one of his atoms as a state of pure ebullience. Reaching up, he strokes Erik’s face, overcome. “You’re so wonderful, so incredible, Erik,” he murmurs back. “The honor is mine. I am overjoyed to share this connection with you.” Thumbing over Erik’s brow, Charles nuzzles into the man’s chest. “This bed is much more comfortable with you in it.”
Chapter 7: sitting high on the branch of a tree Where blossoms bloomed most handsomely
Chapter Text
From that point on, when Charles sleeps in that bed, Erik is there with him. It took a lot out of him to try Cerebro the last time, so they wait a while longer before attempting again, but sure enough the opportunity presents itself, and just after breakfast, they've all gone down to the basement to select a new candidate. With every use, Charles is getting better at it, and he endures it a little longer, until -
"Stop - stop!" Erik calls out roughly, as Cerebro activates and disseminates downward and downward, until one of the points stands out at him. Hank hits the emergency release button, leaving the portrait of a rough-shaven Arab man plastered over the computer screen. Erik grimaces, covering his mouth with the back of his hand, breathing in slowly and steadily. "We have to go there," he says, eyes widened slightly, jaw ticking from pressing his teeth down. "There, wherever he is."
Raven tilts her head, checking the data spinning up on the terminal console where she's parked. "It doesn't say his name," her brows knit together. "This article just calls him... The Man Without an Identity. Who is this person? Who--he blew up Segn Tora - some prison in... Egypt. Erik."
Resisting the urge to groan out loud, Erik just nods. "Then we go to Tora."
It's obvious the gears are whirring behind her casual demeanor. Raven makes a face. All of a sudden, they are participating in a conversation that to onlookers appears positively telepathic in its own right. "Oh, Erik. Are you kidding me?"
"Look, don't-just don't. I know. He might be amenable to our presence."
"Oh, is he?" her eyebrows arch. "So says he, proponent of-"
"I know. I put a stop to what I could, and I left, OK? I left. I did not participate in this. I was a farmer. Please understand." Erik looks like he's about to be sick.
"We've heard this before. Just following orders?" Raven crosses her arms.
"I know, and it was not necessarily untrue, before, either. You know how many were forced to that."
"So what happened?"
"My commanding officer threw a Molotov at his car." It's a modern concept, that of the war crime. But it's no modern feat, having been employed throughout every act of barbarity their twin species has engaged in for the last millennia. Erik would joke that all war is crimes, but c'est la vie. "I ran for him, knocked him over. We didn't know what to do - what is the word, ah," Erik makes a gesture, obviously stressed. "Treason. So we hid him in our camp until we could safely cross Rafah. We took him home. Then I left. I found a lawyer. They got me a J1 visa."
"Huh. Well that's weird."
"I know it is weird, and I do not know exactly what happened with my case. I tried to look up their legal agency later on and it was dissembled. The number, gone."
"Is this a legit visa?"
"I do not know. It seems legitimate. All the numbers match up, they match my identity."
"Fuck. Well, I've always wanted to go to Cairo."
"Shut up."
"Are you in any danger over there?"
"Of course I am in danger," Erik rolls his eyes. "Sa'umaris lughati alearabia. I've seen lighter than me. Now come on."
"Well, practice harder! Your accent is terrible. Do you know his name?"
"Well I'll be sure to belt out HaTikvah, then," Erik replies, sarcastically beating his fist over his heart. "It is Sayid," he nods. "I do not know his last name."
Raven snorts. "Well, I'll get in touch with Kashih," she murmurs, flipping open a notebook to write something down. "At the very least, we can avoid prison. We'll need to take a private jet in. Any objections?"
"..."
"Don't ask questions you don't want the answer to. How's my ditzy American tourist? Ohhh, sugah, I caynt wahhht to see all thah pee-ramids!" she affects a hideous Southern accent.
"Terrifying. Charles, what do you think about all this?"
As he grows more adept at using Cerebro, his powers seem to expand. It’s difficult, often painful; there’s one day that he swears he can hear people thinking all the way to DC. Luckily, Erik is there. He helps him learn how to make it feel manageable, at the very least. After Charles finishes with Jean for the day, Erik plays the part of teacher for him. And he’s getting better. While he’s not been able to master steering Cerebro just yet, he’s more adept at not allowing the onslaught to waylay him entirely. Two weeks ago, he was inside for five whole minutes before his defenses fell. He feels good today. The sensation is, as always, entirely overwhelming when Hank flips it on. His muscles tense as every sense is assaulted with input, but he focuses on the minutiae as Erik has suggested and is able to push through. Until he isn’t.
As he attempts to hurdle over a force that he can only deem intolerable, he’s held right in front of it. Cerebro forces him to focus on it, on him. There is more power than Charles has ever witnessed, and also more anger. More anguish. Those twin forces envelop Charles and bolt him into place, but for some reason, he can’t move past it. Apparently sensing the intense discomfort, or perhaps hearing a pained groan spill from his lips, the helmet is mercifully yanked from his skull. Charles is surprised to see that it’s Hank and not Erik playing the role of savior. The young doctor had been holding his shoulders to prevent him from falling to the floor but is now kneeling before him, quickly assessing his vitals.
It takes nearly a minute for him to regain his physical senses, but when he does, Charles realizes that the reason Erik isn’t tending to him as he usually does is because he’s locked in an intense conversation with Raven. Bleary eyes observe the screen, and at once, Charles knows that the dark-haired man before them is being that had stunned him so. He gathers that he’s an old associate of Erik’s. An enemy turned reluctant ally. Immediately, Charles feels disconcerted by the idea. It’s less about his history and more about the fact that Charles can’t understand how such power can be so overwhelming. When the question is posed to him, he’s just able to articulate verbal sentences. Hank and Daniel still over close, always wary. He purses his lips and slumps against his chair back.
“I think that I ascertained a lot of…overwhelming things just now,” he says blithely, eyes flicking up to Erik. “Power beyond words, and…agony, too. I don’t know if we’re equipped.”
"We have to be," Erik mutters, and coming back to himself after the abrupt tear through the fabric of time - that which dragged him so far away from Charles. Guiltily he realizes Charles is unwell and then moves to his side, a hand at his shoulder apologetically. All at once a jumble swirls from him. The desert, motor oil, napalm. Screaming. He grits his teeth and forcefully throws it behind a shield, protective. Focused. "What kind of power?" he redirects as best as he can. "Are you hurt?" Charles is right, he realizes. They can't deal with this if Charles is at risk. He won't put them through that.
Raven hangs up the landline and returns to the conversation. "The jet is ready if you are. We snagged a Blackbird. Top secret military. Taima's wicked smahht," she mocks Charles's Cambridge buddies with a smirk. "Pure stealth tech."
“I’m fine,” Charles says, almost dismissively. He’s more worried about the stalwart wall that Erik has abruptly erected in his mind, guarding something that, in the brief instance that Charles had been exposed to it, seemed like a terrible, agonizing collection of memories. He could topple the wall if he wanted, could explore Erik’s memory, but he won’t. It’s not his place to do so; if Erik wants him to see, he’ll show him. Temples throbbing, Charles pushes himself onto unsteady legs. When his knees buckle, he grips Erik for support. He hangs only for a moment before he’s able to stand unassisted once more.
“Power like I’ve never seen,” he says, never taking his eyes from Erik’s own. “It’s as if he possesses every mutation we’ve thus encountered. Telepathy, strength, reality manipulation. I’m not sure, I was pulled out of Cerebro before I could gather more. But, fueling everything, was anger, Erik.”
Hank bites his lip, eyes flitting to Raven. “I helped build the prototype for Blackbird,” he admits. “Can’t disagree that it’s the best in business.”
Charles shakes his head. “I don’t think we’re ready,” he says, more firmly this time. “Anger such as that isn’t something that exists within our vision for a peaceful future.”
"If that's the case -" Erik posits, his mechanical mind whirring up. "Charles, if that is the case - we cannot let this person walk around unchecked. We need to figure out how to handle him. If he has this power, he must be controlled, or innocents are going to suffer. And I think - I think I could get through to him. I think I could. It is not a guarantee and if it fails, then - OK. Then we tried. But perhaps the best solution is for him to be persuaded. Hearts and minds, yes?" he taps his hand over his heart, keeping his eyes steadily locked with Charles's.
The tension in the room is thick. To the others, Charles and Erik are the decision-makers. It’s still a democracy, of course, but they look to the two of them to steer the course of their ship. Discord between the two threatens confidence, and Charles knows that. It’s important that the others believe in their mission, and in turn, their leaders must be united. Is it legitimate confidence or aspirational hope? he poses telepathically. Charles hates that he asks this of his friend. Of a man he trusts with his life. He hates that it is so pedantic, but he must ask. He must know that Erik’s confidence is pure and true. If you truly believe that this is our next best step, then I will step with you with full support. But I need to know that you’re sure.
Charles feels it as Erik genuinely considers the question - such is the nature of his Stoic tendencies, that blind argument doesn't come naturally - but it doesn't take long for that confidence to bloom across his cerebral cortex in poignant repose. Circuitry abounds, wires and gears. This is very likely their only opportunity to intercept this individual, and if what Charles says is true, they could have a lot worse to deal with down the line if he goes unchecked. And there it is - certainty. Erik is sure of that. He can't promise that he isn't just hoping he can reach the man - he cannot promise that. It's a good bet that he can. Erik went through a lot to help him, at his own expense. And honor culture is strong in the Arab world.
But he can promise that he is certain that they need to try. He grimaces, lips furrowing down. He doesn't reply verbally, but leaves the final decision to Charles. He won't subject them to this without Charles's agreement.
Charles says nothing for a pregnant pause. His head still throbs and his body still feels weak, but he tries to remain grounded and firm when he finally does speak. “Erik, Raven, Hank, and I will go to Cairo, then,” he says, turning his head to address the tense crowd. “The rest of you must stay behind to look after Jean and prepare the estate for our new guest.”
Carmen, having entered in the middle of this hash and stayed silent when he realized they were in it deep, raises his hands placatingly. "We have it covered. I promise. Go get your man. I'll bring Teri around to fill in the gaps," he adds, revealing that he's on a first-name basis with Erik's rabbi.
"It is appreciated," Erik murmurs softly. He reaches out to give Charles's shoulder a squeeze. Are you certain you're well? he can't help but to ask. He knows it might be irritating but the assurance - he sighs a bit. It's been a hard moment. A lot dredge to the surface in a short amount of time. The assurance will help.
I’m fine, he insists again, and then, realizing that he’s being unnecessarily curt, turns to Erik to offer an apologetic smile. He raises one hand and folds it atop Erik’s own in his shoulder. I’m sorry. Cerebro still takes a bit out of me, and your former associate was…a shock. He doesn’t elaborate, but his smile softens. “No bloody nose this time, though,” he says aloud. “I’ll count that as a win.”
"A shock to me as well," Erik whispers softly. "I don't know what happened to him. Why he ended up in Tora. But we can try to help him. I think we can do it. Together we are very strong, and this place is very special. We can help. I believe in it. In us." His eyes crease and he smiles, then, patting Charles on the back. Forgiven, of course you are forgiven.
Charles detects something in Erik’s tone, audible and otherwise, he cannot articulate. He’s not sure why, but whatever it is…it both unnerves and bothers him. Erik hasn’t done anything wrong; it’s entirely unfair for Charles to feel this way, and he acknowledges that with shame to himself. But he can’t deny it. Squeezing Erik’s hand, perhaps as a reaffirmation of his trust in and deep affection for the man, Charles does his best to put those silly thoughts away. “You must tell me more about him on the plane,” he says quietly as they begin to walk toward the stairs together. “About what you’ve experienced together.”
"I will try," Erik nods, oblivious to Charles's internal machinations. And he does. They wind up donning an experimental prototype mesh outfit designed to withstand serious gravitational forces alongside sleek see-through face-masks for oxygen supply, though Erik has his finger on the pulse of that. The Blackbird is a Vertical Take-Off and Landing (VTOL) craft which allows it to set straight down in the manor's perfectly manicured lawn with barely a hum of the engines.
Erik is enthralled by what he senses from the jet, running his fingers over its coating in reverence. When they're strapped in, he clears his throat and indeed makes an attempt. "When the war started - I was at a kibbutz, a place called Jo'ara. Where men like me were sent because they spit on us in the streets. Slashed our tires. Vandalized our businesses. That kind of thing." He grimaces at the memory.
Charles is less impressed by the high-tech aircraft that lands on his back lawn. Hank will pilot it; he’s looking forward to a long ride, which will enable him to recover, gather his thoughts, and talk with Erik. Plus, so high above the surface of the earth, the cacophony will be more bearable. Not silent, but dull. A reprieve, at any rate.
With Hank in the cockpit and Raven in the co-pilot’s seat, Charles straps in to the seat beside Erik and reclines, allowing the other to begin. He doesn’t need to be a telepath to envision the scene: Erik isn’t speaking of the Second World War, but of the next war into which he, still just a boy, was thrust. A war that ended only a few years ago, surely to be followed by more. “You went there after leaving Europe,” Charles says, nodding. “But you didn’t find safety there.”
"No," Erik murmurs, shaking his head once. "When we declared independence, the people around us grew hostile. So, another war. I was drafted into the Haganah, in Brigade Seven. I was a driver. We had tanks and I trained on them briefly, but primarily, a transport Jeep." Erik tries to keep it concise, so he skips right to Sayid. "We fought bitterly. There was a break one morning, I guess everybody was sapped. And we went out to the motor pool, and saw someone driving up. We didn't know why. Shomron and I," he adds. It explains where they met. "And they didn't seem aggressive."
As he speaks, his eyes glaze over, features schooled and hard. Distant.
"But my commanding officer lit a Molotov and threw it at the car. They were filled with napalm, so they burned sticky. The man got out, screaming. I completely forgot myself, and ran for him. I knocked him down, covered him in sand. CO was furious, and Shomron hit him on the head. He had cast his lot with me then." A funny little smile appears on his face as he says this, his affection for Daniel apparent. "We sneaked him back into our camp, and then booked it out of there as soon as we could. Drove across the border, deposited him and that was the last time I saw him. After that, we left, got our visas together. He went back to medical school, and I wound up at MIT."
Charles listens intently, taking care to stay out of Erik’s mind. The surface thoughts are still audible, but Erik has those controlled, measured. Nothing slips through by accident. Charles finds himself wishing that Erik wasn’t so guarded, but can respect that, sometimes, painful memories are best left unvisited. It’s Erik’s right to keep things quiet. The jet hurdles into the air, and for several minutes, they’re forced to remain quiet while they reach altitude. Once they’re at cruising speed, Charles turns his head, placing a hand on Erik’s knee.
“You saved the life of your enemy, Erik,” he says softly. “That’s a very noble thing to do. I know you weren’t seeking commendation for such an act, but you did what was right. As did Daniel.” A gentle squeeze of Erik’s knee. “I can see where some of Sayid’s anger comes from, if this is a chapter of his past. War is an ugly thing, and…” Charles trails off. He’s never been to war, or a victim of war. He doesn’t want his words to belittle anything that Erik has experienced. “Well. Thank you, then, for choosing to save a life,” he resumes. “And I’m glad that that decision put you on the path that took you to me.” A small smile. “I’m so very sorry that you’ve had to endure that. It pains me to know that you’ve dealt with so many horrors.”
Erik takes Charles's hand in his own, his bad hand resting over top of Charles's palm and his good curling their fingers together. "I got to meet you," he says with a little grin. "I consider you to be my family," he admits. It's like a confession, only it's self-evident; there's no expectation of reciprocity. He understands it's Big. But there's no denying it. He will carry Charles in his heart, always. "You have given me a gift that you cannot truly comprehend. I know it's sentimental." He makes a dismissive little frown, shrugging his eyebrows. "I was no hero. I had no business being at Latrun. I'm fortunate to have saved a life, instead of taking one, then." It's a slight falter - Erik hasn't spoken in detail about his time at the camps, but Charles picks up on the semantics all the same Then - meaning, Erik has taken life before.
At once, frustration melts. Oh, how can Charles fault Erik anything at all? A man who has known a life of cruelty treating him with nothing but tenderness, carving a place for him inside of his heart. It sends a flood of warmth from his heart and radiates outward to his extremities. Even as Erik’s words assume meaning, Charles can feel nothing but empathy. He knew, somehow, that Erik has taken a life before and decided that he didn’t care.
He remembers following the trials at Nuremberg in the papers and deciding then that one could not be faulted for protecting themselves against depravity beyond recognition. How could a human being do such things to another human being? Propaganda and threats are powerful motivators, certainly, but humanity should be unshakable. No, Charles cannot fault Erik for what he has done. “Hero or not, you did what was right,” Charles says firmly, hand tightening around Erik’s fingers. “And that counts for something.”
"You do me a great kindness," Erik replies back, raising Charles's hand to brush his lips across the back of his knuckles. It's tender, at odds with the tenor of their discussion. A lifeline to their shared humanity, in the midst of the universe and all its chaotic howl. He breathes in deep, sitting up. Shoulders straightening. Like a soldier, a leader. And yet, Charles's hand still in his.
That glowing thread, its intricate spirals, filaments of complexity composed of particles that hold no name. Erik feels along it as he slips his fingers underneath Charles's wrist, a soft movement testing those small flares of something - frustration, confusion, disarmament. Acknowledging their presence. Knowing that their interactions together formed a bridge between two competing ideologies. A bridge that they needed to tend, to keep whole, lest it crumble. Erik wants them to build it, together. Side by side.
Together. It’s all Charles replies. Erik didn’t need to say anything; or even think anything coherently. The energy is enough, Erik’s quickly whirring mind is enough. Charles understands what Erik is hoping for, working so hard to build. It may be tenuous at times, given their differences, but their foundation remains firm. It rests atop their commitment to each other. Charles allows the intense moment to fade, and eventually, they settle into comfortable silence. He’s still tired from the stint with Cerebro, so he’s content to lean his head against the cushioned headrest and simply daydream.
After an hour, the sky around their swift aircraft is dark; they’re well over the Atlantic by now, barreling toward North Africa. “What will you say?” he asks finally, his voice startling even him. ”To Sayid. We must be tactful. He’s not a child like Jean, nor a man begging for rescue like Aura.”
Of the two, Erik is more prone to swiftness; decisive and headstrong with varying results. It's clear that until this moment he hasn't fully considered this part of the equation. The what, and how. All he knows is it must be done, and he intends on doing it. Being tactful on the other-hand, is not his strong suit. That is more for the man dozing next to him, an arena Charles had mastered from the time he could tie his own shoelaces together. "He has escaped Tora," Erik starts, knitting these pieces together neatly. "So he will need shelter. Safety. We can appeal to his honor, to his humanity. Give him somewhere to land. Help him understand what is happening to him. Can you tell me what you felt from him in more detail?"
Charles pushes his hand through his hair and sighs. He wishes that Erik would have been ruminating on an airtight plan all this while. At least he’s been able tap gauge a little info about the man, he supposes. “Anger,” Charles repeats, pursing his lips. “At the root of everything. It’s his nucleus, it’s what seemed to be fueling how he accessed his abilities.” Charles looks to Erik. “He certainly has telepathy, but it seems that he can also do what you do, to some extent. Through his eyes, I could see particulae. But I also felt infinitely strong, too. And there was this energy, in his chest. I’m sure he has some sort of projectile ability. But everything was fresh, raw, and borne of anguish, Erik. Mutation, for him, evolved as a defense. I’ve never felt such a thing.”
“I can’t know. Not from the small glimpse I had,” Charles admits, though he certainly shares Erik’s apprehension. “Perhaps he’s not as strong a telepath or as adept at your kinesis. I’ve speculated about mutants who can…hmm. Absorb other mutations. Perhaps he can do such a thing.”
Erik's eyes catch out of the window, and he watches the clouds race past, his good hand wrapped around the rail above his head. The SR-71 can make the trip from London to New York in 8 minutes, so it doesn't take them very long at all to touch down in an abandoned airstrip in Cairo. They know from the mapping technology of Hank's that there's another mutant close-by, someone regarded by the locals as a beggar priestess -
- a mythos of the street corners. They don't exactly understand that she's a mutant, nor do they know her real identity. Half-truths, half-lies. That's all any of them have. The jet opens up, and the ramp extends down. Tora is several kilometers away, embedded in an old limestone quarry. Erik feels the resonance as soon as he sets foot on the ground, wincing as it clashes against his senses. "He's here," he murmurs lowly.
Charles glances at his companion as he follows suit, eyebrow shooting up. “How do you know?” It’s decided that Raven and Hank will go find the young woman while Charles and Erik are tasked with approaching Sayid. Charles is already stretching his reach in all directions, probing for the same energy which had shook him so, but he hasn’t been able to pluck it from the cacophony yet. It’s a cool night in Cairo; the dark sky is clear and the wind is gentle, but Charles feels chilled and suddenly out of place. Most people are thinking in Arabic, a language of which Charles knows not a word, so the visual and abstract thoughts are grabbing his attention.
Erik is on guard, hackles raised as the fingers on his good hand curl up toward his palm instinctively. A hum of power beats through his body, as though charging himself up, the air molecules around him crackling with a surge of leashed energy. "I can feel him," Erik whispers back. "He is like an unnatural force. His structural composition is... unlike anything I have ever encountered," Erik says, eyes flicking back and forth as though reading invisible script across the sky.
"Well, that sounds fucking ominous," Raven contributes with a hand settled on her hip. She's wearing a loose hijab, Iranian-style with a long trellis across her chest and down her back, with a small tuft of sleek blonde hair visible at the edges.
"I can see them, but I cannot... they are closed to me. These particles do not abide by our laws." Erik's features are drawn in a tight, grim line. "This way," he gestures for them to follow, into the beating heart of the working-class Al-Muniera district of Imbaba. It seems that Erik is leading them on a string, until - - - "There is someone else, here," Erik whirls about, setting a hand on Charles's shoulder protectively. "Come out, Little One," he murmurs, chin lifting up to let the scurrying woman (who had been following them zig-zagging from one alley to the next whilst they drew ever closer to Sayid's unusual siren call) reveal her presence.
Charles can sense her. The static in the air, rising and zipping up in a way that isn't Erik's doing. Charles follows Erik; it’s all he can do. He isn’t attuned to a shift in composition like Erik is; his access point is the mind, and in a sea of two million minds, plucking one from the masses is a tall task. The polyphony reverberates off of the inside of his skull while the manifold visual scenes play across his awareness like a hundred films at once. He’s nearly blinded by onslaught, and so all he can do is amble behind Erik, holding his shirt, waiting for the telltale screeching feedback that knocks him sideways when he makes contact with another telepath. Sayid, after all, shares that gift.
He’s listening to a man’s soliloquy in what he can identify as French when Erik stops him short. Eyes adjusting to the dim light of the alley, Charles is suddenly greeted with a clearer sonic of a fast-moving mind. She’s thinking in Arabic, but as he pushes, almost unwittingly through her psyche, he can see that she communicates in a language far more powerful. A language of currents and wind and pressure and heat. Around them, the cool night fills with electricity, and Charles can feel, implicitly, that it’s her bringing it from the bare night. “We come as friends,” Charles says out loud in calm English, for he can sense a deep mistrust within her soul.
A shadow wavers across the clay wall; a thin, figure. Its caster is still obscured by darkness, but Charles can make out her form. “We mean no harm—“ Just inches behind his heels, a bolt of quick lightning incinerates a discarded cardboard box. Charles jump’s involuntarily, leaping away from the now-smoldering paper. In the soft glow, the woman—scarcely older than a child, Charles gauges—observes their cluster with dark eyes.
“Provide me with one reason to believe that you are not here for harm,” she says, voice simmering with distrust. Her accent is thick but her English is confident. Another spark zips through the air, gone as quickly as it had appeared. “Or I will send the next one into your skull.”
It makes Erik smile, just a little. He's not laughing at her, but rather, he understands very uniquely exactly what it is she's experiencing, and just how much it takes from a soul who has experienced such difficulty to lay down the spikes and listen to someone else. Erik lifts a hand, and much like her, there's a bolt of electricity that manifests into his open palm. He lifts it up, letting it stay suspended in charge, a brilliant streak of light captured in stillness.
"We are like you," he says softly. "We are looking for someone. A man, like us. The Man Without an Identity. He is... an old friend. 'aerifuh min alharb," he explains softly. "laqad khint shaebi. 'ana saeadatuhu." He tells her it as plainly as he can, that he knows Sayid from the war. That he betrayed his people, to help him.
It’s difficult to school her face into a mask of calm indifference when the first tall stranger opens a broad palm to match her riposte. She can feel the energy; he did as she does, pulling the loose electrons from the air. Almasukh. She scans the others; the smaller man by his side, the one that spoke, offers a kind smile and has a finger pressed to his temple. That would explain the discomfort she had felt moments before; he has takhatur. Then there’s the woman and the other tall man, several paces behind. She’s never seen so many of them in one place before.
The lightning man’s brusque explanation slides off of her stony exterior. A friend from the war? There were no friends in war. Ask her dead father, brothers, cousins. How many friends did they have in their graves? “If I were an Israeli,” Ororo grits, “I would want to have The Man Without Identity out of Egypt, too.” Because, of course, she knows what the Israeli (she’s not aware that he, of course, was born in Poland, but perhaps it doesn’t matter) speaks of.
The Messiah of Cairo, some have been saying. Descended directly from Ra, those straggling Kemetics insist. She’s never met him before, so she can’t know. This time, it’s the Brit who speaks. “We’ve no affiliations,” he insists, stepping forward in his expensive loafers, coiffed hair shimmering in the lightning. “We’re here to invite him—and you—to join us.” Suddenly, a scene tumbles across her awareness. A massive house in some leafy lane. People—mutants—basking in the sun. Children, adults, everything in between. Some have blue skin, others make their companions laugh by shooting beams of light from their palms. Some dreamy utopia, implanted into her brain.
Ororo is silent for a moment. “Why?” she asks finally, addressing both men. “For what purpose do you want to build such a place?”
He isn't sure how to communicate the nuances in what little time they have left, so he uses his braced hand to shuck up the sleeve of his tattooed forearm, extending it to her for inspection. "Not Israeli," he tells her softly. "Not any longer." Acknowledging his part, in this small way, with their limited time. "American," he taps his chest with the finger of his good hand. "We do not want him for such a reason. We come to him, and you, with an offer. For safety. Food, medicine. Companionship. Our kind is in danger," he tells her as bluntly as possible. "A danger I know well." He indicates his arm. "And we need to ally, if we want to have any hope to survive the coming storm."
Tiny numbers, inked into skin. It’s then that Ororo notices the brace, the curled fingers. The glint of something in his eyes. One of the refugees, then, sent away from Europe. Displaced, as is she. “I’m accustomed to surviving storms on my own,” she says pointedly, a brief gust of wind whooshing through the dark ally. But she’s intrigued. The Brit would have seen that she’s without family, if he poked in her head. She’s tired of Cairo, tired of scrounging for food, shelter. “The man you seek lives not far from here,” she says finally, the lightning extinguishing with a snap. “In an old factory, overlooking the river, I hear. Be cautious.”
"We might have more success reaching him if you accompany us," says Erik, his tone gentle. "We cannot stress enough how dangerous this man is. We need to help him. For all our sakes."
"He's hurting," Raven offers with a small smile of her own. A sliver of compassion enters her tone. "Like you. Like all of us. I think we can help him, and you. And you can help us. You're no weakling. You've survived this long. You have skills. We could use that. I won't lie to you, part of it is selfish. But it beats the streets, yeah?" Her brows raise. Of them all, Raven is the toughest. Not the Brit in his pressed khakis. Not even the lightning-man, with the determination burning in his gaze.
No, it is this woman, hair blonde and coifed beneath a perfectly manicured religious garment that she clearly knows how to tie in beautiful, intricate fabrics around her. When she speaks Arabic, her accent is impeccable - her vocabulary less so, which intrigues Ororo. Usually it is the other way around. It is this woman who knows the ways of the world. Who has seen more of it than all of them combined, and taken it into herself. And the way she speaks, refusing to condescend. Refusing to back down, demanding. Oh, terribly rude. But refreshingly so. Raven Darkholme is the real force behind these foreigners.
Is this not the way of things, after all? Women are the ones who keep the world turning, while the men play their games of war.
Ororo regards the blonde woman for a moment, considering. “I’m not a child,” she says, and she’s not, she’s 18 and has been on her own for years. “If I agree to come with you, you will not treat me as a child.”
“Of course we won’t,” says the Brit. “This isn’t charity we’re offering, but community.”
Ororo envisions that sunny house once more. “Alright,” she agrees. “But only if The Man Without an Identity agrees, too.”
Erik inclines his head. It's a fair deal, and if they fail at reaching Sayid they'll have a lot worse problems on their hands. "This factory, can you show us where it is?" he asks while discreetly rolling down his sleeve.
Ororo raises a hand. In the dark, cloudless sky, a grey wisp of nimbus appears against the black. The group watches it drift further and further until it stops, half a mile from where they stand as the crow flies. “There.”
As they walk, the Brit introduces them. He’s called Charles, the refugee is Erik. Then there’s Raven and Hank. They’re all mutants, young, eager. She can’t help but feel tantalized by their mission even if it seems fanciful to her. And, at any rate, she can’t say no to an opportunity out of here, of this city which never felt like home. They finally stop in front of a crumbling building on a dark street, directly beneath the cloud. It dissipates as they approach, and she extends a finger upward. Through a small window on the top floor, a flicker of light is visible, even from the street. “We should not all go,” she warns, glancing toward Charles and Erik. The leaders. “It will feel like an ambush.”
"You and me," Erik decides. "Up front. Charles a little behind. Raven and Hank can watch our six outside." It's clear of them all that Erik is the tactical mastermind, though Hank is no slouch when it comes to strategy, his genius is better spent on games like chess and battleship. Combat is a different beast altogether.
“I’ll be here,” Charles rumbles quietly, firmly planting himself atop Erik’s psyche. He’s uncomfortable, allowing Erik and this young woman to enter alone, but he has been overwhelmed by the force of Sayid’s consciousness for the last ten minutes. They’re facing a formidable challenge, and he can only adhere to Erik and Ororo’s tactical decision. “Be careful, Erik.” Ororo watches the two men look at each other for a moment.
Notices how Charles’s eyes linger on Erik’s for several seconds too long, notices how Erik sweeps their surroundings with his own steely gaze, as if looking for anything which may pose a threat. Protective. Similar to how her mother used to look at her father before he’d leave their home, during the war. Interesting. They’re fighting for more than Sayid, then. “What is our strategy?” she asks Erik as they push into the building. “I can hold him, but probably only briefly. His power….its immense.”
"Raven was correct. He's hurting. The article mentioned he had been in Segn Tora for a long time. Tortured, dehumanized. Brutalized. I understand the anger he is feeling. My plan is..." he looks around, lips pursing as he knows Charles is unhappy with his Seat of the Pants philosophy. "To try and talk with him. Like a person. To give him a real choice. Something to live for, not just fight for. I know it is perhaps trifling optimism. But when we treat people like animals, they will act like it."
Ororo hums, but yields. It strikes her as strange that a man like Erik, given where he came from, feels that talking will accomplish what he hopes to accomplish. At the same time, she does not wish to become an adversary to Sayid; the message sounds nice. "Alright," is all she says, striding alongside the man. "I'll follow your lead."
The old factory dominates the skyline, a haggard mess of crumbling bricks and blown-out windows abandoned for decades in disrepair. Weeds have overgrown the pathway in thick, gnarled spires. Erik gently untangles them as they walk, infusing them with new life and greenery without even thinking. Finally, they reach the entrance and he shoulders open the door with a heavy, screeching thud. The inside is barren, wind cold and whooshing through open, empty space.
"Sayid," Erik calls out, clear as a rung bell. "Nahn naelam 'anak huna. Please, come out. We just wish to speak. Hal tatadhakaruni? Lehnsherr. Turai Erik Lehnsherr." He gives his old rank, for good measure. That's how Sayid would remember him, if at all. It doesn't take long for the tuning fork in Charles's mind to reverberate with a loud clang, sending shockwaves through his consciousness. It's not intentional, nor malevolent. But it is strong, almost overpowering.
A rustling from the back, and then - there he is. He's tall, taller than Erik, and hulking, a solid wall of musculature that rivals even Hank. His hair is shaved off in rough patches, what little remaining of a once unruly head of curls appearing jagged and uneven. His beard is unkempt, eyes beset by dark circles underneath, cornered and suspicious. "I remember," he bows his head, speaking low and soft. It's unexpected. "You brought me home."
"I did," Erik nods. "How did you end up in Tora?"
"My friends. They turned out not to be friends at all." The man smiles, pained. "Priestess," he greets Ororo dryly, the moniker like a shared joke. "And a stranger." He finally addresses Charles, watchful, intelligent gaze sliding over to land on him.
It’s as sharp as feedback from a microphone. Sayid’s power is fierce, and it’s as if Charles’s own thoughts are being amplified within the other and shot back at him, like a pistol in exchange for a cannon. He’s not even sure if Sayid is aware that he’s causing such a phenomenon; through blurred vision, Charles can only see a young man, squaring up to Erik. He’s a few inches taller than Erik, and Erik is tall, but it’s his broad frame that is most striking.
Compared to Erik’s rangier frame, Sayid is absolutely massive. But it’s hard to think about that; it’s hard to think about anything other than the echo inside his skull. Vaguely, Charles wonders if Erik can sense it, too. It’s only when more mental attention is turned toward him that Charles realizes that he’s being addressed directly. Through the bricolage of consciousness, he can understand that he’s being regarded with skepticism. A smile crawls its way to Charles’s face, masking the extreme discomfort threatening to buckle his knees.
“A stranger for now, but not for long, I hope,” he says easily, baritone voice as conversational as ever. “My name is Charles Xavier, and my dear friend Erik, here, has told me briefly of your shared histories. It’s a pleasure to meet you.”
"Have you come for me, then?" Sayid asks, and rather than acrid rage Charles is surprised to hear a solemn resignation underneath his tempered speech. "Using you is an interesting tactic." His English is good, but strongly accented. Charles catches a glimmer of a young boy hunched over a desk, writing in feathered pen. Someone had seen to his education.
"We have," Erik inclines his head.
"You must know that I will never return to Tora." It's almost gentle. Sympathy, for what awaits them should they attempt to force him otherwise. Sorrow, for their obliteration. Erik was a good man. A kind man. Once. A friend in a language he didn't understand. They taught to one another, huddled in the desert amidst crackling fire. Be'ivrit? Ken, tapuah sheli. Atah rotze? He liked apples. The green ones in particular. The masters of this world were fickle in their ways, extinguishing lights like Erik without rhyme nor reason. The man who had carried him home then was no more than their agent, after all.
The visions that unfurl across his ocular plane are, to say the least, breathtaking. An opus of extinguishment, set to a score of Brahms. His death, Erik’s death, Raven and Hank and Ororo’s death, immediate and brusque, but conducted with regret. Oh. Oh. He’s misunderstood, certainly, but isn’t meeting their perceived betrayal with fury. Deep, aching sorrow, from somewhere deep in his soul. There isn’t a trace of the vengeance which had so blithely knocked Charles over earlier that very day. Erik’s face, one associated with familiarity and kinship, has evidently exposed another plane of Sayid’s being.
It’s crucial to remember, Charles knows, that all people have palimpsest dimension. It’s understandable why Sayid thinks this way. Charles’s accent is no help; the British have not been kind to the human beings in this area of the world, and it is reasonable thus that their small squadron present as a threat. “Sayid, my friend, we are not here to send you back to that place,” Charles says quickly, though his tone remains calm. “Far from that. I invite you to decipher our intentions for yourself.” He raises his hands in front of him, in a gesture of defenseless invitation. “We’ve no allegiance aside from that which we have with each other. Of our kind. Such an allegiance regards no border. It runs far deeper than that, down to your very cells.”
Sayid squints. "Our kind?" he asks, and all at once Charles realizes that he doesn't know. He doesn't know about mutation. He doesn't know that he was responsible for the terrible blaze that engulfed Tora and incinerated his grotesque tormentors. He has an understanding of magic in the world as a force of God, but not necessarily science. Nor physics. Somewhere deep within, it rouses, a bleary millenia-old tortoise of a soul. Somewhere he must know, but it's not surface-level. As much as he knows these men who oppose him will become dust, but in a cognitive analysis, he thinks of the mundane; fists and guns.
Erik trades a look with Charles. "What happened at Tora. The fire. Sayid, it must sound very peculiar. But among us are those who have gifts. Like so." He extends his palm and drops a coin into it. Abruptly it halts mid-air and slowly rotates.
Sayid... blinks. "You want to teach me a magic trick?"
Charles’s tension eases, but a new, fresh one quickly takes its place. Sayid doesn’t know. Perhaps knowing that he’s not alone, that there’s an explanation for all the strange occurrences that seem to follow him will help funnel that fire elsewhere, toward other means. To them. Ororo speaks before Charles can, however. She steps forward to stand at Erik’s side and opens her palm. Inches above it appears a full storm system, shrunken down by a million. A swirling eye broils just above her thumb before it disappears entirely, replaced by an equally tiny tornado. “Not a magic trick,” she corrects. “Inborn power.”
Charles pushes through the still-clamoring walls of Sayid’s consciousness and expands himself, ensuring that his presence is felt. What you can do, Sayid, comes from in here. It’s no different than your having brown eyes. No different than my being right-handed.
Sayid's eyes widen fractionally. "You mean that I did this. At the prison. I caused this to happen. How could I do such a thing? This is all..." he grimaces. "And you just come here, now? For me?"
"We have a device," Erik murmurs. "It helps us find people like you. People who need help. So we can unite as many as possible in our cause. Strength in numbers, kamerad."
Charles eases out of Sayid’s mind but doesn’t abandon him entirely. In case he needs to act quickly. “We can leave now,” Charles offers. “We can be in New York in an hour. Join us.”
Sayid raises a hand and gestures to the youngest amongst them. "You would join them? Trust them?" he arches a brow, interested in Ororo's perspective as the only one of the team that understood the cultural framework that he has always known. "Perhaps, we should stay close together," he offers the prospect of an alliance openly.
Ororo cocks a brow, challenging. “Trust is a strong word,” she says coolly, and she doesn’t care if it offends her newfound comrades. It’s better they know her true point-of-view. “But, the way I see it, I either go with them or remain here, at mercy of the Cairo police and the Egyptian government, which has shown that it has no teeth.” She narrows her eyes. “I think that you should come. We can do better than this.”
Sayid inclines his head evenly. "Then we will do better. But you must understand. I am a hunted man. We will not make it to your craft without engaging the security services. They've tracked my location. And I have only a handgun." He flashes it pointedly.
"Humans and their guns," Erik responds bitterly under his breath, referring to the metal pieces he can feel on the agents closing in on their location. "I can shield us from the barrage," he adds, lifting his hand. A translucent barrier shimmers around the group.
Raven flourishes into a bow and transforms before their eyes into an Egyptian officer in uniform. "I might be able to persuade them to let us pass. Charles, you'll have to help me. If we can get out with no bloodshed all the better."
Sayid just stares at her.
“Meet my dear sister, Raven,” Charles says to Sayid as he casts himself outward, taking stock of the potential enemies in the vicinity. There are many cops and even less savory characters dotting the path back to the jet, but not more than he can handle. He glances at Erik briefly, just to ensure that the man is feeling as steadfast as he was before their encounter, and when he is, he nods. “Let’s go. If I do this right, we won’t even need the barrier or Raven’s artistry.”
Sayid and Erik appear to gravitate toward one another subconsciously, and both take the lead in front of the remaining group in a protective stance. They are at one another's backs, Sayid's firearm drawn defensively and Erik's hands up to control their shield.
"All right, boys and girls. Let's do this," Raven says cheerfully from the rear as she draws herself up, intending to act as their pseudo 'prison guard.'
Outside of the factory, there are police cars, and about a dozen officers all with their weapons drawn. "Come out with your hands up!" they shout in Arabic.
Charles does his best to cloak their small group. It's something that he's been practicing; extending one singular effort toward the multiple minds at once. Rather than directing his focus and reach toward a single mind, he has been able to influence many with the same sweep. However, in the heart of Cairo, the predominant language is Arabic, and it's too difficult for Charles to cloak them from all threats. Perhaps in the future, his reach will be broad enough to overcome such a barrier, but for now, he's glad that he has backup.
I hope that you've brushed up on your Arabic, Charles remarks to his sister, and then quickly drops a blanket over the minds of their would-be assailants. Instantly, they're all filled with a sudden distaste for hostility, and at once, the battery of weapons lowers. They're in a negotiating mood. Hurry.
Raven senses the shift, and the difficulty Charles is having. Fuck. OK. "It's all right!" her male visage calls out. She looks suspiciously like one of the police officers, but with slightly altered features to detract from being noticed too quickly. "I've apprehended the prisoner and his friends. We are on our way to book him and then ship him back to Tora. Don't worry, everything is under control." It's in almost flawless - thankfully Raven is always prepared.
Sayid does his best to look like a subdued prisoner, his weapon hidden for now.
As Raven speaks in what sounds like impeccable Arabic, Charles extends himself further, seeping into the minds of each assailant at once. Rather than assessing them individually, he flexes once and the wave sinks atop the collection, like a mass. Further and further he pushes, massaging, flicking, maneuvering, until the general tenor of the group is relaxed, suggestible. Let's go, he says to his companions simultaneously. They won't jump if we move, but we must move now.
Raven moves in front of them and begins leading them out, quickly identifying a back pathway that would remove them from the police's line of sight as quickly as possible in the hopes that Charles could just make them forget about it easier than maintaining a continuous facade. She moves slow and steadily forward, ears perked up for any sign of resistance or movement from behind them as they head away behind the building.
They amble forward, and Charles feels Hank grab his arm and pull him along—he's concentrating too hard to be able to think about navigating in the dark. It's strenuous, like holding a heavy weight over his head for minutes and minutes, but he remains locked on. It's dangerous business, what he's doing, and the last thing he wants to do is impart permanent injury. Teeth grind into his lips, and he makes one final sweep, and— "They won't be a problem anymore," he breathes, turning to see the police officers start to chat with each other once more, as if nothing had happened at all. He has erased them from their memory. "They don't remember that any of us exist. Let's go."
Erik lets out a heavy breath, squeezing Sayid's arm and then moving to check over Charles and Ororo, a lingering touch to his shoulder letting him know he was there, solid and steady. "Good work, you two," he murmurs to Raven and Charles. "That had the potential to end very badly."
"We still have to get to the jet unseen. Mr.... what's your name?"
"al-Zaman," Sayid answers softly. "Apocalypse works, too," he adds dryly, imparting the nickname handed to him by Cairo's local news. His features fall solemn again as he realizes that their appellation might very well be correct. Because he had set that fire. To him it was an opportunistic escape. Completely naked, surrounded by flames, skin covered in lacerations and blood. His own blood. The news stories raged on meanwhile with some calling him a terrorist and others a hero for dismantling the torture machine of Tora. For revealing their treachery.
"We are safe, now," Erik tells him as though he is the telepath. "We will not permit anyone here to fall prey to this regime. You will both be safe, for as long as we are alive. And I plan to live a very long time."
Charles is tired now from the effort, but keeps his receptors open. He is grateful for Hank's support as they move, as he finds it difficult to navigate on his own while paying close attention to their surroundings. Especially so close in proximity to Sayid, whose own mind is generating uncomfortable feedback against Charles's own. Vaguely, he notices the touch exchanged between Erik and Sayid, but it flies out of own memory quickly. Too much to think about to try and grapple with that. Thirty minutes later, the six mutants are at the jet, and Charles nearly collapses on the ground beside the ladder. His head feels as if it's about to burst as he leans heavily against Hank's broad form.
Erik moves immediately to catch him and steady him, brows furrowed in concern. "I'll look after Charles. Hank, you need to get him examined. Don't listen to his nonsense."
"Nonsense- I do not require-"
"As I said. You're a doctor, you need to be a doctor right now. Understood?" Erik meets Hank's eyes from across the plane, Charles in hand, his expression serious and uncompromising. Hank and Erik have never agreed on much. But right now Erik is trusting him.
Truth be told, Hank finds Erik somewhat tiresome, and he's sure that the feeling is mutual. At the moment, Charles is his concern. The man is growing paler by the second, and he has half a mind to tell Erik to shove off. However, he can't help but wonder when it was that Sayid last saw a doctor. His body is in decent shape, but a quick glance at his face reveals sunken eyes, lank hair. "Get him some water and sit him down," Hank orders Erik, nodding once at Charles's form. He then turns his attention to Sayid, a man who seems not to trust him for a minute. "We can do a more thorough examination in New York," he promises carefully as Raven materializes at his side with his leather medical bag before rushing to help Erik with Charles. "Are you injured or ill in any way that you know of?"
Raven winces, looking between the two. Erik isn't saying anything comprehensible, but the second she sees the look on his face she knows exactly what's going on. Pressing her lips together, she follows after them and slowly flourishes back into her freckle-faced, red-braided form. "I've seen this before, Sayid. You're adrenalized right now, but when you crash it's going to be hard. I think Hank should give you a sedative. And a prophylactic, OK? Antibiotics, that kind of thing. You're not the first and you won't be the last. You've done really well. You got out of there. Whole. Even if it doesn't feel that way right now."
Sayid grips the edge of one of the jet's guard rails hard in hand until it slowly bends and crunches under the pressure. "I knew him. The man outside. I wanted to kill him. I think I can still kill him. I want to kill him. What kind of a monster am I?"
"An ordinary one, I'm afraid," Raven whispers with a gleam in her eye. "I understand. OK? I do. I do K&R for a living. I've been captured before. I know how it goes down. I know what they do to people. And I know that you need support or you're going to spiral. And yeah, you're strong enough to kill them all. But them? They're not worth it."
"You are among friends here, achi. We get it. You know that we do." Erik raises his eyebrow pointedly. "Please, let Hank examine you. Take the medicine. Get some sleep. Real rest."
Sayid lets out a long audible exhale. "Very well," he whispers with a harsh wave of his hand. He slowly, rigidly moves into the small side room and sits down, teeth grit at the back of his jaw. He doesn't meet the doctor's eyes. Erik and Charles both know his potential, but having met him it becomes apparent very quickly that he has absolutely no knowledge or control over his abilities which seem to explode out of him at random. He could heal himself, but he doesn't even know that he can. And it requires more understanding of his powers than he has.
"I think I am injured," is what he answers, dull and flat.
Erik meanwhile sits with Charles. This isn't something Hank has the ability to fix anyway. Instead Erik pulls Charles's focus to him with both hands on either side of his jaw, bowing their foreheads together and slowly winding their minds along that thread of connection that pulses brightly between them. I've got you, Erik repeats firmly to him. Remember our exercises? He holds out his hands, mirroring. We are one/and two/together/and disparate/I am one alone... Sure and soft, he works diligently to help Charles shut out everyone else but just the two of them.
Glad for the evidently calming effects of Hank and Raven's words, Hank fishes a sedative from his bag and sets it on the tray table before the man. He's not about to force him to take something that he doesn't wish to take, but the option is there, ready for him when he's ready for it. "I'm going to lift your shirt," Hank warns, pulling the dirty cloth away. A poorly healing gash stretches across his left oblique, clearly infected.
Disinfectant and clean bandages will have to suffice for the moment, but he'll have to look at the injury more closely in New York; there's a good chance that there's tissue that will need to be removed. "Where else does it hurt?" he asks as he sets to cleaning the wound. On the other side of the jet, Charles slumps against Erik, eyes jammed shut. He tries to focus on the other's words, does his best to mirror the movement, to ground himself, to hang on to Erik, but the force of Sayid's thoughts is simply overwhelming.
Telepathy bouncing against telepathy, even if one party isn't cognizant of it. His mind is strong. We are one/and two/together/..... A test to my control.
Erik takes them to the White Room, the sole place in his mind that is disconnected from everything and everyone on the outside, the place that acts as a natural shield and buffer, extinguishing all external contact except for the two of them. It's difficult - Sayid is distressed, even though he wears a stoic expression, he cannot hide the depths of his mind from Charles. By proximity, Erik can feel it as well, and he works as carefully as he can to extract every particle from their shield. But he is there, and he is not going anywhere, no matter how dangerous the storm. Where Charles goes, Erik follows, a sole guide in the chaotic darkness dedicated to his safe return to himself.
It's hard - Erik is angry at the way his friend was treated, and sorrowful to watch the aftermath. But he too expels those feelings and sensations until nothing remains but the core of Erik and Charles, bound together by the universe. At the back of the jet, in the small room set aside, Sayid forces himself not to flinch at the touch. To cooperate with the doctor instead of eviscerating him, a cacophony of wild, swirling emotions emanating out of him with each gentle press of Hank's fingers against damaged skin.
Where else it hurts is an indicator of vile brutality, the actions a match only to their heavy, battering response inside of his mind. He can't tell Hank this, to further dehumanize and debase himself a second time by allowing it forth to be prodded and examined and judged.
Erik does his best to shield Charles from this. From the horrific, visceral reality of torture. It clangs through him, melting together with his own past. Ghosts through his body causing him to press his own teeth together, to clench his eyes shut and push it all into non-existent oblivion. Refusing to let it touch Charles, not now. Not when he is needed. He must be a stabilizing force. A test of his control, and of them all, Erik is the most equipped to combat it. And so he does. Ruthlessly.
Once in the confines of Erik's innermost wall, Charles relaxes a bit. They've been here before; Charles has marvelled at Erik's creation, the strength of these walls. It's a testament to the power of the man who is currently clutching him, encircling him, protecting him. In the silence and safety, Charles has the wherewithal to feel both amazed and humbled. Sheepish, even. Outside, Hank takes Sayid's silence for what it truly is and does not ask again.
Perhaps Daniel can examine him at home; Daniel was there with both Sayid and Erik on that fateful day, may have a better hand with him. For the moment, Hank simply wraps the injury in a fresh bandage and pushes the sedative toward Sayid. "We will be in New York in thirty minutes. You can take it now, or wait. Up to you." With that, Hank stands and makes his way toward the cockpit to start the engine.
I should be stronger, Charles says with greater clarity now. The walls around them are firm, but Charles knows that this is a strain on Erik, that it is painful to keep them both in this place for long. Especially while their minds are woven together, while Erik has access to his telepathy. To Sayid. I'm sorry, my friend. I should be stronger. You shouldn't have to do this.
It makes Erik smile gently. Of course I should. Where you falter, I will catch you. And I know you will do the same for me. We cannot be strong in every place, neshama. Erik kisses the top of his head, entwining their fingers together. Pressed so close, Charles can feel the sincerity of his response - his genuine belief in these things. That it is his duty, but beyond that, his right. That he is honored to do so, and proud to be able.
What he does regret, is that he knows his own pain is close enough to the surface that Charles can feel it, and he wishes this was not so. But inside the White walls, it is tempered enough not to over-burden them. Formed from iron and steel will, his own strength here is immutable. Because it had to be. Because his survival depended on it. And now, he understands, that these skills go beyond the splintered fractures of damage and suffering. They can heal, too. They can help. And that is not something he would trade.
Besides, he says softly between them. You are strong. You are just new, that is all. This is just the very beginning of our journey. I suspect of us all, you will be the strongest yet.
Around them, the engines of the jet whir to life, lifting the craft into the air. But Charles doesn't hear it or feel it; all he knows now is Erik. Safety, security, Erik. Comfort, warmth, Erik. Erik's lips, his fingers, the cool, clean space where they can sit and just be. I will learn, Charles promises. I've grown more powerful, but control has not grown organically alongside the power. I know that I must continue to hone it; I can't rush to you each time I become overwhelmed. His thoughts flit to Sayid, and by association, Erik is privy to this flow, too. The connection is deep and far; whatever Charles thinks, Erik sees, too. Power without control is a dangerous dichotomy. Dangerous for Charles, dangerous for Sayid, dangerous for anyone with immense power and lacking control. I hope that we can help him.
With their proximity Charles can see it more clearly in Erik's mind than before, when Cerebro had overloaded him and made such observations far more difficult. Erik and Sayid were soldiers who had grown close to one another in a time of great peril. A connection forged first from immense distrust and then trust by necessity. Erik had very literally carried him across the desert, home. But he hadn't foreseen this.
He had sent Sayid to an even greater hell. But it only increases his need to ensure that they do help the man. This is Erik's mistake. His responsibility. And he has to make it right. I know of the anger he speaks, Erik whispers between them, mournful. It took me many years to understand what a poison it was to my soul. And to this day... A memory surfaces unbidden of a kindly doctor in thin glasses and a lab coat, smiling so simperingly down at him. A trustworthy face, lined with wrinkles that only serve to enhance his demure demeanor.
But Erik looks at him and a flash of pure, cold rage bolts across him like ice water charged with electrical currents. Erik doesn't realize until it's too late that Charles can see his visage and abruptly he tries to shut it down and out, panic lancing through him. His eyes squeeze shut and he sends it. Down and out, through his toes. Submerged into the White. To this day, Erik would kill that man if he got the chance.
Charles is gripping Erik tightly. With this clarity, Erik's pain - his guilt - becomes more apparent, more urgent. He had done what he thought was right, but Sayid still ended up enduring all that Erik had endured. Their suffering is shared, and Erik feels responsible. Charles can see that it doesn't matter to Erik that Sayid would, in fact, be dead if it weren't for him. The spike of rage sends a shudder throughout the walls, and Charles, lifts a hand to cup Erik's chin. It's gone before they can acknowledge it together, but Charles insists. You don't need to hide that from me, Erik, he says softly, stroking a thumb across the man's broad chin. I get it, now. I know why you feel the way that you do. I'm sorry that I didn't see it before.
It's equally apparent that Erik is not accustomed to the kindness Charles offers and as the walls shuddered before, it sends another ripple through him and results in his eyes fluttering shut. He breathes in shakily. Schmidt, Erik utters his name in their shared space so quietly it almost goes undetected. As though he would materialize before them like HaSatan called by name. He was called Schmidt. I wish I could say I enacted a daring escape. Like a hero, he has to laugh a little. But I was just a child. I had no power. I escaped because the Soviets stormed our facility.
And he had killed one. The only life he had ever taken, even during his time in the Haganah. Came across the man pawing at a half-dead prisoner and saw nothing at all. No haze of red or brutality, his whole reality had simply switched off and then he was stood over the boy's lifeless body, a bloody rock in hand while the girl cowered and screamed. More scared of Erik than the solider. And rightfully so. He'd been a child then, too.
He lets his hand rest over Charles's and does his best to banish it from consciousness. He doesn't quite realize the resonance of his own memories and those of Sayid have caused tracks of wetness to sluice over Charles's fingers. But rather than shame, he can only feel amazed that he is capable of tears at all. That somehow, Charles's presence removes the plastic barrier in his mind that so often prevents him from any emotional sensation at all. Cut off, deadened and soulless. Kareth. But here, the strings of his soul emerge, entwined with Charles along the thread of their connection. A gift.
I would not wish to burden you thus. I... regret it, he admits after a long time. Not killing him. I regret that I was weak, that I was too afraid to face him. But I am not afraid any longer. If I ever found him again, I would not hesitate.
The portals into Erik’s memory open so rarely, but Charles is always grateful when they do. He’s honored that Erik trusts him with his past, and it’s a job that he assumes with utter sincerity. There is no judgment as he listens to the story. Only support. How can Charles judge Erik for anything he did during that time? Charles raises one hand to wipe the tears from Erik’s cheeks. He feels sure-footed enough to expand himself around Erik now, encircle his psyche, protect him. You’re not burdening me with anything, promises Charles, voice finally firm, finally strong. You should not bear this pain alone, my dear. I can understand your hatred of that man. It’s justified. I’m so very sorry that you feel regret.
Erik supposes that if it were Charles - he might not have felt the desire to extinguish Schmidt's life quite so carelessly. For those like Erik, like Sayid, the rage is so consuming, so visceral that it overpowers everything and everyone. Like a toxic sludge. Erik had worked hard to slowly excise it from his being. To focus on living. On reverence for life and his duty of care to human beings. Mutants, maybe moreso.
But those like Carmen and Daniel, and Teri. They deserved protection just as much. Protection from people like Schmidt. Men who were no men at all, but monsters wearing flesh. And there is a part of Erik that is diseased, still sickeningly loyal to the creature that was like a twisted father-figure to him. Who had killed Iakov by his own hands and made Erik a perpetrator, desecrating everything of value and destroying Erik's dignity and spirit in the process. But so it seemed with Charles that perhaps this wasn't the case at all. For here, he has found something buried in the rubble. Unused and lost to time. Affection, and joy.
It gives him hope that perhaps they can save Sayid after all. That maybe he wasn't doomed to a life of rage and sorrow. The worst of it is that I do not even know if I hate him. And that made me hate him more. The things he did - that - Erik's head jerks to the side. Unable to finish verbalizing it. He knows Charles might understand all the same. Please, forgive me. It was not his intent to get lost, here. Everything spun up and out of control. Images blasted through his consciousness. Sickly sweet, squealching blood and bone. It's not what he wants to give Charles. He wants to be a place of light. Not hell.
Words fail Erik, but Charles knows precisely what Erik means. His mood conveys it; that abstract cloud of energy and feeling. Telepathy has acquainted Charles with the power of mood and time has taught him how to read it. In this space, so deeply intertwined, Erik's energy becomes his own, and the unspeakable anguish shoots through his toes, too. They're treated to a barrage of horrors next; blood, torture, madness, crushing bones. He cannot help the involuntary wince that shakes through him, but he has the presence of self to separate Erik's thoughts from himself, even if he feels the ramifications in his nerves. It's okay, he says firmly, raising one hand with the expectation that Erik will follow. Come on, do as I do. We are one/and two/together/and disparate/I am one alone...
Erik doesn't realize that he's shaking in the Real, minute tremors from head to toe as his hands press solidly against Charles's - good and bad alike. The mantra is a totem, it was why he had learned it in the first place. A lighthouse beacon, something tangible and repetitive. The mind gradually swayed, ebbed and flowed in the direction of their words. Together, touching. Apart, alone. Shielded in one's self, and then brought back together. It's like a mental dance, twining to and fro. Rhythmic.
The images slowly fade. Erik's iron control returns to him in stutters, and then cements and roots as they amble through their shared consciousness. Slowly, Erik latches onto other things. Good things. Positive memories, to displace the dark. With Charles. He's told a terrible joke, waggled eyebrows and you don't find me groovy, baby? while the smell of vegetable fritters lingers in the background and Carmen laughs on the phone in the distance. And softer, more tender memories. Laid together in bed, with Charles situated in his arms, drifting off to sleep. Erik keeps watch over him, brushing fingertips through his hair. Charles was fast asleep at the time, but now he sees it through Erik's eyes. The fierce devotion.
What Aura had told them once, long ago. You love one another.
Charles keeps a close hold on Erik as the man works through their dance. A rhythmic flow to return to one's self, to be grounded in a body, sure in a spirit. Usually, it's Charles who needs to be coaxed into place, but this time, he gets to witness Erik's climb back to the surface. Along the way, he's treated to precious memories. His heart finds its way to his throat as he watches himself through Erik's eyes. Fast asleep, mouth slightly agape. Fingers card through messy hair. In Erik's memory, the slight imperfections that Charles knows that he has are gone—his skin is smooth, and the freckles that to him seem to glare like beacons are instead but a delicate dusting across his nose and cheekbones. Hair that appears stringy to Charles is soft and lush, and the nose that he always thought was bulbous is perfectly pointed. This, Charles realizes, is how Erik sees him.
You love one another. It echoes between them in Aura's melodious voice, and Charles latches onto the refrain. In the physical world, hands lace with Erik's own, and he presses his forehead to the other. I do, he murmurs. I do love you, Erik.
Erik touches his cheek, the sensation inside of him as though his chest has expanded infinitely to accommodate the vast swell of emotion that overtakes him. It is not often - almost ever, that the man can say that he has ever been truly moved by something before. Charles Xavier was not a stupid man. He was on his way to obtaining multiple doctorates, one of which is in the biological foundations of cognition - an obvious choice.
Being close to Erik's mind over the course of their lengthy association (at least, it seems they had never not known one another. In a wondrous way.) he knows alongside Erik's history and so he had hinted once, that Erik is not neurotypical. Such a word would not come into existence for decades, but many years later they would have a good chuckle over it. Meeting Aura was what cemented it. For two minds on the surface so distinct, they shared a very unique founding architecture.
For Erik, it was not accompanied by madness or catatonia. Even at the Red Cross he held his faculties with almost superhuman fortitude whilst others wept and screamed in agony. And in many ways, it was. A hypothesis briefly entertained and then rejected that Erik had not a fractured identity, nor multiple personalities. Instead it was as if his very being held a schism - logic and emotion disparate beyond reach. As Tennyson once wrote, Erik hummed to him late at night one winter morning in his apartment. Breakfast filling the air.
( -- "A warmth within the breast would melt
The freezing reason's colder part,
And like a man in wrath the heart
Stood up and answer'd, 'I have felt.'" --)
Charles had done the impossible. Induced upon their meeting with his words and touch, with each perfect blemish over wrinkled nose in laughter and delight. To make him smile. Neurons that had never grown, sprung forth in Genesis. He had moved Erik, the man made of stone. And it is with shock that he understands very suddenly and swiftly that he loves Charles. He would lie for him. He would die for him. His essence howling in a chasm, like the Big Bang from a void. That he could cry. That he could laugh. Charles knows it now, knows why it is so. Knows without a doubt that he is the first. The only one who had ever inspired him.
I love you, he whispers back, and quite amazed by the fact.
Charles could laugh. He could sing. He could jump up from his seat and soar through the air, buoyed by the lightness of the entire idea of love. Love. Love. His research has acquainted him with the reality that love is but brain and body chemistry, engineered by evolution. When the formula is correct, hormones flood the body engender the brilliance of the feeling.
That is how Charles considered love; chemical, biological, traceable by science. What he feels now, he knows, cannot be adequately captured in a report. The physiological makeup of love belies the psychological thrill, the dimensional knowledge that, as he holds Erik’s hand in his own, he would sacrifice his whole life for the other man. It cannot account for the safety that Charles feels, the challenge, the fascination. The sublime. Two people of starkly different stock. One sunny and exuberant, the other stoic and guarded.
Beneath the exterior, Erik’s mind is a crystalline cavern of intricate pathways, complex and elegant and yet beautifully organized. His own, he knows, is structured much differently, a cluttered library as opposed to an elegant temple with catacombs of mystery beneath. And yet… And yet, they could not be better matched. They’re both brilliant young men of unmatched capability. They’ve both worked their ways through life without an intellectual equal, alone in their respective positions at the top. Their chance encounter marked something incredible, something at which the world would later marvel. But right now…Charles is content to live in the right now. Inside the dazzling structures of Erik’s once-in-a-generation mind, intersecting at the root of their love. And I always will.
“Hey, you two—“ It’s Ororo’s voice. Vaguely, Charles remembers that they are not alone—not physically, anyway. They’re in the jet, foreheads pressed together and hands interlaced, in the company of Raven, Hank, Ororo, and Sayid. What a sight they must be, but Charles cannot summon the shame or worry to care. He is in love with Erik and there is nothing but positive feelings attached to that truth. “Er…we have arrived,” the young woman adds, skeptical but not hostile. “Dr. McCoy says there is another doctor here who may be able to help.”
To Charles alone, Erik's lips twitch dryly as he realizes they have been 'caught,' so to speak. He has forgotten himself for a second, and quickly realizes how this must look to Hank and Ororo - two people that are not aware of their affections (at least in Erik's mind - Hank is a genius in his own right and very probably has known well before they did) and - Erik swallows and slowly lowers his hand, trying to seem casual and unbothered.
A quick glance at Ororo returns nothing but skeptical curiosity, which bodes well. Sayid doesn't seem surprised, a knowing expression on his face that for a split second communicates beyond the stiff uneasiness in his bearing -a twinge of approval, in fact. That his friend had found someone to share companionship with. Erik helps Charles to his feet, and looks Sayid over, a lance of worry through the buoyant remnants of their connection that he is reluctant to let go of. Even in public. Even as tense and wary as he could be about it. Charles is for him, and he is for Charles. Charles loves him. He seems a little bit dazed, repeating that to himself as though caught in a dream he doesn't wish to wake from.
Shomron greets them at the courtyard - big enough to house a military jet with ease - a medical kit slung over his shoulder. "Morning everyone! I'm Daniel -- Dr. Shomron. Who've we ---?" he looks between the younger woman and the towering, glowering behemoth of a man behind her. "--al-Zaman," he blurts tactlessly, features doing a little shuffle before they settle back on characteristic buoyancy. "Status report," he swivels into professionalism as immediately as possible, taking in that his former acquaintance was in bad shape indeed.
As Charles eases out of the space and back into their shared realities, the surface thoughts of their comrades and all strangers within a ten-mile radius trickle back into Charles’s awareness. The dull ache that had been his lifelong companion returns quickly, but it doesn’t escalate much beyond that. Sayid’s mind is calmer, and it’s early in the morning, most are still groggy or asleep. The respite in the innermost realm of Erik’s mind has given his telepathy a much-needed recharge, as has the affirmation of the nature of their affection. Hank is surprised—not of their orientations, but of their chosen partnerships with each other.
For his part, he had suspected that Charles was interested in Daniel. Ororo is curious, perhaps a little intrigued, but there’s no stain of disapproving judgment in her assessment of the two of them. She’s simply never seen two men outwardly display such affection for each other in this way, and, if she’s honest with herself, thinks that it’s sweet. Raven, Charles knows, is entirely unsurprised, and so he looks past her to glance at Sayid, who also displays no scorn, hostility, or misplaced anger. In fact, Charles thinks that he can detect…ease? Something sensitive and altruistic. His heart rate returns to normal as they descend the stairwell, hand firmly planted in Erik’s own. He hopes never to let go again.
“Male patient with uncertain medical history,” Hank rattles off mechanically, figuring that Sayid wishes not to be discussed as a friend just yet. As Erik said, he’s a doctor, so he must be a doctor. “Deep abrasion on the left oblique with active infection. No necrotic tissue visible, but further examination is necessary for confirmation. Additional information about the medical history is required for a confident assessment of the overall condition, but the jaundice is likely a result of the infection. My preliminary recommendation is intravenous fluids, antibiotics, and a sedative for rest.“
Ororo cocks a brow at the pair of young doctors, and then speaks before the bespectacled one can rattle off his own observations of her. “I broke my ankle six months ago,” she reveals plainly. “And survived polio as a child. But, I’ve been living on the streets for many years and could use a hot shower and food before anything else.”
Daniel smiles at the both of them. "Are you two related?" he asks, since they'd been picked up together. Sayid jerks his head in the negatory. He can't help an affinity with her, being the only two Egyptians there, and likewise with an uneasy trust of this so-called new life. New abilities. It's all a little much. The mansion he takes in with arched brows, but staggers off of the plane as he loses his footing.
"Oh, shit!" Raven oof's a little as she does her best to catch him. She's much stronger than the average human, but Sayid is much heavier than one.
"'Z gon've a rest," the man slurs in broken English.
Erik blinks and moves to get him into the foldable gurney Daniel had brought just in case. "Raven will accompany you," he says in a tone that brokers no argument.
She meets his eyes. "How stocked are we, here, exactly?" she directs at Hank and Charles. "If we can avoid a real hospital we will all have a much better day."
"And Miss...?" Daniel directs to Ororo. "You are welcome to anything you'd like in the kitchens - and I can run a physical evaluation on you as well just to make sure your shots are up to date and your electrolytes are all in order. I've called Carmen to escort you in - show you around. Only the basement is off-limits. Is that all right?" He talks as he works, but can't hide a grimace as he conducts his field examination. "We have to go. Now. Coming through!!!" he calls as he sets the wheels down on the bed and rolls it forward at a hefty speed.
“Very stocked,” Charles assures Raven as he assists Erik and Hank heave Sayid’s massive form onto the gurney. “Better than most midsized hospitals.” Charles follows as Daniel, Hank, and Raven rush Sayid to the medical bay. Sayid’s mind is suddenly sluggish and fleeting, like a mind on the edge of sleep. By the time he pushes into the wing, Sayid is on an examination table, and Hank and Daniel are quickly pulling on fresh gloves and barking orders at each other.
“Charles, out of here,” Hank demands, a fervor in his eyes that Charles has never seen before. “We need Raven to translate, but everyone else, out.”
Raven puts a hand on her brother's shoulder. "I got it, OK?" This time it's Erik she looks at, the Mansion's Tallest ...Man. Now that Sayid is vertical.
Erik's expression is shuttered and cold, to where even Charles has trouble reading him. "Help him. Please." It's all he says, very quiet. Speaking to Hank and Daniel both, with all trace of any prior conflict between the blue doctor and himself vanquished. It's the words of someone's family - words Hank has heard many times before over his career. It's odd, hearing it from Erik. Reminding him that the man is human after all, before turning to leave before they get a chance to gauge anything else from him.
Raven gives Charles one last encouraging grin before disappearing behind the doors. "What are we looking at, here? How serious is this?"
Daniel helps get him on the bed proper. "Abdominal tenderness," he murmurs to his colleague. "It's a good bet he's bleeding internally. We need a blood type, Raven. Try to get it out of him. We can test for it but it's faster if he tells us."
Taking his hand, she tries to soothe. "'Aelam ya, eazizi. Ma hu fasilat aldam?" A clang of instruments behind them, as they all crash to the ground. Metal and glass screeching. "I don't know that we are going to get much out of him," she mutters, running her fingers through his sweaty hair. "So that's what a transfusion and surgery? You guys can do that here?"
"Yes, we can. Are you surgical, McCoy? I was on flight, I worked CASEVAC at Latrun. You?" he thinks to ask - before they hadn't cause to work together. It wouldn't be the first time he talked someone through a surgery. Hank doesn't know this part of his history, and it comes as a surprise considering he's actively in medical school in the States. But FMGs almost never got Matched, and if he was bright enough to get in again, he'd have better career options down the line.
"General practice," Hank replies, voice a mask of calm. There's a flash of a needle into blue fur, and within a minute, Hank's large azure body is gone, replaced by the lanky visage of his "other" form. He avoids Raven's eyes, knowing fully well that there is immense scrutiny against his possession of such a serum. It's much more difficult to use a scalpel with large, ape-like hands, is all. His "human" hands are much more dexterous and agile.
He's relieved, though, when he learns that Daniel is already an MD, accredited in Israel. It will make the next hour a lot easier. "I did do a surgery placement at Hopkins, but it's not my specialty." Regardless, he must find his confidence, to perform it now, lest Sayid become septic or bleed out on their table. "We should have enough O-neg to get us through now, but we'll need to resupply soon." Hank takes a deep breath as he finishes scrubbing up and glances at Daniel. "Anesthesia?"
Daniel is already waving a UV sterile wand over the place, a nifty invention thanks to Hank's-truly. The serum does draw a skeptical expression from her but she drops it for now. There's no denying that surgery might not be his natural forte. Natural, because to Raven, blue-Hank is natural. Her and Erik understood one another very well in that regard.
"No-no, no," Sayid gasps, in a blind panic.
"Hey-hey. Look at me," Raven touches his cheek, forcing him to meet her eyes. "Listen to the sound of my voice. Just breathe. Try to breathe. You're safe. We're going to help you. Help, OK?"
Daniel rummages for their anesthesia equipment, letting Raven try to talk him down. "If we go at him like this he's liable to kill us all," he murmurs to Hank under his breath. "Sayid - you remember me? It's Daniel. You're in America, now. Where did you pick him up?" Daniel squints a bit.
"Tora. It was bad. Police everywhere. That place... it has a reputation. It's not surprising his brain is a little scrambled eggs, honestly."
Sayid's eyes open wide and pin Hank's out of nowhere. "You were blue, and you were blue. Am I dead? Did you kill me?"
Hank glances at Raven for a moment before holding Sayid’s gaze. “No, Sayid, you’re not dead. You’re injured. Let us fix that. Can we give you a sedative? You’ll feel a lot better if you let us do that.” A sharp, pleading glance at Raven and a nod at Daniel, encouraging him to ready the anesthesia. “I promise, Sayid, we’ll take care of you.”
He seems to settle down at that, studying their features with a wild, uncomprehending look on his own. Daniel is quick though, electing for the gas first before switching to the intravenous fluid. He swipes at them but before it's too late his eyes flutter shut and he instantly falls limp on the table. "That should subdue him for a while. Long enough to get him prepped and gowned. We're gonna need your help with that, I'm afraid," he adds to Raven.
Even with Hank and Raven's added strength Apocalypse's full dead weight would be a strain on them all. It had to be part of his mutation, he didn't actually look like he weighed as dense as he was. In fact, as they prepare to cut him out of his clothing it's quite obvious that he's emaciated for his height. "How long was he there?" Daniel asks Hank, lips pressed together thoughtfully. He's in full doctor-mode now, all emotions checked at the door.
When Sayid is finally out, they can all focus a little better. Work becomes more efficient, less emotional. The two doctors stand over Sayid’s unclothed form now, note his protruding ribcage, visible sternum. He’s never seen a man this broad so malnourished. “I’m not certain when he escaped,” Hank admits as he begins to attach a series of monitors to Sayid’s body. “But, I’ve gathered that Erik brought him to Tora when the two of you…well, you know the story better than I.”
A screen blinks to life. It’s another of Hank’s state-of-the-art contraptions; a heart rate, oxygen saturation, and blood pressure monitor all in one. Over the following decades, machines like this will become common practice, but what they have in their makeshift hospital wing is some of the most advanced medical equipment in the world. Hank calibrates the monitors and ensures the sensors are placed properly on Sayid’s body. The readout is concerning, but not unexpected; his pulse is high, blood pressure is low, and O2 levels could be better.
“He’s very unwell,” Hank remarks, fixing an oxygen mask over the man’s face. “We need to move quickly.”
"Not Tora," Daniel shakes his head. "We knew enough then to avoid it. We brought him over the crossing near Sinai," Daniel hums absently as they get to work preparing him. Raven is gowned up along with them, for sterile purposes. Daniel considers the statement and grimaces. "This was in '48. Judging by his deterioration..." He files it away, it's less relevant right now, but he picks up the clipboard by the bed and jots down in very large letters NPO, URGENT.
Setting it aside he grabs the iodine and begins marking along Sayid's abdomen laparoscopically. "Jaundice may mean liver lac, but we could be looking at full-blown hemorrhage or GI involvement. This isn't like a body you're typically used to. This surgery is going to be very, very hard on his system. Plan every contact with his internals accordingly. Look, judge, then touch. Grab that suction for me."
Raven can't help it - she listens raptly, silent as a mouse in a house, completely enthralled by the front row seat she has to something most people will never get to observe. She's totally professional, moving where she's told and standing with her arms behind her back at-ease when not needed - lest they remember she's there and opt to kick her out.
Their work is as quick and efficient as it can be while keeping a steady gauge of how Sayid is handling it. They find the problem in short order, but fixing it will be a delicate balancing act. There's no obvious signs of external trauma, but Daniel is familiar enough with torture victims to know a variety of ways it could have been caused. The liver laceration is apparent, as is visible damage throughout the abdominal cavity. Daniel speaks only to make an adjustment or a correction that's not intuitive for someone without extensive surgical experience, or when he decides to approach the problem from a different angle that isn't obvious.
It's only near the very end of a lengthy surgical process, when Sayid's vitals are slowly improving and his color returning from its waxy, unnatural pallor to something resembling his typical olive skin tone does Daniel briefly falter, a twisting grimace of anger flashing across his face before he shakes his head and continues closing up. "I think we're clear," he wipes his brow with his forearm and offers a smile instead.
Hank follows Daniel’s lead. He’s an incredibly skilled physician, but surgery is complex, and he simply does not have the experience to perform an operation of this nature with confidence. He does as he’s suggested, asking quiet questions, offering his own advice, nodding thoughtfully when Daniel lets him know why an alternative method is preferred. The two doctors work in intense tandem. The teamwork is solid, and by the time they’re closing Sayid up hours later, they both feel confident that the most immediate threat is eliminated.
They both clean him up and put him in a fresh gown; it takes all three of them to heave Sayid onto a bed so that they can wheel him to the recovery area. Hank hooks him up to an IV and starts him on intense antibiotics, another dose of sedative, and saline. “We can take turns monitoring him,” Hank says quietly as he sinks into a chair at the man’s bedside, suddenly exhausted.
Raven had stayed awake throughout the entire procedure, much to everyone who didn't know her's shock. There was a reason why she suddenly could pull out a connection or an unrelated skill at random. Part of her job required her to know as much as possible about literally everything. And this was the best way to learn. "What's the prognosis, doc?" she asks with a wan smile. Daniel busies himself readying some coffee for them all, giving them a brief respite before they'd have to brief Charles and Erik, who he calls up on the intercom. His eyes catch on the chart from a while back and he jolts back into action.
"Right - I need everyone who comes into contact with him for the foreseeable future to understand this," he taps the chart. "We figured this out a while back, during the war. The other one," he rolls his eyes. "People who have been held in conditions like this over long periods of time become extremely unstable when exposed to a normal electrolyte profile. Theirs are all out of whack. Hypophosphataemia is a major killer. We developed a pretty good nutrition solution so I'll have to grab the components from WPH. That means he shouldn't be eating anything that doesn't have prior approval."
Hank raises how brows when Daniel mentions Hypophosphataemia and immediately jumps to his feet. Of course, of course. Why hadn’t he considered that himself? The saline is out of Sayid’s drip in a swift movement, and Hank is cursing under his breath as he ambles away from the bed to grab syringes. “We need to do a full blood panel before giving him anything by way of nutrients,” he remarks, and it’s evident that he’s frustrated with himself for so carelessly starting Sayid on any sort of drip without considering what implications it may have. He furrows his brow as he begins to take vials of blood from the patient, unconscious on the bed. “I…mm. I wonder if Erik may have experience with the same condition. We may want to tread carefully, when we discuss this with him.”
"It's OK," Daniel holds up the other end of the saline drip which was disconnected - they were in the middle of a serious surgery and he wasn't sure he'd have time to mention it before they began post-op. "I actually met Erik's doctor at Bnai Zion Medical Center, when he first came to Israel in '45. At that time it was still called Mandatory Palestine. This was when we were still in the process of putting together a treatment protocol for these patients, so we shared notes. I learned some of his medical history, and you're not wrong. He went through hell in those DP camps. Got to meet him for real a few years later when we got conscripted to the same unit. He is one tough son of a bitch. Tread lightly, but don't sugarcoat anything for his benefit. He can handle it."
Hank remembers encountering the research as a medical student, recalls the sick feeling in his gut upon reading the analyses. To escape torture only to die of a nutritional overload seems the cruelest irony that their cruel world can offer. It’s no secret that he and Erik are not the biggest fans of each other, but he still harbors a lot of respect for anyone who can withstand horrors of such an incredible degree and emerge with their head on straight. The sliding doors of the wing open as Hank is taking the last vial of blood from Sayid’s forearm.
Erik and Charles enter, walking in step. Behind them is Ororo, wearing a pair of loose sweatpants and a t-shirt—she didn’t bother to bring any of her own clothing, it’s all threadbare anyway. Charles has promised to take her shopping for whatever she needs later today. “Goodness,” Charles murmurs upon taking stock of the patient. He’s covered by a fresh gown now, but the oxygen mask remains, as do the IV antibiotics. “Is he going to be alright?”
"He's been severely malnourished which means we need to be very careful from here-on-out how we approach his treatment to ensure he survives intact. Otherwise the surgery was successful and we have treated a majority of his injuries. I can't speak on whether he will make a full recovery - he has evidence of a myriad of injuries," Daniel explains gently.
"Bones healed improperly, dental trauma, nerve damage. His rehabilitation will need to be multi-coordinated. But as of right now, he is stable." Erik nods his head evenly. It's about what he expected. He winds up sitting in the chair abandoned by Hank, and rubs the unconscious patient's forearm absently. "I'd like to get you physically examined as well," Daniel says to Ororo. "The rigors of your life may be less immediately visible than his, but they're no less challenging. I want to ensure you have what you need to thrive here."
Charles listens carefully, glancing sidelong at Erik all the while. He knows that Erik feels guilt over Sayid’s condition, knows that he’s imagining the worst. His own trauma reappropriated to Sayid. It’s not a fair assessment, and Charles wants Erik to internalize that. He doesn’t say anything, though, and simply stands at Erik’s side to rub his shoulders.
Ororo rolls her eyes, but nods once. “I had parents who took care of me, you know,” she says matter-of-factly. “Vaccinations, medication. Even a private tutor who taught me Greek!” She knows how Westerners can be, how they so often assume that the people of North Africa are sick or illiterate or in need of some savior to come and liberate them from their darkness. So many of them don’t understand that their culture is as rich, learned, beautiful, and broken as all the other cultures of the world.
“Even those who can recite Homer in their sleep can become ill and injured after living rough,” Charles pipes up, sensing her frustration. “Perhaps when you’re done with the your physical, you can read us the Aeneid in its intended tongue.” Ororo rolls her eyes again, but follows Daniel to the other side of the wing, behind the privacy curtain.
Daniel raises his hands. "I get it, but you mentioned a pretty substantial amount of time on the streets. That way of life can be difficult on a person's constitution, regardless of their knowledge. So let's make sure that you can continue your studies. Bacterial infections don't discriminate and neither do I." His eyebrows arc, pointedly. He'd spent a lot of time in that area of the world, mostly fixing up refugees. He knows he lacks the nuances of her home as much as she does about his. But that won't prevent him from covering his bases and treating his patients the same, regardless of where they're from.
"The good news is that this will be quick. We have some pretty cutting edge technology here that won't be seen in a regular hospital for another twenty years. Courtesy of Dr. McCoy," he grins a little. "If you're interested I can show you more when we're finished. And when was the last time you received your shots? Some of them need upgrading every ten years or so. I'll start a file on you so that way you'll only need to answer these questions once." He closes the privacy curtain and begins waving a small device over her, diagnostic in nature.
Erik looks up at Charles and wipes at his cheeks, scrubbing his good hand hard along skin and he looks back at his friend. They had taken him through Sinai, tried their best to leave him with people he knew who could protect him. How did he end up falling so far? Why didn't Erik anticipate this, nor realize their political affiliation? His thoughts are clear as a bell for anyone with the inclination to read them. The reason his friend is in this position is because he failed to do proper diligence.
Ororo knows that she's being defensive, but it's difficult not to be. How many American or British aid workers have approached her over the past several years, expressing vapid solace, promising her betterment in exchange for...what? The narcissists act is if she can't possibly be happy, in Cairo. And she wasn't, but that's not because of Cairo or Egypt or culture itself. Maybe Shomron gets it, but a lot of them don't. She takes a seat on the examination table and allows the man to scour her with the wand. It's intriguing, but science was never her interest, aside from earth science, of course. Art and literature were always her passions.
"Hmm, I went to a doctor two days before my father was killed," she remarks evenly. "So, 1948. I believe they gave me a tetanus vaccination. The one that makes your arm ache for days. It was sore at his burial."
Charles pulls another chair to Erik's side and sits, gripping his hand. It isn't your fault, Erik. You must believe that. You saved him, you did what you thought was right. Now you're helping him again. Be kind to yourself.
Erik takes Charles's hand and presses it against his cheek, visibility be damned. His eyes close and he bows his head, just taking in several deep breaths. Thank you, neshama, he whispers back in mind. For helping me bring him home. I hope we can help him to recover. To see that life has value beyond rage. That was something he is discovering every day opens into brilliant waves of color and sound. The simple joy of being around friends. Being part of something greater than one's self. Erik did not get along with everyone, but it's clear from his gaze toward Hank that he appreciates the doctor's presence here all the same.
"Thank-you," he makes sure to add verbally. He knows Hank is just doing his job, that it's inevitable for him and not based on personal favor. But all the same, he had acted. And that matters to Erik. "Do you think he will be OK?" he asks of the man, soft. "For real. Like this." He taps his own temple, meaning psychologically. "I wish to believe it is possible. It was possible for me. You never fully let such a thing go. But maybe you can learn... how to maximize its utility."
It's careful, layered. Talking very briefly of himself to others than Charles is not something he has ever done. But it seems necessary now. And being with Charles affords him bravery.
Hunched over the reports of Sayid’s bloodwork that have just spit from his printer, Hank turns to regard Erik, surprised. That’s when he notices…tenderness, on the man’s face. A softer facade, something that Hank has only seen Erik melt into around Charles and Jean. Of course, he’s clutching Charles’s hand to him, and so the presence may be rubbing off, but Hank is still taken aback. “I…I’m not a psychiatrist,” he says after a moment, pushing his thick glasses up his long nose.
“And he hasn’t shared the extent of what he’s endured. But I’ve read about psychological trauma and we’re learning more all the time.” He glances at Sayid, whose chest is rising and falling at a more relaxed rate, now. “It depends entirely on the individual. If you’ve been able to work with your own wounds, then you yourself know that it’s possible.” A small smile, directed toward Erik. “His prognosis depends on himself and himself alone.”
“I’ll go further to say that anyone can change the way they think up here,” Charles adds, tapping his own temple. “Of course, there are some physiological differences that make certain ways of thinking more prominent in one person, but I’ve never encountered a mind that was too rigid and unyielding to be changeable. Maximizing utility is an excellent way of phrasing it, I think. Anyone can maximize what they’re capable of, including Sayid.”
“We just need to get his electrolytes restored,” Hank adds, frowning back at his readout. “Critically low phosphate, magnesium, potassium, and thiamine levels. He must have eaten too much and too quickly upon escaping captivity. We’ll need to keep him need for about a week until we can get him back to where he needs to be.”
That makes Erik smile, but it's mostly sardonic. "I watched it happen to a lot of people. They would come, you know, the workers. With packages and things. I was quite grateful, it was more than I'd ever seen in my life. But I watched. I learned. I managed to resist."
Raven had to wonder what that cost, watching everyone else stuff their faces and deliberately force yourself not to follow suit. Sayid hadn't been so lucky, having spent an upbringing in Cairo amongst a group of people who kept him otherwise fed and healthy, their politics aside. He wouldn't have known to even think about it, except that he was probably trying to extend his life, not end it. The level of intellect to watch others first, to hang back and put the pieces together when doctors were barely catching on - she can't deny it's impressive.
"We'll be able to get it all restored, it just takes time, patience and experimentation. And, it means educating the patient - we can get him refed, but if he's conscious and going behind our backs - which I've seen happen myself, and it's understandable why - so we're really going to have to hammer that point home or have someone observe him continuously," adds Daniel. Having concluded Ororo's evaluation and determined that she was indeed healthy. A little underweight, but there was nothing stopping her from stuffing her face, so he's sure she'll make use of the mansion's kitchens. And Erik's cooking.
"He seemed to be OK," Erik whispers to himself, lifting his chin up toward Ororo. "He was talking. He was able to plan, and execute. He wasn't stark raving. We - ah, all of us," he gestures between them, snapping his fingers. "Everyone here, what is most important is our relationships with one another. To keep us all healthy. Connected. Community was always going to be an essential component of this program."
"The power of friendship?" Carmen interrupts dryly, eyeing up their latest resident.
"Zamknąć się zanim uderzam cię," Erik smirks.
"I've already drawn up a refeeding plan," Hank tells Daniel, waving a sheet of paper with a series of chicken scratch notes. Daily levels of intravenous electrolytes alongside general caloric intake values. An observer might think it cruel to restrict calories to such a degree, but any levels higher than what he's prescribed could be fatal. They'll need to ensure that Sayid himself understands it, but Hank suspects that when the infection is cleared and his electrolyte balance is restored, the brief mania that Sayid displayed before they put him under will be fully abated. "Take a look." He hands the sheet over to Daniel. "It may be best to keep him sedated for a few days, for his own comfort. After that, we can all look after him."
Charles grips Erik's hand. "I agree. In order to thrive, we all must look after each other. Use our strengths to make up for our weaknesses." He can't help but wonder what it must have been like for Erik those years ago, sick and battered. He prepares food now with such thoughtful, loving care for them all, as if he can appreciate more than most what a good meal should entail. "And on that note, you two should rest once you have our new compatriot settled for the day," he says to the pair of doctors. "Someone else can watch over him for now. You two have done more than your fair share today."
Daniel eyes up the paper diligently, nodding in agreement with the outlined plan. It would be rough on the patient psychologically and it was quite conservative in scope but Daniel has seen this go sideways too many times to take chances. "The only problem with keeping him sedated is how much pressure the anesthesia puts on his system. We have some barbiturates on hand though. I'll see that he remains calm as possible. They work very well on Aura," he said of the more recent attendee to their program.
"How is Aura doing?" Erik murmurs, Charles's hand still evidently clasped between his own in a gentle bid of solidarity. He knows from experience that Charles's life neither was peaches and sunshine, even if it doesn't seem so on the surface. It's easy to judge the man as privileged, but Erik has always seen the challenges overcome instead. And he appreciates Charles all the more for still being a moral center when he had been exposed so many times to easier ways of doing things.
“He’s doing well with his medication,” Hank replies as he sets to preparing the cocktail to start Sayid on right away. “When I checked him yesterday, he told me that he’s sleeping better, eating well, and able to focus on what he enjoys. Jean has taken a liking to him, too, I’ve noticed.”
“He’s with her now, teaching her the name of every plant in the garden,” Charles adds, a fond smile creeping across his lips. “She asked, and he was more than happy to oblige.” He brings Erik’s braced hand to his lips and plants a kiss on the curling fingertips. “She’s been a bright spot in all our lives, I think.”
"Yes," Erik murmurs softly, his bearing gradually relaxing the longer that he is in physical proximity to Charles. It's almost scientific in its simplicity, that mere presence can alleviate much of the constant tension that otherwise plagues his being. His lips are pressed together, watching as Sayid's chest rises and falls calmly due to the medication provided. He too is granted a reprieve, which Erik can only feel grateful for. It hurts, knowing the level of harm that had befallen his friend.
And it cannot help but bring back the memories of his own recovery from similar circumstances. Charles has seen it now, the evidence laid bare on his skin, in gnarled scar tissue curling from his shoulders down his back, and all along his always-covered arms. It is what people do to one another. What humans do to their kind. This uncivilized behavior, the barbarity with which they act and induce others to act. It's difficult for Erik to desire anything other than a safe haven for those he has cast as his kind: mutants and their allies. The alternative, being struck out alone in the world and vulnerable to abduction, torture, rape, murder and disease poses too great a risk for Erik to rightfully ignore.
It's why he's thrown himself into the construction of the manor so fervently, and why even now he is considering their next steps. The next person. Maybe it would be someone like Sayid, trapped and suffering. Or another Jean, another child, another Ororo coping in solitary confines. They cannot abide this. They cannot allow the humans the possibility of amassing a greater army against them with which to control and legislate their existence. It is an unthinkable outcome. And one Erik will work tirelessly to prevent.
Privy to Erik’s frustrated musing, Charles releases Erik’s hand to wrap arms around the man’s waist, pulling him close. He’s no longer worried about the others seeing their touch; at this point, they all know and will have to grow accustomed to it. The dark anger simmering in his gut is worrisome, and so Charles tightens his grip. A gesture, to remind him that he’s close, that he has people who adore him, that things will not be so grim. “I think that everyone here deserves some rest,” Charles says to their companions in the room. Raven, Hank, Daniel, Ororo, and Carmen are still hovering about while Sayid sleeps, and Charles doesn’t see any reason for everyone to remain on watch. “Janos and Izzy are nearly done installing the projector upstairs. Why don’t you all take a break and enjoy a film? Erik and I can take first shift with Sayid.”
Charles always knows the right thing to do, the simplest and easiest thing to say that brings about peace though nothing but word. Erik envies this ability, for he is far less likely to embody it of the two of them. He knows that Charles hopes over time that will mellow out - the violent edge in him that craves direct action in deed as opposed to word. And he cannot deny that he too wishes for this. That anger, that rage, is consuming. And it only calls to mind Schmidt's very first words to him.
After supposedly watching him bend and crunch a metal fence - ah, anger and pain. That will unlock your potential. He has to hope that the man was wrong. That this isn't all he is. And it isn't, he thinks, when he looks at Charles. There is love in him, as well. A love that he isn't sure knows bounds. Once he had described the confines of their mind as a Hilbert-space. Defined by localization, and yet infinite in its depths.
Thank-you, he mouths as he let's his head rest on Charles's shoulder, taking solace in the other man's presence. His wariness to do so earlier appearing to have dissolved as through time it seemed that no scorn was incoming. Erik is particularly sensitive about it, always watching to ensure no one will jump out and harm them for the simple practice of openly caring for one another.
Once everyone files out, Charles begins to rub Erik’s back. It’s been a long, exhausting day, full of emotional ups and downs and physical stress for both of them. Sayid remains unconscious in the bed beside them, and his mind is a gentle hum of dreamy noise. Erik’s, on the other hand, is aching a bit. There are a lot of threads spinning, and Charles can guess that Sayid is at the center of the knot. “Tell me,” Charles murmurs. “I know how silly that sounds coming from me, but humor me. Put it to words; sometimes it’s easier to work through when you do that, love.”
Erik reaches for Charles's hand once more to gently press it to his lips. "Sayid and I were... companions," he whispers softly. He lifts his impaired hand and puts it over his heart. Charles can see as he speaks that he doesn't precisely mean in the way that Erik and Charles are. But also, it had been a connection. A deep connection, forged in quite literal fire. He was Erik's friend. A shield-mate, who fought alongside him to protect them all from those who were trying to capture them and punish them for their treason.
With war raging on all sides and both constantly encountering factions opposing their own. They had cast their lot with one another. Long nights by the camp-fires with Shomron. Passing them through Sayid's dry commentary and Erik's soft-spoken stories of mythology and history both. It was short-lived, as they got Sayid home as fast as possible. Got him connected to people who would look after him in Sinai. Only, they had a political agenda of their own. And Erik had missed it. Had not vetted them thoroughly enough. With not enough time to try.
Himself and Shomron had to leave before the Egyptian forces discovered their presence. And that was the last time they ever saw one another. Erik put it away. A single connection in the brilliant darkness of the vast cosmos. A friend kept in heart only. Shomron was there, and he and Erik were certainly comrades, but Sayid was just a bit different.
Erik sighs. "I told you when we met... that making friends - it did not come easy to me. I had thought it was easier not to try. Not to get hurt by another. And then you... and it was - so much more. And then I think, what if one day, neshama -" he breaks here, faltering enough that his voice wavers from it's usual stoic certainty. "What if it is you laying in that bed? And I could not stop it? What if it is a curse, to be with me? Kinehora, G-d forbid." His eyes finally look up, a little wild. Worried.
Charles is thoughtful as he listens, keeping an ear tuned to Erik's thoughts as well. What one envisions often adds more context to what they say. As Erik speaks of Sayid, Charles understands that the bond formed between the two of them isn't typical, as far as friends go. War doesn't allow for anything typical. Long nights and grueling days, paired together by cruel fate. Anguish; how could human beings allow such things to happen? How could human beings enable such things to happen?
Such conditions birth connections that are rooted far deeper than mere acquaintanceship. Charles understands that. But when Erik's voice falters and a sudden drop forces him to nurse a visage of himself in a hospital bed, Charles sits upright. His hands find their ways to Erik's cheeks, and he holds Erik still. Their eyes meet, Charles's intense. "Listen to me, Erik," he says, Erik's face clutched in his gentle grasp.
"You and I both understand that what we've chosen to do is dangerous. We've taken a position in a debate that's hardly even begun. I'm sure that there will be difficulties ahead of us. Don't you think for a second, Erik Lehnsherr, that you are responsible for anything unfortunate that may happen. You and I are partners. We will take every step together, alright? If something happens where I stumble or am knocked down, I know that you will be there to help me back to my feet. As I will for you."
Gently, Charles swipes his thumb across Erik's cheekbone and offers a small, reassuring smile. "You are not a curse, my love. You're the greatest thing to ever come into my life. I promise you that."
As it always has before, perhaps something Charles has noted that Erik isn't even aware of, his touch to the man's cheek causes his eyes to flutter shut and his breathing to even out. My love, he repeats unconsciously to himself. Never as he stepped foot off of the boat at Ellis Island and underwent insidiously moronic "tests" to ensure his "compatibility" with the "values of the United States" and other quotation-mark denoted nonsense ---
Never would have he believed such a connection with another possible. It's not to say he hadn't companions before, only that they hadn't managed to break beyond his callous exterior. Sayid, emaciated and stricken in the bed beside them. Carmen, brusque and vibrant. Izzy, even moreso, the two having a clear understanding of one another plain as day nonetheless. Janos, for all of Erik's flaws, graciously continued to interact with him. Daniel's mellow temperament, Teri embracing him in her arms without word as he cautiously stood in the back of her shul - not allowing that, insisting he help prepare kiddush instead. Friends.
Such a rare commodity, but still, Erik keeps himself at arm's length. Tall, dark and glowering were his middle names. Certainly as Teri attempted to get him involved in her little shidduch network. Lord have mercy. They were all nice girls. They were just girls. Carmen's a gossip, so she likely knows now the follies of her ploy. But still he receives a letter each week denoting Yarzheit and mishebereich, requesting Hebrew school volunteers (he had the misfortune of agreeing once and was roped into doing this for a month - "but they love you, Erik! I've had a dozen parents complaining you're their favorite teacher. You better not renege or so help me I will bring out the chancletas!")
He realizes in this very moment that despite his attempts otherwise - polite but distant, he has gathered a tight-knit little family here that seizes him rather abruptly. Such a sensation is only ever pronounced with Charles, and he lets out a little exhale that might be a laugh in another person (now that Charles thinks of it he doesn't remember Erik ever laughing out loud - he doesn't do much of anything outwardly. He just knows when Erik is amused.)
He knows he is being silly, but... having a family once, and losing them. To now regard Charles with such a boundless degree of affection as he had with them - their loss carved him out, a hollow that nothing and no one can replace. He is not sure he would survive the loss of Charles. He is too bright. Too vivid, too deeply entwined into Erik. He didn't need to discover it.
Erik has always known love for Charles, most likely since their very first night together in his home off-campus.
Chapter 8: above a thick protective hedge Grown up in rushes and green sedge.
Chapter Text
Before long, he’s Dr. Charles Francis Xavier. He defends his dissertation and is soon awarded with three sparkling letters at the end of his name; an appendage that he thought would bring him immense satisfaction but feels less significant than alphabet soup. As 1954 rumbles into 1955, a lifelong appointment in the ivory tower feels like a distant, fanciful dream by a person that Charles no longer identifies with. Once he’s free from the constraints of research and thesis writing, Charles invests all of himself into their cause.
Their motley crew grows into something resembling an organized fellowship. There are enough young people to warrant proper classes and teachers, and it’s not long before Charles finds himself in front of a blackboard most afternoons, discussing Petrarch and Pythagoras and Protein Synthesis with actual students. As their school takes shape, mutant rights finds its way into public parlance. At some stage, some rank-and-file member of the United States House of Representatives secures a feature on a nightly news program to expound the dangers of mutant-kind, and the kettle begins to boil, perhaps far quicker than any of them anticipate.
Immediately, the leaders of their collective, which consists of all of the adults who have been around since the beginning, all agree that advocacy for their kind is paramount. Charles, by some election, becomes a prominent public face. Maybe it’s his powerful stock, educational pedigree, or warm, British baritone, but he’s a frequently requested speaker at the burgeoning rallies, seminars, and club meetings. Public speaking isn’t his most preferred task, but the charm he’s able to so tactfully fake enables him to build a platform around New England, and he would be fool not to nurture it. And so it’s at one of these meetings—a pro-mutant rights seminar at Middlebury—that Charles finds himself that evening in early Spring.
He’s just delivered an address to the convocation in which he tasked his listeners with resilience and empathy. If it’s their prerogative to paint us as dangerous and savage, it’s ours to act in a way that irrefutably proves that we are anything but. That last line usually draws a smattering of applause, but the Middlebury students’ reception is lukewarm. Nobody claps, and when it’s clear that Charles is speaking no more, the room erupts in a quiet din as people begin to pack their things to leave. Vaguely surprised but not offended, Charles issues a quiet “thank you” into the microphone before stepping from the podium and making his way toward Erik, waiting in the first row of seats.
Tough crowd, he conveys to his companion. In full view of the public, Charles cannot grab Erik’s hand and rise on his toes to steal a kiss, but he does let his fingertips brush across Erik’s knuckles as he bends down to retrieve his bag. Not sure if these liberal arts yuppies are too keen on— His telepathic jab to Erik is interrupted by the arrival of two students. One is a young woman and the other a young man, and both have stolid expressions and auras filled with disparaging energy.
“So, as global governments draw up edicts declaring mutation a public threat,” begins the girl, ice in her voice as he narrows her eyes at Charles. “—your best advice is to ‘kill them with kindness?’ That’s how to stop people from being oppressed?”
Erik completes his studies with nothing more than a quiet ceremony, attaining a bachelor's and choosing to go no further. He has amassed enough money to pay for his own tuition outside the program that accepted him, so that's what he does. He studies physics properly, then. Another bachelor's degree, then a master's and a doctorate in short order. Physics to Erik is something else and he blazes in the circles of otherwise thin, nerdy scientists. It's not long before he catches up to Charles, but it's funny - no one, absolutely no one, actually calls him doctor even when he's earned it. It's something of a conundrum, because it's quite apparently out of respect. They are waiting for him to be something more than a researcher. More than a teacher. More than someone who writes papers. Erik just doesn't understand this yet, so he bitches to Charles while his friend laughs at him.
Oh, Erik. Someday you'll understand. Stupid Charles and his perfect hair. >:c
It's an opportunity - a moment, a chance to connect. So Erik rises from his position and makes his way to the podium, where those who had believed the conference over turn and suddenly realize that something new is happening. "No," he tells them as he clips a microphone onto his collar. This is the part of their little speeches that he is good at. "Friendship with these people is irrelevant, miss. They have atomic bombs. We need to be viewed as a legitimate society or we will be, in very blunt terms, wiped out of existence. No more mutants. No more humans. No more anything. So sit down and let the nice man get us some brownie points. In the mean time, we do things our way. We make sure we can defend our children. We make sure that we rally under a united cause."
He lets out a soft inhale, addressing everyone with a final quiet: "Because we are better than petty bickering. Not when they pose an existential threat to us. Taking the fight to them will kill every man woman and child who even blinks a little funny. Do you want that?"
This is how it goes when it does, indeed, go. Charles delivers his address with charm and smiles and argyle sweaters, and afterward, Erik reinforces their message with his stern visage, imposing height, tactful eloquence. However, this pair of students, undergraduates from well-off families like his own, appear to be among the sect within their camp that believe diplomacy an act of surrender. They’re not alone in that belief; many of their allies find Charles’s position too neutral, too close to center.
A small bit of digging, and Charles discovers that the young woman is a telekinetic and the young man is hiding a set of retractable claws within a pair of gloves. Erik’s tone has rankled them, and the young man steps forward now. “Do you want to have to bend to their whim and expectation?” he counters. “Do you want to have to dance like monkeys for them in order to get a sliver of respect? They’ll still pose an existential threat to us, even if they decide that we aren’t illegal, won’t they? We’re safe only as long as they decide to tolerate us.”
Erik levels them with a steely-eyed gaze that Charles very rarely sees him employ. He has always, even now, been soft-spoken. Of quiet temperament. "Then you had better hope," he says very, very softly, "that they decide to tolerate us. You do not have the luxury of retaining the privilege that you have grown up with, my young friends. Not anymore. That is closed to you, and you will never get it back." It's the part of Erik that's always more or less, in his private considerations, landed on agreement with them - but it's the part of him that Charles tempers. And it's the part of him that he understands well enough through his own experiences, is just a fantasy more than anything else.
"You can demand respect through teeth, and lose. And watch your families be killed and die yourselves as you're rounded off into camps for those of us failures-to-adjust. Who fail, for lack of a better term, to be good little monkeys. If we are lucky, they'll be re-education or conversion camps aimed at curing us of our affliction. If we are not, which it is very likely we wouldn't be, they will be extermination camps. Because as of this moment, the Jew is no longer the problem. As far as we represent a disease onto ordinary society, responsible for its ills, the Jew is an understandable problem. After all, at least according to most people, we are human beings."
He arches a brow, pointed. "We come from someplace. We have loyalties, we have beliefs. Who is to say that the mutant is the same? Who is to say that a mutant could be loyal to anything, or anyone at all? Mutants have no homeland, no religious doctrine. So, what is stopping us from taking by force, from the human?" He doesn't relish the next part, but if he had to endure it in the first place, better for it to serve a purpose. It's always a trick to get the brace of his right hand to cooperate with lifting the sleeve covering his left, but he manages with an unseen ruffle of his ability to provide a visual demonstration.
"As of this moment, the problem is mutant. And that problem is going to make them ask a very familiar question. Your gifts are quite beautiful - the both of them. Both of you. But they are trivial in comparison to the nuclear arsenal of 195 unified countries. What I want is not relevant. My parents were from Łódź. Do you know the story of King Chaim?" By this time, people were rapt. Erik usually went the long way around, but he could drive a point home with as much surgical precision as a strike. "He said, 'the time has come for me to ask you to give me your best. Give me your children!' He was a fat old bastard who sexually abused women, but by G-d, did he keep his town in line."
And there's the anger, soft. Piercing. It's not often that Erik allows it to rise, even in private. But even he is emotionally intelligent enough to understand that his typical monotone will not be what reaches these people.
"My parents resisted. They were deported, alongside me. Alongside my family. Where I watched every one of them die. Do you think, that each of them wanted to walk around wearing a hideous yellow star, to say yes-sir, no-sir when made to pick up rat shit in the streets? Or when Nazis wanted them to dance, literally, for amusement? Do you think that you would be any braver than any of them, that their flaw was of character and not capacity? That you would valiantly oppose the machine and come out unscathed?"
It's not his intent to antagonize them by a long shot, but it's a severely-required dose of reality that many of them, having grown up safe and protected their entire lives, sorely needed.
"You do anyone who has fallen victim to oppression a grave disservice to suppose that you alone hold the answers where they simply didn't choose not to die, not to suffer. You fall into line." He raises a finger, leveling it out over the crowd slowly. "Because the alternative is the complete and utter annihilation of your community." Erik spares no detail. But to get straight to the point, he finally answers the woman's question. "I want to survive. I want to have a family someday. To have children. To watch them grow up in a world where they are not starving and spit at on the street. To that end, you ought to be kissing Dr. Xavier's polished loafers. Because of him, we might have a shot at just that. They like Xavier. Me, they tolerate."
It's a dry, self-deprecating remark that is his own form of easing the tension he's whipped up.
Charles watches the young man and young woman observe Erik. Their jaws are set, expressions skeptical, and the woman is on the verge of interrupting when Erik raises his sleeve to show them his tattoo. Six numbers, neatly inked into his forearm. Innocuous to an ignorant eye wrenching to the knowing soul. Charles admires Erik for his ability to speak artfully about personal experience without displaying one-sided haught. He’s become more open about his past, expounding details such as this to pure strangers in advancement of their message. Charles watches him; face still impassive, gaze still intense, but his soul climbs its way into his words, and that has a profound effect on the students. The pair is silent for a moment, a look shared between them. Charles aches to pry but affords them the respect of small distance.
Finally, the young woman speaks. “I mean no disrespect,” she says to Erik, voice now free of the edge it had assumed before. “But I just can’t accept it. You’ve made the point well; your people, sir, followed the rules, and the German government still decided to treat you like a pestilence.” Her tone was not argumentative now; it was more pleading than anything, and Charles could see that Erik’s words had filled her with dread. “You’re saying that our best course of action is to be overly diplomatic, and then just hope they never turn against us. You’re saying that there’s no way to guarantee safety for the children that you want to have. I…maybe you’re right, sir, but I would rather go down fighting.”
Charles offers a gentle smile, empathetic to her sudden rawness. “We all want the same future, my friend. Safety for ourselves and our kin. I don’t deny that we will be able to achieve it without some sort of sacrifice. But, to hedge our bets, I encourage our kind to take the high road.”
Erik inclines his head, no argument present inside of him. This was never a debate, not to him. "If we want to survive," he says almost gently, "then we must be united in our resolve. We must stand together. The idiots and cops amongst this generation would love nothing better than for you and I," he points at the two students, "to be at odds. Because if we fight one another, we complete their task. We give ourselves to them. We destroy ourselves. So that they do not need to. Dr. Xavier is an exemplar of the leadership modality that spurs such ordinary citizens into sympathy. Not me. No offense to you, but neither you. It will be Charles and those like him who have the greatest chance at reaching such individuals on the precipice of acceptance. To tip those scales to justice. But you are indeed mistaken..."
His lips purse at this, and he crouches a bit on the stage to more fully address them, pulling off his microphone at his collar to do so. "You would be mistaken to presume that diplomacy is our only tool. This," he indicts his arm. "It is a poignant stunt. It is. I do not enjoy the necessity of tying my political identity to a part of my history that is horrendous. I do not gain pleasure nor gratification from horrifying you. But I was and will always be as Jewish as I am mutant. And the Torah makes one thing very, very clear."
Those in the front row who can hear him are captivated by his words. Others who cannot hear clamber forward to catch what they can. Cameras and reporters struggle to the forefront unsuccessfully. "If someone comes to kill you, rise up and kill them first. Neither shall you stand against the blood of your neighbor. What we are doing right now is what is known by battlefield tacticians as a first pass. But I give you my word. What happened to me will never happen to another soul on this Earth. For I will personally see to it otherwise. Tzedek, tzedek, tirdof."
He clips the microphone back onto his lapel. "We try his way. For we must say that we did try."
From the small crowd erupts a sudden cheer. Before Charles can even turn to observe his companion, the rapid flashing of cameras begins to dazzle his vision. Reporters scribble furiously, and the two students and their companions find themselves in the company of a new man. “Thank you, Sir,” the young man now gushes, gripping Erik’s good hand between both of his own and shaking furiously. “It’s been an honor to meet you and to hear you speak.”
A flash of something shoots down Charles’s spine. He’s felt it before, in the privacy of his study, as he and Erik talk shop. It’s not even unspoken that their ideologies differ in some significant ways; they regularly debate the merits and horizons of each of their preferred avenues of action. But before crowds, they stand united. That’s the only ironclad rule. For his part, so as to not shatter the formidable partnership that they’ve presented to the group of young activists, Charles smiles politely, and then excuses himself from the makeshift convocation. Some excuse for a restroom break is murmured, alongside a promise that he will meet Erik at the car in a few minutes.
In reality, Charles skips the bathroom entirely and slips into the night on his own. The frigid March evening feels warm in contrast to the ice still creeping down his spine. He’s not angry. He knows that Erik feels this way. He knows that the man will refuse to push forward without a promise to protect their kind, first through diplomacy and then violence, should diplomacy fall short. He’s simply never heard him say it with such pithy conceit, and never before so many strangers.
Kill or be killed is not a tenet of their movement. Perhaps that’s too gratuitous of him—Erik didn’t say that. What he says and what people hear, though, can be quite disparate. And Charles has a feeling that fears of excess gratuitousness do not haunt the minds of everyone in that hall. The frost crunches beneath Charles’s feet as he approaches Erik’s Jeep. His thin coat does little to protect him from the elements, but Charles welcomes the bite of the Vermont wind against his nose, ears, fingertips. No, he’s not angry. But he is frustrated, to have been put in this position, stalking out like a pathetic, milquetoast fool. For if he had remained at Erik’s side, he could not have remained steadfast in his support of the second pass.
It's odd, sometimes, how people tend to meet. His first inclination of her mind is like clockwork. Ticking grandfather heirlooms and complicated watchmaking. It's not like Erik. Not endlessly intricate in such a way, but it is oddly familiar. The parts of Erik that he knows are good within the catacombs and expansive architecture. The woman steps out of the shadows of the small café where Erik has parked, interrupting him before he can make his way across the lot. For his part, Erik seems to understand Charles's desire for space and hadn't intended on approaching them until he saw who it was.
"Ms. MacTaggert," he murmurs, both eyebrows flown high into his hairline. From out of seeming nowhere the woman he had known as his immigration lawyer, an Israeli national herself, emerges from the shadows. Her long hair falls down her shoulder in a woven braid plaited with silver ornaments, dark eyes observant and critical. MacTaggert for her part is dressed in a snazzy business suit, blazer and pants over the frilly dresses common to the era.
"Mr. Lehnsherr," she greets with a smile. "And Dr. Xavier. It's a pleasure to make your acquaintance. That was some speech." She holds out a hand to shake Charles's. Erik's lips quirk slightly. They always forget he has a title as well as his friend. But then he's never fancied himself much for doctoring, having grown somewhat fond of the ordinary appellation instead. "You remember Gabrielle Haller," she indicates the tall woman with a jerk of her chin.
"I do. You were both quite assistive to me. I must confess curiosity at your presence thus." It's pointed. Erik is very evidently suspicious. "Have I a legal trouble to be concerned over?"
"Not as such," she assures softly. "Would you both care to join us? My treat." It's said in a way that makes it clear it is not a request, even whilst retaining pure congeniality. A talent of socialization not usual at all. Erik trades a glance with Charles, uncertain.
Charles’s frustration with Erik falls to the side, momentarily, for when the man approaches, he does so in the presence of two women. They’re both a bit older than he and Erik, and stand out from the other women by their dress. It’s clear that Erik knows the two, but he’s unsure of their sudden apparition. Initial prodding surprises Charles. Both women have created barriers in their minds. Nothing that cannot be bypassed with even a little prodding, but their surface thoughts are quiet and give little away, other than the suggestion that they’ve both been around telepaths before, and that they know they’re going to be with one now. Charles steps to Erik’s side. Their conversation can wait.
From their minds, he plucks their relation to Erik. Immigration lawyers based out of Haifa, who helped get Erik a visa. It’s clear from the thoughts beyond the barrier that a degree of subterfuge was involved in that guise. Greater digging reveals the story. “And why would two members of the CIA be interested in treating us to a coffee?” Charles asks, voice airy, smile warm. His manner betrays the intensity of his question; and it would not be the first time that Erik witnesses Charles take this contradictory posture for a serious matter.
The taller of the two, Gabrielle, returns his grin. “Because I want a coffee now, but I also have to talk to you. Two birds, one stone, as you say.”
Charles meets her gaze, and it’s a battle of mismatched grins before he finally loses and looks to Erik. “Coffee, then, Dr. Lehnsherr?”
Erik blinks, eyes widening fractionally as Charles mentions the term CIA. As towering as his intellect can be, it's clear he hasn't connected these particular dots. Moira orders some hideous new abomination with art delicately applied to the foam on top. Erik gets what he always gets at restaurants, a black coffee, but he holds it in his hand rather than drink. He's still quite stunned as Moira leads them to a table near the back.
"I imagine this must come as a surprise. Our intention was to reveal our identities tactfully," she says, Charles.
"You were CIA this entire time? I - forgive me, but I fail to see the reason you elected to interact with me."
"You needed help. We are in the business of forming mutually beneficial relationships," Moira responds and it's almost painfully Federal.
Erik winces to himself. Clearly he has been played for a fool. "But I had nothing to offer you. I still don't. I'm an unemployed physicist." He arcs his brows.
"I think we both know that's not true. At least that's not what cable television is saying."
"I don't watch television." Flat. Humorless.
“You don’t watch TV, but you’re a star in your own right,” Gabrielle says between sips of her double espresso. “The both of you are.”
Charles, surprised to sense Erik’s shock, for the man really isn’t so easily deceived, studies the two women. Now that their secrets have been revealed, they’re more forthcoming with their thoughts, but there is still a guardedness to each of them. He wants to pick at it. “Explain the mutual benefits,” Charles says plainly. “You assisted Erik in his time of need. In exchange, you want what? Cooperation? Capitulation?”
There's something unsettling about the dynamic between the two of them - on television Erik is a force beyond reckoning, and entirely too reckless with his true opinions. It's for-granted that Charles is savvy in that arena, but Erik has turned out to be no slouch, either. But here, he seems almost meek, letting Charles essentially speak for him while he stares into his coffee. A black swirling abyss, much as his current mental state.
It's something that Moira notices and files away - these two are more than debate club acquaintances or movement coordinators. Immediately it is apparent to her as she is certain Gabrielle is also noting that the bigger threat lies with the telepath. She gestures with her hand next to her chest, attempting to broadcast a sense of peace and to lower any potential hostility. She's done this job a long time and she knows what is at stake. "We know about Cerebro," she says plainly. Since they're being plain. "And we are in the process of developing a classification system for mutants based on power potentials and risk profiles."
"Shall we submit a buccal swab?" Erik returns dryly. "If a database does not serve your needs, perhaps a large M pin. For-"
"--mutant, yes. Very funny." She presses her lips together. It kind of was. Disarming, the both of them. It's what makes their risk profiles high enough to warrant this discussion. But, contrary to their initial expectations, her next statements don't come with a warning - well, not a warning to stop, per se. "We know that you two are off the charts. Space and time, people's very thoughts. It's heavy stuff. Not everyone at Langley is copasetic over the expanding mutant population. William Stryker would undoubtedly have you add an extra letter," she indicates Erik's arm. "We are here because you both claim to desire a diplomatic process. Is that true or do you just like hearing yourselves talk?"
Charles inclines his head. They’re already being watched. Their kind is already under real threat, Classification is just a registry. And they both know what registries lead to. Cerebro, their great asset. Hank’s genius. The ticket to their freedom as their ultimate downfall. Charles isn’t sure why it stings so bad, but it does. However, despite the wrench in his gut, the sickly sink, he smiles and chuckles, as if they’re discussing a sports game. “So.,” he lilts. “Diplomacy, in this case, consists of what? We help you add our kind to whatever list you’re creating, you promise us nothing nefarious will happen, and then…what? You give us a special on PBS?”
"That's where you're mistaken, Dr. Xavier," Moira tells him very softly.
Erik grimaces. He reaches forward, placing a hand on his partner's thigh in a gesture intending to be comforting. "I presume you are well beyond that," is what he says, teeth ground together in the back of his jaw. Moira has four silver fillings. It's the first thing he notices about people.
"Indeed so. This is the CIA, dears. We don't care what you talk about on television. The people who watch it are brain-dead idiots who can barely lead themselves to the toilet, let alone threaten our providence. Likewise for our list."
"Perhaps it would behoove you to get to the point." Erik is already feeling his diplomatic spirit fail him. But he doesn't appreciate the tone she takes with Charles, and the degree of vitriol it inspires in him is quite astonishing even to himself. He pats it down, like a worn campfire. She is part of a system. They all are. And he promised.
She at least takes the time to smile sympathetically at them - and from what Charles can tell, that much is genuine. "We know that you have Sayid al-Zaman in your custody. He's a wanted terrorist, extremely volatile, but you handled it like professionals. No one died. Everyone got home to kiss their dogs on the mouth. It's a little gross, but Agent Haller tells me I have to work on respecting people's differences. Isn't that right, Agent?"
Erik very resolutely refuses to entertain violence, even in his thoughts.
"We want you to help us. With the serious cases. The people who you don't want roaming around your manicured hedges. al-Zaman is Mother Fuckin' Theresa compared to some of these men and women. Your stunt today cost you a lot at Langley. I hope you know that," she shrewdly points to Erik. "But these people fundamentally put your existence in jeopardy. Because men like Agent Stryker are all-but itching to push the big, red button. I want you to help me prevent that outcome."
Charles can feel the war raging inside of his dearest companion, and his earlier frustration melts away. It doesn't even rear its head when Moira makes a referential nod to it, for it strikes Charles as condescending, and disrespect is not something that sits well with him.
Noticing the tension in the two men, Gabrielle leans forward, folding her hands on the table. She can play good cop, today—she doesn't want to play cop at all, but the job finds her in this position, sometimes, and not every day can be a picnic, can it? "To be clear," she says, traces of her Israeli roots light on her tongue. "This is not a threat, my friends. My partner and I do not come to you with a message of help us or else. We fought hard for permission to reveal our identities to you; the brass above us wanted to keep our surveillance of you a secret." She waits, knowing that the telepath will be scanning him with his inborn lie detector. When he says nothing, she continues. "If you display to the CIA that you are willing to assist them, we can help you further your mission of peaceful coexistence and legitimacy. If you do not do that...well, my partner has already alluded to what is already impending. We do not bring threats, my friends, but warnings."
Charles swallows, and his throat is dry. His hand rests atop Erik's own on his thigh in a reciprocation of would-be comfort. "We will not allow our tools to be used for the capture of our kind," he says finally, all traces of warm conversation chilled to ice. "I agree with you that those who threaten the lives of innocent people should be stopped, but I will not allow my gift to become a tool of the government's agenda."
Erik's eyes close and he lets out a visible exhale. Something at work beyond that which Charles can identify, when he reaches to press the pad of his thumb into his eye, pushing against lid until little globules form behind his vision. Dry, just - something. Images of neighbors. Of lovers. Husbands and wives. Children. Local deli owners. All adoring and loving. He doesn't realize it until this exact moment, but until now, Charles has never definitively taken a stance on this. That he is incredibly relieved, and a little embarrassed to have entertained the notion that he wouldn't sway this way - and the awareness that surely Charles must be aware of Erik's foolishness - are all apparent. He adores Charles, in all ways, but there is that in him which is permanently bent and unreachable.
It rises up for just a moment. Hopefully, Charles is prescient enough to understand that it isn't personal. It's a flash out of time, to a younger version of Erik who doesn't understand why people who had previously claimed to be his friends are suddenly throwing rocks at him and whispering about him and pointing fingers at him. To Moira and Gabrielle, he removes his hand and sets it on the table neatly beside his coffee, regarding them tactfully. This is what they came to do - he and Charles. The cat is now out of the bag, mouth-kisses and all. Moments like this are their plan, all along. Now it's time to raise the curtain, as Raven would intone in her that's showbiz, kid accent.
He addresses Gabrielle solely, keeping his eyes locked on her. "You must understand that there are caveats to our assistance. There are limits to what we are willing to permit you to do to these people once you have them." This is not the same thing. It's not the same thing. It's not the same thing. The sun beats down on him, corn fields cartoonishly yellow in the distance.
Moira pretends like that doesn't amuse her, and dutifully provides it the seriousness it is technically due - though the idea that these two could influence policy, well. They'll get to it when they get to it. "We're not too concerned about that right now - the main priority is ensuring the safety of our citizens. Both of our citizens." The way she talks, Charles notes, is as though she were sitting across from diplomats of a foreign country and not two barely-graduated researchers.
"Of course it is," Charles murmurs grimly. "Well, it seems that my partner and I have two choices, both of which place us under your thumb. Is my understanding correct?"
Gabrielle smiles empathetically. "If you choose to look at it that way, yes. I'm not going to butter you up or flatter you with false promises. You can either help us in exchange for some form of agency, or refuse to help us and face certain consequences. That's the plain truth."
Charles is silent for a moment. She's not lying, and even though the reality of this situation is unappealing, he appreciates the blunt honesty. It's not as if this has been totally unexpected, but it's the first insertion of the real world. For the past year, they've been campaigning, promising, inviting talks like this. Perhaps Charles hadn't realized that this had never been on their own terms. "Tell us what our involvement entails, then," Charles says finally. "Recall that, by day, I'm a schoolteacher and am the custodian of many young people. I will insist upon their safety and anonymity."
"Here's where we are at -" Moira spreads her fingers. "We know where and who these people are. We don't need your help to find them. We need your help to make sure that we don't needlessly lose their and our own lives. I can't hand you a guarantee you that they'll be treated like delicate flowers once we get them. If it were my choice we would do things by the book. But you know the book is crooked, too." She arcs a brow at them. It's probably the only reason Gabrielle puts up with her. She is trying to do something novel, not sit around jacking off while blasting Happy Birthday into isolation cells at maximum volume for 80 hours. Effective, but inhumane.
Erik turns his hand to carefully squeeze Charles's in his own. There's absolutely nothing to suggest an I told you so. Instead he is sorrowful that Charles doesn't, in this moment, get to see his vision of the world realized. It is not a bad vision. It's not even about naivete, precisely. It is about coldness, and callousness, and disregard. And xenophobia. That one Charles simply isn't familiar with first-hand. Erik is glad that he is not facing it alone. There is no amount of experience that renders cruelty palatable or easy. And still, Charles is correct. Having this be on the CIA's terms is better than no terms at all. Every time it happens it is a chillul hashem.
"We would outfit you with gear, and a team. Including us as your handlers. I know how you work," she says before Erik has time to object. "How you adapt and make decisions. We can't train new people to do that with our timeframe. We will just have to be very best battle-buddies."
"Is she always like this?" Erik complains, pinching the bridge of his nose. "I do not remember her being like this. I wish for that version to return."
"Shut up. I am charming as fuck."
Charles keeps his eyes trained on Moira. If Gabrielle speaks softly, Moira carries a stick the size of Texas. Pure altruism isn't what brought her to them; Charles, in fact does believe that such a thing can exist even in the face of Darwinistic determinism, but the two women are not here of the kindness of our hearts. "You've still not told us, tactically, what you will have us do," Charles replies evenly, affording Erik's hand a squeeze. He wants to hear it from Moira's lips, and does not want to be slapped with some silly title like Mutant Safety Specialist or Mutant Retrieval Officer.
Gear and a team, for what? Their own gestapo? Haven't the Russians just established something similar? The thought sickens him, and he is instantly overcome with a dire want to protect Erik from such a thing. "I'm interested, as are you, Agent MacTaggert, in safety, and in peace. But I will tell you now; I have the ability to mislead you. You must provide me with a reason not to do so." It's cavalier, sure, but Charles is growing tired of her arrogance. "Erik and I will be going, now," he announces, and the scrape of his chair against the linoleum floor as he backs from the table echoes through the tiny cafe.
"We've a long drive back to New York and you've already kept us late. You know where to find us and how to reach us."
Chapter 9: You'll be a monster all your days
Chapter Text
Erik pulls them into the back of the café then and unceremoniously envelops Charles in a gripping hug. He doesn't quite understand what upset him before but knows that he is sorry. He is not good at social endeavors. He hopes Charles isn't too angry with him to permit this indulgence. He doesn't even know if he could stop himself if he wished to. "I do not want to go," he rasps very simply. Only Charles, always only Charles, hears what he means. He does not want Charles to be in danger, to have to fight, to endure combat. Erik likes to think he can render such a thing moot but he knows deep down he is limited by his psychological construction more than his actual innate mutant capacity.
Moira MacTaggert even has a little file to prove it, stamping him as Omega-level just as Charles. Erik does not think in these terms because it is impossible for him to do so, but he will plainly admit if asked that Charles would easily best him in a direct physical confrontation. He fancies himself a hardened soldier but Charles knows Erik was a driver, and the first time a shelling occurred above their base he pissed himself. He is not designed for it any more than Charles and he is scared. Scared that he will not be able to protect their home. Their family. Charles.
Fear is not a typical response for Erik and it is briefly overwhelming before he seems to realize what has happened and swiftly, ruthlessly extinguishes all traces of it.
The hug, Charles knows, contains much more than mere affection. It's one of those exceedingly rare times that Erik is nervous, uncertain. Upset. The wide range of emotions that Erik typically packs in a nice box are beginning to spring free. Though a head shorter than Erik, Charles adjusts his form so that he is holding Erik in his arms. The distress that Charles is experiencing right now can only be magnified within Erik.
"It's alright, my love," Charles murmurs. "It's going to be alright. Here, let's get in the car, hmm? Privacy." It's frigid inside Erik's jeep—the leather bench seat is hard and cold even through Charles's trousers, but he scarcely notices. Not as he fixes his arms around Erik's frame once more and presses their foreheads together. "We can make this good for us," Charles says finally. "So long as we remain true to our commitment of safety without suppression of our kind, we can use this new role advantageously. Reach more mutants, spread the word of our mission."
Without conscious collection the car warms as soon as they enter it, and Erik drops his forehead against the other's. Outwardly impassive, but Charles can feel the minute vibrations wracking his frame. "This - I-" he lets out a sharp huff. Overcome and at total random, not emotionally savvy enough to put together what is happening within himself. What he said at the rally comes forefront - about the leader of his ghetto. Placid and congenial and smiling, shaking hands with manicured Nazis in their slick uniforms. Erik doesn't want to be King Chaim.
He doesn't want the epithets hurled at him - collaborator, traitor, kapo - to become a reality outside of his own moral code and distinction. Helping Sayid is something he would choose every time. Having no choice - becoming an instrument of oppression and violence and imperialism - to see Charles placed in that role, to have their institution become the poster for asymmetrical prosperity between mutants and humans - to give the CIA their children. Erik is not certain when he stopped breathing. Charles can feel how thin the air becomes, how unsettled and twisted in his gut. He learned then how to stack bodies to burn most efficiently. The pop and crackle of fat searing like a steak. The smell. There isn't enough air. There isn't any air.
"Erik. Erik." Charles places his hands on either side of Erik's face and holds it still. It frightens him, to see Erik like this, so clearly terrified, imagining the past as the future. It terrifies Charles, too, but his lived experience provides no visceral connection. He knows that he can never understand. He quickly pushes beyond the outer shell of Erik's psyche and meets him where he's at, in that corner of the brain that trades fear, anger, and pain like currency. With a furrow of his brow, he encircles himself around Erik to provide temporary shelter from the most threatening of those exchanges. He doesn't cut Erik off completely from them; it's a valid place for Erik to be, and he doesn't want to force him to be okay. But there's no need for Erik to be vivisected by his own anguish. The window is cranked down to allow some of the cool night to enter the suddenly boiling car. The wind dances across their faces.
"We are tacticians, are we not?" he says to the other pointedly, blue eyes finding Erik's own stormy greens. "We determine how to best approach any given scenario in the pursuit of our mission. This—" he gestures obliquely toward the café, where he knows the two women remain, watching their vehicle now. "This is just another variable. A brand new chess piece, with its own set of capabilities and limitations. Shall we let it sit on its square and become a hindrance? Or shall we use it to aid our others?" The metaphor, Charles knows, is imperfect at best and paltry at worst, but his own mind is a little addled. "I meant what I said to MacTaggert, Erik. I have the ability to mislead them, to thwart their plans. I will not allow them to use us for instruments of harm and subjugation, and neither will you. I know that."
It's logical, and oriented. Ordinarily Erik acts as ethos, determining via rationality that what must take precedence is compassion for others. Raven, ever pathos with her long-standing love of theater and television, would disagree and instead consider Charles for such a role. But one as closely aligned to him as Erik knows that Charles operates within the realm of logic. Science, study, mathematics. That it's tempered with idealism and kindness doesn't detract from it as Erik's penchant for Stoicism likewise does not remove his inherent urge to ensure credibility and good character.
Charles is always more likely to divorce decisions about others from their sense of being, and treats most people equally whereas Erik treats them individually. Neither more right or wrong - but never more apparent than in this singular moment when, subjected to a veritable avalanche of faulty interoceptive shock circuits, it isn't logic or reason that brings him back. It's the feel of Charles's hands on his skin. The memory of his smile. The way he says my love. His quiet, steady confidence in his statements even if Erik barely registers their contents. We are together/and disparate. But it is when they are together that he imagines himself truly strong. Strong enough to endure this.
"I know," he whispers at last. His assurance in Charles's commitment to mutant safety over hope has wavered periodically, but just for an instant it is ironclad. Many have mistaken Charles for much over the years. Naïve. Weak. Privileged. Erik is not so foolish to proclaim he has never viewed him as a few of those things. Knowing him, it is different. As different as Charles knows that Erik is not inhospitable, barren, cruel, hostile, insane or inherently dangerous. Like him Charles possesses an equal drive to protect their kind. To protect their young. And of them both, Erik has had to make peace, he is perhaps more equipped to do so. After all, he is the only person Erik has ever encountered who has made him feel safe.
Little by little, Erik is creeping back. Charles is steadfast, still encircling Erik’s psyche, still a barrier between him and the cruelest of his insidious memories. They’re different. An hour ago, Charles felt flayed by Erik’s vocal proclamation of violence; now, it seems like a pesky midge in a storm of locusts. Charles knows that it still matters, but it’s hard to imagine such a thing forming a cleave between them at this moment. “Let’s go home,” he suggests. Erik can drive this thing without lifting a hand. Hell, he could fly it back to Westchester, if he so chose.
Normally, Charles would offer to drive in such a situation as this, but he expects that an exercise of his remarkable abilities will help him regain a some footing in his own head. Because, after all, he and Erik together are more powerful than any army. What happens when the unstoppable force and immovable object join forces? The CIA is just the newest iteration of human conniving; what they possess is of nature, not false structure. “The CIA is but an arm of government, my darling,” Charles reminds Erik as a thumb brushes his prominent cheekbone. “An institution, propped up by doctrine and men. You and I need no propping up, hmm? We stand stronger than they do, on our own two feet. Together, we’ll see safety and prosperity for our species. Nothing, Erik, has changed.”
There is something profoundly striking along the axis of his development as his eyes slowly refocus and his vision sharpens to the world, a lost consciousness deeply submerged by thick-veined hands. His expression falters, and he swallows, reaching forward to press his hand to Charles's chest. "I am sorry," he speaks softly. "I hurt you. I had thought I was saying -" there was never an intention of malice or undercutting of Charles's positioning. Erik had thought they both held awareness what the other believed, that they were united thus. But he made Charles feel that way - cut off. Separated by chasm. Inelegant and wobbling as he sometimes can be. "I do not want to kill anyone," he adds, barely audible.
Always when such occurrences arose that he became affected, did his voice do a poor job lifting. But he wants Charles to know. Because nothing has changed for him. He has and always will desire for joy and prosperity. How they get there is in flux, but Erik wants to participate. To help. Not to destroy, or threaten. He spoke a necessity for defending one's self against a credible threat to life, to put someone at ease who felt the only vocal representation they held would not adequately defend them. He did not know it would be interpreted any differently. By anyone, especially Charles.
Charles smiles softly and brings a gentle finger to Erik’s lips. Of course Erik had interpreted his reaction correctly, earlier. He can read others like a language, when he focuses. For someone who often has so little regard for niceties and interpersonal propriety, Erik is truly a masterful reader. “I know how you feel and what you believe. I have from the beginning, from the first moment you allowed me in here,” he says, radiating outward so that his energy warms the inside of Erik’s skull. “You never misled me. I merely didn’t expect you to expound such details tonight. But, it truly doesn’t matter.” And it doesn’t; not right now, at least. The authorities have been following them all this time, and they still have chosen to approach with open palms rather than artillery. “Let’s go. It’s a five-hour drive home, and I’m already craving your bourekas.”
Erik cannot help but feel that he's disappointed Charles in some way, and it settles in his stomach like a hard stone - a little too raw. His people believe in the process of teshuvah--of returning, of atoning. But he doesn't fully understand what to do, as much as he understands that he has misstepped in some unforeseen manner. It is Charles who returns to him, flares out in his mind and turns the vicious sun of hard-labored fields into a gentle balm. Always, he gives to Erik. Erik wants to give back, for Charles to know that he is indomitable in his will to nurture the connection between them. For now, he wants bourekas, and who is Erik to deny him?
Somewhere, Charles must know that if he asked for anything that Erik would quite literally move the Earth to provide. Erik has always a lead foot, which winds up with them ambling up the courtyard of Graymalkin a mere three hours later as opposed to five - very certainly coaxed from time and space itself. They're alone in the kitchen, with Erik providing quiet touches to correct Charles as he's taken to helping in their meals, steadfastly committing himself to learning once and for all how it's done. Of course, in truth, there is something entirely irreplicable about the finished product at Erik's hands.
"I had no idea," he murmurs after a lengthy silence filled with mutual pondering. "About Ms.--Agents Haller and MacTaggert." Erik isn't one to boast, but he himself knows that to be fooled so cleanly is abnormal for him. They must have had help, and that worries him. There is only one other telepath that he knows about (aside from Sayid who is not particularly gifted in this arena, and Nathaniel Essex, a war criminal with much invested in hiding from the CIA), and she would not have a single qualm about cooperating with the government.
Despite the speed with which they travel, it’s still quite late when they return to Westchester. Over the past year, the crumbling, austere manor has stopped seeming like a place of desolation and has transformed into something warm, inviting. The halls now bustle with activity; they have a dozen students and as many staff, now. Children play, adults laugh. They dine together at a massive table each day. Now, it’s home. The thought of losing it all twists Charles’s gut, and hardens his resolve.
“I admit that I’m surprised that you had no idea,” Charles agrees as he dices the eggplant into miniature pieces; his knife skills have improved, even if he still cannot be trusted with actual cooking, still. No one fears that he’ll use scissors to chop celery, anymore. “And, to be frank, I find their trickery utterly rude.” He pushes the eggplant toward Erik before setting to the mushrooms. “I imagine that there has been documentation about you since…well, since your time in the camps.” A foul grimace. “But how they came to know about Cerebro…”
The flash of a blonde-haired figure in Erik’s head stops Charles cold. He nearly drops the knife. “Oh…yes,” he agrees. “I’m sure you’re right. Emma must be on the inside already.”
Erik stares at him. Unlike before, there is zero movement within him or from outside that indicates anything at all. He offers a perfectly visible smile instead which is undoubtedly even more bizarre and frankly disturbing than if he had exclaimed aloud. "You have met Ms. Frost." He supposes that it isn't incredibly unusual for individuals with such a specific mutation to cluster together. Erik idly jabs his fork into his plate in a disconnected attempt that sees many more failures before success as though he has forgotten how to eat food. "Where did you meet?"
Charles scratches his head, suddenly exhausted. “We met on a ski holiday when we were both teenagers. We were at some resort in France.” He remembers their first meeting, that final winter before the Germans invaded France. Ogling at each other from across the room, for it was the first that either of them had ever encountered another like them. It became clear that their abilities were not fully mutable with each other, but the mere presence of another mind-reader had been astonishing enough. They’ve kept in touch, somewhat, over the years, but not recently. He had thought of reaching out to her when they first began their institute, but had decided that her….manner, did not fit their mission. Not yet, anyway. “How do you know her? I haven’t spoken with her in years.”
Erik notes the imperceptible shifts and wishes he could provide an answer that mightn't contribute further. Instead he reaches out through touch, his preferred method of communication, gently easing some of the tension at the base of Charles's neck. "I would not wish to tarnish the reputation of a friend, but to say I would not be able to remain if she were considered for a role here." The Emma Frost he knew was not explicitly evil - but he is aware that she is older than them by a significant margin. Her convincing Charles otherwise is part and parcel of her typical arsenal. Twisting people, playing with them. "What I taught you, she taught to me." He hopes Charles understands that he cannot elucidate further, especially if there is any possibility that they could come into contact with her in the near future. "What we spoke about when we first met, it assisted me to understand more about the nature of our interactions. They were not... voluntary. Like the man."
"Don't worry, she's not a friend," Charles assures Erik with a knowing, dark smile after listening to him speak. "We met when I was an impressionable boy. Our parents dabbled in the same circles of insufferable "high" society, and while she admittedly dazzled me at first, I quickly grew wary of her. She and I do not have the same...philosophies, when it comes to our mutation and the limits that we must place on ourselves." Charles pops one of the pillowy bourekas in his mouth and hums lightly. Erik truly has remarkable skill in the kitchen. "My abilities are more profound than hers. We realized that quickly, and she encouraged me to use them in ways that I never would. It's why we remain distant acquaintances rather than close friends today. She cannot be trusted. And I have a suspicion, as do you, that she is behind this."
"She is capable of profound cruelty," is what Erik settles on gently. He has to make it clear that not only is she untrustworthy but as they have children under their care, genuinely unsafe. "I hope that she did not cause you any harm. I suspect you would have swiftly incapacitated her even then," Erik adds dryly. "She was very much of the belief that she could do as she wished. I do not know how responsible I hold her for what occurred. She very well could have had little choice. Dr. Schmidt was impervious to her abilities and immensely powerful."
"No harm. I think that, despite herself, she respects me, in some way. To run the risk of sounding pompous, she envied my abilities and knew that I could have neutralized her, had he attempted to do something to me. I am deeply regretful that she did not extend the same courtesy to you; I didn't realize the extent of her involvement in your own life." Charles reaches out and grips Erik's unbraced hand. "I understand her, now, I think. She's one of those people who has no alliances and a thirst for power. She will flock to whoever holds the most power. It was Schmidt a decade ago and now it's the CIA. We must be careful around people like that."
"They were part of this..." Erik presses his lips together. "Type of..." His fingers flick as the word escapes him. It happens more when he's mentally overtaxed. "Organization." Club, but Erik remembers longer words because there are more letters in them. It makes him particularly loquacious but results in silly errors at times. "Hellfire. Like the New Testament. Brimstone and that. They thought it was amusing. There were a lot of them, and most escaped to Argentina and Brazil. They are Separatists of a different sort. Supremacists." But Charles has seen it in Erik, a smidge. That for the most part Erik thinks humans are needlessly violent and psychopathic, even though his own tormentors were largely mutants. Being exposed to radical ideology, done masterfully and insidiously with even hand-bound books re-telling popular fables like The Ugly Duckling and Little Mermaid with a mutant supremacist bent - at such a young age had left an impression as much as he attempts to excise their influence.
Separatism always brings the pair of them to a contentious point, but renewed in their commitment to each other by the events of the day, the air doesn't thicken between them this time. Instead, Charles squeezes Erik's long-fingered hand again, extending his sympathy, love, understanding. "If no one on earth clamored for power, we wouldn't have so much suffering," Charles remarks, and then chuckles, because it's such an outlandish thing to say, even for him. "I think about that often," he admits. "About how so many of our problems are self-inflicted. Nearly all of them, I will say. People harming other people. Selfishness and greed chiseling away at inherent goodness. I see firsthand that most of us have hearts and minds full of love, but we're all living a legacy of hateful behavior. Why?" It's a rhetorical question, so Charles moves on. "Human this, mutant that. Girl, boy. Dark hair, blue eyes. When you understand that all of these differences are so minute—just arrangements of sugar and phosphate—it becomes absurd to realize how profoundly we react to them."
"Money," Erik supplies quietly. "If not cash, then gold or silver. I think because it is not about real disparity but power. With more wealth you earn more respect. You can do more. You can avoid consequences. At Jo'ara we turned in our tools every night and got three meals a day. No one had more than his mate. It was imperfect, and natural tendencies manifest. I think perhaps the idea of total equality is misguided - some will always take more than others. Still, we succeeded. There are many communities like that one. Freedom of healthcare and education and basic necessities create a stronger society."
Charles leans his head against Erik’s shoulder, smiling at the idea of the utopia. “The greedy and ambitious will find their way to the top, won’t they? Those who desire power and those who are fit to wield power are very rarely the same people.” He closes his eyes and remains there on Erik’s shoulder, the quiet hum of the mansion a salve. “We have that here, at least, don’t we? Everyone’s needs are cared for, and so there’s no competition. Our wealth enables us to foster such an environment, doesn’t it? Perhaps one day, it can self-sustain.”
"I must admit I was taken aback when exposed to the political tendencies of the United States," Erik admits dryly. "That socialism was a dirty word, that you could never receive anything that you did not earn through suffering or else you were parasitic. It was difficult to become accustomed to. I grew up learning that everyone is entitled to basic rights. It is rewarding, to be able to ensure that those who live here will be afforded this prospect."
“And it’s sinister,” Charles agrees. “Somehow, our politicians have convinced the working class that their morality is tied to their work ethic. That any attempts to provide for them through some collectivist means is a threat to individualism, a threat to their livelihood. A ploy by the wealthy to ensure that they have a steady supply of labor for years to come.” Charles opens his eyes and looks at the cavernous kitchen, gilded and ostentatious.
“Once, when I was very young, I was with my mother in the city. This was during the Depression, mind you, and so much of the city’s street corners were occupied by desperate people, begging for a few pennies. When I asked my mother if we could spare some change, she told me that they didn’t deserve any, that it was their fault that they lost their job, their fault that they had so many mouths to feed. I can remember thinking that, even if in some way that was true and it was their fault—and I know now that it wasn’t—they didn’t deserve to starve for their mistakes. My mother hit me for saying it.”
Another grim smile before he finally lifts his head. “I’m so grateful for my gift, in that way. I now know that people are more complex than that. I now know that everyone deserves basic kindness and decency.”
Erik allows his fingertips to trail through the strands at Charles's nape, idle. "She should not have hit you," he murmurs, like that's the only part of the story he hears. It isn't - Erik often makes off-hand remarks that appear dismissive on their surface, but Charles knows that he's filed everything for recollection later. "Perhaps your gift has given you greater insight into the condition of your fellow humans, but as evidenced by Ms. Frost, telepathy does not guarantee empathy."
"She should not have, no," Charles agrees lazily, a hand finding its way to Erik's thigh. "I think you're right; that empathy is often an innate trait, but Emma can't...feel others' feelings, the way I do," he says. "She can only listen. Still marvelous, of course, but my abilities allow me—force me—to experience what others feel. When they beg for pennies, I feel the hunger in my own stomach, and the desperation in my own heart." Charles sighs, suddenly very tired. "I suppose it's what makes me such a bleeding heart, mm?"
"I am unsure," Erik says with a crease to his eyes. He taps his own chest. "Ah, as I am certain you know - but I had always wondered, that perhaps I am some kind of psychopath. I do not feel it like that. Not really much of anything."
Scientists would come to call it interoception - the internal sensations present in the body that come with basic emotional states, hunger, tiredness - for Erik they are all naturally extremely muted. It's not only the fortitude of conditioning that permits him to function as a mental extremophile, with all the spindly arms and legs of a tardigrade included, but simply his nature to begin with. The mythological Scorpion, made manifest. He is unsure if he was born this way, or made into it. Perhaps they will never uncover a suitable answer to the question, the debate of nature versus nurture a long-standing one in all cultures.
"To use logic, it seems to only make sense to reduce suffering. We are endowed with a nervous system that produces negative sensations in response to it. There is nothing particularly fundamental about the sensations of suffering - on a cosmic scale, it is just another type of information. At times, it was even a sense of curiosity - what it is to be in pain, what that is like. But as beings, we must contend with it. I do imagine your gifts have bolstered your sense of bloody heart, but I think that even if you were not telepathic, you would be similar. After all, you understood what was wrong even in childhood."
"Ah, but such a logical conclusion, as you say, precludes you from psychopathy," Charles lilts, reaching up to swipe a thumb down the sharp just of Erik's jaw. "You know that there is no reason to suffer, no grand burden set upon living beings for some larger purpose. As you say, it's information, sensation. But, if we accept Bentham's utilitarianism, happiness of the greatest number is the true measure of right and wrong. I appreciate this doctrine because it is flexible; happiness in our twentieth century is certainly brought about by different means than happiness in Bentham's seventeenth. And our happiness may be different than, say, a bee's happiness. For, if suffering has no purpose, why should we not stop it?" Charles then rests his hand atop Erik's braced one, recalling how, so long ago, he blocked the receptors that were causing Erik lifelong nerve pain. "I agree. There is no logical reason to enable suffering to persist when we have the means to stop it. Knowing that, and living by it, is empathy, my darling. You want to end suffering as much as I do."
"I suppose I would argue a more objective standard than Bentham," Erik decides thoughtfully. It's common for them to get swept into philosophical debates of this kind and even now Charles is still trying to figure out how Erik thinks. It's not always the linear route, and this is no exception. "For, I suspect such a doctrine would be subject to tyranny of the majority, would it not? If all that is needed is for happiness, then anyone could claim to act morally in defense of his own - if not individually, collectively so. I would posit that it is less about happiness and more about the forces of creation and destruction. The least amount of suffering is the greatest moral standard but the most amount of happiness is not necessarily so." His eyebrows raise, smirking. His hand still doesn't move under Charles's touch, but he rests his other on top warmly.
“You know that I can’t disagree with that,” Charles replies, coy smile in place. Many of their conversations end up this way, in a philosophical musing. It’s one of Charles’s favorite things about Erik; they met in the debate club, on opposite sides of many aisles, each the only true match of the other. “Bentham does insist that happiness for a majority should dictate policy, yes. In a perfect scenario, checks and balances would naturally push the most harmonizing opinions to the top. We as a species, however, are more moved by suffering than by happiness. So, I do agree. The greatest moral obligation ought to be the reduction of the greatest amount of suffering. Happiness is not merely the absence of suffering. But what a dull world that is.”
"You never met my zeyde," Erik snorts. It's a long way from where he was at the time they first met, where such a joke even as mild as it is wouldn't have been within the realm of possibility. It all seems so long ago now. He has been free from his deleterious circumstances longer than he had experienced them. But Erik has come to understand that it's only recently he's truly been able to make progress in a way closed to him prior. That he can think of them without searing pain, that he can recall their memories with fondness and not merely despair. It's a part of grief people aren't equipped fully to grasp.
Not only does it physically remove others from the equation but all of the data within you pertaining to them seemingly becomes corrupted as well, until there is nothing but suffering in their wake. The cruelest part of it all, taking away the very factors of existence from him that made his family worthy to begin with - purging their goodness from him, replacing it with caustic sludge. But, as he has discovered, it isn't a permanent state. Perhaps nothing is truly immovable in the end. If there is one constant to the universe it is that of change. It's not lost on him that this shift has coincided with meeting Charles and founding the institute.
Many years later a woman would emerge to produce some of the most profound literature on the subject of trauma known, and she would put into contrast that the very nature of a human being is communal. That there is no recovery in isolation - it is a community effort, and it's being disconnected from this process that causes the the most anguish.
“I never did, but I’ve met his kin, and I think that speaks for itself.” Charles’s eyes crinkle as he grins at Erik in a display of open fondness. Of course, Charles has met Erik’s family, in a way. Through Erik’s memories of them, which sometimes float to the fore of his consciousness. When they first met, most of these memories were tinged with an unspeakable sadness, filtering characterizations in a solemn blue melancholy. Recently, however, Erik has been able to conjure brighter memories. As he has, their very visages have changed; his sister’s eyes sparkle brighter, her stubborn mien challenges more resolute. His father always doesn’t gaze in disapproval, his mother doesn’t always have sadness on her lips. As Erik heals, his memories heal, too. Gently, Charles leans upward to peck a minuscule kiss at the corner of his lips. “Let’s go to bed, hmm? When we get up tomorrow, we have to explain to our comrades why the CIA is knocking on our door.”
Sleeping in the same bed with Erik has posed a challenge at times, but it only took once for Charles to awaken to being stiffly punched in the face - much to Erik's horror - for him to understand why and use his gifts to offer ease in the form of restful sleep. Sometimes they share dreams, silly little things. Erik knows the manor as significantly as Charles at this point from traipsing under foot behind him discovering all its nooks and crannies.
This evening, though, Erik burrows a lot closer than normal, keeping Charles close in his arms and the remaining, invading forces of the world at bay for as long as possible.
Chapter 10: For you're grotesque in many ways:
Chapter Text
Breakfast rolls around and as typical of their routine, a sense of rhythm has taken hold nudging everyone into their respective places at the table. Jean and Aura take their plates out to the courtyard where he teaches her the different names of birds, and as predicted in the wake, their residents have some choice words in response to learning what the CIA has planned. Carmen grimaces and taps the end of his fork hard into the table. "They can't be serious. This is a school, not a military base."
Sayid, who had emerged from their sickbay down below to slowly integrate with their population after approximately two months of convalescence, nurses a glass of water and one of the protein replacement packets intended to dissolve in it given to him courtesy of the two doctors seated across. Next to him is Ororo, his preferred companion. "The government will not care about that," is his predictable response. There's something different about how he says it than the way Erik means it - the lack of belief that any government could be beneficial or that there was any way to morally run a state. Sayid is a trifle more of an anarchist than most would be comfortable with if they knew, but until now he's never mentioned it.
"They have priorities," Erik corrects softly. "Our comfort is not one of them. But we will make it their problem."
"Everyone cares about optics," Daniel agrees dryly. Looking around for peeking Auras and finding none, he lays it out darkly: "I don't imagine CIA recruits child soldiers for anti-terrorism operation as front page news appeals to their sense of preservation."
It's Raven who isn't shocked or appalled whatsoever. "OK," is what she says instead, nodding a few times in quick concession. "I have a couple of FBI contacts, I'll reach out to them and see if they know anything about this. We can't have expected to stay hidden forever. You're on the news, darling." She grins at Charles. "Although, last time, they were really heavy-handed with the stage make-up. You had kind of an orange thing going on ---" she trails off, realizing everyone is staring. "---anywaaaay."
The woman in full blue today in her contrasting bright yellow dress and purple lipstick, complete with sparkling eyeshadow, hops up onto the counter, plucking a cucumber sandwich from the tray Erik's prepared. "Summers and Duncan can probably make the trip here. I haven't told them anything," she adds. "But they're allies. We need as many of them as we can get, and if the Feds already know, there's no point pussyfooting around."
The reaction, Charles decides, is better than he expected. The initial ripple of apprehension and lightly couched defensive hostility fades somewhat as both Raven and Daniel speak. They feel much like he had the previous evening; surprised at first, and then accepting. They have, after all, been working toward something. Sayid is the primary outlier. Even as he quiets to allow Raven to speak and consider Erik’s correction, Charles can feel his steadfast resolve solidify somewhat. No one “trusts” the CIA; certainly not yet, but Sayid’s head trends toward unabashed disdain.
For his part, Izzy has been content to operate in the background. He trusts his companions; especially Erik, Carmen, and Daniel. The nuances of American government and bureaucracy are thoroughly uninteresting to him, and so he’s taken it upon himself to be a workhorse as the others jump through the hoops toward legitimacy. If they need supplies, he’s happy to fetch them. If they need a fleet of vehicles fixed, they’re fixed in a day. Children are not his preferred company, and so he’s avoided involving himself in any of that school marm business, but there is a pair of students, a boy and a girl, who have taken to peeking into his workshop in the afternoons to watch him tinker with his machines. At first, Izzy felt no qualms shooing them away; what business did they have watching him like a pair of gorgul’i?
As of late, however, he’s realized that their watchful eyes and occasional questions are not so bothersome. It’s them who he thinks of when he finally speaks. “Because your FBI is to be trusted more than your CIA,” he says to Raven, voice dripping with venom. “Just like the SOBR is safer than the KGB. Friends are not always real friends, where enforcement is involved.” At his side, Janos raises a brow. “You,” he continues, turning toward Erik directly. “You allow the government to come in here and surveil us? You accept their promises and smile? Have we learned nothing, Lehnsherr?” He’s now crossing his arms, face a mask. “I agree with al-Zaman. We cannot trust them. I will not be party to this.”
Erik sighs. "The problem is not about trust," he says plainly. "We won't have the right to operate with impunity for very long, do you understand? They will not hesitate to destroy this place. We have enough cards on our side to keep them out of our physical proximity," he adds. "But this is not going to go away even if we refuse. Only we will have made enemies and made ourselves a target."
He scowls a little at the insinuation of allowing anything. "Pay attention," he raps the table. "They know about it all. They already know. They are already using mutants for remote viewing. We could, if you'd prefer, start a war." Erik smiles a little as though that's his preferred option. "But then they'll come in here with machine guns and kill everyone and frankly I had rather gotten used to Jean." It's heavily sarcastic, but it is obvious Izzy isn't the target of his ire. He raises a hand.
"We are open to suggestions," he grumbles. "But you're mistaken if you think this problem is going to disappear or that they will not find ways to force us to cooperate. I would rather act now, first, and focus on creating a mutual relationship as opposed to blind antagonism. We are operating on American soil. They have all the cards and every deck. Understand that."
Sayid lifts his chin. "We have the power to stop them. You and I, you." He points to Erik and Charles and then himself.
"Do we? When is the last time you purposefully used your abilities, Sayid? I would agree otherwise. And Charles is not as copasetic about establishing his reign over an empire as you'd imagine. If they come here," he says softly. "We will make them sorry. As sorry as we can. But we don't have the power. And we are not the only mutants. You think they don't have their own Apocalypse?"
The other man blinks. "Do you think?"
"Or maybe someone who can completely negate us all. We were stupid to assume otherwise. I made a promise that I would try diplomatic overtures first. That means dealing with these people. I do not desire to commit our institution to the front lines of war unless there is a very good reason."
"Is this not it?" Sayid gestures to Izzy, outside into the courtyard.
"Right now, 'help us save lives' doesn't seem to qualify. What if you had been absolutely insane, Sayid? You really don't think it would have been a problem, you wandering around killing everyone? It's not a horrific premise. The problem... is," he sighs again, pinching the bridge of his nose. "The problem is that we need to find a way to gain more control over the interaction. I'm no fucking verde."
The phrase causes Sayid to press his lips together in confusion. He's vaguely familiar with Italian and French, enough to gather something about green. "If you and the CIA had captured me, what do you think would have happened to me?"
"Well, they would probably send you down into a box with a bag over your head for the rest of your days," Erik replies cheerfully. "That's our first order of business. We need enough amnesty to ensure that does not happen. Because I will start a war before it does." It's all coming back around to Erik's initial way of thinking, which is that what they need, is an army. Genuine military force, enough to have a seat at the table. No one respected Israel or took it seriously until they proved they had the ability to back up their words. Erik squints, though. It gives him an idea. "All this time, we have been considering ourselves as a single point in space, right? This - area, this place, these people."
"Right," Raven squints back at him. "And oh, stuff it," she pokes Izzy with a manicured toe. "I'm accustomed to operating in shades of grey," she adds. "I deal with these people on a regular basis. It's something of a necessary evil in my line of work. But I won't bring them here if you're not comfortable."
"Before," Erik murmurs, the gears whirring. "Everything seemed to suggest that we would lose." He gestures between himself and Sayid. "There was an embargo. No weapons, no vehicles, nothing. What turned the tides was here," he sweeps his arm to indicate America, not actually them. "Every single Teri Pardo who decided to circumvent the law and render aid. We had a unified goal. All of us, and we succeeded. I shall spare you the most moral army spiel," he snorts.
"Teri didn't -" Carmen defends his friend with a grimace. As far as he is aware, she runs a tight ship when it comes to defying the cultural expectations of her denomination.
"No, of course not. But it cannot be denied that it was effective. We had a lot more working with, because we were not inhibited by border. Granted, I suppose we proved at least a few people right, loyalty and nationhood being what it is. But we relied on that assistance. Maybe we are approaching this all wrong. We are focused on diplomacy with them. We should be focused on us."
It's clear that Sayid is still exceptionally skeptical. "Replace one moral army with another?" he arcs a brow, pointed. They both already know that Erik didn't go along with it then, either.
"We can't oppose a military force with Hallmark stocks. What you are saying, and you," he adds to Izzy, "is that you want to square up with the CIA. If you are serious, then we need to do more. More people, more institutions like this, more weapons, more everything. Hell," Erik shrugs widely. "Why not find our own island? Declare ourselves king, so to speak. We would answer to no one."
Charles barely needs to be telepathic to determine how Raven and Sayid feel about the idea, but Raven, accustomed to the grey zone, so to speak, is the one to inject sense. "We can't exactly pick up the manor and travel. And how much more of a threat do you think they'd consider us, if we started talking about some kind of mutant colony? They'd probably just drop another Fat Man on it."
"Not necessarily. The point is, we require agency. The only way that is ever going to happen is if we prove that we cannot be extinguished so easily. The only way that will happen is if we share resources, and the easiest way to do that is in physical proximity."
"What, mail visas to all our friends on the CIA's list? Where is this new utopia exactly going to happen? I mean, the United States already fought a war about this, if you ask all the yuppie white folks. We can't just declare a sovereign state in the middle of Westchester."
Izzy stands up from the table. The legs of his chair screech across the wood floor, and only Janos isn’t pierced by the sound. “Do not ask me to show my face here when the government shows up here to make you into lackeys,” he says evenly. “This is your house, Xavier, and you will do what you wish, but I will not participate. Excuse me.” With that, Izzy exits the room. After a moment, Janos quietly stands and leaves as well, signing a brief agreement with his friend.
Charles closes his eyes and inhales sharply. “It’s happening whether we want it or not,” he says finally, tone dull. “They were either going to come with this proposal or come with no proposal at all. This is our only option. Whoever wishes to remain out of the arrangement can do so by either leaving the premises while they’re here or staying out of public view. But, it’s happening. We must accept it.”
Raven sighs, pinching the bridge of her nose. "We should get Summers and Duncan out here, too. Summers has a teenager, mutant kid. Adopted. Brain damaged, has to keep his eyes closed all the time. There's a reason I've cultivated these relationships for so long, Charlie. I've always known we'd need them. I have a list of my own," she smirks. "Mutants and their sympathizers. You have my support, as always. But it comes with a warning. Don't expect that the CIA is going to play fair. We shouldn't either. My contacts might have a better analysis of the situation. Now, before they show up here there's a lot we have to do."
"Ensuring everything we do not wish displayed is hidden correctly, protecting our students' and faculty anonymity. They already know Sayid and I are here. Everyone else should be protected."
Sayid presses a hand to the table. "You have shown me uncommon kindness these months. I will protect your inhabitants." Charles can tell he doesn't know how that is going to happen, but that Sayid is trusting the pull of power inside of himself to lead him where it may. "Do not forget that there is always a choice, Xavier. But you are correct in one way. We never were free." With that, he gulps down his drink and rises to follow Izzy and Janos, far more equanimous than the Russian but no less serious.
Erik groans. He is going to be a problem, he thinks to himself dryly. And here they thought Erik was the dissenting vote. Charles can feel how much it costs him, how much he resists pushing, how against his values all of this is. He can also feel his sense of unwavering trust that has only deepened through their association that if Charles doesn't understand now, he will. That when it comes down to brass tacks, he will protect their children.
It's an uncommon faith, something he isn't accustomed to, but they're all fools if they think Charles Xavier will go peacefully to slaughter.
"None of this is fucking palatable," Carmen drops his head into his hands. It's one of the only times anyone has ever seen him waver from boisterous, brusque cheer. "You know I was a juvenile delinquent, yeah?"
Erik winces, recalling his prior comment. "Carmen. You know I do not mean you. This is not the same thing."
"I don't think it'll be a century before history catches up to causality, kamerad. We, you and me, we are different. We always were."
"That is untrue."
"No, it is true." He reaches over and lays a hand on Erik's forearm. "You ended up where you did, and I ended up where I did. Because you were trying to do something noble, and I was robbing food trucks."
"You can hardly be blamed for that." The rest of his opinions on the statement are submerged.
"A lot of my people, they were assholes. Rapers and lunatics. They thought if I just go along with it, I'll get a bigger piece of the sandwich, right?" he grimaces darkly. "I am sure they are all fat in hell. But see, every time Katcho would come down the block, I heard him. That's when I'd get up and grab my things - you remember. And I'd beat the stuffing out of anyone in my way. You definitely remember that."
"I presumed you hated me." Their association - Charles remembers. The caustic bitterness at first. Grudging respect later. The displaced iron bar, and sand particles. A sickening crunch. It's dulled, now, by the passage of time and association. The decision on Erik's part to relegate that part of Carmen's past to trauma, to a childhood interrupted. No one is ever just one thing. "Or desired my sandwich." Erik smirks a little. It's obviously a conversation they've never openly had.
"No shit." Carmen smiles. "Why? Well, because. If not they'd be mauled to death by that fucking mongrel he kept as a pet. We are always going to have to do things that we don't like, for the greater good. And not many people will say thank-you, Charles. Understand?"
“I understand,” is all Charles says. It’s not his place to argue with Carmen about this, about his experience and his feelings about the matter. The points at which his history and Erik’s history overlap are deep and storied, and Charles has no business trying to insert himself within them. He smiles blithely at what remains of their group, breakfast growing cold on the table before them. “I’m sorry,” he tells them. “I know that this development is frustrating at best and terrifying at worst to all of you. I want more than anything for this home to feel like a safe haven and not like a place to fear and resent. This engagement with the CIA will be temporary. I’m asking a lot of all of you, and I don’t downplay that, my friends. But I still must ask it.”
Erik surreptitiously nudges Charles's plate toward him. Fortunately he'd been in a sandwich mood that morning, which leaves breakfast still largely palatable. "We will manage," he says softly. "Besides," he tries to find some kind of a silver lining, to bolster his friend. "It could be worse. They could be acting entirely autonomously. Even if our presence is not intended beyond the ceremonial, we can use it. Letting the government run rampant in this arena is not an option, that much we know." He rises from his chair, dwarfing everyone else, busying himself with tidying the kitchen.
"We expected too much to presume we would not need to deal with these concerns. This is not on you, either. They are the ones who came to us -" and it hasn't escaped Erik's notice that they are people he is connected with, so if anyone were to blame - but he doesn't dwell on it, because it isn't as important as making clear that everyone here is on the same page. "-and we do not have many avenues of response available. Overcoming personal emotions when faced with difficult circumstances is not generally the first reaction." He means Izzy and Sayid, primarily, but he knows everyone else is dealing with their own as well. "The alternative is staying hidden, and that is fundamentally not optional."
Charles considers taking a bite of the food that Erik is encouraging him to eat, but he finds that he has no appetite. He wonders if Erik will permit him to skip breakfast. Knowing the answer, Charles picks at the crust of his bread and pops it in his mouth.
“I’m going to hide my stores of suppressants,” Hank says, his first addition to the conversation. He has been quiet all morning, waiting to see how the team landed. Less politically-concerned than the majority of their group, Hank simply hopes that they can continue to live and work in peace. Medicine provides a productive outlet, but he’s not infused with the noble commitment to the care for others like Daniel is. Daniel is a doctor, and Hank is a scientist who happens to practice medicine. It’s not that he’s not interested in helping others—he is, most certainly—but pure science is his true passion.
Because of that, Hank understands how somebody like himself can become a quick threat. He’s already known to the government; he’s been tapped to contribute his engineering talents once or twice already. They now know that he’s the architect behind Cerebro. In the presence of other sharp, science-driven minds—Erik, Charles, Daniel, Izzy, and Carmen, to name a few—their potential is boundless. “We cannot let it be known that suppressors exist, or that such a cocktail is even possible,” he adds, blue fingers worrying through his thick fur. “That technology in the wrong hands is dangerous. Extremely dangerous.”
"It is possible that they are already working on something similar," Erik has to guess. The idea fills him with an incredible amount of dread. The fact that Hank has even made this a focus of his research has always bothered him, significantly. "And if we encounter it at the CIA, we need to destroy it. As much of it as we can find. Anything even remotely hinting at this possibility cannot be permitted to exist in their hands. It isn't about mutants," he adds with a nod to Hank. "Or one's personal decision to pursue such avenues. If the government intends this on a wider scale, it will involve a tremendous amount of civil rights violations. It is one thing for you to voluntarily administer yourself a suppressive agent based upon your decades of work, on your genetic sequence. It is quite another to round us up and give it to us by force. I am also highly skeptical that such an agent is even feasible for the general population without deleterious side effects. Mutation is gestalt, systemic. It is altering every part of a person's being, to be more palatable. I won't let them have that. Human beings do not need a license to exist."
"Maybe homo superior do," says Daniel, dark. "I must wonder at the... you and Charles, but you in particular, often talk about being another species. That's not true, medically speaking. Humans and mutants can interbreed. We have the same psychological profiles, same blood types, are impacted by the same diseases. We are the same race, genetically speaking. There's more of a difference between sapiens and neanderthalensis than there are between humans and mutants. I think leaning into this idea that you're some kind of alien, is shortsighted."
Hank taps his claw-like nails on the table, his assent to Daniel’s supposition. “It’s true that I’ve fine-tuned the suppressor that I take to my own body and genome, and to achieve the outcome that I prefer. The suppressor would not have the same effect on you.” Fully aware that Erik—and likely everyone in this room—will feel ill at what he has to say next, Hank swallows thickly and continues to speak. “My research, however, has taken me to somewhere a little frightening. About a month ago, I started trying to find patterns of mutation, trying to create a mutant classification system, for my own research purposes only. There are a few broad categories of mutant: those who manipulate the environment around them,” he begins, nodding to Ororo, “those who exhibit or inhibit anatomical phenomena, such as myself or Raven, those who can channel energy and redirect it in a specific way, such as Janos, and those who possess extraordinary senses, such as Charles, or Erik.”
When creating these diagrams in his lab, Hank had felt like a modern day Linnaeus, framing and reframing based on a constantly changing set of criteria. Now, the work feels sinister. “These categories are by no means exhaustive, and there is undoubtedly a great degree of crossover amongst certain individuals, but my rough assessment brought me these four categories, drawing only from what and who we know now.”
Removing his glasses, Hank meets Erik’s eye. “Structurally, we share much. Just as an anti-inflammatory agent may provide relief to someone with arthritis and someone with a bowel irritation, a singular suppressor can likely prevent two different mutants within the same category from accessing their mutation. In fact, I have the notes in my laboratory right now, identifying the mechanism behind broad suppression of a mutation like mine. It’s staggeringly simple, and likely that I’ve gone too granular. There may be a broader point, enabling us to artificially suppress even more types of mutation.”
Charles’s gut is twisted into a knot, now. His mouth feels dry, and his pulse thrums in his ear. Vaguely, he wonders if Erik had perceived his own anatomical reaction. “We must…you must hide that, Hank. No one beyond those in this room can know.”
"It isn't just about what they could do to us," Erik has to concede, treading very gently. "Such a thing has the potential to devastate our community internally, as well. You are not only opening yourself up to out-group attack, but in-group ones as well. Your very life could be in jeopardy due to this. If they know about Cerebro," he has to add, "it is possible they already know about this as well. My recommendation must be that you destroy all evidence of this, doctor."
Despite the chill in his soul, coldness spreading through his veins as ice replacing blood, Erik forces himself to continue in a measured, even tone. "There are objective standards of classification already. You can administer tests to mutants to determine it. I will do my best to reconstruct it for your analysis, but I was a child at the time and do not hold an eidetic memory. From what I recall, thus far there does not appear to be an upper limit."
Erik taps his hand on the table rhythmically, one of the patterns that Charles recalls from his grounding exercises. "If the Nazis had this data, there is no doubt the United States possesses it as well. Many of the scientists involved were given prosecutorial immunity when they immigrated here. It is certain that part of this deal included sharing of intelligence," he gestures to Raven, certain she knows what he refers to. She just nods, grim.
"Essentially, there could be mutants who are not distinguishable from gods, wandering amongst us. This is inherent, you are born with this, and a person doesn't need to have manifested in order for it to be evident. Anyone with a classification level like myself, Charles, or Sayid is at much more serious risk of being involuntarily subjected to these treatments. The fact that they are even drawing up lists like this should be of extreme urgency, to everyone with a vested interest in our wellbeing."
"Jesus Christ," Daniel mutters, looking a bit nauseous.
Hank, suddenly defiant, raises his chin a touch. He knows that Erik is right; the ethics of any taxonomical science are tenuous and sensitive, and Hank is not thoughtless. He’s had no plans of publication, nor has he intended to share his data with anyone beyond these walls. He is also aware of the research that already exists. “I’m not a fool,” Hank replies, tone cold. “It’s vital that we know these things, Erik, so that we can be prepared. I’ve seen the research that already exists. We know more than they know; the equipment and technology in this house is far more powerful than anything that they had, or that anyone will have for many years. Their attempts at creating suppressants all failed. None came even remotely close, in fact.” Hank crosses his arms. “I never intended to create suppressants for anyone who did not want them. With my research, we can easily determine ways to block or counteract any attempts at suppression. We are several steps ahead of them, and I plan to keep it that way. I must continue my work. In secret, of course, but I will not stop.”
Creating a counter-treatment isn't a small thing, which is why he'd volunteered the knowledge he held in the first place. Unfortunately, Hank's tone just plain pisses him off. "And if they capture you, and torture it out of you?" Erik arcs an eyebrow. "Will you be so cavalier, then? Ah, it is for the greater good. Of course. Far be it for me to stand in the way of progress. And if they use your own research on you to permanently change you against your will, and force you to assist in disseminating such a solution to everyone else?" he crosses an arm, just as icy.
“You act as if I’m hand-delivering it to them,” Hank hisses back, rising to his feet. In this form, he’s both taller and broader than Erik, and it feels good to glower downward. “What will you have us do? Stick our heads in the sand? Stop trying to learn about our own bodies, our own abilities? What happens when they outpace us? What happens when they catch up, and we have no way to stop them? Or by then, are we already going to be living on your little fantasy island—“
“Enough.” With a gesture of his head, both Hank and Erik are seated in their chairs again, momentarily frozen. Charles rarely, if ever, uses his abilities to take hold of the motor functions of others, but he’s sick of this. Sick of picking details apart, of internal bickering, of stubborn people clamoring to be more correct than everyone else. “Hank. You will hide any trace of such research. You will also hide your tools and technology. And you will hide them very well. Erik is right, they cannot know about any of it, lest they grow curious and decide to use force to acquire it.”
Still frozen to his seat, Hank bares his teeth, but nods.
“Erik. Hank is also right. We cannot afford to lose the scientific and technological edge that we have over them. No one will be captured or tortured. We will not stop our pursuit of knowledge in fear of the worst case scenario.” He slips out of the two psyches, releasing his grip on their bodies. They’re now free to move as they please. “We’re allowed to disagree. But we cannot afford any petty infighting in front of our soon-to-be guests. Whatever we do, we must present as a united front. Are we all clear?”
Erik looks cowed, but only because he is still completely motionless, as though Charles had yet to release him. It takes several seconds for him to respond, which he does by getting up and exiting the room without a word. Only Charles realizes that the plates and cups on the table have all shattered and bent into millions of tiny pieces. Still formed and shapeful until time passes and they all slide apart into a glass heap.
Chapter 11: Your body's short; your neck is small; Your head's the largest part of all…
Chapter Text
Raven rolls her eyes. "Listen, how familiar are you with military standards of OPSEC?" she asks Hank instead, preferring to focus on the problem instead of having a hissy fit. Men. "Like one-time pads and the like. Anything analog or digital we should convert to a new system than the one we have now. He is right. If this.... Frost lady knows about it then the CIA probably already do as well."
Glowering at the now-shining ball of glass at the center of the table, Hank crosses his arms. “By the time they get here, my lab’ll look like a high school chemistry teacher’s classroom, don’t worry.”
“I’m not,” Charles says. “I trust you, Hank. Now, if you’ll excuse me—“ Charles doesn’t need to say anything more, they know where he’s headed. He follows the angry thrum of Erik’s mind out of the dining room and through the hallway, until he finds the man on a balcony overlooking the courtyard.
“I never liked those plates,” he says coolly by way of greeting, standing several feet behind Erik.
Erik grimaces in an attempt at a smile. "I apologize. It was not purposeful. I will fix them," he murmurs and in the kitchen Hank and Raven watch curiously as a more deliberate strand of power slowly weaves them back together.
Charles strides to stand beside Erik. Deliberately, he remains out of Erik’s mind to allow the other privacy, or a chance to better curate his words. It’s impossible to ignore the frustrated aura surrounding his psyche, however. Gazing across the lawn, Charles feels a headache creeping in. “You’re upset.”
"I do not know," Erik shakes his head, staring out over the gardens. Aura and Jean are their primary caregivers, and they manage to look still professionally manicured. "It is all right," he waves it off after a second, clearly destabilized. "Anyway, mm, what did you all decide?" he wonders, watching a bee haphazardly make it's way through the flowers.
“Erik,” Charles says, stepping closer. A hand rests on the small of his back as he watches Erik’s eyes, distant and furtive. Clearly shaken. “I’m sorry,” Charles says earnestly. “I should not have taken control of you like that. That was an overstep of boundaries. I apologize.”
Erik's lips press together, and his eyes close momentarily, letting himself focus on simple homeostasis. He lets his head drop to Charles's shoulder, quiet stretching for long moments. "There is nothing wrong with your abilities," he insists, soft. "Do not mind me. I was simply unprepared."
Charles closes his eyes. He’s usually so careful; he knows that breaches of bodily autonomy are morally unjustifiable. Just because he can does not mean that he should. He knows this well, has internalized and abided by it for most is his life. In the aftermath, he wants to kick himself for acting so rashly. “I’ve broken your trust,” he says quietly, rubbing Erik’s back. “I allowed my emotions to get the better of me, and it was inappropriate. I’m sorry. I won’t violate you like that again, my love.”
"It is all right," Erik says again, finding Charles's other hand with his own. "You did not hurt me. I just - I do not like not being able to move. It is nothing, really," he dismisses it with a huff. "You certainly did not violate me. It is all right."
Charles swipes a thumb across Erik’s knuckles. How cruel of him, he thinks of himself, to restrict Erik like that. Erik, with a history of imprisonment, confinement. He hadn’t been thinking. “My abilities are a bit of a violation by nature,” Charles replies, tone still apologetic. “Everyone is entitled to privacy and freedom over their own bodies, aren’t they? I work hard to abide by such principles. I regret that I broke that today. I allowed my frustration to cloud my judgment.” Furrowing a brow, Charles gazes across the lawn. “You insist that it’s alright, but I know that it is not. You’re forgiving, and I’m grateful. But I mustn’t forget the responsibilities that I have.”
It's apparent now more than ever, that Erik has a blind spot when it comes to this discussion that is more than just an inability to comprehend the scope of Charles's abilities. Rather, it seems to come from a history without agency, without understanding that humans should be entitled to it. A right is only as inherent as its defense, there is nothing magical about understanding morality that confers one immunity from harm. And because he knows perfectly well that he has lost control of himself in the past. It is only dumb luck that he reigned himself in before he used his abilities to cause pain, but he is no different than Charles or indeed any other person who must contend with the dilemma.
"It is the question of every mutant, is it not? To balance what we are capable of doing with what is right. You could have done much worse. Erased my thoughts, changed my opinion, made me stand on my head. Whatever. There has to be some room to maneuver, does there not? Everything about a person's mind is... it is on another dimensional scale. Believe me, you did not even come close to approaching harm."
At that moment, Jean starts across the grounds below them. She doesn’t see the pair, observing from the balcony; the young girl is too busy trying to keep hold of the collection of jars, notebooks, and pens in her little arms. Her red hair flies in the cool morning breeze, and from here, Charles can feel her happy determination, her sense of purpose as she races toward the forest’s edge. Jean’s abilities are vast; that much they know. She’s still young, and they’re still developing, but she’s growing into her telepathy and her telekinesis. One day, she will be very, very powerful.
“People like us, Erik…we bear a greater burden.” Jean disappears into the trees, but her quick-moving mind is still as clear as a bell. “You and I particularly can do more than most. We’ve taken it upon ourselves to do good, but it’s more important that we do no harm. There is nothing more precious than a mind. I mustn’t lose sight of that. Not for a moment.”
"I suspect that Hank was not accustomed to the sensation," Erik does say. "You should speak with him. Help him to understand." It's possible his reaction was nowhere near the tenor of Erik's, but their conflict is momentarily forgotten. "You are a good influence on her," he adds gently. "You may be powerful, but you are mortal. Human, like us all. Growth is important, but have patience with yourself as well. We have no handbook on this. No guide."
“I’ll apologize. It was he who I wanted to stop, if it matters at all,” he says with a blithe chuckle. “Using his stature to menace you. I was tired of it.” Scrubbing his face, Charles keeps his eyes trained on the treeline, toward Jean. “Her heart is pure. She’s young, but not a fiber of her soul possesses any ill will. She doesn’t need my influence, not in that way. The other day, she asked me if it was fair that she made Raven a birthday card, because she only knew that it was Raven’s birthday through my thoughts. I’m not worried about her. She could be our guide, in that way.”
"It's easy to demonstrate force," Erik inclines his head. It's more than likely all of them in the kitchen had expected his reaction to be from anger, toward the blue man. Even Charles wasn't sure. There's no easy way to truly understand other people, not even for a telepath. All information is processed through subjective analysis and that makes it inherently unstable, prone to error. "He would not have considered the full implications of his behavior," Erik says, quiet.
"You know how many death threats we receive a day? I throw most of them out. No need to frighten the others. He does not understand how much of a risk he is taking by pursuing this. We will not be the only mutant group. You know this, right? Somewhere out there Schmidt or Shaw or whatever his name is now, is amassing his army. As much of a fantasy as my musings may be, he is doing it, in reality. And he is immune to telepathy, Charles. Do you understand?"
What happens if he and his ilk find out Hank is working on a way to suppress them? They have no defenses against it. Erik sighs a little, a swirl of worry shimmering in his head. "I do not want anything to happen to any of you. Him included."
There is more that he needs to explain to the scientist but now that they're at odds he doesn't know how. Perhaps Charles can bridge the gap. "And he was not born immune. He made himself that way. Part of his experiments were devoted to making himself stronger. Using another person's mutation to create energy surges within himself. Not only could we be dealing with an epidemic of mutant suppression but by messing about with this we could unknowingly be providing those like him a catalyst to grow completely beyond all reproach." He got angry himself and lost sight of what is most important, so he cannot fault Charles for the same.
Charles listens to Erik, hand still rubbing small circles into his lower back. He hangs onto Erik’s words, wanting to be certain that he’s heard every nuance, every implication, because he knows that the matter is extremely complex and grave. Perhaps Hank has been too dismissive of the threat, and Charles hasn’t been clear enough. Because he agrees with both men. It’s vital to remain at the fore of their own research, and it’s vital that this research not be transferred to the wrong hands. In fact, Charles sees both truths as utterly critical to their survival. They must outstrip all others in technology and in security. “We will not allow our findings and technology to fall into the wrong hands,” Charles says, quiet but firm.
“I’ve not been considering it as dire a matter as it truly is; you’re right, Erik. I will not make that mistake again. And it’s made complicated by the fact that they likely have telepaths at their disposal. No lock can best a telepath.” Charles grips Erik’s hand more tightly before he continues. “But it’s also crucial that we continue to remain ahead of them, don’t you think? We can find a way around Schmidt’s enhanced abilities. We can be ready with antidotes to suppressants, picks to fancy locks. If we possess more thorough knowledge than they, we can anticipate any strategic attempts at suppression or entrapment or harm. In fact, I think that we must, to safeguard our survival.”
Charles’s hand travels up Erik’s forearm until it comes to a rest on the man’s pointed shoulder. He forces eye contact. “I will work with Hank to devise failsafes, okay? There’s something that I’ve been thinking of for some while. A telepathically-implanted trigger. Hank says a word, and his brain forgets everything that it’s ever read on the matter. Only to be used if under extreme duress.” Charles had been thinking about such a possibility last night, as he struggled to fall asleep. By triggering the dorsolateral prefrontal cortex to deactivate via a safe word or stimulus, Charles could force someone, via an artificially-carved neural connection, to forget anything. Theoretically, anyway. Hypnotists and quacks peddle the same promise in different words, but Charles is confident that he could implement a similar mechanism with minimal tweaking. “To speak of telepathic overreach, anyway…”
Erik blinks, having not even considered this. "Everything is sensation, isn't it? Everything. Every part of-" he wiggles his fingers. "We have been going at this quite democratically but I think it's safe to say our movement has its leaders, does it not? What about not only a memory failsafe but a sensory one as well? If someone were captured they could activate it to render themselves completely impervious to pain or anything else. You did it with me. I daresay it did not even take effort." He smiles a bit, dry. "And - I know. We need to remain ahead of the curve." He inhales slowly. "Frost is not the only one. You need to consider your own mental fortitude as well. Your capacity is certainly remarkable, but there is no preparing for targeted sadism. That will create a disadvantage. I very much hesitate to offer this, for obvious reasons, but the exposure to my experiences might provide a baseline for you to develop resistance."
Charles purses his lips. Perhaps it speaks to his plush life that he’s not even considered what may happen to them physically if they’re apprehended. Up until yesterday, in fact, he had scarcely thought about security save for the nebulous promises and regular updates from Izzy and Erik about the school’s secured boundaries. “Yes, the same mechanism could be leveraged to prevent someone from feeling pain,” he agrees, voice soft. “We have all of these abilities inherently, but there are precious few people on earth so practiced over their own minds. Cloistered monks, perhaps, who have spent eight decades perfecting the art.”
That’s where Charles comes in, of course. A small massage of neurons and manual connection of synapses, and Charles can achieve what no person ever has. “Would you recommend it?” he asks his companion gravely. “Pain, as we know, has an important function. Knowing what you know…” Charles trails off. How is he supposed to ask this without being inexcusably insensitive? “I worry that someone will allow themselves to be tortured to death, if they can’t feel it. I know that an opponent may do it anyway, but…” …but what? Is Charles really that someone who would torture another human being will find themselves merciful at the very end?
Clearing a dry throat, Charles nods. “We should start testing it. Testing my ability to create a failsafe in the first place. And then, I’ll offer it to everyone.”
"You can start with me," Erik says immediately. "Life and death is a decision as anything else, in such a scenario. Sometimes it is no decision at all, and you are at the mercy of one who deems death irrelevant. Who demands utter compliance regardless of your desire to die. If we can develop resistance to this course, we should. I imagine that as our experiments progress we can introduce more complex triggers. Build upon them," he adds softly. "Create methods for one to understand what the limits of their body are, without pain. I regret-" he says at a whisper. "I wish it were not so, that such a knowledgebase serves use. And were such a person aware of our resistance these events would take a different turn. One does not need to cause physical pain, to create it. There are things that can be done that are beyond imagination, that will stun even the strongest of us into submission. We are not in Little League any longer, I fear."
“A grim day, when one must choose death over pain, but I suppose it’s a tale as old as time. We should consider ourselves lucky that we have the ability to at least have a say in when we make that choice.” Charles releases Erik at last to lean more fully against the balcony. The morning is cold and crisp, much like a bite that reminds him of their new reality. Or, the reality that has always been there, but that Charles has avoided confronting this far. “Choose a trigger,” Charles says finally. Erik has volunteered to be his guinea pig—an expected move—so, why wait? “I’ll make you forget that I broke your trust this morning. In fact, I’ll make you forget any annoyance you’ve ever had with me and leave you with only fond memories. What do you say?” He stands on his toes to plant a kiss on Erik’s jaw. It’s a joke, of course, but it could be feasible.
Erik thinks for a long moment, considering that it is certainly a joke, but willing to acquiesce all the same. "The Sea King," he says, somewhat of an inside-joke. Remnants of too-long forays into the depths of his own mind plagued by visceral imagery of monsters and fairytales. The Little Mermaid never featured mutants ruling supreme, a fact Erik only discovered after arriving at Jo'ara, which sent many marbles scattered across his internal visage.
The degree of brainwashing had been seemingly without end, the depths too broad to feel its edges. So many years later he's still unraveling all of the undetonated fragments implanted by Frost and Essex both, to understand what is native and what is foreign. If such a thing even exists, if it matters. There's no compunction with allowing Charles to do this, as there was with his control of Erik's body. His own mind was never his, a master so capable of intuiting his rebellion even in the most private places that he marshaled it even there.
It isn't as easy for Charles to traipse around as for someone else, with echoes and diversions everywhere. But he offers as freely as he can.
"The Sea King," Charles repeats. He senses some level of nostalgia, of pleasure and quiet satisfaction, but does not press. It's best, Charles decides, if he knows little about the phrase, lest he accidentally bring it up in conversation. There are nuances to what he is about to do, making themselves known more and more as he slides into Erik's psyche to begin work. "I'm going to make you forget what we've eaten for breakfast today." Harmless. Easy. Memories have many functions in the brain, and Charles is ever-cautious about knocking them out of place. In some ways, they're like junctions, connecting different aspects of a person together. In other, more significant ways, they're like blood vessels, or nerve connections. Skeletons.
Remove a core memory at its root, and an entire self may topple. For instance, Charles could, theoretically, remove his memories of Raven entirely. Not only would he forget about her existence, he would be left without his identity as a brother, without the intricate matrix of personality that has formed around it. Most memories are not singular, isolated, replaceable. But, they've only just had breakfast, and there's likely little else that's been built atop the memory of their egg-and-cheese sandwich.
"I'll reinstate it," he promises. It takes less than a minute for Charles to build the connections. An auditory ingestion of The Sea King, will now trigger the recollection of their breakfast fare to be quickly ousted from Erik's conscience, sent to rest in the graveyard of all forgotten things. "Alright. Go on, then. Say it aloud."
Erik can't help but wonder how much of his own self is tied to his experiences. There's no use debating it, except now in the presence of a man who could very likely provide the answers to such questions by stimulating a reality where Erik doesn't recall them at all. Would he be a hollow shell of a person, as much as he felt having endured to begin with? Would he know as much as he does, would he have the same moral foundations? Would he manage to become this way regardless, not requiring such adversary of character after all? Rendering it entirely purposeless? He can't help but consider it, more a thing of curiosity.
There are so many memories that he cannot help but ruthlessly despise, that serve absolutely no greater imperative than annihilation. It is not within the realm of possibility to consider that even these make up the tapestry of his being. On some level, he understands that - yes, there are pieces of himself that he does like, and some of those developed under these circumstances. But Viktor fucking Creed and his psychotic, lunatic -- and much like in childhood, recognizing the fact that he cannot consider this without someone being peripherally aware, it burns away like a meteor hurtling through the atmosphere and breaking apart before impact.
Quietly, he utters the phrase. "I remember that you said I was to forget my breakfast," he considers. "I cut up cucumbers," he realizes, and Charles watches as his brain whirs and slams against it, looking for any little crack to slip in and fight and challenge and change. "Cucumbers. No, that is not a sufficient breakfast. What uses..." he doesn't seem to realize he is talking to himself.
Charles remains close in Erik’s head, hovering over the pathway that is now ending in a foggy, murky ravine. But, it’s not entirely opaque. There’s a diaphanous quality to the endpoint, where thoughts pass through a filter but don’t seem to disappear entirely. Erik has remembered cucumbers, after all. “Huh,” Charles muses aloud, even as Erik knocks against the softening barrier. “Let me try…” He’s still careful as he places blockers along the pathways, thicker, sturdier ones. It’s more invasive than he’d like to be for something so simple, but perhaps Erik doesn’t work with simple. “Try again. You shouldn’t remember anything food related, now.”
There's something about that which causes Erik's good hand to wrap very tightly around the rail. Upon first glance, it seems like an anxiety response, not unlike those he had witnessed in the past. Very small permeations that raging tides dredge up from ocean-floor. But this is more like the ocean, not the dredging. Pieces of moonlight reflected off of scattered particles, refracted into kaleidoscopic visions. This attempt takes away a lot more than breakfast, and it's peculiar to see its impact.
As though some of those pieces had contributed to the lines in his features, the way he held himself, and now his bearing is... altered, somehow. Changed. Not precisely to such a degree that he was no longer Erik, but it's... visible.
"What were we talking about?" Erik wonders, and for a split second Charles is terrified that maybe he's eviscerated Erik's memory entirely, until Erik clears his throat and shakes it off, a huff of laughter escaping his nostrils. "Ah, I was to forget something... but I do not know what it was, so I suppose you were successful," he jokes dryly. There's something uncanny about it - not like when he practiced with Raven, all those years ago, and she suddenly realized that she couldn't remember the little thing he'd taken from her, and immediately demanded him to give it back. "What did you take away?" he wonders, barely above a whisper.
Charles monitors Erik closely, ensuring four, five, six times that he hasn’t been too cavalier in his removal. It’s so minuscule, just a millimeter at the front of Erik’s brain, smoothed over. He’s mindful of how everything was before so that he can put everything back in place, but he sits there for a moment, amazed to see how Erik’s brain rearranges itself to make up for the lost space. “Just breakfast,” Charles whispers, bringing two hands up to cradle Erik’s jaw, suddenly aware of how very precious he—everyone, everything—truly is. “Sorry. I could see the details slipping though, so I had to go broader. I can put everything back where it was.”
Also unlike Raven, Erik's mind is far more attuned to Charles's presence, rising up around him in a welcoming embrace he isn't even aware of extending. "Will this make it difficult?" he wonders, letting his eyes flutter shut against the fingers at his skin, skittering over the edges of his thoughts themselves. "Being more broad?" he sluggishly clarifies, smiling a little. He means in order to create targeted triggers in him, but it's a little difficult to express in deliberate spirals. Instead Charles is treated to a mandela of shifting patterns, intricate and wispy. Erik wonders why, if that's Charles as well, making all his limbs heavy and dropping a blanket over all of his senses.
“Yes,” Charles answers. “But, your mind works differently. When I used to do this with Raven, it was much easier to simply pluck things out, clean.” Sensing Erik’s sudden heaviness, Charles guides him to a stone bench pressed against the external wall of the manor and sits him down, allowing himself to be used as support. “Let me—“ the grooves are still there; it’s early enough to be easy to quickly weave the connections back together.
No memory is completely lost, after all, and after two minutes of careful fine tuning, Charles has slotted the missing information back into place in Erik’s brain. He should be able to recall the breakfast sandwiches on rye bread that he has lovingly prepared for everyone this morning. “If we were to set this up for you,” Charles murmurs, “you must use this as a last resort. If something as simple as a breakfast that we ate ten minutes ago stretches this broadly, imagine the impact of something far more thoroughly ingrained in your conscious. We must only use this if there are no other options available.”
Erik finds his way half-into Charles's lap than anywhere else, long limbs entangled completely without regard to their public venue. He curls a hand into his chest, listening for his heartbeat with long tendrils of his own mutation sweeping down through Charles's body. "Would it change me so much?" he asks, more thoughtful than afraid. When Charles goes to speak his answer, Erik instead presses two fingers to his lips.
Charles raises his eyebrows when Erik presses his fingers to his lips. He’s disrupted the rhythmic flow in Erik’s brain; the quick removal and subsequent insertion has left it pliant, reeling. Charles is sure that it will mend itself, but he wraps his arms around Erik protectively in any case. We’re all propped up by a scaffold network of memories, aren’t we? He projects, telepathic voice low. Made whole by crystalline lattice. To remove even one rung changes the structure. Even if it doesn’t topple everything, the structure isn’t the same.
Do you think my structure is worth keeping? Erik wonders, and it would be entirely out of left field except for how he's burrowed himself in, letting his fingers skate over the wrinkles in Charles's cardigan.
Your structure? The most complex, intricate, and artful mind that I’ve ever had the pleasure of viewing? Charles extends himself over Erik, enveloping him in a sheet of protective warmth. It’s a silly question to ask, but Charles likes that Erik feels free to ask them, feels safe and comfortable enough to be vulnerable in this way. Or maybe his brain is unable to filter, at this moment. It would be a crime to change your mind, my love.
People tried, Erik hums. I don't think I resisted them all. But I am making it nicer in here now. See? he lifts a finger and suddenly a branch twinges to life, extending all around them curiously. For those like Charles, dreamers traipsing along a spiral galaxy. Not so sharp, not so frightening.
If it’s worth anything, I’ve always found it lovely in here, Charles replies as he cards his fingers through Erik’s tawny hair. All of us have dark corners of our minds, you know. We all have painful memories, parts of ourselves that are ugly, cruel, that we wish were not there. It’s part of being human, alive. I wouldn’t want a thing in here to change. You’ve the most remarkable mind I’ve ever encountered, Erik Lehnsherr. I mean it.
I can't see minds, Erik thinks back, quite soft. Able to modulate tone and intensity, clearly accustomed to the psionic. Most inexperienced nulls went stomping, shouting. But I see... he waves a hand at the sky and briefly Charles can too, observe the universe at its stretch and spiral staircase. Stars and nebulae superimposed. He was wrong, Erik decides at last. Pain and rage did not work. Did you know I can fly? Or turn off the sun? I can. I learned how. His nose scrunches, amused. You helped. Your mind. I could only imagine. You'll have to show it to me, someday. I'd like that, he whispers back.
Charles delights in seeing what Erik sees, in observing the world through the supercharged sight and sound and touch that have bloomed within Erik’s body. Oh, to grasp the universe at the quantum level, dimension consolidated before his eyes. It’s not something that Charles could have ever even conceived of until riding backseat in Erik’s mind. I did know, Charles replies, gentle, admiring. Your ability is more magnificent than any other living thing. You, Erik, possess the power of the universe. You and no one else. My mind is nothing compared to yours, to what yours sees. You’d be bored senseless.
I would never, Erik promises solemnly. He wonders if Charles has ever done the inverse, allowed someone else to peer into him. Erik thinks he has a good idea the shapes, the sounds and hollows and tunes. Ridges. But a mind, thoughts of electric impulse - spark Erik nudges a memory forward, a gift. And Charles realizes that Erik has crossed the boundary between them, to transmit it in a flourish of dizzying visuals imprinted along his retina. A phyllo recipe, flour and cracked dough. Long lost and burned but pressed into the leaves of Erik's thoughts, preserved. Odds and ends, tomatoes here and there. No, he thinks. Not boredom at all. Tell me what you want to see. I can take you there.
It's a testament to their connection, that Erik can project such clean, visible thought. When Charles sits inside Erik's mind like this, the bridge between them is secure, but Charles had thought it one-way. When he picks up Erik's communication, it's within Erik's head, and Charles is simply there to catch and listen. The recipe, then, as it is transmitted into his own awareness, is a shock. He can't help but laugh out loud at the intrusion. Always a surprise, aren't you? Here. You're right. It's my turn.
Charles's eyes flutter shut. He's never done this before, but he's always imagined what it might be like to pull someone across the bridge and back into his own head. It's easier than one might think, to take hold of Erik's awareness and bring it back with him. In contrast to Erik's own mind, which is filled with literature and poetry, Charles's is...not. If Erik's mind resembles a labrynthine temple, Charles's is an old, grand library, stuffed with stacks of information, unexpected corners, windows of warm light. The most immediately noticeable thing to Erik would be, however, the noise. Charles has grown so accustomed to the constant, overwhelming buzz of thought and emotion in his head that he forgot to warn Erik of its presence.
In fact, at this moment, the surface thoughts of an innumerable amount of people—people who they do not and would not ever meet—are tumbling through the main corridor of Charles's head. If he were to latch onto any of those for a second longer, he would begin to feel what their owners felt, too; an infinity of human experience, all present before both of them. "Oh,." Charles's eyes snap open, suddenly aware what he's subjecting Erik to. Within a second, Charles has pushes the man out of his head, the two sequestered in their separate spaces again. "Are you alright? I'm sorry; I shouldn't have done that."
The amount of information is startling, and Erik's eyes cross with it, but it diffuses through him harmlessly once he becomes accustomed to it. Erik just laughs, touching his face. "You would be a library," he says dryly. He knows Charles must hear them all the time, must be subjected to an endless symphony of information, and that it has to be exhausting. But all he can think about is how fascinating and incredible the whole thing is. How magnificent, even just for a moment. "I don't see how you would get bored," he adds. "So much to learn, so many places to go and see. Do you ever get lost?"
"An excess of information is nearly as boring as a dearth," Charles replies, feeling suddenly vulnerable. He's looked into a million minds in his years on Earth, but only a minute few have looked into his. "When you're tuned to the frequency that everyone is broadcasting on at the same time, picking out the most interesting things among the sea of dull ones becomes more of a chore than anything." Resting his hand atop Erik's own, Charles gazes out toward the lawn once again. "Lost? No. But you know that it overwhelms, sometimes. As my abilities grow, the walls seem to thin, and more and more information finds its way inside. It's uncomfortable," he admits. "And why I enjoy spending time in yours."
"I like it," decides Erik. "It sounds like hummingbirds. And your bookshelves are mahogany." And it's the place where Charles is, that which has formed him over the years, shaped him into the being he is now. He lifts Charles's hand to press his lips across a knuckle. "You are always welcome," he murmurs. It's no secret, he supposes, that he likes when their minds are in synchronicity.
"I'll be sure to invite you in next time we take a stroll through Times Square," Charles replies, though obviously in jest. He's glad, at any rate, that the cacophony wasn't overwhelming, that Erik could decide that it sounded like hummingbirds, of all things. "My father had mahogany bookshelves in his office," he remembers. Fog-coated memories, sitting on his father's knee, hypnotized by whirlpools of old books and brylcreem. Newspapers and the inside of a cigar box. Dozing against a chest that felt so broad, to a child of three. "My mother had everything replaced with English Walnut when he died, but I always preferred the mahogany. English Walnut isn't even native to North America. Funny how the very structures of our beings are informed by such inconsequential things."
"Where is she now?" Erik asks, gentle. "Your mother," he clarifies needlessly. "And you'd better not forget Aura for Times Square. He will never forgive you." They're silly little meanderings like this, Erik's head resting in Charles's lap with the other man's hands running through his hair.
"My mother? London, I think. That's where her yearly checks go, anyway. I assume that her lawyer will tell me, when she dies. Or maybe he'll pocket the cash himself. I don't really care." How pitiful it is, really, that he has a mother who still lives and breathes who he does not talk to. Sharon, who never wanted to be a mother, who never had the capacity to love a son. Who married a brute of a man only months after Charles's father died and never so much as held his hand as the boy mourned the loss. It isn't fair, Charles knows, that his mother is alive and Erik's isn't. Hands twine lazily through Erik's hair.
"She was so furious that my father left everything to me. She spent a fortune—my fortune—on the best lawyers, who fought to have his will invalidated. It was all so ridiculous; I tried to tell her that I didn't care about it, that I would share it all with her, but that wasn't enough. I was just a little boy, I didn't understand estates and wills and trusts. I'd planned on signing everything over to her when I turned 18, but she was—" He thinks back to their last meeting, the summer before his final year at Eton. How she had walked in on Raven in her natural form, cobalt skin and garnet eyes. How she had exploded with rage, threatened to call the police, and then the zoo.
How Charles had stood between the biological mother who had never loved him and the complete stranger who he loved as a sister, gripping her wrists, listening to her spew her vitriol, until he finally sent her toppling to the floor, unconscious. Her memories of Raven were erased, and the siblings were gone before she awoke in her bed. They hadn't returned until last year. "She's a foul person. A hateful drunk. I send her enough money to pay for her townhouse in Mayfair and whatever bourgeois lifestyle she wants, and that's it."
Erik winces as though the words cause him physical pain to hear, but he rolls over and draws Charles into his arms more completely as he speaks. "She has my sincere and utmost pity," Erik murmurs at long last, trailing the back of his hand over Charles's jaw. "A pure fool of a woman. What a gift that she spurned. Some most regrettably are just destructive forces, neshama." He focuses again, unsure if this impulse is helpful or not, but he follows it all the same. This is... much deeper than he usually goes. The room of White has melted into inky black ether with trilling gargantuan shadows in non-Euclidian shapes. Here, he plucks up something of a curio.
The Woman in White, leaned over the threshold of his tent. Fierce, proud, a dragon rouses from slumber and shifts in her heart as the funeral shroud that covers her body shifts in motionless wind. There is something about the memory that Erik is trying to focus on. A way to bridge the immeasurable distance between their experiences, to share with Charles what he should have had long ago. But there is a distraction. The flash of green eyes to affix onto Charles, this construct that is only a memory has swiveled to face Charles. Self-awareness. Impossible.
Her fingers trail over the cups and weathered chinasets. She thinks, Charles watches as she thinks, just a little while longer. A minute more. That's all. She's followed Erik for years. A half-phased shadow, and a certainty to Erik that he is indeed mentally ill. Ghosts are not real. He knows that. He's on a cliff overlooking the bluest ocean, an ocean so full of salt that they all float and bob on its surface.
The Woman sits beside him, watching.
Chapter 12: And helped by me, however meagerly,
Chapter Text
Neshama, that sweet, gentle expression of intimate endearment, which Charles has come to covet like a jewel, is the last thing that Charles hears before his vision darkens. He's drawn inward, down the long corridors of Erik's latticework mind, until they find themselves...somewhere. It's different; people's memories are rarely this concrete. The human mind cannot recall scrupulous detail like this. Edges of the frame are always washed out, smoothed over, faded to fog and mist. The core of a memory can be as crisp as a Caravaggio as the ancillaries melt into Monet. But this is different. The woman before them does not have the ethereal mist of memory.
He recognizes her as Erik's mother, but there are discrepancies between her appearance now and the memories that Erik has shared with him. She's still pretty, still has a kind face and striking green eyes. But...she has more creases in her forehead, and her hair is more wild. This is normal, people tend to remember airbrushed versions of others; the brain is imperfect and has no natural interest in fly-aways and broken fingernails and sunspots on the back of hands. This woman, however, is not constructed of the electricity in Erik's synapses. They're perched on the edge of a cliff, and Charles gasps, stricken by the corporeal suggestion of Edith Eisenhardt.
"Wh...you're not a memory," Charles croaks by way of greeting. He doesn't know what she is, but he could not be more certain that he is not interfacing with Erik's reconstruction of his mother.
As Charles sets his senses on this artifact, the tsunami slowly rises. And then it washes over him, hitting him with a veritable wall of invisible energy firmly knocking his consciousness into... somewhere he doesn't recognize. A non-place. Non-time. There are footsteps behind him. He's quite sure he's been shrunken down and put inside a little match-box, crammed into a sea of metal scrap structures. The sounds are constant, grating. Neighbors yelling and screaming, dogs barking in the street. Fingers at his shoulder,
-Erik?
Winter sunlight streams through the window, and she snaps it shut. "You'll catch your death like that," she reprimands Charles in an ethereal whisper, staring down at his socked feet absent shoes. She places a mug of steaming coffee in front of him. "Now, don't ask. I pulled a lot of favors for this, so just enjoy it." There's a stuttering overlay, as though it's partially a memory, with him cast in the role of someone else, until her eyes settle on him and her brows pinch together curiously, and it becomes clear in the span of a few short seconds that she's not responding to a dream-like version of her son, but seeing Charles right where he is, argyle socks and all.
"You're the one, then?" she fixes him with a long, droll look. "If you are going to grace my table you'd better pick up that spoon, young man," she tells him in such a strikingly similar tone to the one Erik often employs on him during their moments alone in the kitchen that it's genuinely breathtaking. And sure enough, he's set the day's soup, whatever it is supposed to be. "Look, just try not to think about it," she pats him on the head absently. "Get it down, and then we can talk."
It's like part of her is stuck in this cycle, one-foot in that compels her to act out the sequence, until it's interrupted by a clear and present flash of recognition. A spark of connection.
Charles is dizzy, and almost sick. As he blinks, he finds himself in different times, places, bodies. As if he's teleporting into memories that are not his own, that aren't memories at all, but dimensions. His physical body is rigid, spine stiff on the stone bench overlooking the grassy courtyard still thick with overnight frost. An icy wind should chill him through his thin sweater, but he doesn't feel it. Not at all. Instead, he feels the warmth of steam bedew his cheeks. Hands that he knows are his own twitch around a spoon of tarnished silver.
Something rich tickles at his olfactory nerves, and his mouth waters. Propelled by his own conscience and something extraneous, Charles sips the warm coffee and swallows several spoonfuls of soup. Something with beans and potatoes, but the taste is mild, as if it's being described to Charles. At the same time, he can recognize that Edie can, in flashes, recognize that Charles, in his grey sweater, wool socks, and short stature is not her leonine son. "Thank you." His voice is warbled, echoing off as if they are in a stone cave and not a humble kitchen. "Let's talk, now. Please?"
"I wondered when you would come," she laughs a little. "Oh, what a world, hm? Both of us cursed with knowledge, tayer." She pats his hand, and he sees in her spirit the rousing of that ancient dragon once more. "I knew you would find this place, eventually. I've had this conversation a hundred times and I will have it hundreds more. Do you understand?" her eyebrows lift, expectant. And Charles thinks he might. She is a kin to Erik, with abilities opposing in duality yet cut from the same cloth. Physics, quantum mechanics. Linearity is meaningless, everything has happened already and will happen again.
“I do,” he replies, and whether or not Edie is actually touching his hand or not does not matter, for he felt her warm palm against the cold of his own skin. “You’ve been waiting for me.” Charles looks around, and the kitchen skids into view as his eyes absorb the space. “Why?”
Erik's memories of the place are a lot kinder than the reality, with the whole area no bigger than a single room, a kitchen and a living space packed with as much of their stuff as they'd been able to take and much more that they couldn't having been appropriated aside. While Edie does her best to make it livable, to shield her family, it's only getting worse. Soon they'll have to deal with Sherer's thugs, and the price is far too high. Charles can see the tomato plants behind her, seedlings and bits of green onion sprouts nurtured in small cardboard boxes along the ledges.
"I suppose you're a linchpin," she smiles, gentle. "A person or event that makes enough ripples in the gestalt to bend its fabric around. Like a gravity well. See, you can take a little tablecloth and a marble, and drop the marble onto the cloth. What do you think happens? The marble is important enough to bend the cloth."
“Seems we both might be linchpins, if you put it that way,” Charles agrees, and then chews his lip thoughtfully. “The three of us are,” he corrects. Himself, Edie, and Erik. Edie isn’t alive, Charles knows that, but somehow, a shred of her existence has remained in the temporal plane, inside Erik’s head. Not a memory, but living amongst them.
"There is much that I would tell you," she says very seriously. "How much or how little... I leave to you. But a warning all the same. You are on the precipice of war, dear-heart. There will be immensity of joy and sorrow both. The loss will feel immeasurable. The gains difficult. Oh, listen to me. I sound like a charlatan." She laughs a bit, lilting and melodious. "Everything which happens, as brutal and devastating as it can be, is part of a cyclic sequence." It's not difficult to deduce where Erik's searing intellect originates, for as in memory she is a mother, but in life she speaks with shrewd determination. Watchful, protective. A cast-off implanted here, now, across a vast chasm. "It has happened before. It will happen again. Some of it is random, meaningless. Some isn't. You will have to decide, tayer."
It’s incredible, Charles realizes, that this version of Erik’s mother, some temporal echo, living inside of his head, has extended him more warmth and comfort than his own mother ever has. In a way, it makes him feel grateful, grateful that there exist souls like this, who truly love others, but it also saddens him, too. Why must the good be lost while the rotten take everything for themselves? “History is a cycle,” Charles agrees, smiling at the woman sadly. “And you can see what’s to come.” It’s not a question; Charles understands what Edie can do. “Are you allowed to give me advice? Or will that ruin things?”
It's not lost on Charles that the impetus for her arrival is directly in the wake of his musings on Sharon - a piece of her that Erik had wished to extend, without realizing that it's far more than just a tinged memory. "Oh, this isn't a storybook, tayer. I can tell you everything, if you wish. What I know may not come to pass. It may be altered, the tides changed. It may torment you beyond reckoning, and pull you from your life. That, I don't wish." She nudges the bowl across the table, adding a small cube of sugar to his cup to hide the stale, acrid sourness of tepid beans.
"Erik loves you. Yes, I always knew," she huffs sadly. "I told him to be mindful, but a mother always knows. You are family, boychik." It's an easy proclamation, but the truth of it shimmers along the threads and cords that wind around Charles and Erik both, inseparable. "There will come a time, though," she says, and there's something dark and vengeful about the shuttered expression that befalls her. "Where you will need to call on me again. Find me in this place, and I will come to your aid. Do not forget."
Suddenly, Charles’s heart feels heavy. Erik loves you. If life were perfect, they would be having this conversation in a real kitchen. He and Erik could love each other openly, and he and Edie could laugh fondly together, bonded over their affection for her son. It wouldn’t even matter that Sharon is cruel, hateful, judgmental; Edie isn’t. She would be more than enough, and they would be lucky to have her. But, life is harsh. It would be easier if the world was spiteful. It’s not. Instead, it’s utterly indifferent to good and evil, right and wrong, anguish and joy. Indifference cannot be reasoned with, it just is. Charles always knew this, but now, the reality of it burrows a hole in his heart.
“I love him, too,” Charles says softly. “With everything I have. Whatever is to come…it won’t change that.” He says it confidently, because he believes it, but her solemn warning leaves a quaver in his stomach. “I’ll be back. And I’ll look after him,” he promises with a sad smile. “But I should go. Thank you.” And with that, Charles pulls himself out of the center of Erik’s soul and lands in his body, which is now limp against the wall behind him, on the balcony once more.
The spring morning clouded over while Charles was away and is now releasing thick droplets of rain atop them. His sweater is soaked through and beads of water drip from the ends of his hair and onto Erik’s forehead. The rain is icy, but Charles finds it hard to move his legs, so he remains seated on the bench, wordless.
"Charles," comes Erik's voice, panic-laden. His fingers spread across Charles's face, patting at him, a bolt of fear lancing through. He'd gone abruptly unconscious, leaving Erik to try and wake him with little success. When he rouses, the relief is palpable, and he hugs Charles to him, a small shield suffusing outward to bend the rain around them and warm them from the inside.
“I’m here,” he replies, but his voice sounds foreign, distant, even to himself. Eyes flutter open to a day that feels too bright, despite its grey pallor. As the world around him snaps into focus, Charles finds the wherewithal to grip Erik’s wet shirt. Palpable. Real. This is real, but so was that. Not memory, or figment, but real. “Oh, my sweater is wet,” he says, as if it’s his greatest concern. “Let’s go inside and change, mm?”
Erik nods, concern at the forefront of his being. His sweater ruffles a little as Erik dries it for him, but shepherds him back inside all the same. "Where did you go?" he whispers, rubbing at his back idly. It's clear he has no comprehension of the temporal mine-field inside of him, only that Charles had abruptly vanished from his perception without warning.
Charles follows Erik inside, and as he walks, he feels more steady in his body, grounded in his head. Their surroundings feel cold and unforgiving compared to the warm interior of Erik’s psyche, and Charles eagerly tears off his sweater once they’re in his room, despite its newfound dryness. He sits at the edge of his bed, shirtless, unsure of what to say. “What did you see?” he asks finally, raising his eyes to meet Erik’s own. “I was telling you about my mother, and then what did you do?
Erik sits down with him, drawing him into a one-armed hug. Skin-to-skin, touching at his hair and the nape of his neck. "I..." he sounds somewhat embarrassed, ducking his head. I wanted you to- he grimaces, finding it sounds quite outlandish aloud, even if he doesn't use words. But because Charles can feel it, not just see it like a movie. He had wanted Charles to feel, just for a moment, a little of what he should have so long ago. From a real mother, one who he has the utmost confidence would have loved Charles as much as her own son. "Please, forgive me," he rasps. "I did not intend to cause offense."
“Oh, darling,” Charles whispers. He places a gentle kiss on the crown of Erik’s head. He leans into the man’s chest, wanting to be enveloped in Erik’s ropy frame. “Thank you. She’s wonderful. I am honored to have met her.” A small shiver runs through him as he thinks of the small room again, enlivened and electrified. “But, do you realize that she isn’t…it’s not just her memory. Do you realize that?”
Erik blinks a few times, trying to parse what Charles has said like a computer which doesn't understand an inputted command. Repeating it to himself twice, thrice, doesn't yield further elucidation. "How do you - mean? What else would it be?"
“Think about it,” Charles encourages, gripping Erik’s good hand. “Certain memories of her feel like memories, don’t they? But others—when you go to that place in your head—do they feel different, to you?”
"I-I-" Erik stutters, eyes wide and unseeing. He nods a little at the question. "I used to think she was a ghost," he scrubs the metal and fabric filaments of his cast down his cheeks, leaving harsh indents on his own skin. "But ghosts aren't real. It is not real," he assures Charles gently.
Charles is quiet for a moment. Is it fair, to tell Erik this? To disrupt the illusion? Yes…Erik should know. It’s his mother, his memory. He has a right to be aware. And maybe, it will bring him comfort to know that she’s still there. “Ghosts aren’t real, no,” Charles agrees, and then takes Erik’s braced hand as well so that he’s holding both. “That’s not what she is, darling. Your mother…she was like us. One of us. Your gifts come from her. What lives in you is not a ghost, but a piece of her. She’s still in there, with you.”
"Co ty mówisz?" Erik gasps a little, quite dusted over as the bowling balls of realization slam heavily down into his fractured mind. "To nieprawda," he murmurs to himself, rocking a little back and forth in a self-soothing motion. "To nieprawda, ona zobaczy wszystko i nie mogę-" he's firing off to himself in rapid Polish, the edges of thought too tumultuous for Charles to grasp completely. Erik turns on him in a few seconds and demands wildly, "widzisz ją? Co mówisz do niej?"
"Erik." Charles grasps the man's hands more tightly, forcing eye contact. Charles doesn't speak Polish, of course, but he can vaguely grasp the distress both from the tenor of his voice and the imagery. Fear, shame, desperation; they all tumble together to form a ball of something that Charles can't quite understand. "Darling, hey." He won't encourage Erik to relax, to calm down, because he has a right to be upended by this information, doesn't he? "English, please. I'll tell you whatever you want to know."
Charles can feel it as something akin to an invisible hand descends from the top of Erik's mind and forcefully shoves everything back and down. The only movement is his eyes in rhythmic nystagmus, and breathing. "You met her?" he finally says, running fingertips along Charles's collarbone and down his spine. He is real, he is all that matters. Nothing else is important. Nothing else. "Spoke with her?" How curious. He had, more than anything, been overcome with a terrible urge that they could encounter one another. How sorrowful that they would never interact. And yet, like a mad sheyd granting cursed wishes, such horrendous desires are made manifest. "How? How is it possible? What did you say?"
Charles removes his hands from Erik's own and wraps the man in a tight hug. Erik needs grounding, Charles can sense, and he feels guilty for disrupting Erik so. "I did," Charles says, nearly rocking Erik in his arms. Outside his window, the rain thrashes, mirroring the torrent within Erik's heart, mind. "I don't know exactly how it's possible, but her mutation may have made it so that she's able to traverse through time, in a way. The memories that you have of her in that place, my darling...they're not memories. That's her. We didn't speak much; she warned me that there are tough times ahead for both of us, and that we will be faced with difficult choices. But, you know that, don't you? Because she's there within you, love. You can communicate with her, too. She's there, waiting. Always with you."
"Time travel?" he repeats, stunned. "Then - you are serious. How -? How does it work? Do you know?" he doesn't know whether to be horrified, or laugh himself silly, or desperately fascinated with the scientific prospects. He tries to latch onto this - something he can understand. "Does she know things? Now? Is there -? Is she existing then, and she is perceiving us in the future?" Both eyebrows are arched. He's practically babbling, he knows.
“I don’t know how it works,” Charles answers, rubbing circles into Erik’s back. There’s a lot that he could have asked, in hindsight, but maybe a part of him feels that it’s Erik right to learn about this first. “She said that the future changes like the tides. Different decisions are made, different futures made possible. Time isn’t linear, as we know.” Charles leans in, pecking a kiss against Erik’s temple. “She said that there will come a time when I need her again, and I’m to come to her. In there.”
Erik is curled up close, a humorous sight to behold as his octopus-body in all its long-limbed glory wraps around him physically as much as mentally. He should have had someone like her, he thinks to himself, not intending for Charles to hear, but unbothered all the same. Fate, a cruel trickster that their families weren't the inverse. Someone who cared. Who loved him. Not a brute or a bully or a hateful wretch.
The rain pelts their window, all the clouds and their silver-linings dancing in the sky as Erik can't help but consider it thus. If Edith Eisenhardt is alive, somewhere - well, bringing home a man to his mother was never on the table, only now... if she's truly with him, she must know. Of course, he'd been too young to heed her gentle admonishment as a child - to be careful about love, to be careful about affection. Maybe she had known. Found his absurd little diary from adolescence proclaiming his desire to marry his best friend, and do away with finding a wife altogether.
Elie Kaczmarek is dead, now. Erik recalls turning over his body, mechanically divesting it of clothing and finding a pouch of cigarettes along the inside seam of his jacket. He smoked them all, and earned a beating for his troubles. Did ima know that, too? "In the future?" he whispers, still trying to wrap his mind around all of this. Then she must have knowledge, awareness. Not only of the past, but the present and the future as well. He grimaces, unable to keep the flinch off of his features.
Charles follows the winding thread of Erik's thoughts, and then a lump rises in his throat when they land. Ah, of course. He never considered what it—what they—would mean to their families. Erik's is dead, and Charles's is dead to him. Raven, due to the nature of her mutation, has always understood that bodies, genders, lives cannot be so cleanly hemmed in by the lines that have been established by statutes and laws, and their compatriots here have all grown accustomed to their union. Those who were surprised by it at first now pay it no regard; it is obvious that Charles and Erik nurture a deep affection for each other, and far be it from them to openly scrutinize.
Mothers, though, are different. "In the future," Charles agrees, rubbing a hand down Erik's muscular thigh. "She told me that I was family now, Erik." A small smile, personal satisfaction. "And she knows that you and I love one another. I think...mm, she seemed pleased, to see that you have someone. And that someone has you."
He reaches up to spread his fingers out across Charles's jaw, leaning forward to follow it with a dust of kisses. There's so much whirling up inside of him that it's impossible to separate the threads from the raucous hurricane. "She isn't angry with me?" he rasps, and clears his throat when he realizes he's said it aloud. Of course, he doesn't mean for being with Charles. His own mother defied the expectations of her family by choosing Iakov. He was dark, and different. He didn't speak Polish or Yiddish, his minhag dissimilar. And neither were they immune to the follies of bigotry. Somehow, he knows that much would have been well.
Perhaps the scandal would be more that he wasn't Jewish, but as far as religious observances went, they were a modern family. Not so far as to be assimilated, but just-about. They spoke Polish at home, Edith held a job as a secretary and wore her hair down after marriage. Erik's thoughts ping-pong across one another, an abacus of hyper-dense matter. No, he thinks. Her anger would not be for Charles, who is nothing-but-kind. Rather, for Erik. A furious resentment that he did not protect Ruth. That he couldn't move the coin, or dissolve their bullets mid-air. That he couldn't save her. That he remained weak, and pitiful, for years.
He does his best to set it aside. It isn't fair to ask such things.
“I sensed no anger,” Charles promises. Apprehension, sure, and fear. Something dark in her presence, but that could be the nature of her very existence. Fractured from time, defying physics. Some darkness is expected. “You feel guilt,” Charles deduces. “But it’s unwarranted. You were just a boy when you lost them; when they were taken from you. It should never be the responsibility of a boy to extract the mercy of someone who is, in fact, merciless. You must know that, even if you can’t believe it just yet. Your mother does.”
It draws a smile from Erik, who lays his cheek next to Charles's, relishing the warmth. Charles, and his patient insistence on Erik's goodness, never fails to draw a sensation quite like his chest is expanding to make room for a heart suddenly too-big. On an intellectual level, he knows what is being said, but he expects that no amount of logic can detangle the annihilating spikes. He, who has the power to stop the Earth spinning on its axis, yet did nothing.
Instead, he draws his focus to an earlier statement, eyes creased fondly. There is heaviness, darkness to be sure, but knowing that somewhere, Edie is able to love Charles, to tell him as much - how many spend endless years longing for such an opportunity, to speak to those lost once more? Schmidt was wrong. Rage and pain, such as that which exists in Sayid, are powerful anchors for mutant ability. But not for him. It takes meeting Charles, before he truly comprehends the scope of his own power. And still, he learns more each day, as their connection deepens further beyond.
"I am so happy," he murmurs softly. "That she could tell you for herself. That you could know that way."
Gently, Charles pulls them both down so that they’re laying on his bed, the fluffy duvet pillowing around their bodies. He twines their arms together and turns to observe Erik’s face. There are striking similarities between Erik and his mother; the sharp green eyes, the slant of his nose, the broad eyebrows. When he smiles, his cheeks crease in the same place. “I am, too,” Charles whispers in return, pushing fingers through the soft curls of Erik’s hair. He’s overcome, suddenly, with joy, warmth, comfort. “Thank you for sharing her with me. I’m so glad that she’s still here, with us. With you.”
Charles's fingertips through his hair never fail to induce a shiver where they pass over a small spot behind his ears, sliding across a latch that dissolves the tension briefly made home in his shoulders as they slowly relax. "I hope that you know," he says, splaying his palm out across Charles's chest and settling on his abdomen, a thumb stroking at the skin there, "how very cherished you are, to me." He's not one for bold, verbal proclamations. He has made them, but they're uncomfortable. As though someone will show up and snatch Charles away from him should they know the full extent of his feeling. But it seems important, now, to say. Not everyone gets the opportunity to say what they need to, before the callousness of life renders them razed. He never wants Charles to have any doubt, how important he is. How necessary, and special.
Charles smiles softly, content to lie there, hands and limbs together, with Erik. This, he decides, is what love should be. Comfortable silences, inherent trust. Nothing feels forced or transactional; they act and speak because they want to act and speak, not because they feel obligated. He's read about love like this, witnessed it in other people, but he's also aware of just how many people on this earth remain married to a partner out of duty. Resentment builds, people grow unhappy. What he has with Erik is not that. How could it be?
Two men must risk so much to be together, and that they're willing to do so says everything. "You are everything, Erik. My north star." He thinks of Edie's warning. Is she worried about the two of them? Worried about how they will fare? It's hard to know if she's concerned about their union as two men or whether she fears that the gauntlet ahead of them will force them apart. "Are you worried?" he asks Erik; perhaps his own conscience has absorbed some of his mother's apprehension. "About us? The future?"
Erik nods. "Very much so," he says honestly. Erik has many flaws, but it's very rare for him to lie outright. "I worry what will happen all the time. I try not to. It is just anxiety, you know. What is broken in me makes it difficult to focus on just the present. I worry that such experiences might befall you, or the others. I worry you might finally grow too weary of my politics." This is more or less a joke, but it is within the realm of plausibility. "Or that perhaps it will be too hard for you to endure my brand of insanity indefinitely. I saw how hard it was on my mother, living with my father. He had a type of war neurosis, as well. He would yell, thrash, throw things. Drink a lot. He wasn't a bad man by any means, but it was difficult on us. I don't want to be that way and worry about becoming so. I worry all the time, yes. Not about love, but all the rest."
Charles nods, eyes fluttering shut. "Romance novels and films have fooled so many into believing that love is enough to sustain a relationship. It's far more complicated than that, isn't it? So many more things are needed than love." It's difficult for Charles to conjure an example; his mother and father never loved each other. Their marriage was, more or less, arranged. She comes from nobility, he came from unfathomable wealth. But, he's a logical man, and it's silly to think that love is all that is ever needed to keep two people happy. "You're not the only one with flaws, Erik. I have plenty myself; we all do. I struggle to envision a future in which you're drinking and throwing things, but if that comes, I will be there to help you through the difficult times." He thinks about the addiction that his mother has, the heritable quality of addiction itself. "I don't imagine a perfect world ahead of us, but I do imagine you at my side, in every iteration."
"I know," Erik murmurs, touching Charles's face. "I do not say it to be cruel. But I know your flaws. They are inconsequential, to me. No matter what happens, Charles. You must know that I am your ally, and your friend. No matter what. Even if some day we seem to be opposing," he adds, gentle. As their lives grow ever more complex, he does have to wonder if they can sustain the institute as it is now, and he knows Charles objects to many of the ideas that he believes are essential to their survival as a species. But this is one thing he can promise.
"You will never be my enemy, Charles. Nor my adversary. I think that must be what love is," he adds with a soft huff. "To know someone entirely, and accept them for it all. Not just to ignore it or pretend otherwise." He traces Charles's cheek once more. "You have shown me inordinate kindness and patience. I only hope to be able to do a fraction as much in return." Leaning forward, he presses a kiss to the sensitive mien of Charles's temple.
There are still so many pieces of himself that he's working on, parts that even Charles isn't privy to. His gentle intrusion into Erik's mind features forefront, mixed with an incalculable swirl of complex emotions tangled up in millions of wrapping shards. He suspects that Charles could do anything to him, and it wouldn't destroy that in him which is singularly devoted. It's unconditional, without expectation. Some of it is secretive, hidden away even amongst the mirrors and reflective filaments.
But all of it together is clear. Charles has made a friend of Erik, and it goes well beyond infatuation or honeymoon idolatry.
Chapter 13: They sing out all their hymns more eagerly.
Chapter Text
"You don't know all my flaws," Charles corrects lightly. Erik, Charles knows, only knows this version of him, the one that's excited, determined, in love. Maybe he has already seen Charles's tendencies toward pigheadedness, frustrating idealism, and, as Raven so kindly puts it, "the worst case of know-it-all disease the world has ever seen." Yes, that's all real, and it's tempered by his current desire for diplomacy and wide appeal, and it makes Charles's flaws perhaps seem more like quaint idiosyncrasies than fatal flaws. "Sometimes I wish that we could have a 'normal life'," Charles admits quietly, lazy as he continues to stroke Erik's chest.
"It's not what we've chosen, and I wouldn't choose differently, but a part of me wants what other people are creating. All those suburbs that they're building everywhere...cookie cutter homes, neighborhood barbecues, school performances, road trips to all the National Parks. Maybe one day, two people like you and I will be able to have that." Charles smiles sadly. It's a far-off future, if that future exists at all, he knows. "I used to vow that I would be a very present father to my own children. No nannies or anything of that sort. I'd drive them to school, tuck them into bed, hold them while they were sick. I vowed that they would never be afraid of me, or feel that I didn't know them. Maybe I won't ever be a father in that way, now, but I hope to extend that same care to our students, however many we end up with."
It brings a grimace to Erik's face, as he considers Charles's words. There's a lot he wants to say, trapped behind an endless quagmire of uncertainty. "You should know," he says softly. "There is no evidence of this," he adds beforehand. "Beyond what I know and what I feel. It might not make any sense," he warns. He looks up, doing his best to catch Charles's eyes, as though steadying him for what he's about to say. It doesn't come right away, though. As if aware how patently absurd it will sound.
Charles glances at Erik when the pause grows more pregnant, shooting a brow upward. "Darling, I can read minds, and you can see things at the quantum level. Nothing about us makes sense. Go on."
"I may have biological children, somewhere," he just says it, blunt. "I was liberated at twenty. There is a lot that happened which makes me suspect this is the case. Genetic samples were taken - a lot of them. There was a clear focus on producing a superior mutant caste. At the time I thought it was nonsense. Why me? I wasn't even a mutant. Of course -" his smile is sardonic.
The abruptness of the statement takes Charles aback for a moment, and then, from the corners of his own mind, he's treated to a vision of miniature versions of Erik running about the courtyard. They all have the same stony face, serious expression, and square jaw. He begins to chuckle to himself, but the chuckle then rises in his chest until it tumbles out of him in a peal of laughter. It's not funny—it's not at all; if there are children out there, being help hostage somewhere, treated as experiments, then they must find them, of course, but the entire notion adds a layer of intense complexity to their situation that all Charles can do is laugh. "What an absolutely horrific thing," Charles laughs, wiping tears from his eyes. "To think that there are children being bred for such a purpose. We ought to look for them. Get them safe, if they're unsafe. Your children, Erik, my goodness..."
"I know," he winces a little. "Believe me, I have tried. I will keep trying, and -" he clears his throat a bit. "If they are mutants, perhaps Cerebro will be able to locate them where I failed. If they exist at all," he warns. "It might be paranoia, but -" he taps his chest. "But they are from me. I feel them, out there. Somewhere. I can only hope that they were adopted, but they would be Roma, what you call gypsies. They didn't have an easy time after the war, and their community is not open to outsiders. Magda - that was her name." It's seeming less like a far-fetched fantasy the longer he explains his reasoning, even able to provide the identity of the woman who would be their mother. "Forgive me, I certainly did not intend to upset you," he frames Charles's cheek, concerned by his reaction. "I wish it were less plausible."
"I would trust your intuition about these types of things more than most," Charles reasons, lifting a hand to stroke a thumb along Erik's fingers. "Forgive my laughter; I did not mean to make light of this in any way. It's simply overwhelming, the size of our task before us. I'm certain that you were not the only one who was used to sire offspring against their will. But, we should take quick action to find them. If they're living happily with their mother, then we have no business interrupting that—unless you wish to have a relationship with them." It's truly absurd, Charles knows, because Erik hadn't so much as kissed another before the two of them had met. The extent of his mistreatment grows vaster each day. "They would be quite young, yes?"
"Yes," Erik inclines his head. "No more than ten or so, presuming a logical timeline." Charles's earlier statements replay in his mind, unwound like tape strands. "If - we could find them, I would wish to. I have very little business being a parent, but I would try. I did not mean to drop this on you," he laughs a little himself, understanding. "But you spoke of it, and - someday it might happen, that I do find them. For what it is worth, I think you are an excellent guardian, and the children here are lucky to have you."
Charles chuckles blithely, still riveted to the core by this news. “I suppose you and I won’t be sitting together holding hands as we watch them play little league, but I think that we can provide children with a good, happy life here. So long as we can protect them from prying agencies and sinister hands.” A grimace, now. “Speaking of…we’d best get to work preparing for our guests, shouldn’t we? MacTaggert and Haller may arrive at any moment.”
"To my everlasting consternation," Erik taps him on the nose. All he really wishes to do is stay here, cocooned away from the realities of the world. He doesn't suppose they can conduct such a visit from the warmth of their cozy bed, but one can dream. He gently draws Charles up and finds him a shirt, buttoning it deftly for him with one hand whilst peering down at him enigmatically. "The world waits for no one, hm?" he murmurs, fond.
"Evidently not," Charles replies, stock still as Erik dresses him. Once he's presentable, he guides Erik toward the vanity and shoves him into the chair before it. "Your hair is a nest," he declares as he plucks his comb from a drawer. The rain and subsequent hour spent lying against their pillows has made Erik's wavy hair mat against the back of his head. Though Erik can detangle it without so much as a glance, Charles appreciates the opportunity to prolong their domestic fantasy for just a moment longer. He begins to work his comb through the tangles, slow and meticulous. "If only you'd let me style you every day," Charles muses, nodding toward Erik's simple clothing. "I'd have you looking a proper gentleman, mm?"
"It is not!" Erik squeaks as he's manhandled into the chair. "And you would not," he turns and practically smirks, wolfish. "You like my jeans, you liar."
"Only because you're in them and I'm biased. If you let me dress you properly, you'd look the spitting image of Clark Gable. Do you know how many would kill for your looks, Lehnsherr? Such a shame that you waste them in jeans." Charles quips back, and then promptly turns Erik's head back toward the mirror. "Sit still."
It's unfair, how even this manages to cause a light flush at the base of his neck to creep upward. "Yes, well. Says he, Michelangelo's inspiration himself," Erik snorts back, dry. He dutifully holds himself still, with Charles knowing full well he's the only one who could ever dare to fuss over Erik this way without being boiled alive by the resulting death glare. "I could always skip the jeans," he waggles his brows. "Give you a good seducting." This is who you love, Charles.
Charles smirks to himself as he runs the tines of his comb through Erik's hair, working against the snags. "Now that would make a good impression with the CIA. Show them what value you bring, mm? Better than them thinking that you're some James Dean character with those jeans of yours. They're perfect for miners and cowboys, but to wear in public?" Charles shakes his head in faux disapproval. "Maybe I ought to keep you locked upstairs from now on."
"So you are saying I do make a good bed-warmer," Erik laughs, a veritable twinkle in eyes far brighter than they have any reason to be, given the circumstances. It's difficult to put his finger on, except that - even with everything happening, the revelations and horrors and fear unknown, he feels lighter somehow. All of it is paltry when faced with the defining feature of their existence, faced together and not apart.
The comb struggles a bit with Erik's hair, a point of contention for anyone who had the misfortune of trying to look after it. Erik usually did little more than ensure it doesn't look a rat's nest, resolutely refusing to buzz it or straighten it, a small rebellion from a youth where such features were derided with malice. It's almost borderline too-long for a man, but Erik resists anything approaching a haircut fastidiously.
Not to say he doesn't care for his appearance, sometimes spending a little more time than strictly necessary in front of the mirror in what Charles has called vanity, darling - but what can he say? It's not a crime to want to look good, especially now that he has someone to try for. He'll rue the day before he ever shows up in a suit, though.
"An excellent one," Charles agrees. He relishes the closeness, the trust that has emerged between the two of them. He can't believe that it was only a year ago that he and Erik met up in that bar, near strangers challenging each other in the name of intellectual debate. Erik, with his leather jacket and jeans and Charles, dressed as he always has. The stoic, impenetrable man now sits in his bedroom, laughing as he allows Charles to groom him, like a doting partner. "Alright." Charles runs his fingers once more through Erik's wavy tresses before placing his hands on his shoulders. "Mildly presentable," he declares.
It's only Charles that ever could have discovered Erik's folly in this arena, when it comes to having his hair played with, he practically purrs with eyes closed and peeks up when he finishes at last, sluggish in relaxation. It's a softness Charles hadn't originally anticipated, from that very first debate at Aoife's, when hardened features forgot themselves as he began to slowly comprehend Charles's perspective. It's not to say that he's changed, per se, but rather that most weren't in possession of such senses to realize he's always held a devastating weakness for kindness and gentleness. Trust for him is not a feeling, rather a series of probabilities marked by consistency over time.
"Shtok," he gripes and tugs Charles forward by his collar to kiss him, beset by the urge expanding within him and it melts outward, pelting Charles's consciousness like raindrops. It's lingering, and ends with his forehead pressed to Charles's brow.
Charles laughs softly as they kiss. He wishes that it could be like this forever, he leaned over Erik, foreheads together, expressing pure, wordless, comfortable affection for each other over the bridge of their telepathic connection. How pleasant a life of this would be. Lighthearted arguments, laughter. It's a shame that they're not allowed to just be this, a pair of people simply content in mutual company. "Alright, James Dean," he murmurs in Erik's ear. "Time to batten down the hatches."
Erik shivers a little, a pleasant burst of tingling nerves washing over him at Charles's words in that particular cadence so close. It's absurd how easily Charles undoes him, or perhaps in the wake of a brain freshly re-scrambled. That voice does things to him. "Careful," he rumbles back, low. "Lest we never leave this room."
"I'm already beyond tempted," Charles admits, and then reluctantly stands upright to place some distance between their lips, their heads. He extends his hands downward to help Erik stand, where he peaks at a full head-height above Charles. After one last kiss, Charles drops Erik's hands. and straightens his own appearance, forcing himself back into the role that he has carved for himself over the past year. "I'll check on Hank and make sure that he's taking adequate precautions," he says, and his voice is now that of Dr. Xavier, the public face of their fledgling operation. "You may want to speak with Sayid. He remains unconvinced of our position."
"I'll try," Erik murmurs softly. "We shall see what comes, and make a decision from there. I expect they'll want us on some team or another, which I am not sanguine about in the slightest," Erik mutters darkly. He gives Charles's shoulder a squeeze before slowly separating from him, ducking into his external visage of stern protector as easily as Charles in his patterned cardigan manifests a kindly-scientist.
It doesn't take much longer before sure enough, later in the evening and after Erik has just put the finishing touches on dinner, does the doorbell ring. He ushers Jean and Aura outside into the lantern-lit courtyard, and warns Sayid and Izzy before opening the door to Moira and Gabrielle. "Well, this is swanky," says Moira in her typical gruff. "Mr. Lehnsherr, Dr. Xavier. Thank you for seeing us again," she moves to shake Erik's hand and fumbles as she realizes his right is encumbered by the brace, shifting awkwardly to accommodate. Under her arm is a light manila envelope.
"Dinner is available, if you would care to eat," Erik addresses at them both evenly.
The remainder of the day is spent ensuring that the manor portrays only the visage that they wish for it to portray. The majority of Hank's bespoke equipment and technology is removed and stored in the bomb shelter, which is located deep beneath the old groundskeeper's shed on the edge of the Xavier property line. The CIA, of course, already knows about Cerebro, but they hide just about everything else. Charles leaves Raven to coordinate with the FBI and Erik to speak with those on Izzy and Sayid's side as he spends the day using Cerebro.
The intervening year between his first use of the machine and today has seen Charles grow into the technology; where ten seconds under the helmet once sidelined him for an entire day, Charles can now spend hours upon hours in that chair. His telepathy, undoubtedly, has developed well beyond what it once was, but that power no longer overwhelms him to the point of incapacitation. No, he has learned to reign it in, to flex it like a muscle. Prolonged periods with Cerebro certainly wear him out, but he can handle it, now. And he does; by the time he joins Erik int he foyer to greet their guests, he's bone tired but able to collect himself well enough that only a keen observer might detect an ounce of sluggishness.
"It certainly smells nice," Gabrielle comments as the women are lead to the dining room.
"Erik is our resident chef," Charles comments lightly. "Keeps us all well-fed." Hank and I have recalibrated Cerebro to only display locations that I allow, Charles communicates to Erik as he helps him carry the dinner plates to the table. If we don't want them to see something, they won't see it.
That's good to hear, says Erik in return. Izzy, Janos and Sayid are still highly skeptical, but I've impressed upon them the importance of diplomatic overtures. My promises only extend so far, however. If they show they're willing to put us at risk - he doesn't finish the statement, but it's clear. These people trust him, he's not going to lie to them. If the CIA force his hand, Erik will respond in kind. Erik sets the table, freely using his mutation to assist given that it's absurd to presume they don't know the full extent of his abilities. He eyes the documents under Moira's arm skeptically, and she sets them on the table.
"A show of good will," she explains, tucking in to what looks like aloo matar and pakora with gusto. "This is everything the CIA has on you, your residents here, and -" Charles can tell that she's genuinely hesitating. "And, why don't we eat dinner, first, yeah?" she decides. There's a storm on the way, Charles can feel it.
I know. We will do what we can to avoid such a conflict. Or, Charles will, at least. He hates this feeling of cool detente; both parties aware that one toe out of line will result in bloodshed, and irreparable relationships. The CIA is vaster, but their coalition has power. Charles can only hope that the fear of retribution keeps both parties off of their triggers. The sight of the envelope, however, turns Charles's stomach.
"Let's eat," Charles agrees, taking his seat at the head of the table, Erik to his right. He's only one bite in before he decides that he can't help himself, and he clears his throat. "You know, I'm no psychologist," he begins, tone amiable. "But I do know something or another about the way the human brain works." An apologetic smile. "Over the years, I've come to discover that when human beings are treated like fugitives—when their privacy is invaded and their whereabouts are tracked, I mean—they begin to act like fugitives." Charles speaks conversationally, as if he's discussing the latest bit of celebrity gossip, but the message could not be more pointed. "And frankly, I find it a bit unjust that mere suspicion is deputized into action, agents. For I highly doubt that all of my residents have conducted themselves in a way to warrant the collection of a file documenting their behavior."
"You're going to have to get accustomed to it, Doctor," Moira replies seriously. "Man, this is good. What is this?" she speaks with her mouth full, completely without regard to propriety. She swallows before forging onward, poking her fork at Charles. "You're asking us to play fair, I get it. You know, just the other day, I dealt with a case where a man blew up a bank teller. Snapped his fingers, boop. Blood and bits, everywhere. Really grizzly stuff." She continues eating, unbothered.
"Forgive me, but I didn't realize that people with mutations are the only ones with the capacity to blow others up," Charles replies cordially, a smile stretching across his lips. "It's news to me that all of those scientists and military personnel who repurposed the Marshall Islands for their blowing up trials were all mutants! Isn't that something, Erik? Every person involved in perfecting the art of blowing people up out in New Mexico was a mutant, too? In Japan? In Nevada, right now, as you and I dine on these most marvelous fritters—I must say, Erik, you've outdone yourself—all mutants?" Charles's eyebrow quirks upward. "Or, does state-sanctioned blowing up differ morally from the other types? If it does, Agent MacTaggert, you must tell me about it."
If looks could kill, Moira would be dead in her seat. Erik is watching her, and finally he makes a move to pluck up the file from the table, unraveling the wire holding it closed. "There isn't a lot in there," she tells them. "Names, dates, government records. What we could find. But, like we said, we are here asking for help," she plods steadfastly on, ignoring Charles's outburst. "You have our word that those files are the only known copies, and they're yours," she adds. "Even if you decide not to help us. But I think you'll want to help."
"And what would cause you to think this?" Erik asks, barely above a hiss.
"It really shouldn't be me doing this," Moira sighs, shaking her head. "You deserve an actual advocate, and lawyers, and all of that good stuff. But we don't have the time, and we don't have the luxury. Look, you haven't noticed that Agent Haller is a bit of an unusual choice for a CIA operative?"
They're off to a poor start, Charles realizes, and decides to stop his cloying. No, it isn't fair, that they're being treated this way, but they will continue to be if Charles gives them reason to. His threatening smile falls away then, turning to glance at Gabrielle. She's the quieter of the two, but Charles can hear a razor-sharp mind whirring behind the measured facade. Her smile is pleasant, but knowing. Challenging. "I find it curious that the CIA recruits foreign nationals, indeed," Charles admits.
Gabrielle raises a knowing brow. "Global security transcends manmade borders, Dr. Xavier," she offers.
Erik goes very still as he finally understands what Moira is telling him, eyes locked on his from across the table. "You're not with the CIA," he murmurs to Gabrielle at last. And that only means one thing. She is here because of the extradition clause. His blood runs cold.
"Good, ten points for Lehnsherr," Moira snorts. "Our target is here, in New York. We'd like to use your device, your Cerebro, to narrow down their location and assign you both to the team responsible for apprehending them."
"Absolutely not," Erik growls. For the first time that Charles has ever heard, his voice raises, projecting a wall of force that knocks over several spoons and cups onto the floor. "Absolutely not."
"If we had another choice, we would not be having this conversation. We could put twenty or thirty men on a team, if we were willing to execute them, Erik." Her tone is a lot less arrogant, more aware of the human cost of her request.
"And you do not consider you are signing the death warrant of every person you task with this objective. That you are asking me to place my home, my family, my friends, in danger. To do your job."
"We will train you. We will be there with you."
"It doesn't matter!" Erik bangs his good hand on the table, gaze burning viciously.
"Don't you want to get him? Don't you want justice to be done?"
"Were you relying on some fantasy of vengeance, Agent? There is none. I refuse to be part of this. I will not put these children in harm's way."
"You know I am right," she speaks to Charles, hoping to G-d that he would act as the voice of reason. "You know that you're the only people who can do this with a minimum of casualties."
Charles has never before felt Erik’s stress rise to this level. Usually adept at schooling his emotions toward more measured assessments, the tsunami drowning Erik’s psyche right now exhibits incredible force. Like a reflex, Charles is there, alongside Erik in his head, immediately extending a suggestion of comfort. It doesn’t land, though; Erik is too distressed, and Charles will not overstep and force him to calm down. It takes only a few moments before Charles understands what the group is taking about. Dr. Schmidt, the monster responsible for it all…he’s here. The CIA wants them to pursue him, to assist in his capture.
“You are asking for much, much more than assistance,” Charles says at last, voice hard, authoritative. A hand is on Erik’s thigh. “Erik is right; this is unjust.”
Gabrielle simply nods. “Yes, of course it is. Yet, we ask regardless, for we have no other choice. The only people who can perform this task without incurring significant loss of life are in this building. You both know this.”
"You have no idea what you are talking about," he spits at last. "None."
"Trust me, we do. And I know we are the bad guys in this story. Do not get it twisted, we well know," says Moira, grim. "The idea of putting together a team comprised of his victims is as unpalatable to us as it is to you. But Shaw is worse."
"His name is Schmidt. Klaus Schmidt," Erik returns vehemently.
"We don't have the ability to stop him. We don't. We have no weapon that can affect him. Bombs, guns, useless. Psychological operations, meaningless. His telepath sees everything coming. We found one of them, turned her, but the other one is at his side. Every second we waste debating the matter he draws closer to his goal, which is as far as we can tell, widescale destruction of humanity to impose mutant rule over us all. So we ask you. Please, help us prevent this reality."
"This is not just about power," Erik says, shaking his head.
"We know what you can do. You and Charles both. You have the ability. We know you do or we wouldn't be here."
"No, I-proszę, nie zmuszaj mnie-"
Moira presses her lips together, sighing a little. This isn't her forté, and it's a primary reason she objected to this plan at Langley. "We won't force you to do anything. This is your decision. But I hope you will make the right one. Just think of all the people he has hurt, all the people who he will hurt in the future. You have more power than you think."
"No, you do not understand. You do not know anything. I am not like those men on television. They could face it, testify, all that. I am not like that. I might even betray you. I am weak, don't you understand?" Erik grits harshly. "What makes you think I won't join him?"
The question clearly takes Moira off-guard.
"Will you two please excuse us?" Charles is on his feet now, urging Erik to his own. "Erik and I clearly have much to discuss, and your cavalier attitude is a distraction."
Chapter 14: Thus I warn them, for their good,
Chapter Text
He ushers Erik from the room; somehow, they end up on the very same balcony that they stood on this morning. The rain has stopped but the sky is cloudy, the moon peeking eerily through the gloomy night. As soon as he's certain that the women are well out of earshot, Charles reaches up and places his hands on Erik's shoulders. "Darling...tell me. Talk to me. What are you thinking?"
Erik's head shakes several times. "I can't-I can't do this, Charles. I can't. To expose you to this, to bring this into our home-you can't possibly understand-" Erik feels all the air punch out of his body, dizzy and disconnected. Limbs without purchase. "He will take one look at you and know and he will kill you or make me kill you or do worse, there is always worse-"
Charles's fingers dig into Erik's shoulders, hoping that the sharpness grounds him in his body a little better. His mind is frazzled, all of the neat corridors and stained-glass windows flooding, warping, overlapping. "You are stronger than he is," Charles urges Erik to remember. "We are stronger than he is, my love. You, me, our family here. He cannot do anything to us."
"No, no," Erik whispers, shaking his head again. "I'm not. I'm weak. I did everything he said, I obeyed him without question. I did everything. I never fought. I never tried. He killed her, I didn't even try," he wheezes. "I loved him. I did everything he wanted. If you see him, you will know, and you will never be able to look at me again."
"You were a boy, Erik," Charles reminds the man, forcing eye contact. "A child. I will never blame you or judge you or hold you accountable for something you did while enduring a nightmare more terrible than anyone can even hope to imagine. As a child." He gives Erik's shoulders a small shake. "You're not a child anymore, my love. You're strong. You don't have to listen to him anymore. He does not have power over you. We do not have to have anything to do with this mission if you choose, but you must realize that. He has no power over you, anymore."
"He will always have power over me!" explodes out of Erik before he can stop himself, and he gasps, a sound like a great metal structure careening into obliterated smithereens howling fiercely inside him. He doesn't mean to yell. He yelled, yelled at Charles. Remorse floods him, a sickly swamp of overwhelming horror. He barely registers it as his knees give out and he finds himself thudding to the ground, realizing what he's done.
The timbre of Erik’s voice is surprising. It carries through the night, splitting the serene silence at its core. Charles barely has time to recoil from it when Erik falls to the floor, however, and in seconds, he’s there, at his side, arms around him like a vice. “My love…my darling,” he murmurs. “I’m sorry. I’m so, so sorry. You shouldn’t have to go through this. This isn’t fair to you.“
Everything crashes into him at once. Every horrible iteration of losing Charles, every nightmare where Schmidt is standing at the corner of his bed with limp, icy eyes peering at him as though he were a particularly irritating fly. Pulling his wings off, melting him under glass. Every whispered croon and pat on the head and chocolate bar, every demented fantasy made reality etched onto him as a flashbulb captures light. Erik is shaking from head to toe, teeth chattering.
"He will hurt you. Hurt everyone. Always..." he makes a horrible choking sound in the back of his throat. He's lost, adrift in a cyclone of splintered memories slicing at him, ripping his skin off. Schmidt liked that. Peeling him open. "Er geniesst es zuzuschauen, es weh tun. Wir können nicht erlauben ihm--dummer kleiner Erik, wann wirst du lernen?--geh weg, bitte hör auf," he rasps, lacking conscious volition, staring straight into nothing.
It takes a few seconds for Charles to realize it's not Polish, or Yiddish. It's German.
The panic, increasing exponentially second-over-second, threatens to overwhelm them both. Charles has grown attuned to the various ways that the human brain copes with stress, and he can recognize unadulterated panic anywhere. The body becomes confused; the brain interprets stress as a physical threat and triggers the physiological mechanism behind the release of epinephrine. Erik, however, appears to be suffering from a panic-induced dissociation. His psyche feels fragmented, cleaved in a hundred pieces.
As a witness, Charles can only watch in horror as Erik’s mind, so meticulous and precise, tumbles into fear-laced chaos. “Calm.” With an expert touch, Charles wraps his own mind around Erik’s own. It’s difficult to prevent the panic from twisting his own thoughts, but he’s able to keep them separated. Like tea steeping in a mug of hot water, Charles forces calm to bleed into Erik’s brain. He manually shuts the valve of adrenaline and encourages norepinephrine to neutralize the flood.
It’s okay, Erik. My love, my darling, it’s okay. You’re safe here, with me. He can’t hurt you. Come back to me, sweetheart. Please.
The long moments between stability are agonizing, certain that Erik has entirely lost the plot and un-tilled the ground beneath his own feet in ripping, shrieking clumps of dirt under broken fingers.
As though a time-traveler himself, half of his body is anchored in another place. The hands touching him are someone else, the blue eyes gazing at him with such concern are instead cold and hard and dead. The petrichor of humid rain swamps his senses, rather septic and sterile. A fluorescent moon beating down from a sky closing in and in. He breathes loudly through his nostrils, the only sound in the wake of the shout that had drawn curious onlookers downstairs from their rooms, where Charles has shooed them away.
Cloistered in a private shroud of bending light and refractive colors, Charles's impetus takes a lifetime to root. Slowly, vision returns. Slowly, his teeth cease clacking together as his jaw eases up its visceral clench. Even on the ground, he dwarfs Charles considerably, and he's clutched him in a protective stance, bracing them against the onslaught that doesn't come. Pitiless razing mellows, a cup on the string of sweetheart and come back to me gradually drawing him into the present.
There's someone screaming, an inhuman wail that abruptly shuts off when Charles finally manages to complete the circuit, a raging cacophony of adrenaline sealed against the curtain.
A distant observer behind Erik's eyes watches with a muted curiosity as everything lowers into a fuzz. An eyebrow raised, head tilted like a scientist studying a slide under a microscope. "Charles," is the only thing he can make his mouth work to say, hoarse. The screaming. Was he screaming? Eyes darting about, he tries to make sense of his surroundings, everything coming in distorted blobs, too-vivid and too-bright to ascertain.
“Yes, it’s me.” The hand rubbing gentle circles into Erik’s hunched back feels like a paltry gesture toward comfort, but Charles continues to work it anyway. Never before had he borne witness to such intense terror; at least not from this proximity. It flits through his mind all the time as others experience it, but he’s usually far enough from the source that it feels like a suggestion rather than an experience. He finds that his own breath is shaky as he draws it in, but maintains an ironclad yoke around Erik’s brain.
It’s still upended, still chaotic, but it now resembles the aftermath of a hurricane rather than the hurricane itself.
The air feels eerily silent now. There’s a small chirrup of voices—undoubtedly their companions, confused by the sudden noise, but it’s easy to believe that those voices are mere imagination and nothing more. “Come here, don’t try to get up just yet.” His limbs feel ungainly as he sits backward on his bottom and extends his legs so that they’re outstretched on the stone balcony before him. He forces Erik to sit as well; for he had been doubled over on his knees before. Once their chests are both unobstructed and their lungs have the space to fully expand, Charles slides an arm around Erik’s side to lock him close.
There, under a taunting moonlight, Charles supports Erik as the adrenaline that had just desiccated his entire body begins to taper. “Darling,” he begins finally, and he’s suddenly impaled by a rod of sadness. That someone has hurt Erik to this degree, that Erik, in all his strength and stoicism and austerity, has been harboring such anguish for so very long. ”I’m so, so sorry,” he whispers again, for that’s all he can muster at the moment. Any words of comfort or reassurance will sound vapid and contrived in the wake of that gale, and Charles can’t bear to say anything that isn’t entirely authentic. “No one deserves to be treated like that. No one should be forced to carry the weight that you carry. I’m so very sorry, Erik.”
Erik's features crumble a little as the world returns to him in shimmering focus, and he fully grasps what has happened - what he has spent so long tying up inside himself so that it wouldn't get out and touch Charles at all. All this time, he has pretending to be a person. (Silly little Erik.) "No," he whispers, shaking his head. "You should not have-I should have controlled myself."
Because he knows, deep down, that it was a mere sprinkle in comparison to that which truly makes its home in his mind. The endless drift ever-expanding, before doubling back in on itself in a sickening crunch. And if it ever gets out, he isn't sure how it wouldn't kill anyone unfortunate enough to be in the vicinity. Least of all a telepath. His thoughts, disjointed and encumbered, flick to Jean in horror.
"Boże, oh no-oh, no. What have I done?" he reaches to touch Charles's face, desperately searching. "You-are you OK?"
“You can’t keep that all inside you forever, Erik,” Charles counters, firm, but also warm. “You haven’t done anything wrong. Hey, listen to me.” His fingers find their way to Erik’s jaw, holding it in place. The flood of norepinephrine in Erik’s body is enough to prevent another tectonic rupture for the moment, but Charles is steadfast in his conviction for a more holistic address. Jean, darling, are you alright? he asks the girl privately, for her worry is knocking at him, too.
That was scary. Is he hurt real bad? she replies.
In a macabre way, Charles is glad that Jean’s telepathy is still undeveloped enough to prevent her from parsing physical and psychological pain. Erik is going to be okay. I’ve got him and I’m taking care of him, alright? He’ll be fine. Why don’t you and Aura find some flowers for him? I thought I saw some wildflowers this morning. The quest for the best bouquet of wildflowers is enough to send Jean toward the forest again. Aura, her favorite teacher and companion, is gracious enough to follow her through the dark, and Charles feels a pang of friendly affection for the man yet again.
“I’m okay,” he promises Erik. “But you aren’t, my love. You can’t let pain like that fester inside of you forever. You know that.”
Even under Charles's ministrations, Erik's frame is still beset by little tremors, only felt beneath his fingers as he gallantly works to find his own shut-off valves, his own sequences for calm and order and reason. "Charles, I-" he blinks unsteadily, several times, head shaking once more. At this rate it's liable to twist off of his neck. "I have nowhere to put it," he whispers at last, a harsh gravel. "Nowhere. It belongs nowhere. It is death, and poison. In here," he taps at his chest, digging his finger in hard.
He has to laugh, and it's borderline hysterical. Erik doesn't laugh like this, aloud in caustic, stuttered barks. So the sound is even more jarring. He laughs and laughs, eyes wet and vivid enough to be seen under the darkness.
Erik’s laugh is chilling, but Charles doesn’t let the other see how shaken he is. No, he must be a bastion of calm, an unyielding source of comfort. Erik must not feel like he has to hide things from Charles. That he’s too broken to be cherished. “You’re a scientist,” Charles reminds Erik, swiping a thumb across his jaw. “We know that things cannot be destroyed, but we also know that they are always transformed. Rock becomes sand, water becomes steam. Basic chemistry. Let’s find out what we can transform that,” he says, placing his hand over Erik’s atop his heart, “into.”
"He is immune to telepathic influence. But that does not mean you will not be able to read his mind. Mann tracht, un G-tt lacht, as ima used to say," he snorts derisively, and then stops dead his tracks. "-but I don't think there is a G-d. Do you know, what they call it? What happened to us? My father's language, so expressive."
“Sure,” Charles replies. “He’s never met a telepath like me, though, has he?” Knowing full well that Erik is probably correct, that Schmidt is more powerful than anyone Charles has come across, he shakes his head. “No, I don’t. Tell me.”
"The Holocaust," Erik rolls his eyes. "It means burnt offering. Specifically, an offering to G-d. That's what they say happened to us. But there is no G-d, Charles. There is just Schmidt, and Eichmann, and Hitler. That's it. The vaunted question of why holds a very simple answer: because they could."
The word—the first of what would be many, many times that Charles will hear it—makes his stomach jolt. It sounds cold and cruel to his ears. He’s heard it called Shoah by speakers of Hebrew, but most are labeling it the Jewish genocide, still. A deep frown darkens Charles’s face. “No. You’re right. There’s no reason why people should try to justify what happened to you for as some sort of test or payment,” Charles agrees. “Trying to rationalize it as some sort of sacrament provides some sort of inane justification. You’re right, they did it because they could; evil men doing evil things because they were empowered to do them.”
"Schmidt-I do not want you to see that. To-" Erik shudders a little. "-feel, what he must feel. It is my worst nightmare, become reality. I do not want you to learn the truth, not ever. But most especially not like that. If you do, you will stop loving me. And what if it goes beyond that? What if he hurts you? Do you know why he even picked Magda?"
“Erik,” Charles attempts, shaking the man a little. “If you think that a Nazi will influence how I think and feel about you…” the idea is so absurd that Charles can’t finish his sentence. “I don’t care why he did anything. I don’t care about him, his thoughts, his opinions. He’s a sick, evil man, Erik. What he sees is not truth. Do you understand that?”
"No," Erik says. "No, you lack awareness. Listen to me. Magda wasn't a mutant. More than once I heard him refer to her as scum, detritus. She was not part of the grand experiment. It was because of me. Because he was jealous that I had a friend." Erik takes a very deep breath, and forces himself to keep going, because it is better for Charles to hear it from him instead of blindsided in the field where such a disadvantage could mean mistake - or worse.
It's the only reason he continues, the only reason he would ever continue, because now there's a possibility that this is going to happen, and if --
"Because for some unfathomable reason, he thought he was in a relationship with me. It might surprise you to know that you weren't my first. You are the first I ever liked, but not my first. I encouraged it, of course. I even got gifts. Things others would have, did, kill for." He's talking to the wall behind Charles, rather than looking at him, eyes glazed over. The words are delivered in a harsh, cold staccato, pelting into Charles one after the other like hammers. Each one a nail beyond reckoning.
"So, you see, I am not some victim of Schmidt, as Ms. MacTaggert-" he returns the favor of losing her title, pointed, "has claimed. I knew exactly what I was doing. I was a very intelligent young man." Erik gestures at his temple. "But my mind--is all verklempt. Half of me wants to kill him, the other half would probably go with him if he asked. I'm not right for this task. I don't think I can do it. I will put everyone on that team in real, physical jeopardy. I will put you in danger. No matter what you think of me now, you must know that I could never live with myself--"
Charles listens to Erik fully, absorbing what the man spills forth. His heart lurches, and then sinks to the bottom of his chest. Part of him has the gall to be hurt that Erik has kept this from him for so long, but he quickly stamps that unfair intrusion down. Because it is, indeed, unfair, to make any of this about him.
“You were a young boy, Erik, and he was a grown man,” Charles says at last, spreading his fingers over Erik’s knee. “And you were his prisoner. You did what you had to in order to survive. It’s not an unheard of phenomenon, my love. People who grow affection for their captors.” The term Stockholm Syndrome would not find its way into common parlance for another several decades, but the condition has always existed where involuntary captivity has.
“You are a victim, still. You were a young boy, taken from his home, from his family, threatened for years. By no means, Erik, is any of this your fault. Alright? You did nothing wrong.” Tugging Erik closer to him, Charles continues. “If you feel that cannot do this, then we will tell the agents that we will not help them carry this mission out. I’m perfectly comfortable with that,” he promises. “But I implore you to look at yourself now, and see how far you’ve come since you escaped that nightmare. You’re a man now. A doctor. And you’ve built all this with me, for the betterment of our kind, our future. You’re not the young man you were a decade ago, mm? That doesn’t mean we need to do this, but I encourage you to look.”
It genuinely shocks him, and it's clear he is braced for harshness, his whole body poised. When it doesn't happen, he at least is contrite enough to touch Charles's cheek again. Of course he wouldn't. Erik should have known. He's overcome momentarily, voice stolen from him. He tries to wrap it in a ball as neatly as possible to present in thought. I've paid attention, over the years. How people like me are viewed. With contempt, generally. And I do understand why that is - maybe not really, he clarifies. But I did not wish for you to ever look at me that way. Like I am...
Rather being pitied-it's the opposite. Erik doesn't court pity, but neither does he intuit the difference between pity and compassion, at this point. He's accustomed to scorn, and revulsion, for the pieces that are common knowledge. And the ones that aren't-he's spent a long time watching how others with similar experiences are treated, especially men and boys. It hasn't escaped his notice that he also happens to be homosexual. Internally, he knows that he was this way before ever encountering Schmidt, but sometimes he can't help but wonder if it's a direct consequence of Schmidt.
His education on psychology is poor at best, but what the world understands about this would not evolve for many years besides. Not to mention the very real risk, as real to him as his feet on the ground, that perhaps he's twisted beyond reproach-that he can't be trusted. They're building a school, for G-d's sake. Who would want someone like Erik near their children? While he should have known better than to presume Charles would react the same, it supposes that he himself understands that he isn't an object of disgust.
"Or," he adds, making this as clear as he can. (Clear as mud.) "Or that you would-or that it would affect," he gestures between them. "It doesn't. It has, with others," he says with a small huff. This is warmer, less far away and distorted. More like Erik, in its subtlety. "But not us." Because he needs Charles to know that much. Swallowing, he gazes up at a flock of birds as they cross over the moon. "I do not want him to hurt anyone else," he whispers at last. "And on some level, he is my responsibility. He's out in the world, and I didn't stop him. All of his victims now, that is on me. I... I want to think I could do it. Face him. Face him and win, even. But it sounds like a fantasy. Not like real life."
Charles listens to Erik, encouraged to hear some semblance of measured coherence returning to his reasoning. This is more familiar, more understandable, more Erik. He's never wanted others to look at his background and see brokenness, never wanted to pin his problems on his past. There is a balance there, though—Erik's horrific experiences have indeed contributed to many of his behaviors today. It's fair to have empathy for someone who has endured hell. At the same time, Charles respects Erik's desire to be assessed at face-value. So much of what is considered right and what is not is context-dependent, but a lot isn't.
Erik isn't looking for excuses. He's not merely damaged goods. Charles can appreciate and embrace that impulse. "You know, Erik," Charles says quietly, hand coming to rest atop Erik's braced appendage. He swipes his thumb along the fingertips that curl toward his palm, the nerves long dormant. "The way I come to know others is unique, as you know. Most people only get to learn what is revealed to them. A curated version of someone. We can tailor ourselves to others."
His eyes follow the same flock of birds, driven by some natural goal. The simplicity of it drums up envy. "But not me. I can know people whole. I get to feel their feelings, react alongside them. Perceive things as they do. There are things that remain hidden, of course, but the overall essence of a person exists in the way that their mind interacts with the world around them. Things that you've done in your past, therefore, don't matter." He turns to force eye contact again, and his fingers grip the limp ones at the end of the brace.
"They will not change anything, because I already know about them, in a way. I know how they've changed the way that your mind works, because that's the mind that I fell in love with, Erik. It's like looking at a piece of art and being astounded by its beauty. Does my opinion of its beauty change when I learn about the materials the artist used? Of course not. It's still beautiful." He leans in to place a chaste kiss on his lips. "We don't have to make a decision tonight, my love. We can sleep on it for a few days. If you feel in your heart that you want to do this, then we can. But let's not rush. We must be certain."
It's not natural to Erik, to assume this much-of course Charles would see it differently. How could he not, given the way of his abilities? It's interesting that he's chosen this particular metaphor, because it's precisely the reason Erik didn't tell him. The fact that Charles has, on more than one occasion, seen fit to divulge that he considers Erik beautiful, and this is the mind-numbing sludge he knows is a detraction. It's vapid, and full of cloying self-ruth, but that's the truth of it.
"I think," he says softly, "that sometimes-it does change, how you see things. What if I showed you a drawing, and you thought that's a normal drawing, that's fine. Because it is, it's fine. It is not great, it is not bad. Just ordinary. And then I said, ah, that's Hitler's art school tripe. Wouldn't that change how you see it? The artist, and the materials, can matter. Not always, but often." It's complicated, and Erik hasn't spent much time dwelling on this beyond the infernal awareness of its impact on his existence, but Charles is right. He has never desired to make excuses, to use his history as a justification for behaving poorly.
It's something that happened to Iakov, and he watched it in real-time. It's possible to hold empathy for someone, while still viewing them as the conductive agent of their destiny, is it not? But this is the nonsense, that makes Erik feel like a boy again. Untethered, confused, disoriented, sickly. Frightened, if he's being honest, as pathetic as it is. Charles is a telepath, there's no denying it. "My biggest concern," he says, "is that it will put you in danger. The moment we show up there, he will know. I cannot even begin to express how risky that will be for you."
“A clumsy metaphor, perhaps,” Charles replies, and gives Erik’s hand another firm squeeze. “I don’t think there’s a metaphor for it, in fact. You’re the one with the poet’s soul, Erik, not me. What I intend to tell you is that knowing about you won’t change anything.” Charles sighs deeply. “Tell me the worst case scenario, from your perspective. Schmidt sees us both, and then what?”
Erik's face pinches at that, a minute flinch. The slam of a great metal watertight compartment made of infinite reverberations almost palpable as he resolutely refuses to permit his thoughts to manifest fully. "Abduct you. Torture you. Kill you. Worse. Try to recruit me again. Especially once he realizes my power. I know him," Erik murmurs through gritted teeth. "He will be furious that I love you. Even if he doesn't seem so. And he will know." And-what, Erik is afraid? Loathe as it is. Of displeasing him, disappointing him. Rubbing his good hand over his cheek repeatedly, he tries to submerge the sensation. "If I freeze up, if I fail-a second is all it will take."
Charles is silent for a long moment. The wind picks up and sends the treetops into a swaying dance, but he scarcely feels the cold. He’s too stunned, too incredulous. Underneath all of Erik’s warnings is a deep, real fear of himself. That he wouldn’t be able to betray Herr Doktor in the moment. It’s almost unbelievable to Charles, because Erik is so strong. So convicted, so powerful and clear-minded. He himself has seen Schmidt in his memories and nightmares and knows of the atrocities that the man himself has committed. It’s hard for Charles to digest.
None of this tarnishes his love for and trust in Erik, however, nor does it alter his perception of his character. It merely intensifies the caliber of wretchedness of the offending party. “Then we can train,” Charles says at last. “Properly train. Build up our defenses, outline tactics and maneuvers. We will approach this as any military approaches a tactical mission. With strategy and practice.” Charles slots his fingers between Erik’s limp ones, one by one. “Together, we’re stronger than he is, Erik. In your heart, you know that.”
"You really-" Erik looks at him, then his eyes drop momentarily before snapping back up. "You really think that I can do this? Not just-not just," his hand flutters a bit at his chest. In anyone else, it might be an absurd case for reassurance, but Erik is very seriously asking. "You said-that I'm strong. Is that-are you sure? The way I was, back then-it wasn't. It wasn't strong, I didn't resist at all. You really think I can, now?"
“I do,” Charles says honestly. “You’re a decade older, Erik. You’ve achieved so much. Think about how your abilities have grown since you’ve left. About how you as a person have grown. I don’t have a doubt in my mind that you’ll be able to resist. And I’ll be there, at your side, if you need encouragement.”
He presses his teeth together before nodding. "We will need to prepare. A lot. I will not allow us to be caught off-guard. Anyone the CIA assigns will need to train with us. You will have to learn tactical self-defense, shooting, things like that."
“Of course,” Charles agrees. “We’ll make sure that we know about the extent of his abilities, what he’s impervious to, how to work around it. I have full confidence that we can do it, Erik. We can take this man off the streets, make sure that he can never hurt anyone ever again.” Charles rubs Erik’s back, gentle. “And if you don’t want to be the one to do it, you don’t have to be. If it’s too painful, it’s okay if you stay away.”
That gets his attention and something fierce and old and deadly flashes across his face, shuttering his features. "No," he murmurs softly. "It has to be me. I have to be the one to kill him." It's clear he has no intention of taking the man in, as the CIA desires. "I refuse to sit back and let everybody else fight my battles. I'm not a child any longer. He spent so long trying to force me to manifest my abilities," he has to laugh. "I never did. Even when it was unbearable. I do not know why. Rebellion? I desperately wanted to comply. If I'd been able to-I would have destroyed it all. The crematoria, everything. I do not know why I couldn't. But now I can. I can kill him," he whispers.
Charles smiles sadly, but in his chest, he knows that Erik is right. It should be him. It must be. Not for the revenge plot that the CIA so curtly bandied about, but for a litany of reasons far more complex and real than petty revenge. “Well, I’ll be right beside you, my darling. You’ll do this with our help.” He deposits a heartfelt kiss on Erik’s cheek before he finally stands to his feet, extending his arms downward to help Erik to his own. Once they’re both vertical, Charles wraps his arms around Erik’s waist. When they’re standing side by side, their height difference is almost comical—Erik’s legs really do seem a mile long—but Charles still feels protective. “I can go back in there and explain our position to MacTaggert and Haller, if you’d like. “I’m not trying to shut you away, by any means, but maybe you’d prefer a moment of privacy.”
Erik leans forward and down, pressing his lips to Charles's forehead. "You might be more equipped for that part of it," he agrees softly. "I am not feeling particularly diplomatic." And he wants to apologize to Jean, at the very least. He shouldn't have lost control that way.
With a dark chuckle, Charles looks upward and meets Erik’s eyes. “Alright, darling. I’ll get them sorted and then bring up some dinner, hmm? Your culinary achievement was particularly spectacular this evening.”
Despite the suffocating weight of stress, Erik still manages to find room inside himself to glow a little at the praise. It tickles the back of his neck, and he lingers briefly, inhaling sharply where he's pressed into Charles's side before forcing himself away a footstep at a time, heading out into the cold evening to find Aura and Jean.
Chapter 15: to contemplate in a joyful mood, and bid them to seek earnestly
Chapter Text
Moira and Gabrielle are talking lowly, undoubtedly attempting to deduce the best method to approach their current situation, when Charles enters again. Moira clears her throat. "Everything sorted?" she asks, meaning Erik. It's her way of asking if he's all right-she'd heard a bit of the commotion, nothing substantial enough to understand his perspective by any means.
All shreds of decorum—even the cloying, overwrought decorum—have evaporated as Charles re-enters his dining room. The gravity of the CIA's task must be felt by all in this room; Moira MacTaggert and Gabrielle Haller must understand that what they're asking Erik to do extends beyond the scope of what they implied last night in the café. He takes his seat before he answers, and when he does, his tone is icy.
"No," he replies. "It's not sorted, Agent MacTaggert. When we agreed to assist you, we did so as a gesture of good will. I had to convince Erik, to convince everyone, to agree to open up our sanctuary and allow you in. I wanted to show your esteemed organization that we, mutant-kind, are interested in establishing a common goal of peaceful coexistence. I asked my companions to place their trust in you. You've already posed a great challenge to that trust by so bluntly recruiting us to further this particular end. With all the intelligence at your disposal, it is astounding to me that you thought it appropriate to ask Erik to do this for you. I can only hope that you don't appreciate the magnitude of your ask, for if you do and you've still decided to be so glib...well, I wonder what that says about your character."
MacTaggert won't care about his assessment of her character, Charles knows, but he feels better having expressed his resentment, and continues now with less poison in his voice. "We will help, but we will call the shots. Literally and figuratively. Any personnel that you assign will receive training alongside our own forces, under our leadership. In exchange, you will provide us with comprehensive tactical training as well, and you will not spare expense or resources. These are our terms, Agent MacTaggert, Agent Haller."
Sure enough, he's correct that Moira doesn't seem offended, or moved, but nor does she argue. None of this is important to her - not precisely. It matters, and it's clear she understands that, but what is more over-arching is her mission, not the feelings of people. There is simply too much at stake.
On the flip side, what it does mean, is that she's perfectly willing to concede to terms. "This is a joint operation," she explains, indicating Haller. "In fact, you'll be pleased to know that the CIA is actually not in charge of this," she says with a small smile. "Your primary points of contact from this point out will be Haller and her handler Kaplan. He's a tactical coordinator, so you couldn't be in better hands."
Raven enters the room in the middle of this explanation, and whistles. "I thought your espionage task-force was a legend."
"Not a legend. Very real, and yes, they're all nicer than me. They've been doing this a long time. Their terms are exceedingly simple: they want him alive."
"That's gonna be a problem," Raven's brows pinch together. She's been keeping up, mostly through Charles's concise summary in her mind, but also for the duration of their intrusion into what she's come to know as her home, given the nature of her own work, it's made sense for her to be looped in.
"How much of a problem, exactly?"
"A big one, morally and operationally speaking. He's too strong to take death out of the equation," she just says it, as equally blunt as Moira but with a lot more grim determinism and less amusement. "If we can't kill him, he'll probably kill us. That's just reality. I mean, what's his power, exactly?"
"As far as we can tell," Moira sifts through her documents to produce a thin file on Schmidt, under the alias Sebastian Shaw. "He converts energy into force. So, you shoot him, he'll just get stronger. Kaplan thinks that, with enough time, they could potentially develop a null field, but the problem will then be to get him in there."
"So, how exactly are we supposed to sell that to Erik, probably the only one here who has a shot of neutralizing him?" Raven crosses her arms, arcing a brow.
"I don't know. Personally," she says with a glance at Haller, "I also don't really care. If you do wind up killing him, it's not like I'm going to cry myself to sleep. Neither will the CIA. These guys, on the other hand, are serious business. They want to put him on trial, publicly."
"For optics, yes," Charles adds for Moira, unable to keep the contempt out of his drawl. "A nice win for whichever government agency decides to put their name on this little operation. I agree with my sister; we will not go out of our way to capture him alive."
"I will not deny that optics are a concern," Gabrielle admits, eyes quickly scanning the form of Raven Darkholme as she stands beside her brother's seat. She's seen photos of the woman before—in various states of disguise—but she's never seen her in person. Her presence is strong, commanding. "But we are also interested in justice, believe it or not. I understand your cynicism, Dr. Xavier, Ms. Darkholme, but believe it or not, there are people who intend to prosecute men like Klaus Schmidt. Death requires no accountability, but a public trial does."
Charles rolls his eyes. "I suppose it's good that you understand my cynicism, at least." Before she can respond, Charles pulls the chair beside him out for Raven to sit. "Erik tells me that he is impervious to telepathy, but I wonder if we can overpower whatever it is that shields his mind from it. If I can hold him for even a few moments, we can get him into your null field." And then it hits Charles. A null field. An anti-mutation field. Capturing Schmidt alive will require the keeping of Schmidt alive, which means that, undoubtedly, there are people working to develop some form of suppression technology. Whether it resembles Hank's serum or takes an entirely different form is a matter of mystery, but Charles has no doubts that an investment has already been made. "How do you plan on holding him, if we do capture him alive?" he asks, throat dry.
Shuffling her papers, Moira extracts just one and slides it across the table for Charles's perusal. "At the moment, we don't have the technology necessary to create a suppressant capable of impacting all mutants, and that's not our goal. So we're focusing on Schmidt specifically, on what his powers actually are, in an attempt to negate them."
At long last, Erik emerges into the room, looking every bit as imposing as he's capable of, with the exception of a small bundle of flowers grasped in his good hand. He finds a glass of water for them and arranges them neatly before approaching the table, plucking up the file. "This has the potential for efficacy," he murmurs with a nod. "It works by reversing polarity," he explains for the benefit of the non-physicists in the room. "But this will require a lot of power, and it will only work if he remains in that spot. How do you plan on transporting him to Israel, imprisoning him, and putting him on trial? What happens if the containment field fails?"
"Then we are all in for a very bad day," Moira mutters to herself. "It's not my call - and it shouldn't be. They're within their rights, here."
"If he were an ordinary man, I would agree with you," says Erik, soft. "But this is not a solution, it is a theory only. I would be willing to test such a device for you, but it is not tactically viable." Everything about what he adds next is splintered and unpleasant. Hank's serum could potentially be adapted, but as an injection, Schmidt has the ability to physically resist it. Could we make it airborne?
The fact that he's considering it speaks volumes.
No. Absolutely not. Charles continues to level his gaze at the agents, but his mind is with Erik. Monitoring, fretting, and now, opposing. He has reached a similar conclusion in his own reasoning—the necessity of a suppressant—but he refuses to consider it a viable option. We will kill him before we do that.
"Powerful as he is, he's not immune to standard tranquilizers, no?" Charles asks. "If we have the ability to make an elephant sleep for a week as it crosses the ocean on a boat, I doubt that we cannot make a man who weighs—what? 75 kilos?—be knocked out for 12 hours. Then we get him back into the field and keep him there until he dies a natural death."
"If only it could be so simple," Gabrielle says. "He is immune indeed."
"Then we have one option only," Charles reasons, turning toward Erik now. "He is too dangerous to be kept alive."
It doesn't take a lot to convince Erik. It's something he has objected to since learning of Hank's studies in the first place. But it would be a necessary evil, if they were planning on taking Schmidt in. Erik won't allow them to rely on some relic of science fiction that doesn't even have a functional model yet. "You've done it before," Erik says to Gabrielle, simple. "There is precedent. We have more than enough evidence to do a trial in absentia. It is not the optimal outcome, I agree. Ideally we would see justice, for everyone he has affected. It is unfair that I should have closure, while the rest do not. But I will not lead these men and women to slaughter like lambs. That, I cannot abide."
It takes Moira off-guard again, and Charles can feel her perception of Erik shifting. "We'll noodle it," is what she says. "If we can't come up with a viable solution, it might have to come down to that. Everyone here deserves to go home at the end of the day. You have the CIA's support."
"I've already let Agents MacTaggert and Haller know that we expect to lead this operation," Charles explains to Erik and Raven. "Training for both of our teams is to begin immediately—"
"I will stress that it is our imperative to bring Schmidt alive to Tel Aviv," Gabrielle interjects hotly. "If you have no means to do so, then we will continue to conduct research, but our imperative is justice. We are aware that Dr. Henry McCoy is in residence here, and we are also familiar with your work, Dr. Xavier. That dissertation that you published, The X-Gene. We've also done some light reading. I struggle to believe that your research has not uncovered fruitful avenues for discovery."
Charles swallows thickly. "Your scientists are welcome to use publicly accessible information, such as my doctoral research and Dr. McCoy's publications, to research as you please. Dr. Lehnsherr here can certainly also point you to excellent papers on reverse polarity. But we have agreed to share our manpower with you, and that's it."
Gabrielle eyes Charles with a cold, challenging gaze, but nods finally. "Fine, we will bring the technology, but our prerogative is to capture him alive. Training must be conducted with that as the ultimate goal. If that is understood, then we may proceed with your silly demands."
Charles looks to Erik once more, inviting his companion to offer the final verdict. "Dr. Lehnsherr?"
Raven is reading the document, her face in a distorted wrinkle. "Oh, fuck this guy," she gripes as her eyes catch onto a particularly vile paragraph. "Listen, stop-just stop it. Wait a minute," she interrupts boldly, raising her voice over the din, as well as her hands. "It's obvious you both have telepathic shielding. Can that be extended to me? I could gather the intelligence we need to make this as safe as possible. How can you be expected to bring him in alive if you lack this? Everything Frost told you is undoubtedly changed now that he knows she's been taken."
Moira blinks. "But that would be extremely hazardous to you, Ms. Darkholme."
"Oh, please. Like I haven't impersonated a Nazi before. Should we roleplay? You know, the last time I did an audition--"
Erik mashes his hand over her mouth.
"--mmrrrhhhp, phhrrm." Raven's eyebrows arc, cheeky.
"Raven," says Erik, gentle. "This is not the same thing. You would be alone. I can't allow that. Do you understand what a devastation it would be to this community, if you were lost?"
"This is what I do for a living, Erik. I'm good at what I do. Schmidt isn't the first motherfucker, and he won't be the last. I can think of worse ways to spend my time. Well, actually, I can't, but--"
His head shakes. "It is too great a risk, yakira. This has to be an effort from us all."
"This is my effort. This is how I can contribute. You want him alive? Then we need to do this. Believe me, I know what I'm saying. We already have Frost. That's a ready-made impersonation, right there. He's not telepathic, right? How would he know she's been turned?"
It makes Erik wince as though struck. "He is not, but Nathaniel Essex is. And he will have no qualms tearing your mind apart to discover the truth. The moment he recognizes you are not Emma Frost, you will be subject to atrocity."
"We should probably roleplay," says Raven to Charles, the only one here who fully understands the scope of her abilities.
Charles's initial reaction is to agree with Erik. Schmidt is far too dangerous; he realizes that he has not been entertaining any notion that Raven, his beloved sister, would join them at all on the tactical front. Not only is this ludicrous—there is no way in hell that Raven would allow herself to be sidelined—but it's also irresponsible. Raven is beyond capable and extraordinarily useful. He grimaces, but nods at last. "Alright, I agree with you. Having you on the inside will be invaluable, Raven, but you will not do this alone. Haller, will your team be able to assist my sister? Guarantee her safety?"
Gabrielle is already observing Raven with a most curious expression. "Nothing can ever be guaranteed, Dr. Xavier, but she will have reinforcements. Explain what you mean by roleplay, Ms. Darkholme, if you please?"
"I should warn you, this is about to get rul uncomfortable. Anyone who doesn't want to wind up punching me, should probably leave."
Knowing that the only way to prove she can do what she says, is to simply... do it. She knows if she doesn't, there's no way in hell that anyone here will allow her to participate - and that is not optional. In the span of only moments, Raven's blue-besotted form with her red sundress and gold-plaited hair abruptly begins to shift, the scales that comprise her skin in swirling patterns ruffling for a moment as even her clothes change - it's a curious adaptation, but one that's convenient. Even her jewelry disappears.
Raven vanishes, and Dr. George Maxon slowly lifts his hands, steepling them under his chin.
Gabrielle recognizes him immediately as the leader of Hydra, a community of former Nazis that were captured by the Israeli intelligence agency only months prior. The others at the table struggle to place him. He's a genteel man in a strict suit, with short-cropped blond hair and icy blue eyes. His gaze is calculating and interminable, examining everyone with cold efficiency.
He arcs an eyebrow at Erik, picking up the papers on the table to study them. "Interesting. I believe more research is in order," he says in a perfect rendition, his German accent light. "We're on the precipice of something magnificent, but surely mutation should be reserved for only the highest castes, yes? Tell me, your nullification field. Tell me how that works. I should like to analyze it, for my own purposes."
Erik stares, utterly bamboozled. "Co kurwa," he rasps, very much disoriented. His brain understands that it's no more than Raven wearing a costume, but - the degree of disdain, the subtle indication of a deep-seeded, long-standing hatred of inferior races is so believable that he genuinely has to wonder where it came from. Is this... is this something personal, that she believes? No, no, it can't be. It can't.
"Close your mouth, boy. You'll catch flies. I know you're intelligent enough to grasp decorum, aren't you? Perhaps not. Ah, well. No matter, once Hydra is embedded in every educational and scientific institute in Europe, we won't need to deal with these... problems. I suppose you Americans will need to find a solution for yourselves. We're certainly not taking that on."
It's absolutely pitch-perfect, to the point that Gabrielle herself struggles to understand how Raven would know these nuances, when none of his interrogations (and their utter lack of remorse, and visible disdain for his interrogators) were made public. How could she know his personality was that of an unrepentant psychopath? Many of these people pretended to be contrite and remorseful, or outright denied any participation at all. How would she know that he was so self-satisfied?
Erik growls at the back of his throat, forgetting himself. "You're not taking---! ---ah," he spreads his fingers out across the table. Stopping himself from doing exactly what Raven expects him to do, which is to throttle her until her head separates from her body.
Raven sees that as her cue to rematerialize, and she sets a hand over Erik's, giving him a small smile. "I know. I'm sorry. I'm not just some ditz, OK? Everything I do is calculated. Everything you see is what I want you to see. Now, I am Raven. I'm your friend. Your family. So you see Raven. But if I didn't want that, you wouldn't. Do you understand, now?"
"How-" Erik rasps, closing his eyes. "How do you know how to do this?"
"Like I said. Schmidt is not the first Nazi I've ever tangled with. I've done work with Martyrs' Memorial in the past. They're not off the ground yet, but they got a good head start, now."
"Oh--" Erik touches his fingers to his lips. "--you?"
"Mostly, we liberated stolen artifacts. It wasn't anything as intense as this, but it took a lot of playing the part. These art collector fucks don't care about anything or anyone but themselves."
Erik doesn't seem to know what to do with himself, so he stands up and drapes an arm over her shoulder, kissing the top of her head. "You are my family. I do not want to lose you."
She pats his hand. "I know, Mausebärchen." It's a slight reveal of her heritage prior to meeting Charles, the German endearment soft. "You won't. Like I said, I'm very good at what I do. And Charles, you can attest that the entire time I was Maxon, my mind was as gross as humanly possible, right?" her eyebrows raise.
Moira is just peering at her, fascinated. Charles can feel the whir of her mechanical thoughts, considering how best to utilize this extremely peculiar new asset that has dropped into her lap. "You'll need to be trained more thoroughly," she says at last.
"I'll require every interrogation manuscript from Emma Frost, and any videos or photographs you have," Raven adds. "I'll also want Charles to show me some of your memories of her," she taps a finger toward Erik. "As well as his own. I can probably do it without that," she says, as she clearly just did, "but it will be better if I have as much data as possible."
Though Charles has seen Raven perform this stunt many, many times, he is still astounded by her skillfulness.
It's his 13th birthday, which means that Raven had to be around 9. They had snuck from the manor and caught a ride into the city on the back of a milk truck to see a lecture given by Albert Einstein himself. When he had arrived rumpled and without tickets, an usher had been prepared to shoo him away when Raven appeared at his side, sporting the body of a mustached older gentleman. With the subtlest Austrian accent, plucked straight from fin-de-siecle Bavaria, Raven had told the usher that she was a “close cousin of Albie” who had immigrated to the States two decades prior.
“Oh, scheisse, Martin—did you misplace our billets? Forgetful boy! Forgive me, sir, my wife’s nephew here would lose his whole head if it wasn’t attached to his shoulders! Perhaps a colleague of yours can tell Albie, oh, forgive me, Doktor Einstein—that his dear cousin Georg is here with Hildy’s boy, Martin—oh! And that he still owes me five krone for that game of Würfel back in ‘05—“
“That won’t be a problem, sir,” the usher quickly interrupted, raising his hands. “Please go on in and have a seat, thank you.”
Somehow, a nine-year-old girl from the streets had affected an elderly, aloof Austrian ex-patriate with such precision that Charles himself would have believed that he was standing beside the mysterious cousin of Albert Einstein, had he not been able to see inside her head. And when he’d whispered to her that he hadn’t needed her help, that all he’d needed to do was administer a tiny massage of memory, Raven had pat him on the head and told him that sometimes she could save the day, too.
The others in the room, however, have never seen such a performance. For her part, Gabrielle feels as if her jaw will never leave the floor. “Remarkable, Ms. Darkholme, that is remarkable,” she gushes with more enthusiasm than Moira has ever heard escape her lips. By tenfold. “Whatever you need from me–er, from my agency, it is yours.”
Feeling something changing in the air surrounding Agent Gabrielle Haller, Charles wrinkles his nose. “Alright, alright, we can talk specifics tomorrow,” he declares, standing to his feet to quickly place an arm around Raven’s shoulders. “It has been an eventful day, and we should all probably rest, hmm?”
Raven grins at Gabby, stacking the papers which have gotten strewn all over the place neatly in her hands. "Kaplan is going to have a fit," Moira snorts under her breath, shaking her head at Raven. "Rest up," she agrees, at least partially apologetic.
"Everyone is looking forward to meeting you," she says to Charles. "We have an opportunity here, ladies and gentleman, to effect some real good in this world. While I'm sure that doesn't come as much consolation, you will be known for this act. The fact that you are willing to assist us here," she says to Erik at last. "Is not something that we have the capacity to thank you for. That takes more strength and guts than most of the people at Langley I know combined. We'll pick this up next week," she neatly folds her files under her arm and raises from the chair.
"And it really was a fantastic meal. Have a good night, all of you. We'll be in touch."
"Seeya," Raven waves, rocking back on her heels and shaking Gabby's hands with both of her own just a little too long to be strictly professional. Don't even say a word, Charles.
Chapter 16: And by my song I teach all men
Chapter Text
The next few weeks are a bit of a blur, as the inhabitants of the mansion assigned to the task force (Erik, Charles, Raven, Sayid and Hank as an auxiliary) are slowly but exhaustively put through their paces, with the help of Aura Tarish, their resident expert on all things physical-training. William Kaplan is an older man with light eyes and wispy strands of white that curl around his temple, austere in manner, but true to form, he is at-once a great deal more solemnly aware of the magnitude of what they're doing and things feel solidly more in-control with him at the helm.
Raven studies hard, consuming every available resource possible on Emma Frost, and leaves mid-way to begin her mission infiltrating what has become known as the Hellfire Club, much to Erik's distaste. Just as she promised, she returns right before they're ready to embark on their mission to a small, uninhabited island off the coast of New York where they believe Schmidt and his minions have holed up, in possession of a great deal of information that they otherwise wouldn't have.
It's two nights before go, when the outer door to the foyer draws open in a loud creak to the familiar bloom of Raven's whirlwind mind. The first thing she does is abruptly hug Erik, in front of everyone, in the hallway without a single care in the world, letting her luggage drop to the floor once she sees him.
Erik stands stiffly for a moment before returning the embrace. "You are home," he whispers.
"I need, like, a hundred showers," is the first thing out of her mouth. When Charles enters the room, drawn as on a string to the commotion, she flounces over to him to wrap him up in a tight squeeze. "I got it. I'm OK, it's all good. I have it. Everything we need. G-d, it is so good to be back," she laughs.
In her hand, she holds a small portable radio which she speaks into. "How's this, any better? OK, great. OK--hang on--" she props it under her chin, kneeling to rifle through her bags. Holding up a hand, she mouths Taima to them both before continuing. "Tel Porter, Abraham Erskine, Anna Kapplebaum--and we have a problem with Astrovik's records. He's still in prison. No, I know it doesn't make sense. I don't know why. I don't know. I'll try to find out more. Something about morality laws. Right, OK. I'll call you back. Have a good flight. Bye. Ugh, exhausting."
Raven laughs at the group of people who have now made their way into the mansion's foyer. "Hey, Erik, do you know anything about Flossenbürg? It was destroyed, right?"
He blinks, and raises his brows in a shrug. "I do not know much about the different camps, and I am not German. If it follows the standards of the others, it would have been preserved, not destroyed. But most certainly not in use any longer."
"Do you know why a prisoner would be liberated from there, and then sent back to prison for the same crimes he was allegedly convicted of? Weren't all the prisoners released from the camps, since their detention was invalid in the first place?"
Erik goes very still, and lifts his chin after a moment, defiant. It's the same look in his eye he'd gotten all those months ago, at Aoife's. "You mentioned morality laws. I presume he's a homosexual. That would be why. They were not released, they were merely sent to different prisons. They are still criminals."
"You're fucking kidding me. That's a joke, right?"
"I assure you that it is not."
"Homosexual. Unbelievable. How likely is it that I can get his records from West Berlin?"
"Extremely unlikely. Such a prisoner would not be afforded the courtesy. What is this about?"
"Just Tracing Service stuff. I'm helping Taima. We hit the jackpot at Hellfire, Erik. The fucking jackpot. Come on, we have a lot to go over. Get everyone into the conference room. Get Gabby, too," she says, evidently on a nickname basis with the woman now, who had been her primary handler during her operation. "Believe me, she's going to want to hear this."
True to her character, Raven’s return to the manor adds more wind to the cyclone that has overtaken the manor over the past several weeks. Overnight, their quaint, bucolic little enclave morphed into something resembling a proper academy. But they don’t learn matrices and Machiavelli at this academy. No, their days are split between proper operative training and specialized practice with their respective mutation. Erik and Sayid are leagues ahead of Charles for the former, having been proper soldiers themselves not so long ago, but all of them are on equal footing for the latter.
Especially Sayid, who had grown in both control and strength over the past several weeks alone. As he learns about himself, they learn too; and their initial suspicion was correct. His power is immense, rivaling that of Schmidt himself. Though Charles is pleased to see his sister’s safe return, it also marks a frightening milestone. Her new intel is the final component of their plan. Once she has debriefed them all, they will be ready to strike.
Green to any form of warfare, Charles would be lying to say that he wasn’t nervous. He knows that once they take this step, there will be no going back. The X-Men—a name that was floated in jest by Raven some weeks ago, but one that somehow stuck—will establish themselves as a group of action. It’s the end of their peaceful existence as they know it. “I’m here, Mystique,” purrs Gabrielle from seemingly nowhere as they shuffle into the conference room, and Charles frowns. Mystique? Gabby? Since when do they have pet names for each other?
“What’s all this about imprisonment for homosexuals?” Charles asks, sitting on Erik’s left. “What did you get yourself into, Mystique?”
Raven sticks her blue tongue out at Charles. "Hush. Come on, I'll tell you everything in there."
The sapphire lady, sanguine in a brilliant red skirt and yellow blazer, leads the way. She hefts her luggage with an easy strength that comes with her hardy frame, a product of her excellent physical mastery. "OK, hi, hello," she says as everyone slowly trickles in and takes their seats. She drops her radio onto the table and it begins flashing green. "I have Taima Kashih on speaker with ITS Yad Vashem. We've been working together for the last week and a half to make sense of everything I've uncovered so far."
"Good morning," a low, soft voice crackles through the room. Given his improvement over the past year, Charles can feel the hum of her mind like wind-chimes. Erik waves his hand, and at once her next words come out completely clear, as if she's standing before them. "I suppose it is evening for you all."
"Welp, I forgot about that. It's 5AM there, isn't it?" Raven chuckles, shaking her head. "Sorry."
"It's no trouble. Shall we begin?"
"This is a lot, so bear with me. I spent about a week and a half undercover at Hellfire, which is what Sebastian Shaw - formerly Dr. Klaus Schmidt - calls his organization. They're an extremist mutant supremacist group founded with the purpose of destabilizing global peace and security, and removing homo sapiens from positions of power. During my time at Hellfire I discovered a cache of evidence demonstrating that Shaw's experiments on mutation divergence have continued."
Erik's hands are poised calmly over his lap, and freezes in place as Raven's words gradually infect their way through his ears like worms. "Continued," he barely breathes. "Continued in what manner? On whom?"
"This is a list of everyone I could find." She reaches into her bag to withdraw a stack of papers, setting them on the table. "Some are deceased, while others are being held at the Hellfire facility on North Brother Island. This is an aerial shot of the old Riverside Hospital, originally established as a Smallpox center, and which he is now using as his base of operations." She clicks a switch in her hand, drawing down a projector sheet to display the large complex.
Over the past weeks, Erik has been tightly controlled, not letting slip for a moment that this is a source of pain for him. Everyone here needs him to be strong, and he has been. Instead of wilting like a flower, as is his impulse, he's thrown himself full-tilt at their training, with particular focus on Charles and his progress. Only now, hearing that Schmidt has continued... Erik's mind stutters to a halt. No longer a quiet flicker, but the static-screech of a record disc set into perpetual motion. He doesn't realize that beside him, Moira is snapping her fingers in front of his face, calling his name.
Quand il me prend dans ses bras, il me parle tout bas, je vois la vie en rose... sings Edith Piaf in her husky croon.
Es ist eine einfache Sache, die ich von dir verlange. Eine kleine Münze ist nichts im Vergleich zu einem grossen Gatter. Ist es? Du kannst nicht einmal das tun. Was soll ich Viktor Creed sagen? All das. Brot, Decken – meinst du, es wächst auf Bäumen, Junge? In Ihrem Bett liegen Sie warm und geborgen. Alle anderen Gefangenen da draussen haben das nicht. Du höllisches Kind, beweg die Münze!
Gut, du wirst es nicht bewegen. Was würde deine Mutter sagen? Mach dir keine Sorgen, kleiner Erik. Ich werde dich nicht verhungern lassen. Wir müssen Viktor nur auf andere Weise von Ihrem Wert überzeugen...
"Erik!" Moira pierces at last.
He blinks, shaking his head to alleviate the ringing in his ears. "What? Hm?" Wie heisst du, mein Freund? Lehnsherr? Ha! Deine Eltern hatten Sinn für Humor. Willst du etwas davon? Alter Schmidt hat recht. Dieses Zeug ist nicht billig. Kommen Sie vorbei und wir werden sehen, wie dankbar Sie sind...
"I asked you if you know any of these people," she taps at the papers in her hand. "Can you recognize any of these names?"
"Tue ich... ah, was?" he asks loudly over the roaring gale and rising tide. He squints, trying to puzzle out what she's saying.
It's instantaneous. Charles's breath catches in his throat as he feels the clarity of Erik's mind grow muddled once more. His expression is somehow both vacant and tortured all at once. Without warning, Charles is treated to a red-tinged memory of a man who seems far too tall to be real. His voice slithers, serpentine, and his eyes behind the circular lenses of his spectacles appear beady and hollow. Though Charles can't understand the German, Erik does, and so he can secondarily absorb Schmidt's nauseating lilt.
Stop, Charles demands Moira, and it's the first time that Charles has spoken to her directly like this. The intrusion will feel invasive, but he can't bring himself to care. In the meantime, he grips Erik's thigh and extends himself across the plane of his frontal lobe, inserting himself atop the memory of Klaus Schmidt. Erik can allow Charles to overtake it should he so choose. Stay present, my love. We need you to stay here with us. Don't let him win, hmm?
Moira's lips part in shock as the voice reverberates through her mind, and absent any capacity to understand what has just happened, can do little-more but comply, reminiscent of a fish-out-of-water.
"Let me see those," Erik barks abruptly, lurching forward and scattering some of the papers across the table.
Sayid moves quickly to collect them. "What are you looking for? Here, sit down," he directs with a look over Erik's shoulder to Charles.
"Maximoff," Erik says. "I need to find Maximoff. Search everywhere, help me look--"
"Is there a first name?" Sayid asks as he begins drawing his fingers down each page, discarding ones that don't display any useful information within seconds, able to glean every word in half that time.
"Any name. Any connection." Erik shuffles the papers in his hands and uncomprehendingly tries to study the words, frustrated that it all looks like smashed-up letters in a blender.
Raven helps as best as she can. "I don't specifically remember anyone by that name," she says gently. "But there's at least a hundred of these, Erik. It could take us months to sort through."
"Not a month. I found it," Sayid drops a stack of them on the table, pulling out the exact reference.
"OK, well that's handy."
Erik's hand visibly shakes as he reaches for it. "I can't--co to mówi! Nie mogę tego zrozumieć!" he growls.
"Be easy. It says that Petro.., sorry, Peyetro Maximoff is a Rho-level mutant, whilst the sibling Wanda is an Omega... given the readings of..." he looks unsure if he should continue.
"What do you want with this Maximoff?" Gabrielle demands, scanning the file over Raven's shoulder. "They're children, sure, but there are several children in that facility."
Charles's throat feels dry. He and Erik are the only ones in the room who know why the two Maximoff children—nine-year-old twins Pietro and Wanda—carry a heavier weight. "We'll get them out, Erik," he promises. "We'll get all of them out. Raven, what of his mutation? And his cronies? What exactly are we dealing with, here?"
"This is a list of everyone I was able to identify at the facility," Raven replies softly, pressing the button on her remote to change the slide. "Sebastian Shaw, Jason Wyngarde, Viktor Creed, Enoch Ivanov, Nathaniel Essex, Werner von Strucker, Arnim Zola, and Johann Beckers. Do you recognize these people?" she asks Erik.
"Yes. They are his inner circle," Erik explains. "You, you did this," he points at Moira harshly. "This is your fault, all of you. You offered them amnesty. Only now you realize that they are not your vaunted allies, you need us to clean your mess."
Moira inclines her head. "I can't justify that, Erik. I certainly didn't support it. Do you really think Agent Haller would be here, if I had?" she arcs a brow. "None of these people have amnesty. They're all wanted by both of our governments, OK? All of them."
Erik's voice rises with each word, hard and cold as he stands to his feet. "You fucking Americans and your space race. You didn't care about anyone that you hurt. You still don't. If Schmidt weren't planning on blowing up half the Eastern Seaboard you would be drinking tea with him in Texas. Pieprz się gówniarz, ty nic niewarty!"
"Gonna assume that wasn't friendly. Listen, I know. We have a lot of bad blood at the CIA, you're not wrong. You're not." She lifts her hands, doing her best to placate. "Ms. Darkholme, these patients that you found, how many of them are children? Where are they, physically? The parameters of this mission need to reflect this."
"Maybe ten? Twelve? They're all localized here," she taps a section of the hospital's west wing. "He's extremely powerful," she says at last. "I've never seen anything like it. I'm honestly not sure how we're going to pull this off. We'll be relying a lot on Erik and Sayid. Enoch Ivanov," she taps his picture. "He's a teleporter. So we'll have to hit them as fast and hard as possible, taking him out first, so that they don't escape. Creed has some kind of healing factor, so we'll need to restrain him. Wyngarde is hyper-intelligent and Essex is his other telepath. I managed to throw him off, so he's not as strong as you, Charles. But he's strong enough."
"What about these Maximoff kids?" Moira asks Erik again, repeating Gabrielle's question when it goes unanswered the first time. "Do we have a problem, here?"
"What else," Erik insists to Sayid with a rough gesture. "Just read it."
Inclining his head, the hulking visage of Sayid delivers the rest of the report in as careful a manner as he can. "Given the readings of Subj- ah," he stutters, unconsciously staring at Erik's arm, "-of you, this is within the Familial Indication Spectrum hypothesis so posed by Dr. Wyngarde. She displays a similar pattern of reality manipulation-" he clears his throat. "-to the male donor subject."
"Oh, shit." Moira doesn't have time to calibrate, and she blurts it out roughly. She eyes Charles from across the table. Hey, you! Hey. Yes. How much of a problem is this? al-Zaman can barely levitate a fork. We are relying on Lehnsherr, here. How fucked does this make us?
Charles closes his eyes as Erik begins to snap accusations toward Moira. He doesn't disagree; how can he? All of these people are highly educated. Doctors, scientists, mathematicians. The steadily growing cabal of technocrats that sit at the top of several US governmental organizations invited these men here following the war, with a slap on the wrist and a promise for redemption in exchange for their brainpower. Cushy jobs, nice houses. Freedom to move. Freedom to gather in secret, to kidnap children. Charles wraps a protective arm around Erik's waist.
You don't need to yell, I can hear you just fine, Charles grits back to the woman, half focused on Erik, still. This complicates matters, certainly. I may be able to disable the rest, but if Schmidt truly is impervious to telepathy, then we will need to be...deft.
"We will prioritize the children first. Is Shaw is the only one able to withstand telepathic influence?" Charles asks Raven. "My telepathic influence, I mean?"
"I think so," Raven nods. "He put a lot of effort and resources into the transmission of energy potentials from one mutant to another. So he's been working to make himself more powerful than he was born," she summarizes concisely. "They're also amassing an extremely large stockpile of weapons. Nuclear warheads, ammunition, vehicles. They're preparing for a war, Charles. And they'll be prepared for us."
"We were expecting that. We have our own armaments," Moira reveals. "We'll have air control the entire time. We can drop you and your team directly into the center of town, work our way outward, evacuate the civilians and neutralize everyone else. But I need to know," she taps the table in front of Erik, meeting his eyes. "I need to know you can do this. Everyone in this room is going to be relying on one another to stay alive. You can't be going off half-cocked, yelling and screaming. Do you have this?"
His eyes close, and he focuses on Charles in his mind. Steadying, protective. A bastion of stability inside a shrieking cyclone. "I will do the best that I am physically able to do, Agent. I will do my best to keep everybody here safe. I cannot promise more than this."
Moira glances back at Charles, unconvinced. "We have two days to plan our operation. I hope you didn't intend on getting any sleep any time soon. Raven, let's see the rest of these slides. We'll start near the west wing, look for vulnerabilities in their defenses."
"I've got you covered," the blue woman continues her presentation.
Considering the task ahead, Charles takes a deep breath. Over the past year, he has discovered that the horizons of his abilities are far broader than even he could have imagined. It's staggering, frightening; if he wanted, Charles could manipulate his way into a global dictatorship. Minds are clay, and Charles is the most talented sculptor to walk the earth. But it isn't easy, being in so many minds like that. It's a physically exhausting task, mentally agonizing experience.
It can be done, certainly, and it will be done, but Charles can appreciate the uphill battle. I have every faith in you, Erik, Charles promises, earnest. They listen to Raven's presentation, rapt, and once she's finished, Charles can only stand still, soaking the gravity in. "We're capable," Charles says finally. "More than. And when we return in three days, it will be in the company of people who need our help. Because we are not turning these people—children—over to any government entity," he says firmly, turning to Moira. "They will come here."
Moira waves a hand. "We'll deal with that when we have to. Right now, everyone's focus should be on our upcoming mission. Once they're safe, we'll assess their needs and go from there." It's unlikely they'll get further than that, though Charles detects no real opposition from her. Erik abruptly stands to his feet once more and swivels, shouldering his way past everyone before he puts his fist through Moira's head.
Chapter 17: They'd better turn their backs on sin,
Chapter Text
Charles finds him in their bedroom, curled over the piece of paper he'd taken with him, draped in Charles's blankets. He looks up at the man's entry, his mind calm, features a clear and calculated loam even as tears freely flow down his cheeks and drop onto his collar. "On je ma. Viktor ma moje dzieci," he says, his voice completely measured and even.
"We'll get them back, sweetheart," Charles replies quickly. Though he still doesn't know Polish (or Yiddish, German, or Hebrew, for that matter,) he knows precisely what Erik is talking about. He kicks off his shoes and lowers himself to a seat beside Erik, pushing his fingers through his bronze hair. Gently, Charles pulls the slips of paper into clearer view so he can scan the information.
Pietro Maximoff, age 9—10, next Saturday. Taken from Romania with his sister, Wanda. His mutation includes an extraordinary metabolic system, manifesting most obviously in his ability to move at exceptional speeds. The report details further notable aspects of his anatomy, but Charles turns his attention back to Erik. "Imagine, in two days, they'll be here, with us," he tries, continuing to card his fingers through Erik's hair. "And we'll be home safe. This will all be behind us."
He runs his fingers over their small pictures as Charles reads, over and over again. The girl has dark skin, thick corkscrew-curls that tumble down her back in waves, whilst the boy is fairer with a shock of white atop his head. Both have a light gaze. They're not color photos, but Charles imagines that it's the same vivid green as Erik's. There's no question that they're related. Wanda looks the spitting image of Erik, down to the freckles over her nose.
"Kiedy byłem mały," Erik whispers. He doesn't seem to realize that he isn't speaking in English, a language which often fails him at moments where his psyche is most primitive. "Schmidt wysłałby mnie do niego. Któregoś razu tak mnie zranił, że miesiąc leżałam w łóżku. Prawie umarłem," Erik sways as he speaks, back and forth in Charles's arms. "Now he has them. Moje dzieckzo," he murmurs under his breath. His smile is haunting, with nothing of Erik's warmth or affection. Like a mannequin.
When he speaks of Schmidt, Charles has come to anticipate Erik's instability. His fear, and anxiety, even small traces of affection. With Viktor, there is only black, blind rage offset by a swamping vice grip around his heart. There's even a blind hope, somewhere. A blind hope, that maybe Schmidt tried to protect them. Maybe he tried to keep them safer. Not safe, not well. But maybe... Erik shudders. Maybe it won't be that way. Maybe he would have mercy. Not for him, but for his babies. Fingers shredding and clawing.
Schmidt is unpredictable and saccharine, but there are moments that Erik truly has love for him. Erik laughs to himself as he remembers Schmidt's paltry comfort. Nein, nein. Ihr Tod kam schnell, Kleine. Ich habe sie selbst getötet. Du erinnerst dich, nicht wahr? Ein Schuss in den Kopf. The Schmidt in his memories smacks his hands together, creating a loud boom of energy which quickly disperses. Hör nicht auf ihn. Er ist nicht zivilisiert wie wir. The relief warred with the burden of betrayal.
It's twisted, wrong, but Viktor inspires only fear, and it's greater than the fear Schmidt brings. When he first spoke of the man, it wasn't. Now, though. Now that Viktor has his children, Charles can't recall a time when Erik has ever felt like this. A brand new emotion, something without form. Dark and horrifying, a multi-tentacle monster made of oil slinking through the Deep, Deep World. Not just Erik's fear of Viktor. It's Erik himself.
"I am going to kill him," he says, a chill in his voice belied by only the softness with which it's delivered. "I will drown him until he tells me everything and then I will turn his molecules inside-out. I healed, when he did that to me. Perhaps he will, too." For just a brief moment, he transforms beyond his quiescent equanimity into well-and-truly the monster these men should fear.
Charles follows Erik down his thread of memory. Now, there’s a face that he’s seen a few times before, which he knows is connected to the name Viktor Creed. The vision of his square jaw and deep sideburns in Erik’s consciousness is strikingly similar to the mugshot that Raven showed them. Usually, people don’t recall others as they actually are, but as they perceive them. Viktor is as villainous-looking as Erik remembers. It pains Charles deeply to see Erik so undone. The wounds inflicted upon him in his youth throb greater than ever.
The declaration, however, chills Charles to his center. The conviction in his words could not be more powerful. “He deserves only that,” Charles murmurs. “They all do. But we should hand him over. Throw him at the mercy of a public trial. Let him rot in a prison for the remainder of his days.”
"They look like her," Erik rasps, face mottled and red as fresh tracks flow down his cheeks. "Pietro, that's Italian. She was from Lombardy. She named them. Pietro and Wanda," he gasps, struck again and again like raining blows down over him. He curls up closer, Charles's shirt dampened where he lays his head. He's silent for a long time, before finally breaking the silence once more, shifting to peer up at him. "Are you scared? What will happen?"
Charles has learned that it is best to allow Erik to steer the course of these conversations. After years and years of stoic silence, of burying this part of himself, Erik is raw. Deeply sorrowful and equally concerned, Charles knows that his best course is to listen and validate. And so he nods as Erik rests his head on his lap, tears steady. Charles uses his thumb to wipe a stream away, but it floods again within mere seconds. “Good, strong names. They’re nice-looking kids.” Charles replies simply, gently rubbing Erik’s arched back. They remain like that for a spell, Charles silent to allow Erik time to mourn, anguish, form resolute vows.
And when the question comes, Charles is ready for it. “Yes, I’m scared,” he answers honestly, pushing a curl of tear-dampened hair from Erik’s eyes. Even so, he offers a small smile. “Not for us. The fight will be difficult, but we’re strong. Stronger than they are. You, me, and Sayid—we’re a force to be reckoned with on our own. I am confident that we’ll be able to outwit them. I dread the effort, but am confident.” He glances at the papers, now crinkled and damp. “But, things will change. We’re no longer neutral, after this. We’re official. Allied with various governments and positions, by association. It’s a new chapter for us. We’re entering a new league.”
"If Sayid had any control, this would be trivial," Erik says softly. "I wonder what will happen, when it does." Erik gazes up at the ceiling, watching a miasma of lights and colors in ions and particles slowly shift and swirl. He lifts his fingers, drawing a soundwave from them, music flowing from their tips. It makes him smile to himself, and they twitch as if playing an invisible piano, each movement bringing a new mournful chord.
For no reason, beyond what Erik does sometimes, when he gets lost. The tune is solemn, and as far as Charles knows, it's not a piece of music that exists. Erik is generating the notes together for himself, absent any real musical inclination (certainly Charles could outclass him with a pinky finger and a triangle). It's mostly about creating. Reverberated and distorted, but gentle. It fades, leaving only a brilliant technicolor in its wake, sparkling and effervescent as oxygen molecules continue to coast on their inevitable axes.
"Jean will be pleased," he considers with a huff. "More students of her own age. If they wish to-ah," he chokes off, attempting valiantly to marshal himself, to be here and not there. "If they come here. This is what we wanted, right? A real school. I will leave the Shakespeare to you and Izzy."
Charles watches in contented wonder as Erik thrums a melancholy tune out of, to his view, thin air. He himself can't see the brilliant kaleidoscope of color and shape, but he can sit behind Erik's eyes, view them secondhand. What Erik can do, see, feel, interact with is truly remarkable. Erik lauds Charles's abilities, Sayid's, even Schmidt's, but Charles cannot fathom anything more brilliant than Erik's mutation. To be able to see and feel what no one else can.
"Jean will be pleased," Charles agrees, and with a small shake of his head, he spreads an idyllic image across Erik's psyche. Their beloved redheaded girl, darting through the woodlands with two companions in tow. One has long curls the color of milk chocolate, and the other has hair so bright that it reflects in the sun. There is happiness in the air, weaved throughout the vision. "Ororo is our resident literati," Charles lilts, smiling down at Erik. "But, yes. This is what we wanted. Isn't it? A place for children to be safe?"
Erik scratches at his neck, digging in a little too hard. "Yes," he nods several times in a row. The alternative - that they should be with Schmidt - "They're going to be-they're, ah," he makes a sound, unconscious in the back of his throat. "They will be hurt. We have to be ready for that. It is really difficult, to see something like that. It will hurt you."
“I know.” He’s spent the past several weeks mentally preparing for what’s to come. Pure evil, cruelty; he’s encountered minds like that in the past, but the concentration, the real, tangible implication, will be difficult to stomach. “But you need to stop worrying about me, Erik. You’ve spent the past two weeks stressing about Schmidt, about what he’ll think, about what I’ll think. I understand how painful this will be for you, my love, but you must keep your head on straight. Focus on the goal at hand and that’s it. No need to worry about how I feel.”
Erik nods. It frustrates him to hear it from Moira, but from Charles, he knows it's the truth. He can't afford to get lost, not like this. "I was always going to have to deal with this, wasn't I?" he considers, squinting a little as the lines of patterns intertwine above their heads. "I suppose I should have anticipated it. Being on television?" he snorts a little.
The idea that this is all going to be public knowledge is decidedly unsettling. Within the newly-established court systems under the International Military Tribunal, Schmidt will have the opportunity to directly participate in his own defense. Not only this, but to cross-examine any witnesses personally. Erik can't imagine that going any other way but him using the opportunity to make it as clear as possible Erik's complicity. That's if they get him, if he doesn't wind up decimating their team. But Charles is right. It's a distraction, and one they can't afford.
"Of course I worry. But I know you are strong," he whispers softly.
"I always wanted to be on television, but not for this purpose," Charles chuckles, glad for the brief levity. He runs his knuckles down Erik's broad cheekbone. "Don't worry about what may come afterward. Moira will be a buffer between us and that. And if she's unsuccessful, I have a way of reducing the heat," he says, tapping his temple. "We're all strong," Charles agrees. "And we will win. I have no doubt."
The fingers along his jaw elicit a shiver, and Erik's eyes flutter closed. His hand closes over Charles's wrist and he turns to lay a kiss against the sensitive skin there. I love you, is what he thinks, a complicated tangle that unforms down to its essentials. Do you know?
Charles closes his eyes as well as he wraps his arms underneath Erik’s arms. This is how he prefers them; in their room, on their bed, Erik on his lap. Safe. Comfortable. Warm. Because yes, he knows that Erik loves him. He knows that from the top of his crown through the tips of his toes, and within every cell in between. I love you, too, Erik. And I always will.
They spend all of the next day going over tactical preparations and studying the blueprints for Riverside Hospital. The following morning comes only too quickly. After a quick breakfast, which Erik prepares in painstaking, meticulous detail, at long last the time has come. It's really happening, Erik thinks as he stands beside Charles, helping him with the zip of his prototype flight suit. They're really going to face Schmidt.
All of the suffocating weight plaguing him this entire time has dissolved into a low fuzz, his mind sharp and clear as he considers their approach. Everyone looks good, like they're a proper team now. Sayid laces up his boots and flips his helmet over in his fingers. "Ready?" he asks to Charles and Erik, looking them over. Are you doing all right? he adds privately to Charles, an eyebrow raised. Of everyone in the mansion, he's been more-or-less privy to just how difficult this has been on them.
"As we shall ever be," Erik murmurs dryly.
"So, we're going to be setting down here," Raven taps the translucent touch-screen of a portable monitor, showing everyone else. As they've progressed in their training, she's been blue more and more frequently, and today is no exception. "Just outside of Riverside's west wing. The children are located here, and here," she draws a circle with her finger that flourishes onto the device.
Moira strides out onto the courtyard, barking orders into a radio. "It's go-time, people!" she shouts over the din of the SR-71 as it rises from behind her, the wind kicking up as its engines buffet lower. The landing struts emerge and with a dull thunk, the boarding ramp opens.
Erik withdraws a cigarette from his pocket, lighting it with a snap of his fingers and taking a long drag. It's become a more frequent sight as their altercation with Schmidt grows ever closer, looming like a ragged demon. Rattling with chains unseen. He watches as the Blackbird sets down, eyes following it steadily.
"You can't smoke in the jet," Moira crosses her arms.
"Koos emek," he jams his bad hand into the crook of his opposing elbow.
"And my mother would find you just as charming," the woman smirks.
Sayid laughs under his breath. "He will be fine. He can generate a protective sphere." He claps Erik on the shoulder, holding his gaze for a moment before turning to take in the jet.
The last time was aboard flits through his mind. Then, these people were here for him. To help him through the same type of horror that Erik is undoubtedly facing at this very moment. So now, he would return the favor. Now, he's thirty pounds heavier and a great deal stronger. Now, no one can tell him what to do. Certainly not some sick, deviant Nazi bastard.
Erik blows a few rings that slowly morph into psychedelic patterns and dissipate in vivid, curling watercolor trails.
"Whatever happens," Sayid tells his comrade-in-arms. "You are among friends. We have got you."
I'm alright. I really am. And he is; though there is most certainly a bundle of nerves in his stomach, Charles isn't entirely out of sorts. The hour of sleep that he got last night was enough to school his mind into deep focus, and now, as they wait for Hank to lift the jet into the air, Charles feels ready.
Ready to bring the men who tortured Erik and others to justice. The man who haunts his nightmares, sends his resolve into nothing. The people who are using people—children—for their ends. Never had Charles imagined that he would be involved in something like this, but he's not regretful, either. What he's doing matters. Smiling sagely at Sayid, Charles rubs a hand over Erik's clad knee. "We do," he agrees. "You could not be more prepared. None of us could be."
Gabrielle uncrosses her legs as her wireless chirps off. "Alright, the extraction team is ready," she informs the crew. "Plan A is a-go. We intend to bring him out of there alive. Get him into the null field, and we will extract him. Understood?"
"We will do our best," says Sayid, taking point as they all file into the jet and strap into the cold metal benches bolted into the floor. The straps form an X over their chests, pinning them in place to resist the gravitational forces at work. Erik focuses on his cigarette, memories tumbling across his consciousness in undulating waves. Exhaled in billowing puffs like so much smoke as the jet lifts vertically up into the air, spinning to point toward their destination.
As it dissolves into the ether, Erik finds that the shrieking radio static in his chest rises. The closer they get to North Brother Island, the more intense and visceral the sensation becomes. In minutes, he will be face-to-face with that looming specter of nightmares. He'll be going home. Returning to Schmidt, where he belongs. The people he loves now, his family, will be only distant specks. Desperately, he wills it to stop. Stop, stop.
Get it together, Lehnsherr, he thinks to himself ruthlessly. Get it together, get it together...
Haben Sie es schon einmal versucht? Schmidt asks, holding out a hand-rolled cylinder of tobacco to him as he toes his shoes back on, yanking the twin cords taut in his grasp. Probieren Sie es aus, es wird Ihnen gefallen. Los, Kleine.
Erik is bleary-eyed, curled into Schmidt's bare side as his fingers wrap carefully around the treat. Delicate, afraid to disturb it and anger him. The smell is comforting. Vanilla and deep wood. Schmidt is languid, relaxed now, but that can change in an instant. Was mache ich?
Es so, Schmidt cups his jaw, right over a hand-shaped bruise inflicted only moments earlier. It rings in Erik's ears still. Aufmachen, gut gemacht. Obediently, he holds it between his lips and watches as Schmidt lights it. Tief einatmen den ganzen Weg hinunter.
It hits him hard, and Erik doubles over, coughing to the sound of Schmidt's chuckle. Es ist nicht so schlecht, ja? He slaps Erik's back. Geh wieder schlafen, Kleine.
Erik. Don't think about that.
It pains Charles in a legitimate way to witness the way that Erik thinks about Schmidt. Yes, there's the pain, the anger, but there's also the desire to please. It's sick; objectively, Charles knows that Erik has been coerced into this mindset, that the torture and depravity inflicted on his young and delicate mind had molded it. But Charles would be lying if he claimed that it didn't bother him.
He knows that Erik loves him, but he also knows that Schmidt occupies a position in his soul that Charles will never be able to overtake. Not until he's gone, anyway. Not until he's no longer a threat. His eyes bore into Erik's own as the plane careens through the air.
I will stay with you the entire time. Alright? Stay with me, and I will stay with you.
The only person on this jet is Charles, as far as Erik is concerned. His own eyes flick back and forth, flailing to focus on the other man's. Wide and unsettled. "I'm-scared," he barely breathes, realizing it for the first time for himself.
Charles plucks the cigarette from Erik's fingers and smashes the smoldering cherry against the metal of the bench. "It's okay. Tell me what exactly is scaring you right now," he encourages, extending a flicker of warmth into Erik's mind. "Be specific."
Schmidt is taller than should be possible in life. From the wispy corridors of time, plucking him out from the Selektion with a firm grip on Erik's bony shoulder. You're not sixteen, he'd huffed, amused. It's no matter. I'll take this one. Breaking him, piece by piece, and re-arranging him exactly how he wanted.
The abiding tsk, tsk, tsk of his tongue clucking against the roof of his mouth in disapproval when Erik fails some task or another. Like he's a child again. A curious sensation, one he doesn't expect. Schmidt spent so long burning it all out of him. All feeling. All weakness, cracked and endless. "Him," is all he manages to say, a single word loaded with suffocating heat and silence.
"He can't hurt you anymore, Erik." Charles is aware that eyes are on them, and in a gesture of frustration, he waves his hand. Everyone else in the cabin will suddenly have static in their ears, rendering them deaf to the conversation that's happening between Charles and Erik. They all bring their hands up, and then glare at him when they realize the cause of their sudden impediment, but Charles doesn't care. "I mean it. You're a man, now. He has no legal means of keeping you. No physical means. He's an evil, sniveling, cruel person who has no right over you. A man who is harming others. Your children. Do not fear him, Erik, for he is a coward and you are not. Understand that."
It isn't lost on him the steel in Charles's tone, which is more than simple conviction or even love between them. Most of the manor's inhabitants possess an image of him as a congenial professor, with his cardigans and blankets and tea. Most of the time Erik sees him that way, too, but it's that which scares him most. That Schmidt will break him, too. But somewhere, deep, he knows the truth. Erik was broken because he is soft, and trusting, and easy to manipulate.
Charles may seem soft, but he isn't. Not inside, not like Erik. In any other circumstance it might be unsettling, but at this moment it's exactly what Erik needs to know. To know that Schmidt won't rend him. Won't degrade or torture him. That maybe he simply can't. "I feel like a coward," he says roughly. "But I won't back out of this. I'm here," he murmurs, and is surprised to hear a measure of that same iron in his own voice. "Here. With you." He presses his palm to Charles's heart.
“Cowards never admit that they’re afraid,” Charles tells Erik, resting his hand overtop the one on his heart. “We all have fear. It’s how we choose to deal with it that makes us who we are.” He offers Erik a smile, but the softness is girded by a steely resolve. Schmidt has had control over Erik for too long. I won’t leave you for a second.
“We’re descending.” Hank’s voice crackles over the speaker, and Charles removes the static from everyone’s ears without batting an eye.
I love you. Let’s go.
Erik spends the rest of their flight with Charles's hand clasped tightly in his, eyes closed in meditation so that, when the so-called X-Jet finally lands on a patch of browning grass, he stands with clear eyes narrowed in concentration. With a sweep, he immediately begins detailing their surroundings. "Fifteen subjects," he says to Gabrielle and Moira. "Fifteen innocent people in that building. We will extract them first. ...Apocalypse," he rolls his eyes as he uses the code-name Moira insists upon. "Can you get us in there without being detected?"
They've practiced this. Sayid closes his eyes, dematerializes and then rematerializes again. "I do not know how many that I can do at once. But, I appear impervious to harm. I will transport them out. All of you should focus elsewhere."
Raven transforms before their eyes, into the blonde visage of Emma Frost. "I'll go with Apocalypse, and make sure their rooms are clear of people. Beast, you come, too. The more we can evacuate without alerting them, the better."
"That leaves you two," Moira says to Charles and Erik. "Apocalypse and Magneto will take point on apprehending Mr. Sinister. But we want everyone who can be put down, down first. Can you handle that?"
If it weren't such a horrible situation, Erik would laugh at how serious Moira sounds saying Apocalypse and Magneto will apprehend Mr. Sinister. G-d. Mr. Sinister is at least apt, Erik thinks darkly. But he acquiesces, considering it's for good reason. The less personally identifying information about the X-Men out there, the safer they'll be. Unfortunately, for some heinous reason, his code-name is a portmanteau of magnet and neat-o.
"We can handle it," Erik nods sharply.
They make their way across the manicured lawn leading into the main hospital, with Erik and Charles dispatching anyone they come across silently. The first hiccup happens as they sweep out into the second floor, and come face-to-face with Viktor Creed. "Well, well. Little Erik Lehnsherr and a new friend. Come to play, kitten?" he grins, wide and sharp, and a bone claw pops out of his first knuckle. Up close, his mind is a caustic sludge, filled with vivid recollection. "I'll tell Herr Doktor you've returned. He will be thrilled."
Erik grits his teeth, and gestures at him with full intent to knock him backwards, only to find his ability has forsaken him. Oh no, not now. It's beset by tremors, and it makes Viktor laugh, delighted. He cracks his neck from side to side, beady eyes studying them all from across the room. And then he lunges, gripping Erik and Charles both by the neck and pinning them to the wall. His mind is a riotous whirl, feral and violent and brutal.
It takes several iterations for Charles to even find anything coherent to latch onto. He's full of charged, swamping aggression and lust. A sense of pure, shameless entitlement and power. He's thinking get rid of the friend, pop him like a balloon in front of the kid, always makes him eager- Feeling his throat close up, Erik struggles to breathe over the ringing in his ears. "Stop-stop," he whispers harshly. "Stop. You've made your point-Viktor, stop-"
"Viktor now, kitten? You really have an insolent fucking mouth on you. I'll give you to the count of three to make it up to me or I'm going to put your new friend's insides on his outside." He punctuates the statement with a squeeze and taps his foot on the ground, glaring at it pointedly.
Everything that they have learned over the past two weeks flees Erik in that moment. That he's with Charles, and the man's ability vastly outclasses Viktor's. Bleating alarm klaxons clang over and over. Calm down. Calm down or you're going to die. Calm down. It's not his own voice, but that of a much younger Erik. He's going to kill us. He's going to kill us. You have to make him stop. You can make him stop. You can distract him- All rational thought is burned out as his body moves of its own accord.
It's like being shot in slow motion. He watches from beyond himself, as he lowers to his knees.
"That's better," says Viktor richly, "-you ungrateful depperte Fut-"
Chapter 18: And warn them against evil ways
Chapter Text
The grounds are eerily silent. Not entirely dim; there’s a low murmur of minds knocking at the sides of his skull, but it’s as if they’re speaking from beneath a thick blanket. Telepathic shielding, certainly. Charles is stronger than most garden variety shields, but not entirely immune to them. No matter. He’s trained for this. Their first encounter, however, is a true test. Before Charles can adequately move, his windpipe is constricted as he’s slammed into the drywall behind him, vision clouding momentarily.
Viktor Creed is truly the stuff of nightmares, with his brief stature, rectangular sideburns, and bone-like claws menacing from his knuckles.
And— Erik, he implores the man, gobsmacked to see him cower on his knees. Erik, don’t let him talk to you like that, I— It’s then that Charles is finally able to secure a foothold in the mind that is little more than a stinking cesspit of vile, cruel volitions, and it takes little more than a squint of his eyes before Viktor’s hand is off of his neck. Once Charles is freed, he jams a finger to his temple and steps forward, to where Creed is frozen, towering over Erik, unable to do so much as blink.
The raw, untethered rage that spills wordlessly from his body is as terrifying as it is satisfying. “That will be all, Mr. Creed,” Charles says in a downright pleasant voice. He smiles to the man, whose eyes are wide and tinged red. “Or, kitten, if you prefer,” he offers, before snapping the man from the waking world. His heavy form tumbles to the floor, deeply unconscious. Charles then immediately drops to Erik’s side, clasping his wrists.
“You must pull yourself together, Erik,” he demands, all warmth gone from his voice, though not from their telepathic bridge. “You could have done what I just did in a tenth of the time. Don’t let them get in your head like that, mm? We need you to do this, Erik.”
Everything feels hot, like all of his skin has been ripped off of his body, and Erik remains motionless on the ground for a long, long time. He looks up at last, brows knit together as if parsing a particularly complex math equation. Viktor is still, wide-eyed, and it's then that his lips scrunch to the sides. In as dignified a manner as he possibly can, he rises in a fluid motion, studying Viktor intensely. "This isn't right, is it?" he says aloud, thoughtful.
It's Charles's shocked distaste that stuns him out of it, but rather than berate himself for such a humiliating reaction, he tries instead to breathe deeply and find his center. Find his strength, find the place inside of himself that Charles is convinced exists. The crux of his power. It's not hatred. Not fear. Not adrenaline. It's the memory of Pietro and Wanda, their little faces in black-and-white. Erik is no longer small and weak, twisted and malformed by these men.
He's not powerless. He's a parent, now. Made so by these same men, yet no less true.
And this man has his children.
"Wake him up," says Erik, lifting his chin.
Charles monitors Erik closely, intensely. The man’s mind is a blur of a hundred different worries, a hundred different opportunities, and Charles is about to physically shake Erik when clarity arrives in him like an epiphany. Charles is a witness to the changed landscape in his head, and he hears himself exhale deeply as the cogs begin to spin again in Erik Lehnsherr. He rises with him, hands still hovering around his form.
For a moment, Charles considers denying the request; Viktor is taken care of, they have more battles to fight, but there he wonders if this is an opportunity worth taking, too. Perhaps this is what Erik needs to wake up. He presses his fingers to his temple once more and kickstarts Viktor Creed back to life in an instant.
He’s all yours.
When he grips his good fingers into Viktor's chest, they rend his skin apart, a bolt of superheated plasma lighting him from the inside out and Erik grins, fascinated as noble gasses swirl and electrical columns spire forward. In seconds, Erik tosses him across the room like he's a rag doll. Charles can feel how he manipulates Viktor's mass to lift him easily, and when he smashes into the opposite wall, how it snaps every single bone in his body as he becomes ultra-dense and crumples under his own weight.
Erik twists his hand to the side, a loud crackle in the atmosphere as charged particles form a visible static around his fingers. "I'm surprised at you, wiesz. Ordering me like that. Myślałam pieprzyłeś tylko małych chłopców," he snorts, refusing to give him the satisfaction of having made him kneel. Instead, it's blunt and cruel in its disgust, and he smiles when Viktor flinches away. "Tell me, where are Pietro and Wanda Maximoff?"
The blond can barely speak, blood dripping out of his mouth and down his chest. "Whurre hu?" he slurs.
"Wrong answer." Erik blinks and a bone in his neck is the next to break, this time. "I will leave you a gibbering vegetable. Tell me now where they are."
"Dnno!" Viktor gasps, and Charles can feel the genuine fear radiating off of him. "Iunno, Erig. Pleez."
When Erik laughs, it's with real amusement. Serenely, he twists the man's words back at him. "I'm going to count to three. And if you don't tell me where they are, I will hollow you out like a grapefruit, Viktor Creed."
"They zcaped!" he shouts, harsh. "They zcaped. Zeh girl could teleporg," he tries to explain through the mush of loose teeth in his head.
"Is he lying?" Erik looks at Charles.
It’s both magnificent and terrifying to watch as Erik harnesses the energy, invisible to all but him, to turn Viktor Creed into a rumpled sack of shattered bone. He’s like broken glass inside of a bag, pulverized to dust. Still attached to both minds, Charles himself cringes inward as the pain explodes through Creed, mirrored in intensity only by the unspeakable power that has become part of Erik’s body. He has half a mind to tell Erik to stop, but he knows that this has been a long time coming.
“No,” Charles whispers in response to Erik’s question, unable to take his eyes from the blood bubbling at the corner of his lips. “Wanda teleported herself and Pietro away. Some time ago. No one knows where they went.” He steps forward and places a hand on the small of Erik’s back, an electrical charge jumping to his own fingertips. ”Let Gabrielle take him like this. To end his life would be a mercy, now. Let him live the rest of his days in misery.”
Erik walks right up to Viktor, crooking a finger under his chin and lifting it to meet his eyes. "You are very lucky, mój przyjaciel," he says, his smile gentle. It's this, more than anything else, that sends a bolt of primal unease through the other man. Scritching Viktor's jaw almost playfully, this demon who was once a source of unspeakable violence and fear to Erik slumps over, defeated. Erik is humming.
Des ennuis, des chagrins s'effacent/heureux, heureux à en mourir...
The surge of energy inside of him inspires a kind of delight that is completely out of place for the situation.
"Let's get the rest," he murmurs to Charles, eyes brighter than they have any right to be.
Chapter 19: Lest they be fooled for all their days;
Chapter Text
“We’ve got more company on the next floor,” Charles says quietly, a touch shaken by Erik’s display. The flip was so stark, from submission to overt dominance, and Charles, still confident in their strength, cannot be entirely assured of Erik’s stability. He is confronting a lot of trauma. Dealing with a lot of pain and horror. They can only hope that he remains focused like this.
Gripping Erik’s wrist, Charles pulls him away from the lump on the floor that was Viktor Creed. Charles assumes that he’ll spend the rest of his life in a prison hospital; Charles doubts that, given the extent of his injuries, he’ll ever be without some sort of complication. “Most are clustered in a room just above us,” Charles informs Erik as they make their way toward a stairwell. “I can…I can feel him. A void, where my telepathy goes dim.”
Erik blinks behind Charles, and another man cries out, crumbling to the ground. "Can you contact Sayid? See how he is doing?" he starts, but before he can fully get the words out of his mouth, Charles can feel the blistering, atomic, nuclear reaction behind him that he knows must be Klaus Schmidt.
"Ah, Viktor," he snorts with a shake of his head as though the man were part of a cruel joke between them both. He doesn't seem surprised at the man's condition-in fact, he appears delighted. "Come along then, you know I dislike being kept waiting."
Breathing heavily, Erik swallows, taking a step back, pushing Charles behind him. "You can turn yourself in, Schmidt. End this. It's over for you."
"Turn myself in?" Schmidt grins at him. "And why would I do that, Kleine. You've just returned. Essex," he calls into his radio. "Be a dear and have them both transported to my office. Really, turn myself in," he tuts, like Erik's said something amusing.
Erik can hear the edge behind his words. We have to try, we have to try now-
Before Charles is aware of Schmidt's presence, he's aware of the avalanche in Erik's head. The sharp focus erodes into something like vapor, and Charles attempts to cling onto the fire as Erik clumsily pushes him aside, as if a physical barrier can keep him safe from something like Klaus Schmidt. He's...smaller, than Charles thought that he would be. Narrow in frame and face. His hair is beginning to grey around the temples, and it strikes Charles that the man looks more like one of the professors at MIT than anything else.
When he tries to push through the barrier around his mind, however, the resistance is impenetrable. It's as if he's wearing an invisible helmet that blocks the telepathic extension of Charles's body; a telepathy-brain barrier. Apocalypse, Beast, Mystique, Charles broadcasts to the rest of their team, who are currently on the opposite end of the hospital. If there are no immediate threats, we need backup, now.
On it, Professor, Hank replies quickly. Haller's team can help the victims to safety; we've, er, disarmed their guards. Vaguely, Charles catches a secondhand glimpse of an armed man in black with a gaping hole in the middle of his chest, which Charles can only assume is courtesy of Sayid al-Zaman. Second floor, central corridor.
"You would do that, Dr. Schmidt, because it is in your best interest," Charles speaks cooly, stepping up to stand at Erik's side. He levels the man's gaze, noting the pair of minds headed toward them. Essex and Wyngarde, he gathers quickly. "Allow your attack dog to serve as a warning," he adds, nodding toward the bloodied pulp of Viktor Creed. "It's over for you and your little club." Erik, now. I can't get inside his head; there's a barrier. Disable him, you can do it.
Erik remembers the first time he spoke of Schmidt to Charles. How assured he was that he wouldn't hesitate to kill him. But all it will take is a split-second for Schmidt to turn Charles into a lump, just like Viktor. It's this, rather than cowardice or weakness, that does make him wary. The thought unsettles him, even as his eyes blaze.
Somewhere, Charles is laughing. You'd look the spitting image of Clark Gable. I will smile for the rest of my life. I'll never betray your trust, Erik. You're safe, with me. I promise. Brilliant. Powerful, but steadfast and righteous--wringing his hand at his side, Erik closes his eyes and calls upon his power. We have much to do together. Pigeons, kidneys, fingers and toes. Don’t forget the ears and eyeballs, Erik, dear,--
with an audible glimmer, a vast column of energy barrels toward Schmidt and knocks him off his feet. "Ah, wunderbar, herrlich!" Schmidt laughs, clapping. The final clap shoots a searing pulse at them both, which Erik deflects easily and redoubles back. This time, it flays, right down to the man's molecular structure, ripping into his very being.
Erik here wanted to visit Times Square and the Statue of Liberty-- Charles can feel it when Sayid is overpowered, and his mind winks out. Erik is steady, focused on Schmidt, his expression a concentrated shutter. He draws on memory like a shield, wrapping it around himself and through, and Charles feels the pulsing core of his being amplify outward and outward.
And then Erik disappears.
His body remains upright, but what Charles can feel from his mind-what he's grown accustomed to over the last year, it's gone. Not unconscious, not asleep. Erased. Erik lowers his hand. "That's better," Schmidt smiles. "Why are you wasting your time with these humans, Erik? You and I, we could rule this world. You at my side, that's what I've always wanted."
"Of course, Herr Doktor," Erik says demurely. It's different from the calculated submission and fear he'd displayed with Viktor. This is absent of any analysis, any consideration. Complete emptiness.
"I am very sorry for what happened in the camps, Erik. You must know everything I did was for your wellbeing."
"Thank you," says the puppet of Erik's body. "I'm very grateful. You taught me everything I know."
"Always so polite, Kleine. Now, you," he tuts at Charles. "Pattering about in here, hm?" he taps his temple. "Come along, meine Freunde."
Despite the heat, the intensity, the broiling fear, Charles could cry as Erik disappears. He's in his head when he vanishes, clinging to the reel of loving memories that had been inspiring Erik to power. For it to all just disappear is a pain that Charles didn't ever expect to feel. As if having a limb ripped clean from one's body. An organ. A heart. Bereft, Charles scrambles around Erik's psyche. No, he's not gone. He can't be.
There are slivers of him left, and Charles is grasping, trying desperately to follow those threads into the core until he is interrupted by sharp jerk of his collar. He gasps as he's held in place by Jason Wyngarde, proudly sporting the moniker of Mastermind as he observes the hulking form of Nathaniel Essex appear at the end of the corridor.
"Ooh, another telepath," Wyngarde drawls as a phantasm of color floats across Charles's vision, like a circus. "Isn't that fun? Now, I hope you weren't trying to do anything to our dear Nathaniel, my friend. Not that I care for the prick, but you should know that anything you do to him will be done to our most favorite pet." The voice is dripping, saccharine, and Charles feels his stomach retch as it raises the hair on the back of his neck, but it's nothing compared to the sickness at drips into his bones as the reality of their situation sets in.
He's powerless. So long as they have control over Erik, he can't do anything to any of them. One move, and Erik is gone. Vaporized. "Haven't you tortured him enough?" Charles grits as he's dragged down the corridor, Erik walking independently alongside him. Obedient. "What more could you possibly do?"
Erik. ERIK. Darling, my love. Come out, I know you're in there...please.
"Oh, my dear Dr. Xavier," Schmidt laughs, the sound grating and genteel. "Did you think he would ever love you, as he loves us? You know nothing about him. Not really. It's of no consequence, of course. Your team has been incapacitated," he feels free to add. "Now, Mystique was a curious one. All this time, she had us fooled. Didn't she, Dr. Wyngarde?"
Essex grips Erik's shoulder hard as he leads the man like an automaton on a string, down the long and winding corridor leading up to Schmidt's office. "Take a seat," he orders Charles with a jab of his finger to the comfortable leather chair opposite Schmidt's desk.
Schmidt withdraws a gun from his belt. "Erik, be a good boy and pick that up," he says. The words are soft, but his mind is a tumultuous blister of rage. "See, the trouble with you," he rounds behind Charles and pets him on the head, affectionate. "As long as you're around, Erik's loyalties will always be divided. We can't have that, can we? What do you think, Kleine?"
"Ja, I will not let him interfere with our mission, Herr," Erik's voice produces the sounds, but his accent is all off, with none of the warmth or inherent qualities of his internal architecture. His mind is a chasm.
"What do you think, should we have some fun, first?" Essex smirks.
"Oh, there will be plenty of time for that. Tsk, tsk. He's a cruel one, isn't he? Nein, nein. We'll make a quick death, just like your ima. A mercy, hm?"
The other telepath shrugs as if to say your choice, sir. Erik is watching himself move. Watching his hand as it reaches for the gun and expertly cocks it, clicking the safety off. Thoughts obliterate off the surface of a volcanic eruption, magma flowing in slow, cracked molasses from head to toe.
Though Charles's heart is pounding—it's as if his carotid artery is going to spring from his neck—he ensures that he maintains eye contact with Schmidt. His breaths are short and heavy, and teeth are clenched, but he attempts to retain what composure he can. Schmidt and these cronies feed off of fear, of weakness. Charles is outmatched, but he will not display fear.
Haller, he demands, watching Erik as he cocks a revolver with a mother-of-pearl handle. What the hell is going on?
No one has died, we are transferring all to safety, returns her harried thoughts. Are you—
Mayday, Charles confirms, before closing the connection between them both.
"It's a bit pathetic, isn't it?" Charles asks, tone deceptively calm as he stares down the barrel of a gun. "That a group of grown men feel the need to manipulate and abuse a young boy. That they take such pleasure in causing him harm. Then again, you Nazis always struck me as rather... Freudian, I'll say. Desiring nothing more than to show everyone how virile you are to compensate for... well, what, I wonder? Poor endowments? Mean mothers?"
Wyngarde scoffs and nudges Essex's shoulder. "Make him end it already, I'm sick of this guy."
Erik. Erik, I know you're in here, begs Charles with every ounce of strength he can muster. He could incapacitate Wyngarde and Essex in moments, but it will mean certain death—or worse—for Erik. He's trapped so long as Erik is. You're stronger than they are. Darling, my love... you can do it. Please. Come back to me. Please, please, pleasepleasepleasepleasepleaseplease...
Erik lifts the gun at Charles and fires.
Chapter 20: Far better weep a while before
Chapter Text
The split-seconds reel between them. There's a sound - a boom! and a great, breathtaking roar that bursts forward in slow-motion and speeds up and up and up. With a heart-wrenching cry, Erik explodes out of himself. The bullets evaporate. Charles feels it as he's swept off of his feet. The room itself disintegrates around him and he's flung outward by the wall of force that erupts from Erik without conscious comprehension.
Everything around Charles sinks into the ether.
He's alone, in the black. With only a single, solemn voice to guide him.
There will come a time where you will need to call on me again. Find me in this place, and I will come to your aid. Do not forget.
He can't hear it, but the sickening crack that echoes into the room precedes his fall to the ground.
In less than a second, between the blast of the gun and his own awareness of his body hurdling across the room, Charles's life changes forever. He's in shock; it will be several days before he wakes up in a hospital bed with enough cogency to grapple with the reality of what has just happened. For now, his body comes to a rest under a pile of rubble, which is then covered by a series of falling objects; metal filing cabinets, studs, and, most devastating of all, a metal beam from within the ceiling, shook loose by the raw power of Erik Lehsnherr.
It's the beam that ultimately lands between its shoulder blades, the site of impact his T1 vertebrae. His vision is white, and he can scarcely breathe; his diaphragm stutters until it settles into near stillness. At his extremities, he feels static, painful numbness. It's within this liminal space, where he's strangely calm in the knowledge that he is about to die, that she appears again. He's no longer buried beneath the debris; he's in his bedroom at Eton, small and spartan.
Edith Eisenhardt shimmers in soft fabrics of white, tahara she was never afforded in death. Kneeling in this cramped, tiny portion of Charles's psyche, she presses her palm to his cheek.
"Oh, tayer," she whispers, mournful.
The twin mattress sinks beneath her as she sits at his side, warm hand cupping his cheek with a kindness that feels foreign in its maternal energy. "I..." he gasps, unaware that his lungs are barely functioning, cheeks turning blue. "Am I dead?"
"Not dead, dear-heart," Edith replies, her eyes in vivid hues and their otherworldly glow settling on him gently. "Hurt," the woman's ghostly visage explains. "Terribly so. But not dead. He tried to protect you, neshama," she whispers, for it was her endearment first. "He was just too strong. Oh, I wish it wasn't this way."
Charles blinks. Hurt...he doesn't feel hurt. The memory hasn't caught up yet; and in fact, Charles feels good. Like he's floating. The sensation running down his spine is pleasant, in here. Warm, calm. Like he could fall asleep. Wait....wait. "I need to get back to him," Charles insists, but, for some reason, when he tries to sit up in the bed, he can't. "They've got him; we're going to die in here if I don't get back to him!"
Edith smiles. "Royk," she murmurs, those eyes flashing incandescently. "Klaus Schmidt and the Hellfire Club are no more. You're safe, now. You are both safe, now. It will be a long and painful road for you, Charles Xavier. But these men are no more."
"No more?" Charles frowns, and wishes that he could just get the hell up and find out for himself. He kicks his leg, but it remains still as a log, almost mocking. He has slightly better luck with his upper body; his shoulders move, and so do his elbows, wrists, and a few fingers on each hand, but it's all ungainly, clumsy. Floppy. "I can handle it," he tells the woman, dismissive. "What about him? Where is he? I need—I need to get back to him, he's scared, and I love--" He trails off, finding it difficult to speak. Worried eyes find Edie's own. "What do I do?"
"He is with you," she brushes his hair from his forehead, swiping her thumb across his brow. "All that you need to do is recover, Charles. Lean on Erik. He will help you. Would that it should be different, tayer." She leans forward, pressing a kiss to his temple.
Charles swallows thickly, but nods, tentative. He's scared, now, for what's to come; suddenly he feels rudderless, rootless, and he doesn't know why. "Can I come back here, if I need?" he asks her softly, though he's not even sure where here is. "Will I need?"
"You will, and you may," Edie says, and it's the solemn surety of her statement that really clues Charles in to exactly how hurt he might be. "You are strong like steel, Charles. It will be devastating. I will not lie to you. Your heart is broken. Your spirit is injured, not just your body. Steel can shatter, or it can temper."
A chill ices through him. Steel can shatter, or it can temper. He's never thought of himself like steel before. He's never had to; his life. though imperfect, has not been best by physical trauma or hardship. He's been able to achieve what he's wanted to achieve without intense strife. Gifted with intelligence, money, and status. No need to be steel.
"Okay," is all he can whisper, squeezing a nearly-limp hand around Edie's fingers. "I'll be back, then." He closes his eyes exhausted.
The next time he opens them, he's in the Intensive Care Unit at the newly opened Jacobi Medical Center in the Bronx, choking around a tube snaking down his windpipe.
Immediately the sensation ceases, and it's yanked out, cast aside. Beside him, Erik is blinking awake, dazed and rumpled. He hasn't moved from his spot in the hard fabric chair they'd brought in. There's a cot next to it, with a few of Erik's things and some of his own as well. His blanket that Erik is fond of. Charles recognizes a siddur, which is unusual - he must have been here for days, potentially even weeks. His relief as he senses Charles return to wakefulness is overwhelming, even bolstering.
"Hi," he returns effusively, and in a mimic of Edie only moments ago in Charles's recollection he brushes a strand of hair from his temple. "Try not to talk. Here," he taps Charles pointedly. Like this. Your throat will thank you.
Disorientation doesn't even begin to describe how Charles feels. The sudden openness in his throat is a mild relief, but from what he still isn't sure. When he inhales, it feels shallow, and it's loud, too. Strained. He can make out Erik's form, but no detail in his face; his eyes are too bleary to see anything beyond bronze hair, pale skin beset by olive. Even his voice sounds distant beneath a series of tinny beeps. Blinking one eye at a time, Charles eventually gives up and lets them fall shut again, too tired to try and force them to focus.
Where am I? he slurs outward, simply trusting that Erik will hear. The rasps of his own breath are alarming. What day is it?
September 21st, Erik's return is dry. His birthday was two days ago. Happy Yom Kippur! Edie used to joke, gifting him with little metal trinkets, as many as Iakov could hide away. This is a more magnificent gift than he could ever ask for. Charles is here. He's alive. Erik surreptitiously swipes at his eyes. The doctors had told him they didn't know if he would live. You're at Jacobi, Daniel's hospital, he explains as best as he can. Images of Teri and Daniel bickering over where to send him, but ultimately the epidemiologist won out.
Charles had the best shot here, and Hank had pulled together the very best treatment team and prognosis he could.
Erik's hand finds his, rubbing gently over his knuckles. "Charles, I need you to listen to me, neshama. Can you do that? And if you have questions after, I'll try my best to answer them."
September 21st...goodness, how could it have been so long? It's autumn, now. The leafy lanes of Westchester will be alight in fiery reds and oranges. Jacobi, he repeats. Yes, that makes sense. The antiseptic smell, the beeps. The frigid air and starchy blankets that he's just beginning to notice around his chest. Edie had just told him that he was hurt, after all. A hospital makes sense. Frowning with his eyes still closed, Charles notices a faint sensation across his knuckles. Like a stick tickling a gloved hand. Go on.
"Firstly," he says, well familiar with Charles's priorities, "everyone made it out safe. All of the children, and all of us. The Hellfire Club was destroyed. Top to bottom, every one of them is dead. It wasn't me," he adds, gently raising a hand. "They think it was, but it wasn't. The children are at the manor, and they'll remain with us. We all got out safe - all except you," he whispers, a flash of agony peeling over him before it's ruthlessly squashed.
"When the building collapsed, a shot of rebar pierced your T1 vertebra. This is your first thoracic vertebra, around the center of your chest." He places his palm over the approximate location. "Your injury is severe, neshama. I've looked at it - but it's too complex for me. I've practiced on animals, all perished." Erik doesn't even eat meat - the depth of his statement is significant. It drives home what he says next. "I can't risk that with you, so you need to understand - this is very serious."
Relief is the first thing that Charles feels. It's all returning to him; the training, the trip to North Brother Island. Their time with Viktor Creed and the rest of Schmidt's cronies. He remembers feeling Raven, Hank, and Sayid all become overtaken, one at a time, remembers his fear that they would all perish on that island. The children are safe. They're all safe. Schmidt is no more. And then, crushing reality. Erik's words take several moments to sink in.
Charles doesn't really believe them until he wills himself to move his toes. Nothing. Ankles. Nothing. Knees, hips, lower abdomen. Nothing. His eyes flutter open as he furtively tries to raise his arms. They lift from the bed, gaining an inch of height, before the effort attempts to utilize a broken connection and sends the limbs back to the blankets in a pathetic heap.
"Risk it," he rasps; and Erik was right, the pain of his voice against his dry throat is immense, but it's nothing compared to the weight on his chest. "You can figure it out. Risk it."
Erik's face is immobile, his spirit unmoved and still. "Charles," he replies softly, shaking his head. "It will kill you. Please believe that I've tried."
"Risk it," he repeats, eyes now scrambling to lock on to Erik's own. His vision is still blurry, but he can make out Erik's pupils in the sea of green. They look even greener against the red tinge. "Try again, try harder. You can fix me." When he attempts to sit up, he's shot through with a sharp stab of pain, radiating from his upper back and outward. He has no voluntary control, but can still feel pain? The effort leaves him gasping, and the machine tracking his heart rate begins to beep faster as he becomes manic where he lays, helpless.
"No, you have to risk it," he chokes, chest heaving. "I can't—not like this—"
The other man places his hand on Charles's shoulder, restraining him carefully. "Stop-please, stop. I know," he says, lips pursing in a melancholic grimace that only Charles is privy to. "You are not dead. OK? You aren't dead. You're here, with me. We will figure this out. I promise you."
Hot tears spill down his cheeks, and when Charles realizes that, at the moment, he can't even figure out how to lift his hand to wipe them away, the levee breaks. He shakes his head violently because he can't squirm from Erik's touch, can't swat it away. The pain in his neck sends a renewed rush of tingling agony through his body, but he doesn't care, doesn't care that he's being unfair, childish, cruel.
"You can't bloody promise that!" he seethes. He can't raise his voice to the level he would like to; his lungs can't expand enough to do that, and so it spills from him like a harsh, broken whisper across gravel. "This—I'm good as dead!" It's the first time that Charles's expert composure has melted away to this extent in front of Erik. Rationality is gone, gratitude forgotten. All that's left is anger, and pain. The monitors begin to signal a warning; his heart is beating too quickly, his oxygen levels are too low.
But what does Charles care if he goes into cardiac arrest or becomes hypoxic? "Fix it," he begs, sobs wracking his chest. "I can't, Erik...I can't."
Erik moves quickly, drawing Charles into his arms instead, feathering his fingers across the back of Charles's neck where he knows he can still feel it. "Listen to me," he's speaking softly. Charles can barely make out what he's saying. Nothing of consequence, just a sound for him to focus on. Half-stories, murmured nothings.
What is clear, though, is when he shoos down all of that bitter loathing - his own words now strong, and firm, and assured.
"I know. You're going to be OK, yes I can promise it. We will figure this out. You will live. It might not look like the life you thought it would be, but it is a life. It is worthy, and valuable. I'm not going to kill you, Charles. I won't kill you."
Charles dissolves into Erik's arms. He wants to reach up and clutch the fabric of his shirt to pull him closer and when he can't, he cries more. Tears and snot fall down the planes of his cheeks as broken gasps echo against the stark walls of his hospital room. He cries for the future that is no longer his, for morning jogs alongside Erik and late-night strolls through the courtyard. For the feeling of grass between his toes on a warm summer morning, and of the power he feels in his limbs as he dives into cold water.
He cries for Erik, for sex—can he do that anymore? For his students who he can no longer run after. For Raven, who loved to pull him to his feet and dance. For independence. The tears continue to flow for a good stretch of time; until he has nothing left to cry. He's then left feeling empty, achy. Helpless in Erik's arms.
"This is too much for you all," he whispers, eyes closing again. "You can't...you can't take care of me. Not like this."
Gently, painstakingly, he swipes those tears away from him, even as more take their place. It's a juxtaposition of their ordinary roles, and at Charles's last statement, he huffs a soft laugh. "Oh, Charles. You don't know anything at all, do you?" He leans over and deposits a kiss to his brow. "You are not too much for me. You will never be too much for me. I care that you are hurt, and devastated. But this? This is just - look at me." He tips Charles's jaw back, meeting his gaze. "I don't care. I want you, and you are here."
Charles meets Erik’s eyes, but his lip still quavers. He knows that Erik believes it right now and can feel the assurance rooted firmly in his head. In his own mind, the doubt is strong. Erik loves him now, but will he love him in a year, when he’s tired of schlepping him about? When he—Charles doesn’t even know what he’ll need help with, actually, but he assumes it’s probably damned near everything if his arms continue to have a mind of their own. The legs, he knows, are gone, but his arms have more promise. Not that he can even consider that, at the moment.
“It’s too much,” he whispers again. “You aren’t…this isn’t what you signed up for, Erik. What any of you signed up for.”
"I know that it is too much for you right now," says Erik, nodding. "But we will find ways to make it easier. To make it better. I've already started working on a mobility device for you, it should help give you some independence. Everything else - whatever you need assistance with, we will come together and figure it out. All of us. Did you think I only loved you for your legs, Xavier?" an eyebrow arcs, pointed.
Charles knows that Erik is attempting levity, but he’s not ready for it yet, so he just lets his head slump against Erik’s chest—as if he has a choice. Typically, encourages positive thinking; as it’s usually the most pragmatic route, but all he can envision is difficulty. Ramps, lifts, wheelchairs, catheters. Help, all the time. It burrows a pit into his stomach. “I’m tired,” he murmurs. “And thirsty. My throat…if it’s September 21st already…” he tries to calculate the last time he had a glass of water was, but the math is too baffling.
"I signed up for you," Erik says as he levitates over a small paper glass, helping him to sit up and drain as much of the liquid as possible. Charles doesn't miss that Erik uses his ability to ensure he doesn't make a mess. "You will be doing most of this work, neshama. No matter what you may think, you are not some kind of invalid. Please, don't -" here, he wavers, the indomitable strength that weathers it all faltering for a moment. Inhaling slowly, it all relaxes and settles back, towering architecture. "Please. Let me decide what I can handle. If I can't, I won't pretend otherwise. We will deal with that, too. If you don't want-that's different. But do not leave for my sake, Charles. Please."
It’s clear from his first attempt to sit up and drink a glass of water that Charles has a long road ahead of him. The space between his collarbones and nipples has some sensation, but everything beneath that is a mess of static and nothing at all. Gods, if he can’t sit up without support— No. Enough. He needs to think of those medical journals that are brimming with fresh breakthroughs. Published monthly now, as medicine is moving quicker than ever.
After the war, when so many men were shipped back home in similar shape to he, what did they do? Some squandered in hospitals, he knows, until they died of infections like pneumonia. Others—the privileged ones, he knows—participated in pioneering therapies. Physical, medical, surgical. Hank McCoy has the most brilliant medical mind of their generation, and he sleeps under the same roof as Charles.
“As if I can bloody go anywhere,” he murmurs as he settles back against his mattress, breathless from the effort of sitting up. It’s crass and rude, but a positive sign, in a strange way. That Charles can even bother to point out an irony. “I think that I’d like to rest, now,” he tells Erik, aware of the fact that he hasn’t directly answered his bid. “You should rest, too.”
Erik jerks his head in a nod, and rises to fix the blanket over him, warming it with a touch. Charles's circulation would be poorer, he knows. He might get too cold. "Do you wish for me to stay?" he asks, statuesque.
Sleep is already coming for Charles as Erik tucks him in. He doesn’t know it, but the fatigue will be one of the more daunting battles to overcome in the near term; as his body fights to find some semblance of balance again, it will siphon every ounce of energy. “Yes,” he slurs. “Always, Erik.” And then he’s out, chest rising and falling far too laboriously, but he’ll live. He’s made the decision to do so, because Erik has promised.
The last thing he feels from Erik is a mirror of the relief that he'd felt upon waking, and Erik draws him up into his arms, resting his chin over the top of his head and lulling him into dreams. Of course, Erik doesn't sleep - he hasn't for days, and he's thinner, with thick dark circles under his eyes, but he stands sentry over Charles, the ice and stone in his chest gradually cracking open with every moment that he's there.
Still breathing.
Chapter 21: Than burn in hell forevermore!
Chapter Text
The following days are a blur of tests, assessments, medications, visits from specialists of all sorts. Spinal surgeons, pulmonologists, physical therapists. And when he’s not being tended to medically, he’s being hovered over by dearer faces. Raven, Hank, Daniel, Aura, Izzy, Janos, Carmen. Even Sayid, Moira, and Gabrielle stop in every now and again. They all offer expressions of gratitude for his life and well wishes for his health, and though Charles appreciates it objectively, it all feels exhausting and hollow.
After a week, he’s wanting to bust out of his skin. Everything is a chore, from eating to bathing to taking a piss. By some stroke of dumb luck, a bundle of nerves that should be completely dead is still flickering, which allows him some control over his arms. Most of the doctors are encouraged by this and insist that it’s a “positive indicator,” that with the right therapy and routines, he’ll one day be able to use his arms and hands with “moderate-to-full control.” But the one side effect that no one could have foreseen is the impact on his telepathy.
Where he had so laboriously instilled control, there’s now chaos, and Charles swears that his sensitivity has ratcheted up to the point where he can hear people in Europe. Asia. Mars. It’s so immense and overwhelming that he finds himself asking his nurses for sedatives, and they start to notice. “I don’t think I can do it, Erik,” he finally breaks down one evening, when he and Erik are alone in his hospital room. A nurse has just insisted that he wait a while longer before he’s drugged up and knocked out. “It’s too much.”
Erik doesn't falter again, after that first time. If he doesn't sleep as often, or eat as much, it's attributed to his intense focus on Charles's recovery and nothing more. He's tending to the flowers on the window-sill when the other man speaks, and he turns, eyebrows raising before pinching together in the center of his forehead. "-Charles?" he murmurs a request for clarification, soft.
“I—I can’t control it,” he breathes, eyes scrunching. In a strange way, he’s growing used to the ratcheting static in his body, but the screeching noise bouncing off of the inside of his skull is something that only seems to grow. “My telepathy,” he offers, pressing his head back into his pillow as hard as his body will allow. “I hear it—I feel it all. And I can’t bloody stop it.”
Erik moves to sit down next to him, his mind a comforting loam of mist and petrichor and swaying planters. He brushes Charles's hair from his temple in a practiced motion, listening as he works to express himself. "Your senses are adjusting to a loss," he theorizes. "Like a blind person who can hear better. Your body is impaired, so your mind is adapting to compensate. Maybe it will get easier over time, hm? As you acclimate. It's only been a short while, Charles."
“It’s been too long,” Charles protests, aware that he’s being petulant. “I just want to shut the damn thing off. Bum some of Hank’s serum, mm?” He opens his eyes, gazing back up at Erik with hollow eyes. “Would be nice.”
It causes Erik's eyes to flutter shut, his composure as serene and careful as ever. Only Charles can tell how it pains him to hear, and also his resolution not to be selfish about it. "--Is that what you want? To turn it off?"
Charles ignores Erik’s obvious pain, even resents it. He’s grown agitated over the past several days. Hell, it almost brings him satisfaction, in a sick way. He feels so powerless, is all. Anything to make an effect. “Lord knows I don’t need it now,” he says, cruel humor in his voice. “Coulda used stronger telepathy a bit ago, mm? Maybe coulda taken Schmidt on properly. Avoided this whole mess.” It’s low, to bring that up, but Charles says it anyway.
Erik goes utterly still, for just a moment. "Yes," he rasps with a small smile. "Perhaps so."
Charles laughs coldly, though he knows, somewhere, that he regrets hurting him so. “So, yes. I’d like nothing more than to shut it all off, Erik. Secure some damn peace, for just one night.”
"Would it make you happy?" asks Erik, clear and quiet.
“Happy,” Charles hisses, scornful. “What do you think, Erik?”
"I will speak with Hank," is what he replies, simple. "Excuse me, please." He rises to his feet, folding his hands neatly behind his back before ducking out.
When Erik leaves, Charles breathes out a loud sigh, low and feral. He presses his head back into his pillows and wishes that he could arch his back upward to stretch it, like a bow. He feels stiff, sore, trapped, and the fact that his body simply won't comply is an agony that he never expected or knew.
Now that he’s alone, he regrets his words to Erik. That gnawing guilt that had overwhelmed his mind is something that Charles should be attempting to usher away, not exploit. Frustration and pain are not reasons to be cruel. Especially not to Erik.
He vows to apologize when Erik returns, whenever that will be. Perhaps the man will take some time to actually rest; it’s not a secret that Erik has been existing on air and hospital coffee alone.
When he isn't in the hospital, Erik spends his time on the top of Williamsburg Bridge. This morning, he's seated along the edge with his cheek pressed into the cold metal column, legs dangling over the edge. His bad hand is wrapped haphazardly around his perch, watching the infinitesimal lights of cars and boats like little children's toys in a diorama march along. In his good is a lit cigarette, the smoke curling and comforting, mixed with salty wind that carries it off into the ether. He takes a long drag.
Sayid finds him there, careful as he balances on the beam leading from one side to the other. "Thinking about jumping off?" he just says it, blunt in his way.
Erik snorts. "It is just... peaceful, here."
"Come, we'll get breakfast."
"I am not hungry."
"I did not ask if you were," he returns, firm. He reaches down to his friend, and Erik rolls his eyes as he slips his fingers across Sayid's broad palm, letting himself be easily lifted to his feet. "The CIA want to interview us all again. Have they gotten to Charles, yet?"
"Not yet. It is too soon," Erik tells him. "How are the children?"
"Good. Aura's doing a good job with them. Isadore has a few of new shadows. They're small, their minds are malleable. Little children usually heal well. But we will need to deal with this sooner, rather than later."
"--deal?" Erik's eyebrows arc.
"The CIA, chaver sheli. They're not going to stop."
"Do your best to stall them," Erik orders, supposing he is technically the Institute's de-facto leader. "And if it comes down to it, we will find a way to make them listen to reason."
"Did you kill those men?"
"No," Erik shakes his head. "It really wasn't me. I do not know what happened."
"Char-Cute-Erie is open," Sayid points at the long line of smashed up buildings in the distance, naming one of Erik's favorite delis. A small wrapped package emerges, and he holds it out. "Vegetarian, like the rabbit you are. Now eat," he commands.
Erik touches the crook of his arm. "Toda raba."
Sayid disappears as the sun slips over the horizon, bathing the sky in brilliant hues of yellow and gold streaked over azure. It reminds him of Charles's eyes. He withdraws the pickle from his sandwich and munches on it. Unable to stomach anything further, he dissolves the rest, loathe to leave litter.
And then he does jump. He's falling, and falling, and falling. The water rushes ever closer. He lands in the ocean, to all onlookers just another statistic. Sinking to the bottom, Erik's eyes are closed, a smile on his face before he shoots up back into the air, completely unharmed and dry. Much to the shock of anyone observing.
With a supersonic boom! he accelerates hard, leaving a stunned audience behind.
Hank is actually getting ready to leave for Jacobi when he encounters Erik in the foyer of the manor. It’s first time he’s seen Erik there since Charles woke up last week, and the first thing he notices is the grey pallor of his skin, eyes beset by purplish circles. “Did Charles finally convince you to get some sleep?” He asks, awkward. It’s all been awkward since that day.
"Pardon?" Erik doesn't expect the question at all, and it takes him off-guard. He scritches the back of his neck with his good hand and smiles. It looks like an expression that an alien has studied and is now attempting to replicate. "Ah, yes," he agrees with a nod. "How is he doing?" his eyes catch on the chart in Hank's hands.
Hank is unconvinced, but decided that it’s not any of his business to pry. They all know that Erik feels guilty, responsible. No one knows exactly what happened in that room, anyway. “You know as well as I do,” Hank replies with a shrug. “Pleased with his lung function so far and he’s healing well from his surgery. His kidneys are still under-performing, but that can be managed with diet and medication. I’m headed there to discuss that now.” Hank shifts on his feet, clearing his throat. “The CIA has been here, just so you know. Asking for you and for Charles. We’ve convinced them to spare Charles until he’s out of intensive care, but we can’t guarantee the same for you.”
True to his word before leaving the previous night, Erik reaches for Hank, stopping just short of touch. Straightening his shoulders with a determined purpose. "His telepathic ability is increasing," he taps his own temple. "Because of the injury. His mind is adapting. You mentioned-that you've done work with serums, that can-alleviate symptoms like this. How feasible would it be for you to help him? He hasn't been able to sleep well."
If Erik was caught off-guard, Hank is floored by the suggestion from him that Charles might benefit from a psionic suppressant. It goes against everything they've ever discussed, and Erik isn't the kind of person to have his mind changed on a whim. It’s certainly a shock, coming from Erik. All of the disdain, the vehemence. How dare they even consider suppressing their natural gifts, the abilities that make them who they are? Hank is, in fact, not large and blue right now; he prefers to be in his other form when practicing medicine, and the two vials are tucked in his front pocket right now.
Up-close, Hank notices that Erik is shivering as though cold.
"Sayid told me about the CIA. I'll handle it, if they show up," Erik promises, pressing down on his teeth so they don't audibly chatter. "Just tell them the truth, as you know it. Blame me if you must. The Institute comes first."
“Just a minor tweak to this,” Hank says quietly, plucking one vial from his pocket and holding it up to Erik. It’s a clear fluid, with the consistency of dish soap. “I would have to make sure it won’t interfere with any of the medications that he’s taking, but that’s easy enough to assess. I could have it ready by tonight.” He hands Erik the vial, knowing that the man can see its makeup. “We have been telling the truth. We don’t know what happened in that office. Haller and MacTaggert are batting for us, but there’s still scrutiny.”
Erik turns it over, watching it form little bubbles as the oil sluggishly moves along the glass. He hands it back. "Make it up," he tells Hank softly. "I do not relish this, but-he is suffering. He deserves to rest, and heal." The fact that Haller is batting for them strikes Erik as curious, given how vehement she was over Schmidt's retrieval alive. "For the record: I did not kill them," he repeats. Having just heard him lie so baldly moments before, it's apparent that this is the truth. "Not intentionally. My nearest hypothesis is that Essex triggered a melt-down of my abilities." He gives another smile, and a returning shrug.
“Just until he’s farther along in his recovery,” Hank assures Erik, though he doesn’t know why. Perhaps they both see it in Charles’s eyes, that angry desperation. Something nasty lying beneath, threatening to rear its head if they become too lax. Charles has mentioned that his mother has issues with substances. “A melt-down of your abilities,” Hank repeats, cocking a brow, but not because he’s suspicious.
“Well, that may be so. For the record: I wouldn’t blame you if you had killed them,” Hank admits. “They were evil and it wasn’t fair of them to ask us to bring them out alive.” It’s a rare moment of solidarity between the men, who are typically at odds with each other, and Hank is uncomfortable with the moment, so he clears his throat. “I’ll get started on this right now then and have Shomron discuss his kidneys with his team,” Hank says, turning on his heel.
“And…really. Get some sleep, Erik. You’re no good to him like this.”
Erik reaches out again, grasping Hank's shoulder in his version of an embrace. He doesn't reply, but for the first time that Hank can recall, Erik's expression shifts. The cold, hard lines of his carved features warble, a single instant like a flare. All he does is nod, the complex tangle on his face too diffuse to verbalize. Sensing his discomfort, Erik squeezes once before letting go, stepping aside to let Hank be on his way.
Chapter 22: And later, when at last I die,
Chapter Text
Frankly, he’s sick of taking a knee to these fools and he’s not going to do it for a day longer. MacTaggert—Judas in the flesh, if anyone asks him—has somehow convinced the brass to let the Professor and the terrorist have immunity until his booboos all heal, but William Stryker isn’t about to let himself be walked over by some mutant-lover woman and that crackpot Israeli team. There are half a dozen dead people—people who were invited to live here by the good graces of the United States. Smart people. Taxpayers.
Muties, the lot of them, but Stryker isn’t about to tolerate that kind of infighting in his great nation. To bring any of them down is a win. And so that’s how he finds himself in the ICU at the Jacobi Medical Center, arguing with some asshole doctor with a Jewish name affiliated with that ridiculous institute. “I don’t care if he’s in a hospital or lounging on a beach in Hawaii,” Stryker spits at the doctor, who is using his body to physically block him from entering the room of Charles Xavier. “I have a job to do, and I’m gonna damn well do it.”
Shonron or whatever he's called, rolls his eyes. "Yeah, well, arrest me then, Agent. I have a job to do, too, and as far as I understand it, you're in direct violation of your superior officers by even being here. Now get back before I have security escort you out," he gripes, glowering hard.
"Excuse me." As Lehnsherr approaches, he levels a warning at him in tone, if not word. "Is there something I can assist you with."
It's a question, phrased as a statement, with all the presumption that William has come to know from Lehnsherr and his kind. Up-close, the man's vivid green eyes are eerie and otherworldly, made all the moreso by the dark shadows befallen them. It's creepy, is what it is. His form is lithe and coiled, all tense and lethal energy that would no sooner hesitate than strike him down. No more than a viper in their midst.
In the flesh. Erik Lehnsherr. His golden goose of the day. Magneto, as branded by their cohort, playing vigilante. Tapping the likes of these monstrosities was a massive mistake; Stryker had been vocal about his misgivings from the start. The fact that their mission resulted in such a disastrous end is a loud testament to the fatal flaw. In person, Lehnsherr is different. Taller, skinnier. Tired-looking. A far cry from the commie-like rabble rouser he’d seen in television clips. But he’s one of the ringleaders, this skinny European bastard, and Stryker is determined.
“William Stryker, CIA,” he returns. He flashes the badge, and then pockets it quickly. “I have orders to interview a Dr. Charles Xavier and a Dr. Erik Lenn-shir. Tell me, sir,” he says, voice dripping with disdain. “Where might I find them?”
The mutie lifts his hand, and William's badge immediately snaps to Lehnsherr's palm as though magnetized. He studies it, arching a brow. "Dr. Xavier is not available at the moment. I'm Erik Lehns-hare," he enunciates his last name for the man, and holds out the badge for him to recover. There's a grim smile on his face. "Did you want to conduct this interview in the middle of the corridor, or should we find a conference room?"
The sheer fucking audacity rankles, but if he's cooperating-
“Dr. Shomron here will point us to a quiet space for our interview, won’t he?” It’s plain that Daniel loathes being an accomplice to whatever nonsense the CIA is spilling, but he complies after gleaning from Erik that he’s willing to talk. They follow him out of the ICU and into a small consultation room.
Once inside, Stryker gestures for the man to sit in one of the two padded chairs beside a small desk.
“Lehns-hare,” he pronounces, exaggerating the second syllable as he pops his briefcase open. “What kind of name is that? German?” It’s clear that Stryker isn’t here to make small talk about heritage, so he clicks his pen loudly as he grips for the right file. “Erik Magnus Lenz-hair. Born September 19th, 1923 in Loads, Poland. Hmm. Drink a lot of Vodka in Poland?”
"I'm told my parents had a sense of humor," Erik replies, dry as he lowers into the opposing chair, crossing one leg over the other. "And, no. I didn't drink vodka at age eleven. That must be a cultural difference."
Stryker smiles coldly at Erik. How he loathes this man, with his radical philosophies and victim complex. He’s the reason why these sorts should be dealt with with a firm hand. Let them get too arrogant, and they end up like this. “But you were up to something at age eleven, weren’t you? That when your mutation, I’m told to call it, came out of you?”
"That's correct. I was arrested for delivering mail to the Armia Krajowa."
Stryker nods, scribbling a note. “And is that when your history with Dr. Klaus Schmidt began?”
The answer is a monosyllabic: "Yes."
“I see.” The details are vague, but Stryker knows the gist; Lehnsherr was taken by the Nazis and was treated special, given a proper place to sleep and more food to eat. After the war, he was shipped off to Israel before the CIA began taking notice of him. Here they are, years later. “And so tell me, Mr. Lehnsherr, how Dr. Schmidt’s viscera came to be spread across the second floor corridor of Riverside Hospital, just a few miles from where we sit.”
A tic in Lehnsherr's jaw is the only indication that the line of questioning has any impact; he's otherwise completely impassive. "I don't know, Agent. That is the truth. Nathaniel Essex infiltrated my mind. My memories of the event are hazy."
Stryker’s expression is incredulous. “Well, if that’s the case,” he sneers, snapping his file closed. “Interview over! No more questions! Because if your mind was infiltrated, it’s clearly not your fault, is it?” He barks a cold laugh, and then levels a glare at Erik. “That’s not what happened. Nathaniel Essex died that day, too. Why would he kill himself?”
Lehnsherr pinches the bridge of his nose, rubbing at his forehead. "I don't think it was on purpose. My best estimate is that he triggered something in my mind that caused my abilities to malfunction. It may very well be my responsibility," he grants softly. "But it wasn't intentional."
Stryker can only stare at the man before him. Danger, recklessness. That’s all these mutants are. “The only living witness who can corroborate this story is Dr. Xavier. But, as you’ve told me, he’s unavailable. So I’m going to assume that you’re telling the truth, that you are indeed responsible for the deaths at North Brother Island.”
The mutant's lips purse. "What is it that you want from me? An apology?" He touches his chest with an open palm. "Then have it. I am sorry. Justice wasn't accomplished at Riverside. Schmidt and all the rest of those Nazi skurwysyny should have been extradited and tried, but they were not. And I am sorry it happened that way."
“Not an apology, just the truth,” Stryker explains coolly. “When people die on CIA watch, a lot must be done, as you might imagine. Inquiries, paperwork. You had orders to obtain them alive, and you didn’t do that. It’s a problem. A major problem. You might expect that ‘innocence by mental infiltration’ isn’t an adequate defense, in a military court.”
"But recruiting mutant civilians to use for your own ends is acceptable, is that it?" Lehnsherr points a finger at him, accusatory. "Every single person on that team objected to this. We complied because of misplaced idealism. Those deaths are as much your responsibility as they are mine." His sharp words reminisce an axe splintering old wood. "You spend years crafting a method to exploit us and now dare lay it at our feet because of an outcome which we explicitly warned you against. You come in here, pure ego, to absolve yourself of accountability. You're pitiful, Stryker. Dr. Xavier will never walk again. You should be in there right now with an apology for him. For the ludicrous circumstances that you manipulated him into."
“The only thing that I dare to do, Lehnsherr,” he seethes, pronouncing it with the American way. “Is uphold the damn law of this land.”
His fingers are curling on the desk in front of him, crinkling the papers within the thick file detailing every known factoid about Erik Lehnsherr’s life. The synagogue he went to as a child. The camps that his father and sister were sent to. The meticulous notes collected about him by the man who he assassinated. “While your people starved to death in the cold, you had food in your belly and a bed to sleep on, did you not? Someone to look after you. You were treated relatively nice, weren’t you? By the man you just murdered in cold blood!”
He raises his chin toward Erik, and then jerks his head toward the door. “Just like you made lover boy out there into a cripple.”
Before he can even think, Lehnsherr has risen to his feet. Somewhere, he can distantly hear Charles, but it's just white noise over the complete and utter rage that spills from the top of his head into the bottom of his feet like molten lava. Stryker is knocked back by an invisible force. The man is getting closer and closer, until he curls the fingers of his un-braced hand into the fabric of his suit. He can feel shredding nails, digging into him.
Erik. Down the hall, Charles has been listening furtively. It’s immensely difficult to parse through the roar in his head, but proximity helps, and Erik’s mind is one he could pick out of a sea of millions. He’s here unofficially, he has no means of keeping you right now. Leave that room, please. Don’t listen to him.
"This interview is over," Lehnsherr says, flat and cold. "And if I see you in this hospital again before Dr. Xavier is recovered, I will put you through a wall. Fucking humans," he spits. There's a long, inexorable moment when Stryker is genuinely afraid that Lehnsherr will do it anyway - hurt him, kill him, even. But he just lets him go, dusted and unharmed.
Chapter 23: he hangs me, spitefully, on high
Chapter Text
Daniel is at his bedside, worried hands fussing over this, over that. His heart rate is too high—it has been for weeks. Charles isn’t listening to the doctor’s words, doesn’t even register that he’s present in his room. He’s too busy picking Erik out from the crowd of millions. A mind, shining like a beacon, the one he can grasp onto. Erik. Erik, please, don’t— He follows him from the room, horror-stricken as Stryker and his vile, racist, hateful brain tears after him, ready to use the long arm of the law to bring him down, when the hulking figure of Sayid al-Zaman interrupts what is about to be carnage.
Stryker tries to follow after him, but he's stopped by a hand on his shoulder - bigger than he's ever seen. He has to look at least a foot higher to meet its owner. It's a stern Arab man, head tilted down at him. al-Zaman, the terrorist. With a zap, Stryker feels a charge of electricity burst through his entire body, sharp enough to hurt every muscle he has, and ones he didn't even realize existed at all.
"What you don't realize, sir," he says so softly, so kindly. "-is that Dr. Lehnsherr is good cop. Leave this place in peace. You won't like it if you make me angry."
It's all Stryker can do not to trip over his feet on the way out.
Erik suppresses a smile. "You shouldn't have done that."
Sayid's eyes crinkle. He waves a hand, dismissive. "Bah. He is an aberration. Go to your beloved, chaver sheli. I'll keep watch."
Thank-you, Erik mouths as he ducks into Charles's room.
Erik breathes in shakily, covering his face with both hands as he drops into the couch opposite Charles's bed.
You were treated relatively nice, weren't you? plays in his head again and again. It's a twisted self-injurious impulse, berating himself in the sound of Stryker's voice. A single crack in his otherwise impenetrable demeanor. For the truth. That Erik does feel genuine regret for Schmidt's death, beyond simple operational failure. That Erik is grieving him. Because something in him will always be sick and broken. "I suppose he was right," he says, laughing into his cupped palms as they drag down his face.
"But I paid for that, didn't I? It wasn't free. I wished to die, but couldn't. There were others in the lab with me. I had to make sure they were OK. As long as he focused on me, he wasn't hurting them." Maybe coulda taken Schmidt on properly. Avoided this whole mess--- "How horrid, to complain about it. He's right. Did you know that it was painful? The gas. They didn't go to sleep. They were herded in there, panicked. Naked and trampling over one another. They didn't know until the very end. We said it was de-lousing."
This is what he thinks of every time he steps into their bathroom with its gleaming white tiles and fluorescent bulbs.
"It took minutes for them to die. They turned blue and purple, like a painting. Sometimes they didn't. I had to kill those ones myself," he laughs and laughs, a hideous grin on his face. An image of a young Erik, thin as a twig with hair shaved in rough patches - his striped uniform too-big, absent an identifying triangle with only a haphazard X slashed over his back in peeling red paint - lifting his weapon and firing. By then, they were already dead, the only question was how long they suffered.
And if I had perished, you would be OK now. He doesn't mean the thought to escape, and grimaces when it does. It's self-pity, and he's angry with himself for not being able to resist it well in the moment. This isn't about him. This isn't about his guilt, or his suffering. Erik digs his fingertips into his cheeks under his eyes, desperate to get himself under control. Why is the air in here so thin? Erik takes long, rattling breaths, reminiscent of Charles's first moments of wakefulness. "I'm sorry, forgive me. Forgive me, I-I think I'm-"
Charles can only breathe again when Erik tears into his room at long last. His heart rate falls, and Daniel, shooting them both exasperated looks, squeezes Charles’s shoulder before ducking out. It’s difficult to focus on only Erik in the turbulent sea within his head, but the proximity and familiarity helps. His mind is a chaotic whirlwind, filled with fury and anger and guilt. It’s painful to witness, and even more painful to feel. “He wasn’t right,” Charles says softly, lying still in his bed. “You were a prisoner. As much as the rest.” He rolls his shoulders, wishing he could do more to alleviate the stiffness clawing at his joints.
“And anyway, it’s not a competition, Erik. Maybe you had a bed, but you were still a prisoner. There’s no reason at all you should feel any grace for them. They didn’t kill you, but that shouldn’t be seen as an act of mercy, right? People shouldn’t kill others. It’s not extraordinary or kind when lives are spared, it’s correct.” When Erik’s thoughts veer toward him, toward what could have happened otherwise, Charles jams his eyes shut. Yes, he had been snappy and cruel to Erik earlier, subtly suggesting culpability. It was wrong. He should not have spoken that way. The sadness and guilt, comingling with the sharp memories of a young boy, malnourished, scared. Hopeless.
“Come here,” Charles whispers. “Come, lay with me. Please.”
Lead on a string of whispers, Erik slowly rises and makes his way across the room in a shuffle, climbing up into the bed to draw Charles into his arms and gently press fingertips to that knotted muscle in his shoulder. A twinge of warmth works its way through, easing and easing. If he focuses on this, then he doesn't have to think. He doesn't have to feel. Not the blistering rage, not the suffocating grief for Schmidt born from same part of him which caused such distaste and humiliation back in that complex, the part that desires to please and submit.
Charles desperate in his mind, begging him to find a source of strength that never existed, pleading with him to just function. To do this one, simple task. Well, they're all dead, now. They're dead, and Charles is mourning an equivalent loss of incomprehensible, staggering proportions. The loss of everything he's ever known. At Erik's hands, just as well. A horrifying I-told-you-so. Charles laments that he won't want to take care of him, but the irony is even crueler.
Erik is the one who is mal-formed beyond all rhyme or reason. Erik is the one who will never be healed. Erik is the one with a mind like a black hole, where all things are annihilated. He thinks, it's wrong. That I'm broken. Because he isn't broken. Schmidt obliterated his insides, yes. But then he took all those pieces and put them right back together again, just as he wished. Erik can't be fixed, because he isn't broken. Not anymore. He hasn't died, because he was never truly alive. He was never truly human. That's what Stryker thinks, that he's a monster.
And he is right. And Erik is hollow.
Charles can’t wrap his arms around Erik as he wants to, but he can circle the throbbing ache in his psyche and remain there, at least for now. To follow the thread of Erik’s spiral into the eye is to arrive at a stark destination, characterized by grim resolution. This place is the foundation of Erik’s sense of self. The present agony springs from and leads to this base, and it pains Charles to see how fundamentally flawed Erik believes he is. He thinks he’s defective, at his core. That what happened on North Brother Island is the result of some inherent malformation. What Schmidt has done to Erik, Charles realizes, is far more permeating than any physical injury could ever be.
I wish I could change this, Charles murmurs, telepathic voice low, melodious, warm. Not you, Erik, but how you see yourself. They have you convinced that you’re something that you aren’t. I’m so, so sorry that they’ve done this to you. He swallows thickly, breath shuddering a bit. Hank told him earlier that his lungs are “doing well,” but he still feels out of breath and tired all the time. “I’m sorry for what I said, earlier. I was feeling bitter and restless, and I took it out on you,” he whispers. “I hope you believe me when I tell you that what happened to me—all this—“ his breath hitches, and he blinks back tears that, mercifully, do not fall.
“None of this is your fault. You saved my life. I’d be dead if that bullet hit me, and you got me out of the way.” He thinks about those ugly hours, where, through a dry throat and angry tears, he proclaimed that death is an equanimous condition to this. Furious with his carelessness, he wills a hand to twitch toward Erik’s wrist. It misses and instead flops on Erik’s elbow, but he offers an awkward, stilted squeeze with his stubborn fingers anyway. “I won’t be able to bear it if you only feel guilt when you look at me, Erik,” he whispers hoarsely.
“You and I—we both need to heal. Right? What happened on that island… I haven’t even thought about how traumatic that all must have been for you. I’ve been selfish. I’m sorry.”
Erik finds that hand and lifts it, dusting kisses across his knuckles.
Through the thick cotton batting of sensation, Charles realizes that his fingers are wet. He cries, sometimes. In the last week, not at all - but a few times, since Charles has known him, he has teared up. Before Charles, he hadn't cried since his mother hit the floor, a hole in her head where her heart should be. But it's typically in a manner of neurological dysfunction. His face is always steady and immobile, and he never makes a sound.
So it takes a few seconds for Charles to realize that the moan which escapes him is because Erik's composure has well-and-truly dissolved. I became the laughingstock of all my people; they mock me in song all day long./He has filled me with bitter herbs and given me gall to drink./He has broken my teeth with gravel;/he has trampled me in the dust. I have been deprived of peace; I have forgotten what prosperity is--
"I am so-" he grates out halting words, caught in his throat like a net. "-so sorry-I'm so sorry-I brou--ah--brought him to your doorstep-powinienem mieć zatrzymaj go, se--się starałem bardzo--"
“Erik, no—stop—“ Charles gasps, the pain becoming his own, but then he’s quiet, still. Erik is crying, one of the rarer expressions for a man characterized by outward stoicism. Charles alone is privy to the technicolor tapestry of art and emotion that forms the structure of Erik’s soul; everyone else only sees the stone-faced survivor, focused and controlled. Most think that an aversion to external expression is a means of keeping others out, but a telepath knows that it’s far more a means of keeping the torrent in. If the damn cracks, the levee splinters, everything can fall apart.
In twenty years, repression will be an award-winning topic in psychology and psychiatry, but here, in the middle of the 1950s, Charles Xavier can sing a ballad of its damage. It’s Erik’s turn to let it all spill out, now. Charles does him a disservice when his first reaction is to console, to shush, to make it all go away. Sometimes, people need to spill all of their nasty, unfounded thoughts. And so that’s what Charles does. He remains firm and warm within Erik’s head, but he doesn’t attempt to cajole him into calmness. People don’t need to be calm all the time. It’s only when the Polish returns, and words dissolve into choking gasps that Charles finally speaks again.
“No, my love,” he whispers, voice soft. “You warned us. You were the one who wanted to sit this one out,” he reminds. “This was forced upon you.” He leans as far as his stiff body allows to ghost a kiss along Erik’s bicep—all he can reach in this position. “It’s okay to feel agony about it all, I won’t try to tell you not to. But you must remember that you did not ask for this, either. I’m so sorry that this was forced upon you.”
"I--hngg--" Erik finds his voice gripped by an invisible fist, squeezing and squeezing the life out of him. Essex in his mind shivers and splinters, his voice a simpering lilt whispering all of the horrifying contests, the dances and ceremonies in store. "I don't know wha--what happened," he forces out across the quake. "H--wanted me to--hurt you--Schmidt stah--stopped him," he laughs. "Ma--made me, hurt people. F--fun, for fun, you--hurt you, wanted me to--my heart, my heart," he whispers, touching Charles's cheeks, along his temples and jaw and across his neck.
So close to the source of sickness - Erik has said this before-the word, hurt. It is, Charles realizes with a ghastly flinch, a euphemism. Mercy, Schmidt had said. And maybe he was right. Charles can see it as Erik tumbles head-first into shearing memory, vivid in stop-motion under every nerve. At the end of the Vietnam war, as veterans shuffled back into civilian life, Charles would come to understand these moments as flashbacks.
Right now, it's purely devastating, the way Erik's rational mind disintegrates into child-like terror. Like a piece of him is frozen at age eleven, a fragment forever encased in permafrost. "Take--you from--destroy you? No more Charles--? Gone? My heart is gone, gone--kill you, hurt you, destroy--gone--it's all gone they're all gone. Zastrzeliłem cię, zastrzeliłem cię. No more, no more--proszę nigdy więcej--"
The vicarious experience of feeling, just like the sensitivity of his reach, has ratcheted upward, and every nerve, severed and intact, is alight in an ache that Charles had never known firsthand. No writer can capture adequately what Erik feels in words, and Charles, dumbstruck and solemn, can only lie in Erik’s quaking arms and knuckle through it alongside him. What hubris, to think that his gentle words could ever talk this away, that love might usher it out and replace it and make Erik whole again. There’s room for love, certainly, and Charles will refuse until his last breath to consider that someone might be destined for a lifetime of sorrow, but it’s undeniable, the pain.
His voice is thick, choked with secondhand agony, helplessness. Any words that come feel vapid on his tongue, but he means them with every cell in his body. “I would take this a thousand times over, Erik, to keep you safe from that man,” he chokes. But Erik isn’t safe, is he? Schmidt lives on, in his head. “Please know this. You and I—we’re alive, and we have a future. Together. We can move on, or at least we can try. They’re gone, yes, and the world is better for it. I know it pains you, and I understand now. I promise, I do—“ tears are falling now in earnest. “Please, Erik. Let’s move forward. Just us. You and me and that’s it.”
It's clear that Erik is trying to say something else, but it's unintelligible. Accompanied only by a wave of horror and regret, and he is sorry - and he is sorry for being sorry. Putting Charles in the position to nurture his shattered psyche, it's selfish and evil. A type of supreme narcissism that sickens him to its core, with yet no defenses against it. The repulsive, spindly-legged spider curled up as burned with rays of light from a magnifying glass under the sun. Shrieking, twitching.
Just us. You and me and that’s it, the words warm as they emblazon over his being, causing a fresh shudder. Charles still wants him, still loves him. The fear that Schmidt had succeeded at taking Charles from him. Had broken Charles's love for him and left him bereft and endlessly alone--that is the most sorrowful violation. "You--still--with me?" he finally manages to make a coherent sentence, pressing his lips over Charles's brow, over and over again as though to convince himself he is really there.
Not dead. Not motionless in the rubble.
“Yes,” Charles gasps, riding the coaster with Erik, feeling what he feels. “Please. With you, forever, so long as you’ll have me, so long as you’re willing to be with me, while I’m like this—“ he stops and shakes his head violently, an overcompensation, most certainly, for what he cannot move. Steeling away the rest of his tears, Charles twitches his hand toward Erik again and lands this time on his forearm. Nails scrabble along the skin until his fingers are able to latch onto the edge, held by tension.
“I feel helpless. Ugly. Repulsive,” Charles admits with a shaky voice. “I fear that you’ll resent me. Want the old me, the one who could run alongside you, hold you properly. Wrap my legs around you in bed.” A new wave of tears threaten to escape, but he forces them backward, only on stream cascading down his cheek. “What if I’m too difficult to look after? You don’t want to be a nurse, Erik. And I don’t want you to stay because you feel guilty, either, and I—“ a steadying breath. “I’m sorry. I love you. And I want you to want me, still. For me, not because you feel guilty.”
"Look," Erik taps his own temple. "Please, look," he bids, not able to trust himself to verbalize the complex swirl that rises in him when Charles speaks. For, helpless - Erik understands. His body betrays him, unwilling to acquiesce to simple demands. Ugly - is not possible. Erik still sees all the parts of him that are beautiful. Even now, when some of those parts no longer function as intended, Erik sees them as a variable of an equation that is unspeakably magnificent.
It is how he exists with Erik, talks to him. Touches him. It won't be the same. They'll have to learn new ways to share with one another, but Erik is nothing if not a dedicated student. "I do," he whispers sadly. As far as he falls into the decay of madness and torture, it is here in Charles's arms that he finds purchase. That he does find wisdom, and determination, and grit. That his voice tempers, confident and strong. "I feel guilt. I feel it and I might always feel it. I watched myself shoot you," he says amidst a fresh torrent that spills from his reddened sclera onto olive cheekbones. "But I am not here because I am guilty."
I am here because I love you. Desperately, beyond measure. I will love you forever. I will love you in any form. I will do anything for you, without hesitation. Without regret. Always. Like an apple tree among trees of the forest,/So is my beloved among the youths./I delight to sit in his shade,/And his fruit is sweet to my mouth. He touches Charles's bottom lip, all the blackened charcoal in his soul swept away as his focus returns to center. To this, between them, as sure as the composition of Erik's molecular structure and as oxygen travels by blood to his heart.
"Ani l'dodi ve' dodi li," he intones the phrase of verse winding between them aloud, low and soft.
Just as he feels Erik's pain, he feels Erik's guilt, his love. Twin forces that strap him to Charles, pin him to his side. It brings Charles selfish satisfaction—that he is the one who has been able to domesticate the mighty force that is Erik Lehnsherr is wind to his pride. But just as Erik is fueled by dueling motivation, Charles is pulled by mirror demons, too. Selfish pride and a guilt of his own. Oh, all the things that Erik could do, were he not stuck. How many nights has he spent in this same hospital room, curled into a too-small couch, snaking around the maze of tubes and wires just to give Charles a kiss?
And this is only temporary; as soon as he leaves this place, it's real life again. How fair is it for Erik to spend his days tending to him? For love, duty, guilt? Yes, Erik loves him, but it's going to be a challenge that they will have to tackle for the rest of their shared lives. I am for my beloved, as my beloved is for me. For better and for much, much worse.
Chapter 24: where I scare off magpies and crows
Chapter Text
"I'm going to go mad in this bed," Charles breathes finally. If he could, he's certain that he would be shaking. A glance at the IV, and the complex machinery that he's hooked up to in several places. There's a wheelchair in the corner of the room, one with a high back that reclines, to support his trunk. "Spring me?"
Erik is always careful not to disturb the complex apparatus that's keeping Charles healthy (or as healthy as can be). "Do you mind if I pick you up?" he asks. "I won't drop you," he promises.
So far, Erik is the only one who does ask. Most of the other doctors and nurses feel entitled to invading his private space and doing what they will. At Charles's assent, in a easy motion he lifts him from the bed - ensuring he has enough stability unconsciously - and carries him in his arms like Tarzan. It's apt - the shade of his affection and desire is fierce, a warrior's devotion.
"I want to take you somewhere. Is this OK?" he looks down at him, all of his accoutrements floating easily alongside.
Charles dislikes how limp he feels in Erik's arms, how small and weak, but Erik's arms are indeed preferable to the narrow bed that has been his home for a number of weeks. It's also nice to be relieved of the pressure in his back and hips, which are unaccustomed to bearing his weight in bed for so long. Because he's not numb, not entirely. He feels absolutely nothing at the level of his skin beneath his chest, but there is still stiffness, soreness, restlessness. Hank wonders if its psychosomatic, but what does it matter if it is? It's discomfort.
"It's nice, actually," Charles admits, despite the shame that inevitably accompanies being carried like a doll. "Take me wherever you'd like. I'm but a princess trapped in a tower, and you're my knight in shining armor, here to rescue me."
Erik laughs, the warm amusement a sound even rarer than his tears. "You do not fool me, Charles Xavier. You are not the princess. You are the dragon." It's gentle, a reminder that this is but the trappings of their physical world. Where it matters, he is vast and immeasurable in power. Erik brushes his hair aside and deposits a kiss to his brow before stepping out into the balcony and shooting off into the sky at a bracing clip. A shield has formed around them to protect them from the elements, but he elevates them higher and higher until the whole world is just a pin-prick below them. Just us, he thinks with aching fondness.
Charles can't help the shriek that escapes him as Erik flies from the dismal balcony of the hospital and into the air, almost at a 90 degree angle. The series of monitors and accessories to which Charles is attached follow the pair, never straying any further than an arm's length from his form. He's suddenly warm again, in the bubble that Erik has created, despite his thin hospital gown, bare legs and arms. Up here, he's weightless; the fact that his limbs don't move doesn't matter.
Nothing matters, but the two of them. How it should be, he replies, soft as he gazes down at the earth below. New York City is just a speck against a vast ocean, serene at this height. Westchester is a speck within a speck. All of their problems, their worries. How tiny they are, from here. I can hear them all. Even from here, he notes, suddenly solemn. Feel them, too. It's tiring, to experience the pain of others, all at once.
Did you mean what you said, before? Erik asks, gentle. That you wanted to turn it off? I did speak with Hank. "I would-" he inhales sharply. "I would wish that you did not. It will take you away from me," he says, knowingly. Knowing that a big part of their connection is made possible because Charles can see beyond his exterior. "But I do not want you to be so unhappy. I will-I will learn, how to communicate better. If that is what you want."
Charles sighs. He's tired. Physically, emotionally, but mostly, telepathically. He's privy to everything; the breakdown that Erik just shared with him, there are ten, twenty, a hundred of those happening right now, and though Charles does not feel them as implicitly, they're still there. Using his own brain as an interface. "Just until I can control it better," Charles says quietly, eyes lazy as they watch the world below. "I promise. I just—I can't rest, Erik. I hear them in my sleep. I promise that it won't take me from you. It's just temporary. Until I can manage on my own."
Erik runs his fingertips down Charles's cheek, a small smile on his face that Charles knows is only visible to him because of his psionics. "It would not be fair for me to ask you to endure suffering simply for my comfort," he decides with a nod. "I deride Hank and his serum, but..." he gives a little shrug.
When he was growing up, he had a neighbor, Ewa. At fifteen, she fell pregnant. At the time, it was more-than legal, it was encouraged for Poles to get abortions, but her family were deeply religious Catholics and forbid it. So, she found someone to sell her some poison - in an effort to kill the child, and that was the end of Ewa as well. Erik always thought it should have been her choice.
"I would be a hypocrite to deny any mutant has a right to control their own destiny. Their own bodies. That includes you. Even if it would make me unhappy. That is self-centered. I love you more. I want you to be happy. If you cannot sleep, how can you be expected to cope?"
Charles smiles, small and sad. He knows how much this pains Erik, and for more reasons than simple appreciation of another mutant’s gifts. The two of them fell in love within the space between their two psyches, where they overlap and come together. “It’s just to sleep,” he promises again. “My body needs sleep to heal. A few weeks at most, until everything’s a little more calm in here,” he says, nodding toward his own body.
"OK," says Erik, curling his fingers over Charles's jaw. "I asked Hank to make a solution targeted for you. He thinks it will be trivial to accomplish, and should have it ready by tonight. I-hope you-please, do not forget," he whispers at last, taking Charles's hand and placing it over his heart. "Please, do not forget that I love you. You might forget. That-you must not forget."
“Oh, Erik,” Charles murmurs. He can’t reach up and caress his jaw like he wants, but curls his fingers over Erik’s heart when his hand is placed there. “You’ll simply have to tell me every day, mm? Now, kiss me properly.”
If there remains any doubt in Charles's mind that Erik wants him, it's swiftly erased when he obliges. Everything that's happened - all of the stress, the slogging weight of agony - he doesn't realize how much he's simply needed this. Even after a year together, every time they kiss seems to surprise Erik, to undo him.
He's shivering a little when he pulls away just enough to breathe in, eyes still just as wide and bright as they were that very first time. He's petting at the exposed skin of Charles's neck, and Charles is surprised to find a sensation like an electrical current runs through him, warming places on his body that shouldn't have sensation.
A twinge of nerves connecting through a circuit arc, bypassing the damage to form a new pathway that centers in his chest in a heated spike.
Charles’s eyes snap open when the sensation plunges into his chest. Oh, it feels nice, to feel in that way. Erik’s power is so magnificent, and for a moment, Charles feels jealous that he doesn’t have the abilities to control the world like Erik does. But the moment passes in a swoon of appreciation, admiration. Love. “I know that you said that you can’t fix me,” Charles murmurs. “And I believe you. But…oh, every so often, I wonder if you might be able to spark some life into me?” he inquires.
The question surprises Erik into a shaky laugh, nose wrinkled fondly in the way that spreads his freckles out across his face and creases his eyes. "I think -" he nods, after a moment. "I-" he clears his throat, red-cheeked. "I think it happens more like this, when-" a shuffle of his expression, eyes rolling heavenward. "When I am with you. Like this," he touches the man's cheek. It's not the first time Charles has ever felt Erik's power coursing through his body, but Erik is right; it only seems to happen when they're intimate.
Something happens to Erik, when they're close, whatever part of him that can affect life jumps out from his fingertips and into Charles, leaving him undamaged and whole. It's when he focuses, and tries. When he introduces new elements, when he attempts to repair damage, that the trouble starts. Maybe because one is intricate and the other is an application of simple electrical circuitry, transmission. Closing his eyes, Charles feels the static in his chest rise again, and then it shoots down in long bolts, right into the tips of his toes.
His fingers twitch, but his toes remain still.
“Interesting,” Charles notes, allowing his head to fall against Erik’s shoulder. He felt the jolt in his chest and his arms, but it’s lost entirely somewhere above his pelvis. It feels good in his chest and arms, to be shot through with energy, and, in an unfounded way, gives him hope. He knows that he will never walk again, but to be able to move his arms and hands with more control will enable him to live far more independently than what his current level of function allows. That’s the goal.
“I’m nervous, to come home,” he admits quietly, gazing upon the city below. Wishing that they could stay here, like this, forever. “Not that I want to spend more time in this damn hospital, but…well. You can’t carry me around all day. It won’t be easy. The manor isn’t built for…” he grimaces. “For whatever it is I need. Most people aren’t as lucky as I am to have money and people around; they all end up in hospitals or homes for the rest of their lives.”
Erik's smile is slight. "You won't need to worry about that," he promises. "You will be able to get around the manor, even the stairs. Reach the cupboards, that kind of thing. That part will be OK," he explains with a kiss to the top of Charles's head. "And it should not require much extra work. I'll have to get you in the device, and make sure it all works comfortably - and there are limits - it requires a charge, and energy. We will need to adjust our bedroom, and the bathroom. That's about it. I can do that in my sleep."
Charles knows what Erik has been up to. Through Erik’s furtive thoughts he has seen the foundation of something truly remarkable. A chair that lifts off the ground, floats and glides through the air like something from a comic book. He knows that he’ll probably need something more standard when out in public, but what Erik has created for him to use at home is something beyond the realm of modern science and technology.
Even so—and through immense gratitude—Charles still feels a twist in his gut. “I’m still nervous. Incredible an engineer as you are, I’m anticipating that it will be difficult. For myself and for others, who aren’t used to seeing me—or anyone—like this. But, I suppose it’s unavoidable.” He shuts his eyes and lets himself enjoy, for the moment, being weightless in Erik’s arms. “I’m sorry, for what I said,” he whispers. “I know I’ve already apologized, but I didn’t mean it, what I said about my telepathy and Schmidt. I hope you believe me.”
Erik's smile breaks into a little grin. "It was a very fascinating project. Theoretically, as long as I'm there, it will have infinite power. But you will be able to charge it yourself as well, in case of an emergency. I--ah," he huffs, a little shy all of a sudden. "I made something new. Kalorizikite," he explains. He didn't just manipulate existing elements together, he's created a new element for his own purposes. One that expressly stores electrical energy and releases it over a long time, like a crystal battery. The name comes from the Greek for welcoming someone to a new home - which also happens to be the etymology of the word Xavier.
It isn't going to be enough to dispel Charles's legitimate case of nerves; that will only come with time, and experience. Erik knows it isn't enough to make this all better, but it does at least take some of the mental energy that could be served away from mindless renovations, to put to better use. Erik is already thinking about every little factor, anything that he can, so that Charles has only to focus on his own physical and emotional recovery and not the droning minutiae.
When Charles apologizes, Erik inclines his head easily. "I know, Charles," he whispers back. "I do not harbor any resentment for the single bitter comment you've ever made to me, whilst you were in the midst of anguish. You had every right to say it. You all have every right to question why--why I couldn't--" He waves a hand, lips pressed together now. "Ah, wiesz," he attempts to dismiss it.
Charles enjoys seeing Erik like this. Proud, excited, invested in an exercise of the mind. He has always maintained that if they didn’t have this greater calling compelling the two of them, Erik would be well on his way to a Nobel prize. His aptitude for science, physics, understanding how to harness the natural world is exceptional. Generational. And it isn’t lost on him, the aura surrounding the nomenclature of this brand new substance. Despite the mess, it blossoms warmly inside Charles.
“I’m honored to be the use case for Kalorizikite,” he says earnestly. When Erik starts to go down the dark path again, Charles intrudes by raising the equivalent of a telepathic drawbridge in Erik’s mind, preventing the spill. He can bypass it if he wants, but the suggestion lingers. “I couldn’t best him either, my love,” he reminds Erik. “Still, I apologize. It was a foul thing to say. Thank you for forgiving me. You’ve done a lot for me. I don’t know of anyone else one else who would invent a new element for me, or fly me into the stratosphere because I was restless, or forgo sleep for…how long? Weeks?”
A shake of his head. “You must take care of yourself, too. As you said, I’m relying on your energy, now.”
Charles's steadying presence in his mind, as always, draws a languid balm over his soul that dispels the howling radio static building up in his chest. Charles really doesn't know, Erik thinks. He's so concerned that Erik must take care of him, that he forgets how he takes care of Erik. In the wake of splitting apart in that hospital room, he finds his smile turn watery once again. This, he doesn't deserve. But he will take it, because his animal instinct can't resist the gentle entreaty.
For so long, he had done nothing but flinch away from blows and burn off all thought. Overcome all shame, all dignity, all honor, all purpose in the pursuit of pure survival. If he had to beg, or debase himself, to stop the torment, he would do it without hesitation. Any little moment of kindness taken and cradled close, collected like letters in a box and buried under the Earth from prying eyes. Schmidt is in there, too. For small mercies, for a hand at his hair instead of a closed fist. For an idle joke or a new record or a birthday present.
(--"While your people starved to death in the cold
you had food in your belly and a bed to sleep on,
did you not? Someone to look after you..."--)
It will be a long time before Erik disentangles him, before he understands the real cost of that kindness meant it was no kindness at all. It will be a long time until he can fully contrast these moments instead - where his comfort is prioritized, his well-being is regarded, without expectation or violent reciprocation. "It is difficult to sleep," he admits in a soft rasp. The last time he tried, he woke up right back in that room, and watched Charles's head be caved in by Essex before him helplessly.
Charles feels Erik’s mind bloom at the sweet words like flowers in the sun. In a way, it makes him happy to know that he can make Erik happy, but he won’t deny that he has explored why the warmth is so vibrant within Erik especially. Holding sweet moments like a treasure, there was a time when Erik had only those to keep him moving forward. No safety, no foundation of security; for Erik, even minute kindnesses were the only stepping stones through life that he could find.
“I know,” Charles confirms. “Your dreams are foul and your mind is an endless reel of everything. For a while now—“ Charles hesitates, unsure of Erik will take this news. “At home, I’d been…helping you rest, most nights. Sheltering you from nightmares and quieting your racing thoughts, so that you could fall asleep easily. I’m sorry, I know it’s wrong to mess about in your head without permission. I should have told you.” He’s about to offer to do it again, that very evening, when he remembers that Hank will be arriving with serum.
It’s selfish, he knows, to prioritize his own rest over his duties to Erik, and he acknowledged that with an inward cringe before speaking again. “We can ask Daniel or Hank to give you a sedative. One that knocks you out so deeply that dreams don’t even have a chance.”
Erik just nods, completely aware of this. "I always knew," he says with a shrug. "I punched you. I remember," he says, and Charles still recalls the sticky horror when Erik finally stumbled into cognizance and realized what he'd done, the sheer blind panic that beset him. "Then I never..." he touches his own cheek, a reminder of Charles in his mind. "Then it never happened again and, of course you did. Thank-you," is what he says, instead of being offended or afraid.
What does inspire a minute bolt is the mention of a sedative. Erik detests taking medicine, and doctors of any sort. Even being in the hospital with its bright lights and linoleum floors and antiseptic smells is enough to make him nauseous. But he pushes it down, knowing that it will make it easier for Charles if he agrees. "OK," he says, nodding a few times in a row.
Partially, there's a small, tiny, strangled fragment of him that is relieved that maybe Charles will have a break from Erik's mind, from all the tortures inflicted within. He's tried himself, valiantly, to hold it apart and keep it bottled. Since the CIA came knocking on their door, those walls are flimsy at best. Now, they're practically non-existent.
Charles knows that the idea is disagreeable to Erik, but he’s grateful nonetheless for the openness. Not for the reasons Erik thinks, but because rest is essential for both of them. Charles’s recovery will only drag on and on if he’s not able to rest, and Erik, too, will crack eventually. “I suppose we’d best get back soon, mm?” Charles says with regret, eyeing the dot of New York City below. “I’m sure they’ll be wondering where I’ve wandered off to.”
"Does he know?" Raven asks him, whilst they stand on the balcony of the manor. The sun slowly dips beneath the horizon, bathing everything in a liminal glow.
"Know?" Erik tilts his head. They're smoking in tandem, long spools of thick fog billowing out around.
For two non-telepaths, they have a lot of conversations like this. Raven, with her preternatural capacity for observation, doesn't miss a beat. "The whole story."
Erik grimaces, focusing on his cigarette. There's no use pretending he doesn't understand the question. Of them all, his body language is as open to her as his mind is to Charles. "I think so."
She touches his shoulder, and then curls a hand around the side of his neck in a less invasive version of an embrace. "I'm really glad you're alive, Erik."
"Raven?" he calls, before she turns to leave. "May I ask you for something?"
"Of course."
"Can you-show me?" he gestures to himself.
"You mean--" Raven's eyebrows practically fly off of her hairline. "I can, yes," she nods, dubious.
"I just want to know," Erik explains, soft. "What he will see."
Ah. With the serum, he means. Her lips purse to the side, beset by a moue of sympathy. After a few moments, Raven stubs out the cigarette in her hand and gradually dissolves before him, and reconstructs into a perfect facsimile of Erik Lehnsherr.
She folds her arms formally behind her back, and doesn't speak. They peer at one another, before Erik realizes - this is him. She's waiting for him to speak, first. It settles awkwardly, and he finds it difficult even then to push himself beyond his natural demure. "I didn't kill him," is all Erik can think to tell her.
"I am aware," says the visage of Erik, head tilted to the side thoughtfully. Erik studies himself, and watches himself study back. An ephemeral mirror. His face is aquiline, with long grooves that make him appear older than he is. He's looked in a mirror before, but this is different. This is not just a mirror, but a reflection. "I do not relish death, in any form," says he, in perfect imitation. So perfect that even Charles himself might mistake them, especially when faced with this synchronicity. To deduce which of them holds Erik's emanating mind, a heady challenge. "Even his."
The words, gentle in their composure, are delivered in a sonorous, though affectless monotone. There are more freckles than he remembers. He's darker, too, at the end of Westchester's summer season. Despite the turtleneck covering most of his skin, exposed scars wind along his jaw and cheek. One of his ears is different than the other. Mottled like a cauliflower. His nose is still crooked. These are all things he knows about himself, but seeing it made animate is... distinct. "And Charles?" he finds the words thick in his throat.
"My most steadfast companion. There are no words to express my sorrow and regret for his condition." But nothing changes. There's not a shift, there's no warmth. There's no love. There is just an empty expanse. If such vivid sorrow exists at all, it is not made manifest here. "Erik?" says Erik, just before he turns to leave, the surge inside him too great to bear. "Knock-knock. You are supposed to say who is there," he adds, both eyebrows arching expectantly.
It takes him off-guard before he realizes that - no. The dry, slightly off-kilter humor is him as well. "Who is there," he intones compliantly.
"Tank."
"...Tank who."
His visage softens then, just slightly. Letting him see his own version of a smile, the dimple at his cheek he doesn't recognize. Affection. Muted, but unmistakable. "You're welcome," Raven murmurs, flourishing back into herself.
That night, Erik sits by Charles's bed, Hank's vial in hand. He turns it over nervously, and then removes the jet injection packet from the inside pocket of his leather jacket. "All that must be done, is to place this against your neck," he explains what Hank told him. "And use this button." He mimics the action without depressing it, first.
The device looks eerily similar to the gun that had been leveled at his head weeks ago, Erik’s arm at the other end. To his core, Charles knows that it wasn’t Erik in his body, that Erik had been stuffed away to some corner so remote that even Charles couldn’t reach him, but the similarity isn’t lost on either of them. It’s late now, and though the hospital is quiet, the war inside of Charles’s skull is not. Hundreds of lives and their manifold emotional turbulences hijack Charles’s awareness and utilize his body to express their final form.
The arrhythmia as detected on his heart rate monitor is a testament to the wild swings that are happening within him without his configuration, and the only reason that he isn’t being observed constantly observed by a team of cardiologists is because Charles himself has made his doctors and nurses, save for Daniel and Hank, impressively unaware of that particular readout. Above the fray is Erik. His troubled consciousness, his anguished soul.
It will pain him to pull that trigger once again, and Charles loathes that Erik is the one who will administer his dose, but he didn’t fight it. There is sedative waiting for both of them; Charles’s in his IV, and Erik’s in a small syringe. Whether or not Erik takes it, Charles will have no control. He tilts his head to the side, exposing the long stretch of neck. “Only until things calm down a little.” Charles repeats his promise, as both an internal vow and a flat attempt at reassurance for his most beloved. “I’m ready.”
Erik presses their foreheads together, catching his gaze and holding it, willing calm and warmth through his touch as though he can leech it into Charles's psyche just the way he does for Erik. "I love you so much," he whispers, desperate for Charles to feel it and he focuses on it as intensely as possible. On the brilliant, shining part of him untouched by the anguish, by the horror. Unblemished, something perfect and wondrous inside of him, because it is nurtured by Charles. Something beautiful in him because Charles makes it beautiful.
How his smile still makes Erik's heart stop in his chest, how proud and pleased it makes Erik when he can draw a laugh out of him, how delighted he is when Charles makes a move on the chessboard he doesn't anticipate. How breathtaking he is, just lounging on the bed in front of them. Erik's eyes water again, bundling everything - every part of Charles he carries with him and thinks about in private moments, how when he wakes up in the morning it's not to ash and fire but to the reminder that Charles loves him. When he's cooking breakfast, Charles's idle good morning, sweetheart arrests his soul and he carries it with him for the whole day.
Charles doesn't realize that it's a goodbye until Erik pushes the injector to his neck with a soft hiss.
Chapter 25: and save the seeds the farmer sows.
Chapter Text
It takes a few moments to work its way through his blood stream, but the very first thing he notices is that Erik's eyes are not watery at all. Erik isn't anything at all, in-fact. The warmth and brilliance of his gaze only seconds beforehand is diminished entirely, leaving him to study Charles in his bed like a specimen. "How do you feel." Charles sluggishly realizes that it's a question, not a statement, delivered flatly.
It was a lifetime ago, when Charles first encountered the universe contained in the circumference of Erik Lehnsherr’s cranium. When the willowy, gamine figure first slid into the empty classroom in the economics building at MIT, the world stood still. Never before had another arrested Charles with such stolid force, had stolen his purchase on those around him. Ever since that moment, Charles has kept a foothold in Erik’s unfathomable psyche. Even before he dared to call them acquaintances, let alone friends or lovers, Charles had been magnetized by the poetry that lines the corridors of his consciousness. How he reasons, how he argues, how he slots himself in with the wonders of the particulae of the universe and conducts his day-to-day in relation to the minutiae.
Erik is agonized by what he regards as defects, dark seas storming beneath a veneer, but Charles sees something else entirely. Something perfect in all its flaws, brilliant for all its darkness. Erik Lehnsherr is the most magnificent creature to have graced the earth, and Charles can only founder in gratitude to be the one person who gets to behold him in his entirety. I love you. I promise, and I’ll be bac— Like a wave crashing on a shoreline to erase a message written in sand, their connection spirits away. They both feel the ungainly rip as the serum finds the pathway to Charles’s telepathy—surprisingly small, given the vastness of his ability—and blocks it. Erik is no longer cushioned by the warmth, and Charles…
Charles feels cold. It’s not immediate relief, like he thought it would be. When Erik wraps him in the invisible shield to block out the world, Charles still has access to Erik, to another pulsing mind. It’s a reflex, to push outward, just as inherent as sight and taste and hearing. In the sudden stillness, a white noise rings between his ears, and for the first time in who knows how many years, the only voice that Charles can hear is his own. It’s deeply unsettling, but when Charles looks upward, instinctively reaching toward Erik for comfort, he’s stunned to a gasp when all he sees is a hollow expression regarding him. Those green eyes are clinical, and the set of his jaw is harsh, unyielding.
For a moment, Charles attempts to claw his way back into Erik’s head, demand to know what’s wrong, why he’s so cool, indifferent, but his attempts are quashed by the very barrier of his own brain. The question is impossible to answer with any semblance of coherence. Bereft, cold, like a gaping wound beneath ice. Frazzled, by his own mental presence. Mournful, manic. And also…good. The headache is instantaneously gone, and his heart is steady, beating at his own rhythm. “Tired,” he answers finally, blue eyes searching Erik’s own once again for something, and then turning away when he doesn’t find them. “Can you start my IV? I would like to go to sleep, now.”
Erik smiles, but it's a grim facsimile of the expression Charles remembers. Almost predatory. His nose doesn't wrinkle. His eyes don't crease up. Charles has seen him on television, seen the way others perceive Erik, but it's always wrapped in the ephemeral awareness of what's really there. Now, that awareness is non-constant. Charles will have to maintain it through recollection and not experience. Was all of his experience of Erik psionic? Is there nothing of him left? Horridly, he half-expects Erik's body to begin moving of its own accord, controlled by an outside source once again. It doesn't, of course.
"Is it very quiet." Like this, Erik's accent is thicker, causing his words to come out in an intimidating lilt. His cadence itself is off, rendering even simple questions as flat and lifeless. When Charles reaches for him, he does clasp his hand. His touch is still infinitely gentle, and he still brushes a kiss over Charles's knuckles. His lips are still warm.
Charles closes his eyes, hoping to savor the feeling of Erik’s lips on a hand that still feels encased within a glove. Somehow, it’s easier, when his eyes are closed; it’s as if Erik isn’t even there. That thought brings a fresh wave of nausea to his stomach—how can he permit himself to prefer complete absence over Erik, in the flesh, but hollow and distant? No, he doesn’t prefer that. He knows that he doesn’t; he’s just tired. Injured. Forcing his eyes back open, he plasters a smile across his own lips, but he knows that it must look as sad and strained as the one on Erik’s own face. “My own brain feels loud,” he says quietly. “But, yes. Much quieter.”
"Do you think you will be able to get some rest," Erik 'asks' once more. The vivid hues of rolling fields and malachite are duller, but fixed on him impenetrably. Charles musters up a guess that he might be concerned, based on what he knows of Erik's heart. His heart is still there, isn't it? "---Would you like me to read you a story." That at least is an approximation of something that the Erik he knows would offer.
The flat affect is jarring. Charles can’t determine whether or not Erik is upset, or whether…whether this is just who he is, here. On the surface, without the sweeping ocean of his mind accessible to Charles’s audience. This is how Erik Lehnsherr is perceived. Cool, calculated. Cards close to the vest. How deeply Charles’s experience of him has been shaped by what lies beneath, he doesn’t know, but he wonders how others will appear to him, too. Raven, without the sharp agility. Hank, without the searing analysis. “Yes, I do. I’m tired,” Charles repeats, his own voice falling toward monotone. “A story…sure. That would be nice. Can you…” he hesitates; this is all new territory. “Hold me, please?” A last, desperate grasp to hang on to the warmth.
Slowly, he moves to the bed, and draws Charles into his arms, using touch as a bridge. An anchor. His palm across the broad side of Charles's neck, his cheek. A kiss to his temple. "Raven told me a knock-knock joke." His eyebrows raise, and there's a glimmer-a flash of firewood dryness that vanishes as quickly as it comes. It's a reminder that Erik does have friends, outside of him. Teri, Carmen, Daniel and Raven are all indelibly fond of him. Even Moira liked him, and Moira didn't like anybody except her mother and Fred Astaire.
But, they've had a year to learn him in this way. Charles hasn't. As waxen as he is, the little statement is a reminder that Erik does still exist, in there. And he is trying.
Charles shuts his eyes, still flummoxed by the overwhelming silence, the tinny ring. He imagines that this is what people who have been confined feel as they experience an open space for the first time in memory. No, he knows that this is what they feel like, having experienced it secondhand a hundred times in his head. It’s both terrifying and stymying. Erik’s body beside his own is the only thing anchoring him to reality, now. Without the waypoints of telepathy, he feels adrift, bereft. Erik’s arms are his entire universe, right now.
“Did she?” he asks softly, focusing on the timbre of his voice. His accent is thicker, and the words sound heavier from his lips. Not in a bad way; it’s just different. Another barrier. A wry laugh. “Without telepathy, I suppose I won’t know the punch line in advance. Tell me, and then read me a story. Something nice.”
Charles remembers how Erik felt when he laughed. He wonders if Erik feels it now. He repeats the joke, (including the unconscious "you must say 'who is there'" -- Raven knows what she knows) and then curls the top of Charles's head under his chin. He doesn't have a book, so instead he starts - and for the briefest of moments, Charles thinks it might be softer. Or he is imagining that it's softer -
"Once upon a time, there was a Boy who lived in a very high castle.
He wanted for nothing, except love. After many years, he made a friend.
She was a bluebird named Magpie, the color of his eyes. The funny bird became his sister.
He had learned a part of love for her, but there was another part that he was missing.
The Boy grew up to become a Man and entered the Forum for all living creatures,
where he would become educated in the role he would play in the Grand Forest.
His Magpie in tow. There, he learned yet more parts of love.
Camaraderie, loyalty, spirit. But the last piece eluded him.
He asked Magpie if she could help him find it.
First they found a beautiful Caterpillar, but this was not the last part of love.
Love must be fully-grown, and Caterpillar was immature. So, they moved on.
Next, they uncovered Hedgehog. He could not help the Man find the last part of love,
because love must be open and without spikes. He was too afraid, and he tried to make the Man
hide all the parts of love he had already learned. So, they moved on.
Finally they came across Armadillo. Magpie told the Man,
'Armadillo cannot be the last part of love, because no one can see him.'
But the Man replied, 'No. I can see him.'
'But how can this be, should not love be open?' said Magpie. 'Armadillo is closed.'
But the Man said, 'I can see him. He is open.'
He took Armadillo with him, and through the Man, Magpie realized that she could see him, too.
The last part of love-"
Erik's steady, elongated tones slip for a flare, only a flare.
"Sometimes, it takes a long time to find.
Sometimes it seems hidden but it is not.
Sometimes, you must look in the most unexpected places to find it.
'But when you do,' said the Man, 'Everyone can see it.'
Even if Armadillo closes again, the last piece of love would be the Man's forevermore."
Without the torrent of noise and intrusive emotion, Charles can cling to Erik’s voice closer than ever before. It’s strange, being so tethered to what he can hear with his ears, feel with his body. It seems too simplistic to be fair, but Charles realizes that he must accept the narrative as Erik lets it spool from his lips. He’s near sleep by the time the story ends, but a minute smile finds its way to his lips. “Must be a handsome Armadillo,” he slurs. “I love you, Erik. Forevermore.”
"I love you around the sun and to the moon and back, neshama," Erik whispers back next to his ear, tucking him close to his chest. Without the whirring of his mind, Erik could be mistaken for being at peace. The steady rise and fall of his chest, the solidity of his arms as they embrace Charles against the world inside of himself so overwhelming. Once Charles is drifting off into dreamland, he withdraws the clear plastic syringe that Hank had given him and studies it for a long moment, before closing his fist over it. He opens it again after looking down at Charles and in a rough, harried motion squeezes its contents into the back of his throat, clearing it a few times.
While it hits after a few minutes, Erik doesn't fall asleep for many hours. Instead he drifts in hypnagogic melodies, fighting against the tide. Dreamy sedation finally overtakes him just as the sun begins to crawl on high.
They've finally begun to transition him back to the manor, and he continues to use the serum of Hank's devising to sleep each night. It wears off the following morning, and what is inexorable and devoid in Erik returns to him for long enough to remind him that Erik is there, and real, and that Erik loves him. The grim-faced demeanor that awaits with each night is a shock, every time, as though someone has pulled the blinds down on Erik's psyche and excised every piece of warmth.
Erik tries his very best in those times to compensate with words, and touch, but it's not the same. He expands on what has become affectionately known between them as the Magpie-verse, transforming everyone they know into silly depictions of forest animals. It's oddly therapeutic, and it lets Erik express himself in a way that he can't normally access. It helps Charles remember that this is still the core of his beloved, no matter how he looks on the outside.
The transition is anything but easy, but, through the painful lessons and discovery of his extensive limitations, Charles finds it in him to be immensely grateful for the people around him. As soon as he's recommended for release from the ICU, he's intercepted by Raven, Hank, Daniel, and of course, Erik. Rather than transferring to a standard room to begin more intensive rehab, they inform him that he is coming home. The rest of his recovery will take place in the manor, where his family eagerly awaits his return. When Hank wheels him through the door, the chair that Erik has created for him is waiting in the foyer, along with a homemade banner, bearing a "WELCOME HOME, PROFESSOR!" created by some of the young ones.
Jean runs to give him a hug, but stops short of throwing her arms around him upon remembering what she's been told. He pretends that it doesn't break his heart when she leans in to give him a delicate side-hug instead. Aura gives him a real hug, head-on, and kisses his cheek. Unusual in North America but not completely unheard-of, Charles's own family periodically engaged in a similar practice, scheming vipers under the guise of congeniality. Carmen pats his hand, giving him a brusque, but fond return.
But, the hoverchair is incredible; as soon as Erik lifts him into it, he's encouraged. A few on-the-spot adjustments are made to accommodate the angle of his back, the length of his legs, but it's comfortable and moves smoothly through the air. The rest is...well. It's the rest. Erik helps him dress and bathe. He insists on feeding himself with his better arm, but that requires that his meals be cut into manageable pieces for him to stab with a fork. Even then, he still tends to make a mess, and it's a chore to swallow his shame as someone else is tasked to clean it up.
Then there's the physio, naps, appointments...by the time Erik puts him to bed in the evenings, Charles is exhausted and sore. Erik bears his tasks - which isn't much to bear - without a complaint. Doing his utmost be unobtrusive as possible when caring for Charles, knowing how important his dignity and independence is for him. But caring for him in this way doesn't bring a hint of resentment. In fact, Erik is a natural at it, sometimes even appreciating that he's the only one who is allowed the privilege of doing so - with everyone else earning stern rebukes or a hefty glare.
When Charles falters, he is there. When he needs space, he is mysteriously absent. Things pick themselves up unseen. He learns all about spinal cord injuries, and tucks the knowledge away, using it to bolster and not smother. (And there's something about it. He's a grown man, he shouldn't need help with basic tasks of living. But the way Erik does it isn't the way everyone else does. He can't ever put his finger on why, but it feels less like he's an invalid at Erik's mercy and more the other way around - that Erik is serving him, somehow.)
Taking care of Charles doesn't put a strain on him at all, not in that sense. The serum - is difficult. Erik knows that it helps with Charles's sleeping, and that it is vitally necessary for him to be able to rest. So Erik doesn't complain, resolved to overcome and burrow it inside, so as not to take precedence over Charles's recovery. It's more than just the nightmares, which come even with the sedatives - and Erik can't tolerate anything stronger than meprobamate - Miltown to Elvis Presley.
It's the soft, crooning lullaby of melancholy that wisps just barely beyond Charles's grasp. Erik is so carefully shielding it, making it less. The loneliness, the isolation. Charles hadn't realized before the serum how Erik had come to rely on him, as an interface between himself and the outside world. This morning, though, a new problem presents itself. One that Charles hadn't even considered. Erik, his staunch protector, is momentarily disposed in the kitchen, hunting down some tea for him. It's early, and he hasn't taken his serum yet. (He tries not to in the mornings, for how difficult it is at night now.)
When he arrives in the kitchen, thanks to a swift application of his right hand on the controls to his hover-device; which is more favorable than his left in a twist of irony, it's to the kettle having exploded all over the floor, dumping boiling liquid all over Erik's feet and glass shards everywhere. This kind of accident never happens for Erik. The closest was when Charles had taken him over, but that was fixed immediately. Erik standing there, in the middle of carnage - not in all the time Charles has known him. Erik is at the counter, back stiff and arched, pressing the flat of his palm against the marble surface.
Trying to lever his mangled fingers into a position of comfort. His brace is ripped off, hard black foam and plastic inlaid with metal spires and hook-loop fasteners abandoned on the floor. His body is alight in tension, even as his face remains placid and relaxed. Pain. He's in pain. Immediately Charles sees it, Erik mid-way through levitating the kettle across the room when a horrifying spasm rends its way up damaged median and ulnar. (--hacked hideously whilst strapped to a table wide-eyed, sharp scalpel roughly slicing to relieve pressure--the ghastly incision scar is on full display, wound up his inner-right forearm.)
So focused on himself—and tired by the oscillations between complete silence and an ever-increasing volume in his head—that Charles scarcely realizes that those around him are feeling the effects of his serum. That's how he finds himself in the kitchen entryway, watching as Erik presses his bad hand to the countertop. "Erik—" Then the secondhand pain hits him. Jolting up his right arm, which Charles removes from the control of his chair just before it can send him careening sideways. He remains where he is, gasping, the realization icy. "Oh, sweetheart," he breathes. "I...I haven't been re-upping it, each night. The blockers I put in."
The pain isn't new. Much of his body lately has been under siege by its cruel battalions. But it's only this morning that it becomes unavoidable in its bleating drum, burning a devastating line through his nerves, as a fork tine shreds through long spaghetti. Erik's face is serene, with a frame wracked by tremors. "I'm OK," he says evenly, offering a smile. "Forgive me-I'll clean it. I just need a second," the man explains with the cadence of a weather report, through the dusty, screaming static. It's only when Charles dials down the centers of nociception in his brain that Erik visibly sags, knees weak with relief. "Mmmn," he breathes unconsciously as it slips out of his senses.
With a pang, Charles navigates to Erik’s side. His right arm, with its stiff, abortive movements, finds its way to the countertop. As Erik relishes in the sweep of reduced pain, Charles tries to settle his hand over Erik’s own. He can’t believe he’s forgotten. How selfish he’s been, wrapped entirely in his own wants and needs, forgetful of all that he tends to. Erik, for his part, has been stoic. Even when he’s between doses as he is now, there hasn’t been an ounce of complaint from him, or perhaps Charles hasn’t paid attention.
There has been distance in his mind, fear of adding more to Charles’s plate, perhaps, or maybe Charles has been tuned out. Though he can float higher in his chair, he tends to remain at the eye-level at which he once stood, which means that he’s a head shorter than Erik. “Does it return instantaneously when I take my dose?” he asks quietly, twitching fingers over Erik’s hand. Curled, stiff digits overtop curled, stiff digits.
Erik looks unwell, like he's about to throw up. He swallows it down and remains very still and calm, waiting for it to pass. "Mostly," he laughs a bit, shaking his head. "But it was not so bad. I think it took a while to fully wear off? This is the first time I couldn't--I am sorry," he says amidst deep breaths. "It's OK," he insists. Him being in pain shouldn't make a difference, right? It won't impact anything? Erik grimaces a bit.
“You should have told me,” Charles insists. He’s silent for a moment, assessing Erik. The pain might be gone, but it’s clear that he’s shaken. The clay kettle is in shards on the kitchen floor, water and dust pooling across the tile, snaking into the grout. Below his suspended feet, a tiny river funnels toward Erik’s own shoes. The implication is heavy. So long as Charles continues taking the serum, Erik’s pain will return in starts. A trade-off; Erik’s pain or Charles’s? It’s an unfair question. On cue, a fresh wave of noise and pressure presses at Charles’s focus. Someone somewhere is experiencing deep sadness, and Charles is riding along. “I will…manage,” he says at last. Without the serum.”
But Erik shakes his head. "What if you weren't a mutant?" he says. "It would be my life, Charles. It's my life. It-sucks," he huffs. "It does. But it is my life. Whatever-" he rolls his eyes heavenward. "Whatever that means." The mess, in the aftermath, slowly plucks itself up and re-forms, swirling about in patterned dance. He can't help but be grateful that for the moment, Charles isn't using the serum, because he knows he couldn't make himself understood as well. But-that's trivial. That's his life, too. Before Charles, that was just daily experience. "I got-I got reliant, on this, but I shouldn't have. It wasn't fair to you, because now you can't-because now you think you have to, and it will affect your healing. So, please. Not for me."
“If I weren’t a mutant, none of this,” Charles says, gesturing broadly, “would be happening. We wouldn’t be here, would we? How integral to the trajectory of our lives have our mutations been? It’s a moot point, Erik.” He nudges his chair closer, the quiet whir of the motor a fitting accompaniment to the quick reassembly of the kettle. Mechanics and magic, to the naked eye. If only everyone knew how much more magnificent it truly is. “If you weren’t a mutant, I wouldn’t have this,” he continues, tapping his bad arm—which he can move at the shoulders and elbows but not quite at the wrist just yet—against the arm of his chair. “Look how dependent I am on you right now. I couldn’t do anything without you, Erik. I will eventually have to learn how to exist without the serum, won’t I? I will not allow you to be in needless pain.”
"Not needless," Erik shakes his head, and reaches to place his good palm over Charles's cheek. "Not to me. One of us has to be in pain all the time, isn't-maybe," he clears his throat. "Maybe instead of that, maybe we should try-alternating? Yes, I-it is more difficult, without your abilities, for me. You may need me to help you with getting around, but I-couldn't even talk to you like this, properly. You don't recognize me sometimes," he whispers. "But we are learning, right? It is our lot, we are learning. We rely on one another. Even without-" he touches Charles's temple. "You help me. You remember."
Charles sighs as deep as his lungs, allowing his head to fall back against the headrest of his chair. They haven't discussed it out loud yet, but it is certainly high time to broach the subject, as it pains them both to feel the chasm widen between them when Charles no longer has access to Erik's mind. "Of course I recognize you, Erik," he says quietly, voice low, tired. "You're still you. Still that same handsome, intelligent man that I fell in love with." But, they both know that Erik is partially right. It's different. They feel the absence to their very centers. "Would it...would it be better if we slept apart, on the nights that I need to take it? Hank can administer my dose, and then we don't—" Don't what? Need to stare at each other and endure the distance? Need resent the medication coursing through Charles's veins?
It pierces Erik to his core. "I'll get better," he promises roughly. "I'll see a doctor. I'll get better. I'll do better. I'm sorry."
"That isn't what I meant," Charles whispers, his fingers flexing around Erik's unbraced hand again. "There isn't anything wrong with you, Erik. You're doing nothing wrong, alright? We've simply grown accustomed to communicating in a different way. Look—" he hesitates. "I'll see if Hank can do something. Half the dose. Something. Alright?"
Erik decides to focus on the tea momentarily, not separating from Charles but using his ability to maneuver China cups and leaves behind him. "I don't know what's wrong with me," he laughs, a pained whisper. "And I know there is. I know." He's always felt different, his whole life, even before everything. Meeting Charles was the first time he felt seen, and that being seen didn't make him blunder clumsily in the opposite direction.
Meital, one of the children they'd rescued, shares a bond with him that goes beyond experience with Schmidt. Meital has difficulties with speaking, with meltdowns, but Erik seems to understand her. It isn't the same, the source of their structural integrity is different, but on the surface it looks similar. Erik isn't stupid - he knows there is something wrong with him. And it's not just Schmidt, or trauma. All of the children have similar circumstances yet most are relatively stable.
"I just want you to feel as good as possible," Erik says, and like this it's easy to hear the entirely genuine desire. "That's all I want. If I am-if I interfere, if it's too hard-" his nose twitches, and he grasps the made Earl Grey and helps Charles to take a sip, one hand still over his cheek. It really does come naturally to him. "I'll try anything, OK? Whatever you think will help. I'll try it."
Charles almost protests the help, but, given that the tea is hot and that his hand is still figuring out how to work in conjunction with his body again, he acquiesces. His thoughts are similar to Erik's—he's a natural. Perhaps, in another life, in which he wasn't called for a hundred other purposes, he would make a spectacular doctor, nurse, therapist. It's not lost on Charles how easy this new aspect of their relationship comes to Erik, which is almost humorous, because it feels the opposite of natural to Charles.
He sips the tea—cooled, of course, to just the right temperature—and then leans his head back again. "I will speak with Hank," Charles concludes. "There will be some middle ground that we can reach. I am sure of it. It's important for both of us that I learn how to manage telepathy as part of my condition." He glances down at the brace, still abandoned on the floor, and then Erik's clawed hand. "Funny, isn't it?" he remarks. "Between the both of us, we've four working limbs."
Erik goes completely still for a second, before a startled laugh blurts out of him. "I never thought of it like that," he grins back. "You're the brains, and I am the brawn. Does that make me the Scarecrow, or the Tin Man? You're Zauberlinda, of course."
"You certainly have a heart, Erik Magnus," Charles replies, and though the sadness hangs over them like a heavy tapestry still, it feels good to speak of lighter topics again, to take a step back and just acknowledge where they stand, or sit, in this moment. "But you're not brainless, neither are you cowardly. Perhaps you're Dorothy, mm?"
"Oh, you know me. I'll always be a friend of Dorothy." Erik winks outrageously.
Charles groans and rolls his eyes, though his hand tightens around Erik's own as well as it can. "Never mind. Scarecrow it is," he teases, and for a moment, he allows himself to enjoy the reprieve of their stressful lives, made ever complicated by things they never could have foreseen. "You're not just going to give me tea and no accompaniment, are you?" he asks, nodding toward the suspended cup. "Mistreating your poor, broken lover already."
"I'll never understand your version of a biscuit. Here, try this," Erik insists, opening the bread box with a wave of his hand. A small confection wrapped in wax paper floats into his hand and he holds it up for inspection. "Kolaczki, see. Proper biscuits." They're a little bow-tie shaped cream-cheese dough-based pastry filled with sour jam, dusted with sugar powder.
Charles eyes the little confection with a skeptical glance, though it’s all for Erik’s benefit. They both know that he’ll eat whatever Erik presents him with. “It’s no custard cream,” he faux-complains. But, I suppose I’ll give it a go.”
"Do not lie. You like my biscuits." Erik is definitely flirting with him in the middle of their kitchen. He typically wraps Charles's hand around anything that can be eaten as such, instead helping him to lift it rather than directly feeding him - it's an intuitive distinction, one of just hundreds that Erik applies on a daily basis to make things feel less suffocating. This time is no different, though Erik uses his thumb to swipe a piece of sugar off of Charles's bottom lip with a warm smile. "See? Much better than custard."
Charles appreciates Erik's quiet gestures. The way he helps Charles feed himself rather than doing it for him, though it would be much easier. The way he wipes his lips; very much how he would have done so just months ago, when Charles had been fully capable of doing it himself. "Mm. Acceptable," he declares, though they both know that the snap of the pastry, the tart explosion of jam, perfectly balanced by the sugar, is far, far superior to a box of mushy custard creams, forgotten in the corner of the pantry. "I suppose you ought to make more of these and give me one each day, until I decide they're better than custard creams."
"We are scientists, after all," Erik returns with a sage nod.
Chapter 26: For evil, I return them good
Chapter Text
It's moments like this, Erik thinks, that make everything worth it. All the hardship that had defined the milieu of his life before Charles for so long - he would endure it millions of times over. If it meant he would end up here, like this. There are difficulties, but in this soft and liminal space, Erik is... happy. "Do you know-? How I like doing this for you?" he whispers softly, wanting Charles to feel it, before the serum takes him away. "I know how hard it is to let someone help. But you let me. It makes me feel like... I am yours. I hope you know, how much of an honor it is."
Charles looks down at his knees, cheeks suddenly hot. Because, yes, he does know. When the serum is out of his system, like it is now, Charles can feel that Erik truly does enjoy taking care of him. He resents it; it's no secret that Charles doesn't want to be taken of. How it makes him cringe, grow flustered, angry. But, Erik isn't resentful. And that is a great mercy. "You are mine," Charles replies, tone soft, even as he glowers at his knees. "And I am grateful, but you also must tell me if you start to feel...." Like a nurse rather than a partner? Used? Beholden? "Like you don't want to be my keeper."
If he stops to think about it, this never was beyond Erik's wheelhouse to begin with. Erik has always done these things - cooked for him, kept things clean, looked after the minutiae so he was free to focus on the things that brought him satisfaction. His studies, his teaching. He's always taken care of Charles. It wasn't a chore then, and it certainly isn't now.
You are mine.
A one-off comment, but Erik's toes wiggle in his shoes, overtaken by a sudden jolt of nerves at hearing it so plainly.
He just smiles, shaking his head. "I don't," he rasps when he can unstick his throat. "I really don't."
"Not yet," Charles conditions, though the jolt that rips through Erik is entirely undeniable. It racks through his body, and Charles, in his heightened state of sensitivity, can feel it crawl through even the insensate portions of his body. Still, he clumsily reaches for Erik's hand and grips what he can—his wrist. The lap belt keeps him from leaning too far forward, but the chair floats ever so slightly closer to Erik, pulled by tension. "And you must let me continue taking care of you, too."
A thick blanket descends over Erik's thoughts, a sweltering haze permeating as he stares, wide-eyed. Charles has felt it only once before. On their balcony, where he'd taken one of Erik's memories and left him pliant in the aftermath. Erik can barely keep his eyes open. "Yes," he whispers.
Charles tugs with all of the strength that he can muster—which, admittedly, isn't much. He awkwardly maneuvers himself lower and lower, until the stagnant wheels of his chair hover just six inches above the tile. "Come, sit on my lap," he huffs when he realizes that he can't pull Erik onto it on his own. "And bring that tea."
Erik doesn't trust himself to pick it up in his hands, watching as little tremors twitch his fingers. Everything is suddenly so hot. All his hair is on end, there's a ringing in his ears and his heart is pounding fiercely in his chest. At the entreaty he's there, lowering gracefully and holding himself so, so still, legs braced on either side of Charles's. The tea lifts between them, held immobile and steady under Erik's power even as he looks ready to shiver apart.
Charles waits until Erik settles onto his legs, but when he doesn’t, and remains hovering above his knees, still as a statue, the telepath rolls his eyes. “I won’t break if you sit on me, Erik,” he reminds the other, brow cocked. “Come on. Relax.”
All of the tension in Erik's body leeches as his weight (which frankly is negligible, even at his height) settles completely onto the other man. It's clear in that moment he'd been waiting for direction, holding himself poised like a taut string, and once it's given he complies instantly. How Erik treats him, how he touches him, might be irritating if it were anyone else. Charles knows better. He's always been this way, always so painstakingly careful with everyone.
"Hmmn," he rumbles in reply, peering down at Charles through half-lidded eyes. "Tea?" he asks hoarsely, barely recognizing his own voice, thoughts a washing-machine tumbling about.
Though Charles can’t feel the actual sensation against his legs, there’s a vague suggestion of pressure on that accompanies Erik’s settling atop his lap that brings him immense satisfaction. Everyone has been handing him with care lately; so hesitant to touch him or jostle him for fear that his delicate body might simply snap in two after all. It’s nice, this. Almost normal, save for the fact that the hoverchair sinks a few inches as Erik settles atop him before it rights itself.
“Please and thank you,” he replies, and accepts the assistance this time without his pseudo-help. The teacup floats of its own accord—well, Erik’s accord—and Charles is grateful for the chance to scrabble at Erik’s shirt with his good hand and heave his bad arm around Erik’s waist. You’re frazzled, in here, Charles remarks, noting the spinning drum of Erik’s thoughts. Have you forgotten that we’re allowed to do this?
Erik shifts to the side a little so that his head can drop to Charles's shoulder, and he unconsciously presses his lips to the exposed skin at his neck. That they're in the kitchen doesn't seem to register. "Mm hm," he rumbles lowly, no more than a vibration in his chest. He wraps a hand around Charles's and helps him take a sip. Missed you, he laughs a little. Not forgotten, but unsure. You have so much to focus on, and-me-
He didn't want to cause trouble, or discomfort. He's been trying very hard to make himself as unobtrusive as possible, to take all of his needs and put them in a tiny box at the very ends of his psyche. It's not that he doesn't think Charles is capable, but rather, that he views himself as an inconvenience. Especially in the wake of North Brother Island, when all of the oily sludge behind watertight compartments has flooded his cathedral and burned everything.
All of the things that he's kept fastidiously under wraps are peeking out. The pieces of him that are ugly, and bad. This, the way his mind hums and sways and shudders when Charles says nothing more consequential than come sit on my lap in his firm, unwavering voice-he could control it, before. Now, it's not stable. And so he made it smaller and smaller, hoping it would go away.
It takes focus, but Charles eventually is able to twitch his left elbow enough to settle that arm over Erik’s thighs. He wishes that he could raise it and twine his fingers through Erik’s hair—which is overgrown and delightful—but tries not to grow too upset over it. Yes, he fears that Erik will miss his physicality. How he used to wrap his legs around that waist, tug at his hair, caress a finger along that jaw.
But he realizes here, in this moment, that Erik will give himself over to Charles’s mind. It’s almost stupefying. How lucky is Charles to be paired with the one person on Earth who he can still love properly, like this? And I have you to focus on, too, he agrees, a small smile enlivening a face that has been too dour for too long. I’ve missed you, too. I love you. I’m sorry that I’ve been distant.
Physicality was never the real factor. Not for Erik. He feels intensely, vividly, spires of golden electricity that arc from the center of his chest down to his gut and turn his breathing shaky. But it's not because of the physical. If Charles were to examine that warmth in Erik's mind all those times, like flowers in bloom - it's the same root as all the times he has twined those fingers into Erik's hair. Like this, so close together, Charles can feel it as long lines of humid circuitry buzzes beneath his skin.
As though he's the mind-reader in the room, Erik lifts Charles's hand to press it against his cheek, over the coarse stubble of his jaw where he's neglected to shave for the past couple of days. The touch is warm and present and he closes his eyes against it, only to open them upon Charles's smile. "This," he gasps. Like seeing the Louvre for the first time, every time. Erik never thought he cared for art, until meeting Charles. Now he knows, the only thing that matters in life, is beauty. Missed this most.
Where they're in contact - spark. From Erik, right into Charles, and with his telepathy, it's everywhere.
Through the veiled sensation in his fingers, Charles appreciates the stubble, now overgrown to the point of near softness. This is raw, real love, he thinks with a satisfied flutter. Charles, broken in body, Erik so badly needing to heal in his brilliant mind. Two flawed people who choose the other over everything else. Everyone else. For this moment, Charles forgets to be bitter and mournful about his condition. The shame, ever present, fades into a salient whisper. The cacophony in his head, even, seems to settle just a touch, granting him just enough space to bask in what it means to be loved by Erik Lehnsherr.
Oh, darling, he replies, his smile still soft, still tender. I didn’t mean to go anywhere. I’m sorry. I’m here now. Here for you.
He’s about to lean his head forward to invite a kiss, when a sharp intrusion threatens the moment. “Oh,” he murmurs quietly. “Oh, she’s—“
Through the doorway, as a burst of red hair, darts Jean. She’s running at a near full sprint, when the sight of the two men in their intimate configuration stops her short; Charles will swear that she skids to a halt. “Oh!” chirps the young girl, blue eyes wide. “I—I’m sorry—hi, Professor! Mr. Lehnsherr! I only heard that you were both in the kitchen and were both happy and I haven’t felt it where you’re both happy in a long time and so I thought maybe there was something yummy in the kitchen to eat and so I came in here but now I see—“
She stops, pale cheeks flushing a brilliant shade of crimson.
Whatever loam had built in his mind cracks like an egg splattering over concrete, and his eyes cross as the disruption wrenches, nearly painful in its intensity. Erik is more free and open with Charles in the manor than anywhere else. Normally secure in the knowledge that Charles would know if there were a problem with their affections amongst any of its inhabitants.
But being caught like this, in such open and vulnerable intimacy - a circumstance that crept up on him too slowly to have been prepared for - sends a bolt of raw, unhinged fear through him that brackets everyone in the room like ice water.
"Jean," he responds, hoarse and nearly inaudible. It's Jean. It's just Jean. She knows, she's never said anything. Clearing his throat, remembering her abilities, he forces it all away, a tsunami that sweeps every iota of clanging horror back out into the sea. Dropping an affectionate kiss to Charles's forehead, he gracefully rises to his feet and snaps the bread box into his good hand. "You want a snack?" he asks, holding it out in a rough, jerky movement. He's beet-red, but valiantly marshaling himself. "The professor here insists that they are better than custard creams."
Charles is loathe for Erik to leave his lap and for the intricate explosion in his mind taper to something far more calm. It leaves him wanting for more…excited even. For the first time since waking up in that hospital so many weeks ago, Charles feels hopeful. But…duty calls.
Jean, their secret favorite (of course he doesn’t have real favorites) has been distant, since he’s arrived home. Apprehensive, afraid that her beloved Professor is too injured, inside and out, to be the same. She’s a telepath, too, after all. She glances at Mr. Lehnsherr, her other beloved professor. He’s felt a lot different, too, except for today. Today, they feel like the old versions of themselves. “Yes, please,” she says, inching closer to Charles. Mr. Lehnsherr had been sitting on him, but he’s still okay, it looks like.
”And another for me, too, Erik, dear.” Noting her furtiveness, Charles lowers his chair until it’s on the ground, at her level. “Want a ride?” he asks her conspiratorially, nodding at his chair. “I haven’t tested to see how high it can fly.”
Erik crouches to the ground in a languid movement - everything about him is poised, even this, and withdraws the brace he had abandoned earlier to slowly and painstakingly uncurl each claw-like deformity of his fingertips into their slots, snapping it closed and fastened with a blink of his power. With each second that passes failing to induce harsh terror, he relaxes in gradients and presents her with a treat. Like Charles, she can sense that he's smiling, eyes creased up. "For you, kochanie," he gives a little dorky bow. He lifts her from the ground, giving her a light twirl before settling her at the edge of Charles's knee.
"Do not fear," he tells them both with typical solemnity. "It can fly as high as you like. You will be safe, there is a protective sphere around you." He lets it shimmer for a few seconds, visible. And they are - utterly contained in Erik's power, surrounded by the ease of its application. It makes Erik happy, using his abilities like this. To create and spark joy. He grasps another confection and wraps Charles's hand around the wax paper, meeting his eyes warmly as he helps with this as well. It's undeniable even without telepathy, but with it, the intimacy between them is clear.
The love, undiminished and vibrant. Surrounded by family, by Jean and the other children, and the man he loves most in the world. The simplicity of it threatens to undo him, as it always does when he pauses to consider how truly blessed he is in this life, but he only smiles.
Jean knows, of course. It’s why she likes to be around the Professor and Mr. Lehnsherr when they’re together; their minds remind them of her mom and dad, in some ways. Happy to be near the other, warm and loving. She didn’t know that two men were allowed to feel this way about each other, but when Aura told her that people are allowed to feel however they want and that only laws made by men make it wrong, she felt better, glad that the two are allowed to be happy.
She herself is enthused to feel that something again, and she lets out a little shriek of delight when Mr. Lehnsherr lifts her up. It’s still a little scary to sit on the Professor like this—what if she hurts him worse?—but when he doesn’t seem to mind, she slips back to sit closer to his chest as they nibble on their cookies. As soon as Mr. Lehnsherr puts the Professor’s arm back on the armrest, they’re lifted into the air. Jean shrieks and laughs again as the chair raises up, and up, and up, and it’s so high that she can even touch the ceiling!
They’re above even Mr. Lehnsherr’s head, and he’s the tallest man she’s ever seen. “You can’t catch us!” she teases Mr. Lehnsherr, as the Professor laughs softly, dipping and turning the chair in the cavernous kitchen.
"Oh, no?!" Erik smirks and then he lifts off the ground, zooming up and around them. He does a little flip to show off, spreading out his arms like ta-da! "You are it," he informs her very seriously as he boops her on the nose and then zips off. He slows down just enough to let her catch him.
Charles laughs, free and soft, as he and Jean zip across the kitchen in pursuit of Erik. He’s still learning how to use the chair without rending them into abortive jolts, but this is actually helpful exercise. And Jean’s joy is excellent fuel. The game of tag continues for several more minutes, laughs and shouts echoing across the kitchen, until Hank walks in. His eyebrows uplift upon view of the spectacle overhead. The game pauses, Jean with her arm outstretched toward Erik’s shoulder.
“Uh…it’s, uh, time for physio,” he says awkwardly with a glance at Charles. All at once, Charles’s spirit punctures, deflating in tandem with his descent back to the floor. Physio, his most loathed time of the day. Pain and frustration guaranteed, and stark reality check.
“Alright,” he grumbles, Jean clambering off his legs sheepishly. “I suppose we ought to get it over with.” Eyes flit back to Erik, but now they’re duller. We’ll continue what we started later?
Consider it incentive, comes the rumble from Erik's mind, a sliver of heat that only he can feel twining up through the back of his skull. He transmits an image, shielding from Jean with expert efficiency, of Charles laid out on their bed while Erik applies his hands to his sore and aching muscles. Erik gently sets Charles down and helps Jean off before pressing his hand to the man's shoulder. I love you, he whispers softly between them as Charles trudges his way toward the long slog.
He recruits Jean to help him make lunch, using the opportunity to work on their casual Greek practice, teaching her the names of ingredients and basic phrases.
Chapter 27: and for mankind I shed my blood!
Chapter Text
While Charles does try to be a good sport, he loathes physio. Hank is as skillful as anyone, but the entire process is tedious, painful, grueling to him. Hank always begins with his legs. They haven’t begun to show signs of visible atrophy, but that is one of Hank’s primary concerns; he will lose muscle mass and some bone density, he’s told, but with regular movement and mechanical exercise, they can try to preserve whatever it is they can. And so he lies on the table in one of the empty rooms now filled with therapy equipment, feeling like a marionette as Hank spends a good thirty minutes working each of his joints, stimulating his muscles, encouraging blood to flow.
But that’s the easy part. Because his upper body retains some sensation and movement, they’re working doggedly to rekindle whatever they can to life. And it’s helpful, Charles’s right arm and hand move well enough now to operate his chair and grip some things, but it comes at a tall cost. Hank forces him to do grip strengthening tasks, lifts, range of motion exercises. Today is particularly torturous, with the scientist prescribing a regimen of weight-bearing lifts. Hank attaches a two-pound weight to Charles’s right wrist and instructs him to do a set of ten curls.
It’s excruciating, and by the time Charles finishes his seventh rep, they call it quits for the day, as Charles is trembling too much for efficacy.
Hank works his other arm more gently, and then finishes with some abdominal, neck, and back exercises in an effort to strengthen his trunk. At the end of the 90 minute session, Charles is utterly spent. Sore, breathless, and infiltrated by a steady stream of unwanted voices in head. Hank helps him back into his chair, but Charles can’t muster the willpower or energy to force his hands to move over the control. Sick of Hank, Charles snaps at him when the scientist moves to give him a push.
I…need your help, he beckons Erik, shamefaced.
Like a ghost appearing from the ether, attuned acutely to the shifts in Charles's being, Erik ducks through the door of their medical bay with a nod spared for the doctor, dismissing him with a single arched brow. He rests his hand on Charles's chest, suffusing him with a sensation of warmth. "Hi," he says simply, and where Charles wants to go, he need only think for it to manifest in the controls, with Erik completely keyed to his every minute shift.
It takes a lot of focus to do this enough to anticipate - Erik isn't a telepath, relying on micromovements instead. But it's helpful for times like this, and to restore a sense of independent will. There's a splotchy pat of dough along his temple and flour stains on his jeans where his apron didn't fully catch them - cookies with the kids after their math class. Erik's reputation as a teacher is intimidating and stern, even scary, but he's always fair and always tries to engage them outside of class in little projects in the kitchen or gardens.
Charles slumps against the backrest of his chair, gaze falling to his knees. The energy that Erik can momentarily invigorate him with is welcome, but also a tease, in a way; he resents that he must rely on Erik's very body so much to make up for what his is unable to do. Erik is so unbelievably thoughtful in his manner of care; he strives to imbue Charles with the independence that he desperately craves, but at the moment, Charles can't even muster the strength to take avail.
"It's alright," he murmurs. "I appreciate it, Erik, but you can just take me to bed."
Erik rests his hand on the back of Charles's chair, not in guidance but simply to remain close as he lets him guide them up the stairs. "Painful, today?" he murmurs, completing the transfer easily and settling him amongst the blankets. He picks up his right hand, gently working the digits within his own and using more of that warmth to dispel the stiff tension he feels.
Charles huffs a harsh laugh as Erik tucks him into bed. It's a fair question, he knows, but it frustrates him nonetheless. Gone is the gentle tenderness that had enveloped them both just hours ago; it's replaced by a harsh, angry poison. "I can't even stop it like I stop yours," he grunts, though the warm pulse of energy does feel nice. "The connections between my arm and my brain are so grotesquely convoluted that it's impossible to find a path to stop." As he speaks, a fresh wave of secondhand pain racks his body, thanks to someone, somewhere, whose thoughts Charles is tuning into like a radio signal. "Bloody miserable," he announces, petulant. "I question whether it's even worth it."
"I did, too," Erik reveals softly, accepting the anger and doing his best to massage it out as much as he does for the limb under his ministration. "I know, I do not possibly understand this," he gives Charles's palm a tap. There's no way that anyone who hasn't experienced it for themselves could truly understand the grief and anger and frustration, he knows. He isn't sure how welcome his statements will be, or if it will just sound self-centered. He hopes that it doesn't.
"I remember thinking how worthless. How stupid it was. How I despised the doctors. I was never going to get my hand back. Every day reminded me. Why did it have to hurt, too? But..." He lifts it up, with the brace. "If I hadn't, then I could not wear this. I would be deformed even more than I am. And it would have hurt me even more, the longer I remained in that state. I got back my range of the motion in my arms, too. They did not even think I would. And you are getting so much better. Stronger, too."
He raises Charles's hand to press his lips against each knuckle, reverent. "It will not be like this forever, neshama. I promise you. It will get easier. I'm so sorry that it is so brutal, right now. If I could take this for you I would in a moment."
Charles glances at Erik's braced hand. Each finger has its own slot, held tight against a splint to prevent it from folding inward. It's become simply a part of Erik; an extension of his body. Charles hardly notices it anymore, except when it's off. He imagines that much of that is due to the fact that Erik doesn't actually need his hands for many things. His abilities enable him to maneuver things with more dexterity than even the steadiest surgeon.
It isn't negligible, and Charles is certainly beyond grateful that Erik has been able to recover physically from his own cruel injuries to this extent, but he can't do what Erik can. "There's no reason for you to be in pain," Charles murmurs, reaffirming his earlier statement, and then he huffs again. "I tried, telepathically, to trick my nerves into reattaching," he admits. "Thought that I could outmaneuver my own body. Suppose its the same as you trying to fix your hand, my spine." A dark chuckle. "Guess we both have our limits."
"You fixed me," Erik agrees with a nod. "I have kept practicing," he reveals with a twist of his lips. "Studying the books and things," he explains. Charles sees it in his mind's eye - anatomy, physiology, neurology. With a tight grip on the small mouse's neck, ready to put it out of its misery as soon as he inevitably makes an error. "I have killed a lot of mice," he rolls his eyes. Charles was able to fix him - not physically, but he is right, Erik doesn't need to be physically fixed.
After six months at Bnai Zion and several near-death experiences, he had walked out of there upright holding his single suitcase, thrust out into a world unfamiliar after eleven years. But he had his health, and he was immensely grateful for that. And now, the pain which had plagued him for so many years in-between, was mostly subsided. He isn't sure how Charles is planning on approaching the serum, but even if he experiences pain again, the fact that he has a home, a family, and most of his health is more than he could have possibly ever asked for.
Charles fixed him, but he can't fix Charles. He has all the power of the universe, and he can't do a fucking thing with it. What good is his power, then? If he can't do the one thing that matters? Erik blinks, his features falling as he remembers that Charles can hear, that he hasn't had his dose today. In an instant, the thoughts are wiped away, his mind ticking along like one of Zeyde's old watches.
As he ticks along, in the semi-uncomfortable silence - something, perhaps from Hashem itself, strikes him. An inspiration, like a bolt of lightning from thin air. "Charles?" he asks, abruptly sweeping aside all prior self-reflected pity for something far more purposeful and intent. Maybe even hopeful.
Charles feels a little pitiful as he lies in bed, decidedly moping. Erik's words, usually a balm, fall flat on his ears; especially given the sad rumination brewing beneath the surface. He blames himself, and that's not what Charles wants. As frustrated as his own condition makes him, Erik's guilt is a hundred times worse. He says nothing as those thoughts are quickly shepherded away, replaced by a forced blankness, and he's about to ask Erik to allow him to try and nap when the tenor of his mind abruptly changes. "What?" he demands, brow cocking.
He taps his temple and then he lifts his hand. From seeming nothing, a small metal ball emerges. It's one of the first things he ever learned how to do, siphoning off atoms here and there to form new objects, playing with configuration. Metal is the oldest, its sensation like slipping into a worn leather glove. "Can you control my mind, Charles? Can you make me do that?" The metal dissolves into a small puddle in his hands. "Reform it," he demands, arching a brow at his palm. "Can you reform that? Through me. I'll show you how." The puddle lifts, and separates into billions of constituent atoms. Erik moves a few, taking them in clusters, before the shape of the outline begins to mold and shift. "Now you try."
The idea, is, admittedly, exciting. When Charles slips into Erik's visual cortex, he sees what Erik sees: the minutae of the world in pristine detail. He likes to ride along as he uses his magnificent abilities, the whole of the world like clay in his hands. It is all second-hand of course, but it's a magnificent aspect of his telepathy, that he's able to feel such power course through his own body. And he's also controlled others before, on more occasions than he would care to admit. Erik specifically, too.
Charles can puppet others with frightening ease. True mind control. He doesn't speak as he eases into that center of Erik's being. It takes him a moment to grow comfortable—Erik's fingers flex a few times, at his behest—but within a minute, the tiny reflective sphere, no larger than a golf ball, floats above Erik's now open palm. Charles gasps, invigorated with the élan of Erik's mighty being. Wow.
"If you can learn how to use my mutation through me, then you will not need to rely on me so much," Erik explains. "If you are ever mad at me, or just want to be alone. But you need to be very careful," he warns seriously. "I will show you how to move things, how to use magnetic fields. Creating, destroying, manipulating - these are much more dangerous, and complex."
For the first time, Charles feels that he has a front-row seat to what Erik's mutation actually is. It isn't magic, the way people think of mutations. Erik's brain is a quantum computer, able to hold theoretically infinite amounts of information, which was why he hadn't balked when Charles sapped off his telepathic perceptions in that library onto him. Because of this, he remembers trillions of configurations.
It's not necessarily eidetic - he forgets the things that he doesn't use as often, and has to re-absorb them. But the amount of conscious data he can hold is extremely vast. And It's why Erik has some natural resistance to psionics. Not immunity, but his brain can sometimes outpace a telepath who isn't concentrating. It's how he finally managed to shrug off Essex, if far too late.
He manually moves and folds particles together with the knowledge he has gained about the natural world through study and experimentation.
Some of it, he will have to admit, is thanks to Schmidt. Schmidt knew what his abilities were, when he was a child. He knew how to teach Erik, how to educate him.
Kleiner Erik, his voice in his ear. He's standing too close. Wir werden ein Spiel spielen. Cold dread crawls up his body. Nun ist ein Bedürfnis ein Antrieb, der potenzielles Verhalten hervorruft. Eine Presse ist eine externe Motivation, die das Bedürfnisniveau des Einzelnen beeinflusst. Verstehst du, Erik?
A false dilemma. If Erik does not understand, then Schmidt is a poor teacher. If he does understand, then he is intellectually arrogant. This is his second lesson on the subject matter. He understands. He stays silent.
Können Sie die ersten sechs Grundbedürfnisse nennen?
Luft. Wasser. Essen. Empfin..emfimdungsmog, Erik clenches his teeth. He mispronounced the word. He didn't know it. Mispronounced... Schmidt is gazing at him, expectant. Stillzeit. Suh -- Sex.
Der Hunger, den du verspürst, Erik, was denkst du, ist das? Ein Bedarf oder eine Presse?
Ein--Ein Bedürfnis?
Dummer kleiner Erik, wann wirst du es lernen?
The boy on the bed is curled up, knees to his chest. His uniform bears a neat green triangle. If Erik pushes (--presses--) just so, Schmidt will snap like a rubber-band. He draws himself up, forcing himself to meet the boy's eyes. Verpiss dich, Verde! Erik spits at him.
Schmidt rocks on his heels and backhands him with all the force of a building collapse. Erik screams. Schmidt is satisfied.
Bring ihn hier raus. Ich bin noch nicht fertig mit Erik.
Is salvation a need, or a press? Erik isn't sure. The Verde scuttles out. He carefully tucks his smile behind broken teeth.
Sie haben eine Möglichkeit. Du bewegst diese Münze in meiner Handfläche, oder ich schiesse dir in den Kopf. Genau wie Mama. Du hast deine Nützlichkeit für mich überlebt, Junge.
Schmidt levels the mother-of-pearl revolver in his meticulous tool-belt at Erik. He shakes. He doesn't like the games with guns. He shakes. The coin is still. Schmidt raises the gun and fires. The coin is still. The gun is quiet. The coin is still.
(Sex ist ein Bedürfnis, nicht wahr, Erik? Das ist eine Presse.)
When all those little instruments started floating next to him at the Red Cross camp, he had a foundational understanding of what to do. But it means that all of the highly intricate applications of his mutation won't be open to Charles, unless he undergoes the same rigorous contests. And if he tries without that, it can and would go very wrong. Inverting reality, breaking time. Turn himself inside out, kill someone by making them breathe in misfolded proteins and atoms, destroy all the matter around them at once with a thought.
Suddenly the CIA's interest in Erik was starting to make a lot more sense. But that doesn't mean Erik can't show him how to use it well enough to help him gain some true independence.
Charles continues to form and reform the ball. It’s surprisingly easy; the pathways worn through Erik’s brain are well-trod. Clean. Precise. He needs only to follow them to activate that mechanism within Erik. The freedom and power makes him laugh softly, to himself. But when Erik speaks, Charles raises a brow, turning his attention back to his face. The ball drops into his palm, abandoned by Charles’s puppeteering. “Oh…Erik, I couldn’t,” he says quietly, head settling back against his pillows. “It’s not…I don’t mind your help. I’m not willing to use you like that, for my own pride.” A small smile, despite the torrent in his arm, back, head. “Your abilities are yours, Erik. Special to you.”
Watching as his fingers flex and unflex, Erik is besieged by the full realization that Charles is burrowed deep under the ocean-floor of his tumultuous consciousness. The waves, the shears and rapids. Controlling every little twitch. He could do anything. Make him do anything? It's non-specific. Essex had been in his mind as well, arguably further beyond. Erik didn't feel like this. When it first happened, after that argument with Hank, the shock of it and the very public venue had caused a cataclysmic meltdown.
Now, alone, between them. It is different. There is no fear at all. Erik wonders if there is any possible way for him to untangle the dense, intricate strands that permeate his being. He sluggishly reaches for Charles's cheek. There is no one else on Earth that he would trust with the responsibility he knows his powers bring. No one else that he would dare invite in this deeply, suffused down to the tippy-toes and vibrant sparks. I can share, he thinks, entirely guileless. I like sharing with you.
It's for you, too. Yours, too. It takes a long moment for him to fully orient himself, enough to make split-second conceptual analysis. It's sharp, his mind is like a solar flare. But immense, complicated, difficult to parse. Code in a language no-one else speaks. If I could help you to feel... help you, Erik whispers. I've been trying to use my powers to fix you, but maybe that's not how I fix? Maybe it's like this. If I could share some of my strength with you, it takes nothing away from me. It adds more of you to me. Is it pride? Or just another way to lean on each other? his eyebrows arc, hopeful. I would never insist, but - everything that I have, my powers included, I like sharing with you.
It is an immensely sweet thing to offer. Charles doesn’t take that for granted, not for a moment. Erik’s abilities in particular are deeply integral to his being; they’re intertwined with the very core of himself, influence the way he sees and interacts with the world. To be invited to participate alongside—to overtake—is a token of utmost trust. Charles closes his eyes. The potential is immense. He need not even leave this bed to live a full life. It’s crossed his mind before, even before the injury. He has the ability to use the bodies of others for his own purposes. As a prospect, it’s frightening, and Charles does not think that he could ever stomach it on a longterm.
I will not use you, Charles reaffirms as he opens his eyes, gazing upon Erik. Not like that. But…perhaps for learning. We can share this with each other. But I will not use you like that. I’ll just have to learn how to adjust to my limitations.
Erik's grin is shy as he holds up a finger, right up to Charles's eyes as if to say watch! Wait. The air swirls around the tip of his nose, and then, a butterfly appears. A living butterfly, tickling his skin with a little bloop of chirruped confusion from its tiny butterfly-brain. It's - staggering, for a second, before he realizes that Erik hasn't created the butterfly, he's just teleported it from its journey outside. Which is only slightly less staggering.
With a blink, Charles's bed is covered in little teddy bears and trinkets.
I have been practicing, he laughs lowly, a rumble from deep in his chest. You want to go somewhere? We can go anywhere. Prague? New Orleans?
Charles feels like a little boy watching a magician for the first time, and if he couldn't feel the powerful churn of Erik's body and brain, he would believe that he is. His little finger on his right hand hooks around the edge of a spinning top, just to see that it's real. Remarkable. Erik's abilities have no bounds, it seems. Aside from the repair of bodies, of course. The tiniest village at the top of the Italian Alps, Charles replies, admiring.
Erik will give him the world. He will devote his life to eliciting that wonder-struck smile. With scarcely more than a blink, their bed vanishes from the room and Charles has to gasp as the frigid air of Arco - on the very top of the castle perched on the cliffs of Lake Garda - zings at his cheek. Charles can sit up and see the alpine range spreading out all around, with clear blue skies in magnificent saturation. A castle for you, my dragon.
Chapter 28: I help them even when I die...
Chapter Text
Charles is sitting out in the courtyard, a morning ritual with Erik as ever by his side, one hand curled possessively over the handle at the back of his hoverchair. They're watching the hummingbirds, and Erik's bent over his shoulder, drawing his finger down the page in a book open on Charles's lap. He makes some comment or another that prompts the other man to laugh and shakily reach up to press his hand against Erik's chest.
It's just a moment, out of time, but Carmen Pryde feels like he's intruded on something too intimate as he ushers Teri Pardo back a few steps. They wait a bit, then he pops his head out from behind the column to see if they're finished, like a couple of Peeping Toms.
"Carmen," Erik rumbles from behind him from thin bloody air itself, his good arm crossed over his chest. "What are you doing."
"Jesus!!! What!!! Oh my G-d. Way to scare a guy. Whew."
"I am afraid Jesus is not available."
"So funny. Anyone ever tell you you're hilarious, Lehnsherr?"
"Our agent keeps insisting on a comedy special. Indistinguishable from Lenny Bruce, he says."
That does cause Carmen to bark a laugh. "You're a regular Jewish Billy The Kid. I can't believe you listen to Lenny Bruce."
"Everybody thinks I am uptight, it's most silly."
"Yeah, most silly," Carmen affects in a high falsetto.
Erik thwaks him on the shoulder. "What is it that you both need? Rabbi Pardo," he bows formally to her. He takes a step back and returns to Charles, this time with Teri and Carmen in tow. "Carmen and Rabbi Pardo are here," he explains with a gesture toward them.
"How are you doing?" Teri asks, crouching down to offer Charles a hug. She's wearing pants and a long-sleeved blazer, with a large tote bag over her shoulder. "Forgive the interruption, but there's actually something I'd like to talk to you all about. Can we sit down?" she gestures to the patio furniture behind them. "This will be a bit of a conversation, is that OK?"
"Do you need me here?" Carmen wonders.
"Actually, yes," she laughs. "Yes, this is about the both of you."
Erik's eyebrows arc, curious. "Very well," he inclines his head and moves a lawn chair out of the way for Charles to inch in closer to the table.
There are good and bad days intermixed. So far, today is a good day. It’s a cold morning in mid-November, and though it’s probably too cold for their morning outings to continue for much longer, Erik ensures that the icy wind of autumn does not affect him as they sit beneath the Hawthorn in the soft morning light. Today, he had a thick blanket around his lower half and a book on his lap while he and Erik spin further into their Magpie-verse.
The headache is relatively mild this morning, and he’s only been in his chair for an hour, so the soreness hasn’t begun to twine around his bones yet. At the same time, they both notice the pair skulking beneath the eaves. In what feels like an instant, Erik is gone from his side and back again with Carmen and Teri in tow. Though he’s loathe to leave the blissful pocket that he and Erik create, he smiles kindly at the two interlopers. “I’m well enough, thank you,” Charles replies to the woman after a clumsy, one-armed hug, curious now. “Sure, you have my attention.”
Erik, his faithful attendant, clears a space for him to park his chair at the patio table. He really has fallen into step, acting almost as an extension of Charles body. He’s better than the telepath himself at anticipating Charles’s needs. Wherever Charles goes, Erik is usually at his side, protective, ready. Such is the case now, as Carmen and Teri take their own places around the table. “To what do I owe the pleasure?”
Teri reaches across the table and squeezes Erik's bad arm, where the long metal struts of his brace stand straight up, and nudges Carmen's shoulder in a decidedly more familiar fashion. She presses her fingertips together, smiling gently. "You both have become extraordinarily integral to our community at JC," she starts, gesturing to Erik and Carmen. She pulls out from her satchel a stack of letters and packages, setting them on the table. "So, that's for you, people found out we were doing this," she snorts.
Teri watches as Erik's eyes widen minutely, and then he touches each object with reverence, collecting them up into a neat and orderly pile, running his fingertips over them. Like they're something precious. Carmen grabs his and flicks through it, grinning while he does. "This is better than Haifa, my friend."
"Rabbi, I don't understand," says Erik, lifting one of the envelopes pointedly.
"You're both very cherished," Teri says. "Yes, even you," she snorts at Carmen. "Even though I'd have to drag you by your ears to the bimah," she adds.
"That's true," he taps his nose.
"But the amount of time you spend helping people with their troubles hasn't gone unnoticed. And you," she laughs, nodding downward at Erik. "I'm still getting complaints that you left teaching!"
"I thought that the parents were grateful."
"Oh, they were. Mutant rights and the atrocities of the Shoah aren't exactly on their radar when it comes to Hebrew school. But their kids weren't. They threw a literal fit, Erik."
"I did not teach the atrocities of the Shoah," he crosses his arm.
"Oh, really."
"...Much. They deserve to know."
Teri grins. "You've been sorely missed." She eyes Charles, knowing that this is the reason he hasn't been attending shul as often. But, that's not exactly relevant right now. "Anyway, OK. Through logic, we've gathered that there are some things you both haven't had the ability to experience, given the interruption of your childhoods. So, here is where we're at. Do you guys know what a Bar Mitzvah is?"
Erik blinks. "...For little kids?"
"Well, yes, but no. It's for anyone, not just kids. The ceremony for adults is adjusted, but-guys. This is a pretty big deal. There's a reason why this happens, and it isn't religious. Carmen."
"Do I have to?" he whines.
"Shtok. No, you don't have to. Neither of you have to. But! We've set up something like a class, that you both can attend, with some of the other students, if you'd like to."
"Students?" Erik still very clearly doesn't understand what is happening. He looks at his pile, horribly confused.
"We've taken them from the Intro classes - they're not Jewish, but they're very interested in this process. They'll get to learn exactly what goes into it all. It will take about a year, once a week."
"To...do...?"
"For us to do it, dingbat," Carmen smacks him.
"For your own ceremonies. Look, you don't have to say anything right now. Take some time, think about it. But can you remember, when you were younger, watching other people go through this? Just think back. It's meant to embrace each person into their community, to celebrate each person individually. You guys didn't have that, and I think it's important. And so does everybody else." She eyes the letters.
"Oh, brother," Carmen pinches his nose.
"Don't worry, there's nothing convincing in there. They heard I was doing this and wanted to extend well wishes."
Charles feels a small pang of guilt shoot through him as Teri describes how desperately Erik is missed by his students. Prior to the incident, he had been visiting often still—at least once per week—to teach as a volunteer at Teri's temple. He knows how much Erik enjoyed that time; he truly is a natural teacher. The man has hardly spent a minute away from Charles's side in the preceding two months, however. But, Teri doesn't say it to make him feel guilty. Charles knows that well. So her proposition brings a smile to his lips.
A shaky, curled hands finds its way to Erik's forearm. "I think you should both do it," Charles encourages. "One class a week. You both can manage that."
It is at the very least, a little bit easier than teaching students once a week at shul was. Erik is not only a natural teacher, but a natural student. This, Charles also knows first-hand. Information goes in and stays there, ready to be plucked out again when needed. It's how he managed to do a bachelor in an unrelated subject, and then catch up to Charles with his doctorate. Though, for Charles, it's more due to his intellect and for Erik it's more due to the fact that he didn't need to learn anything, he already knew it due to his mutation. A bit like cheating, Charles once teased.
Erik's lips press together, the only sign that he's affected. "All right, everyone get out!" Carmen shooes them all. "Shoo! Not you," he gripes at Charles.
"...You are so tactful," Teri laughs and laughs, rising from the table.
"I am a diplomat, my good friend. They call me the United Nations. Now git." Before she leaves, Erik rises and gives her a hug. He doesn't trust himself to speak, but Charles can tell that she understands perfectly what he's trying to say.
"So, what do you think?" Carmen picks at the fabric of his blazer, unaware that he's scowling. "I don't even know if I do remember what she's talking about, I'll be honest. I mean, I was basically a kid when I got arrested. I know you were, too. But you're older. At that time, going to... we never did. I don't even think I went once."
"I do," Erik whispers. "I remember. Before it got bad."
"Well, fuck it. You know, we survived. They couldn't take us from ourselves. I don't believe in any of this gobbledegook, but that doesn't matter."
"You still go to shul," Erik points out.
"Yeah, that's right. I still go. I don't know how comfortable I am reading from the Torah or whatever, but-"
"-as she said, it is not really about that."
"No. It's not." Carmen presses his hands to his cheek, breathing in hard. "So fuck it."
Charles feels a bit like an intruder as Carmen and Erik speak softly to each other, swapping stories. From the secondhand experience he's gleaning from the both of them, he can understand that this is a big deal to each. Carmen's skepticism is underlied by something a little more tender. And Erik... He smiles softly at the two men. "She wants you to know that you are embraced by your community. Loved and cherished. Shall I leave you two be to discuss?" A glance toward Erik, who is the real decision-maker on what Charles does and when. "I can go inside."
Erik shakes his head. "Please, stay," he murmurs, and even Carmen can see that he's suppressing a strong reaction. "I do not know if I can," he says, clearing his throat. "If I can do this-by myself," he rasps. "Did you know that I got to leave, once?"
"What, the camp? Really?"
Erik nods. His fingers curl hard into Charles's good hand, eyes distant.
Du bist kein Jude mehr, Erik. Schmidt is standing behind him. Too close. Ihr Volk ist Mutant. Diese Leute bedeuten nichts. Du bist ein Gott unter den Insekten.
He can't help it. The synagogue stretches toward the sky, its columns and spires in the heavy Moorish Revival-inspired style of Prague. Its windows feature interlocking geometric shapes, with similar along the arches. Wenn sie nichts bedeuten, sollten wir gehen, Herr Schmidt.
Nein, Kleiner. Dafür sind wir hierher gekommen. Um Ihre Verbindungen zu dieser elenden Kultur zu zerstören. Vertrau mir. Es wird Dir bald egal sein. Sie werden Ihren richtigen Platz in einer wirklich überlegenen Rasse erkennen. Das sind nur die Merkmale der Kindheit. A bottle is placed in his hand. Knie nieder, gegen den Wind. Halte es durch. Wenn ich es anzünde, musst du es so schnell wie möglich werfen.
Erik kneels. Sind Leute drinnen?
Natürlich nicht. Seien Sie nicht absurd. Sie sind alle tot, Kleiner. Das ist rein symbolischer Natur. Alles, was ich dir beibringe, Erik, hat einen Zweck. Es soll dich stärker machen, dich ganz machen.
Was ist mit der Thora darin? Die Arche? Können wir es nicht retten? Erik knows he is pushing it.
Schmidt's fingers dig and dig into his shoulder, a brand of fire all its own. Schmidt laughs. Das ist alles Unsinn, Erik. Die Thora fördert Sklaverei und Barbarei. Sind das die Menschen, mit denen Sie in Kontakt treten möchten?
It burns behind his eyes, and in his body. In his hands, the bottle resting like a bomb. This man knows nothing. He knows nothing. Ich werde nicht! Das sind meine Leute. Ich bin kein Mutant.
Schmidt picks up one of Erik's hands and snaps each finger, methodically. He howls and screams. No one hears him. It's all empty, devoid of people. This neighborhood is hollowed out, with only the single stolid structure of this one synagogue remaining. Du fühlst dich heute sehr rebellisch, Erik. Wie fühlst Du Dich jetzt? Sie werden tun, was ich sage, sonst werden im nächsten Gebäude Menschen sein. Merk dir meine Worte.
"Maybe I should not be in that class," he says to his knees.
Charles is unsurprised to see Schmidt's narrow face in Erik's memory again. His own heart stutters as the scene unfolds, as Erik's bones are broken alongside his spirit, sense of self, connection to his home. Oh, darling. Charles is there, both at Erik's side and in his head. In this space in his psyche, Charles presents as his old self, the one who could walk and jump and embrace Erik in his two arms. He does just that, grabbing the taller man by his waist. Do you think you are undeserving of acceptance because of this? What Schmidt made you do? You did not do that of your own accord, Erik. I know that you never left your people behind. Not in here. The mental image of Charles rests his hand atop Erik's heart.
It's only inside, where Charles can see, that Erik's eyes burn with tears as sweltering and hot as the flames that engulfed the building before him as he finally complied and threw the bottle, watching it break through the window and steadily catch in a swirling miasma of gasoline and napalm. After several minutes, it explodes outward when Schmidt claps his hands together and forces a thrust of energy to assist in its destruction.
Outside, he watches as little pieces of paper, curled at their edges, fall from the sky.
Erik holds on to Charles, outward and in his mind's eye. If they knew all the things I had done to our people, they would not want me there. When I was in Israel, they knew. In the Red Cross, I had only my uniform. It was marked. So they knew. They spat at me, called me a Nazi. Maybe they are right.
You know, Erik, that you are not a Nazi, says Charles firmly, lifting his fingers to catch the stream of tears as they fall. In the physical world, he simply curls his better fingers around Erik's forearm, but the motivation behind the gesture remains the same. You survived. You did what you had to do in order to survive. You were a prisoner for many, many years, my love.
Bowing his forehead to Charles's, in the real and beyond, Erik clutches onto him as the only source of purchase in the screaming wake of memories bursting out of him. I am sorry, he gasps. I am so sorry. I have tried so hard to make sure it doesn't get out anymore. I'm so sorry. Schmidt had told him he wasn't a Jew, he was a mutant. And he wasn't a mutant, then. But now he is. Does that mean Schmidt is right? Has he been right this whole time?
Erik does not feel like a god among insects. For, even every insect is special and valuable. There is no reason, that Erik can see, to deride another living thing. To feel superior, to feel entitled to harm them. It's tangled together. People who want to hurt mutants are everywhere, and Erik doesn't have a problem defending them from outside harm. But that's different, isn't it? To what Schmidt wanted. It's all rising, mixing together, all the things that he's shoved away for the last few months.
I tried, so hard. I tried. I took the punishment, so Carmen could escape. I tried. I tried to stop him from hurting you. I tried so hard. Please believe me. I should have-I should have just gone with him. I should have-
"Hey," Carmen interrupts the death spiral. "I don't know what happened. But I do remember that lab, Erik. We all know you. You know I've done shit that I'm not proud of, either. I hurt a lot of people, you know that. Hell, what's everyone's favorite insult, huh? Kapo, don't think I don't know."
"No, that wasn't the same. It wasn't. You were a child."
"Yeah, so were you. And even when you grew up, how could you be expected to be a normal adult? The fact that you're here, with us, is insane. I hope you know how insane that is. You should have been on Schmidt's island with him, experimenting on people, or whatever the fuck he did. But you weren't."
Grateful for Carmen's insistence, Charles opens his eyes and gives Erik's arm another squeeze. He feels a little trapped in this chair now, wishing that he could stand up and drape his arms over Erik's shoulders, but he's glad to at least have the ability to offer some support. "You should go back and teach again, too, Erik," Charles says quietly, but his voice his firm. "There are many out there like you, or many children who will have parents like you. Forced to do things at the will and power of your oppressors. Stories likes yours, and yours," he adds, with a nod to Carmen, "are all part of the narrative. It doesn't make you less worthy, darling. It makes you a man. A man with a lot of love for his people."
"I think we should do this," Carmen says firmly, eyeing Charles across the table, fully expecting back-up here. "We never got a chance. These people know us, and they accept us. That's worth everything. None of this is fucking linear, you know that. They didn't even have a word to describe what happened to us, before Lemkin. They had to make one up. So all of this, nobody knows shit about it. It's an unprecedented crime, with unprecedented victims."
It's not often that Carmen speaks candidly in this way, most especially about his time in the camps. Charles has known that he too bears the mark, on his skin, but he tends to take it all in stride, to act like it doesn't bother him. He usually doesn't even try hiding it, unlike Erik, who wears only long-sleeves. "It doesn't look neat and tidy. I used my position to safeguard the lives of as many prisoners as I could, and sometimes that meant I had to hurt them. Like you did. And I didn't want to, but I did it. How many people like me ended up lynched, or denied employment, or had their houses burned down? You understand, kamerad?"
"But you did not-" burn them. Kill them. Torture them.
"No. I didn't. And I thank G-d every single motherfucking day for that," Carmen's eyes blaze. "Because I don't think I would have survived it. But you did. You survived it. And you deserve to be honored for that."
Erik does crack, then, covering his eyes.
“Don’t you see?” Charles says, his voice a soft foil to Carmen’s confidence. “You are not alone, my love. What Teri extends to you isn’t an offer, but an invitation. To join your community not in spite of what happened, but in acknowledgment of.” His hand, somehow, finds its way to Erik’s knee. “You’ve been agonizing over this for years, darling. This is a time to confront and reconcile with that aspect of your history. To reclaim a part of you that was taken.”
Swiping viciously at his eyes, Erik tries to smile. "I never expected this," he laughs a bit.
"Teri is good people, Erik," Carmen nods. "And she knows as much as I do. We talk a lot. I don't mean to gossip, or anything. But-you know. Your story is entwined with mine. So she knows."
"And she does not view me as a perpetrator?" Erik's eyebrows raise, shocked.
"Of fucking course not. No one with two neurons to rub together would think that. Me, it's different. A lot of my people deserve to rot in prison for the rest of their lives, so I get it. But me, it's complicated. I'm fortunate for Teri."
"You two seem quite close."
"Shut the fuck up," Carmen gripes.
"You are close, aren't you?" Erik accuses.
"Shut up! G-d. I hate you."
"You most certainly do not." Erik is smirking, where only Charles can see. "I'm happy for you. Really."
"Lashon hara, is what this is."
Chapter 29: barbed comments flew, now soft, now loud,
Chapter Text
Where Autumn was true to its nature as a season of change, Winter, as it turns out, is where their provisions are tested. Between his transition home in October and the frigid arrival of mid-December, Charles learns exactly what he can and cannot endure. There were weeks, blissful weeks, by comparison, when he was sure that his days might not be so arduous. Adapting to his new limitations isn’t easy by any stretch, and by the time the dust settles, Charles has grown tired of his dependence, of the perpetual ache, of the grim horizons of his recovery. But that is all a small annoyance in relation to the anvil atop his shoulders.
As his body learns how to function in its altered state, the breadth, depth, and sensitivity of his telepathy grows by leagues. Initially, he vows to work with it—his gift is a gift after all, right? Once he learns how to control the spout, it will be awesome to behold. The entire world, in his head. Boundless ability in the inches between his ears. It’s the week before Christmas, however, when his resolve falters, and when Erik sets to begin their morning routine, Charles jerks away from his touch.
He doesn’t need to even imagine what it feels like to have an ice pick jammed through his ear, because he has just experienced that sensation secondhand; someone, a young man, in some remote enclave in the southern hemisphere has just been subjected to the torture, just as his brainwaves fell into Charles Xavier’s own awareness. The immense, sight-splitting pain hitches aboard what’s left of his nervous system, stimulating the pain receptors in his own body as if the metal pick has entered through his ear canal. A low, guttural grown issues from his lips, good hand clenching into a grotesque claw atop the blankets.
It’s the latest in a series of painful encounters, and he hasn’t slept well in weeks. The deep hollows beneath his eyes are but a tiny attestation to his exhaustion.
“Just leave me,” he grits, eyes jamming shut. “I don’t want to get up today.”
Erik is grim, eyes creased in concern. "This is getting worse, kochanie," he murmurs, tapping his temple. He crouches down, tall enough to still tower over Charles's wracked frame, and places a hand at his cheek. "I know that you want to try without the serum. But maybe we should reconsider it," he whispers. He does a good job keeping the wisps of his own thoughts tightly confined, a sense of control that is beyond another psi-null.
The hand at his cheek is delicate, but Charles still flinches away from it. He's too sensitive; each nerve ending is alight in a fire that burns at touch. It's hard to distinguish Erik's thoughts from the chaos in his head, but he can. They're quiet, tamped away. Their absence speaks louder than anything. "No," he grunts, though his eyes are squeezed shut as he presses his head into his pillows. "Your pain would come back, and you'd start to look at me like that again. Like I don't know you. Like you don't know me. I need—ah—" a fresh wave of agony, the source indistinguishable. Something in his stomach, which is barely even sensate. "No. Get Hank. Gotta be something else."
"Charles," Erik shakes his head. "I can handle my pain. I can handle it, OK?" his brows arch, imploring. "My pain is sole. Yours is not. No one can handle that. Please. You are suffering a thousand agonies. Please do not be so proud as to refuse this assistance. Not for me. I am strong, Charles. I can handle my pain. Do not ask me to watch this. That is more painful than any contracture."
"No," he whispers again, stubborn. "I know how you feel when I'm on it. You're afraid that I don't know you; you've said it yourself. And if I don't have you—" he gasps, breath hitching. Half from some foreign pain, half because the choice is an agonizing one. The warm familiarity of Erik's mind. The knowledge of what lies beneath those green eyes. All that he loves about Erik, tucked away behind his exterior. Still there, certainly, and not inaccessible. But that's now how they fell in love. "No," he says again. "Just...let me be. It's a bad day is all. I'll stay in bed today."
Charles can see, now, that Erik's eyes are reddened at the sclera, prompting twin stars of green to fix him with an urgent gaze. But he knows, too, that this is due to his probing of Erik's psyche. Into the very deepest parts. A compensation that permits him to understand Erik's true nature. One that he would not have access to, absent his abilities. One he does not think Erik will ever truly be able to overcome, as laden as it is throughout his entire being. This schism that permeates him, Charles knows, is as much a part of his soul as his softer-heart.
Erik's features barely twitch. "You have me, Charles. Always. You will have me. I know that I am not the same, but-that does not change this." He taps at his chest. "You will just have to learn me that way. Learn to see what is in here. Others have. I have non-telepathic friends," he points out. "And I will have to learn, too. I will. I will get better. I will try harder. I promise, I will try harder. Please."
"Erik, it's not you..." His voice is pinched, strained by both the pain at his temples and firm distaste for the situation at hand. He doesn't want to give up his telepathy or lose access to Erik. And Erik needs him, too; the man is doing so very much for Charles at the moment, the very least that he can do is provide him with the comfort he needs to get through the damned day. He opens his eyes, reaching a jerky hand toward Erik.
"I know what's in there, darling. My Erik." A deep, shuddering breath. "Just give me a few days," he barters. "Go on downstairs. I think the children are making holiday treats today. We can talk about it later. I'll manage just fine up here."
It's through said application of Charles's ability that he can see how those words affect him. My Erik, whispers through all the trees and fog, a golden thread weaving down and down. His eyes flutter shut against his conscious volition, and he takes a shaky breath of his own before nodding once, a clumsy jerk of his chin. When Charles talks to him like this, his voice a firm weight, Erik has little choice but to obey. All those strings wrapped through.
Erik isn't used to Christmas - this is the first time he'll ever celebrate it, and it can't be denied that he's heavily curious. He's already focused intensely on what type of presents Charles and the other children and instructors would like.
"OK," he whispers back, smiling gently. "I'll bring you up some gingerbread," he does insist.
"I would appreciate it," Charles replies, voice lighter now. It's forced, but he doesn't want Erik to worry, and Erik will worry and insist unless Charles suggests another task. He's learned this about Erik, that he is amenable to suggestion when it comes in a certain form or from a certain person. He, he knows, is one of those people. Only for Erik's comfort, however. "Enjoy the festivities. Don't let Raven wrap any gifts; she once wrapped a book for me in thirteen layers of paper."
Erik's laugh is soft. "I will ensure that all gifts are wrapped correctly," he promises, his fingers still spread over Charles's jaw. I love you, sparks between them, from that liminal space in Erik's brain that expands outward at Charles's behest. He rises neatly to his full height, folding his hands behind his back. As he leaves the room, he's the picture of solemnity and austere composure.
Only Charles knows the difference.
As soon as Erik shuts their door behind him, Charles allows himself to disintegrate on the mattress. Erik is right, this is agony, tumbling in his head like dice. It’s unbearable; he can only hope that relief will come soon, but his own body has betrayed him so frequently lately that he has little hope. By the time Erik returns later that day to check in on him, he’ll find Charles curled up as far as his body will allow, which isn’t very far. His blankets and several pillows have found their way to the floor as evidence of agonized, abortive jerks of a largely immobile body desperate to move.
Erik immediately responds, like a nerve firing off. Everything settles back into its proper place at once. He's holding a Tupperware that he abandons on the desk as he heads for Charles, a tumultuous ping. -worry - how I can I help - make this stop - end this, please - His arms come around Charles's shoulders, fingertips at his neck, attempting to soothe it all down with the warmth of touch sinking into him and spreading out. "Charles, we need to end this," he speaks it aloud. "Let me get Hank, please. We need to end it."
Charles barely registers Erik’s presence—that mind that he so deeply loves and cherishes scarcely makes itself audible above the fray. It’s only when the physical touch accompanies it that he rights himself, absorbing the deep worry through his very skin. His eyes squeeze shut. It’s as if the inside of his skull is shot through with electricity. “Alright,” he whispers, and for the first time in weeks, tears well in his eyes. “Alright, Erik.”
Erik stays like that with him for a long time, just holding him, doing his best to push his mind to the front of that fray, to overtake it somehow. To let Charles feel his love, and his devotion, and his care. They don't need to move from the bed, Hank is called up through a single thought, and enters the room to find them both wrapped in one another. It's already known to the blue doctor, so Erik doesn't bother to extricate himself. "He needs help," Erik rasps. Only Charles can hear his anguish.
It’s pain and relief, all at once, when Hank administers a dose at some point later. Whether it’s minutes or hours, Charles isn’t sure, he only knows that the feeling of hollow, cold longing returns as the pain disappears. His tears continue to fall, even after the dose is administered and Hank is gone. When he looks up, Erik there, but not. Different. He hates himself for thinking so. “I love you. I’m sorry,” he whispers.
Still with fingers feathering at the back of his neck, into the soft strands of hair. Erik gazes down at him, appearing utterly at peace and unmoved. "You need never apologize for relieving yourself of pain, neshama. It is I who must apologize to you," he says, and every word is spoken in the same even, measured tone without variation or affect. "If I were not this way, it would not be so hard. I know this. I love you."
“There’s nothing wrong with the way you are,” Charles replies through a tearful voice. Erik sounds different. His accent is thick, but his voice is even. Flat. The redness in his eyes is gone. “I’m sorry. It’s not—there’s nothing wrong with you.” A sob racks through him. “Hank can find something for your pain. I’m sure of it. We’ll do something…”
He touches Charles's cheek, tender. It must be tender. It can't be nothing. "Please, do not agonize over me, Charles. I would take this pain a million times over, if it meant relief for you. And I know you would do the same. The problem is, dear-heart, that this pain is bearable. Yours is not. Do you understand."
The only indication that this next statement is based on pain is the split-second pause between one word to the next. "The doctors at Bnai Zion said that I should be on morphine the rest of my days. I do not want that, neshama. I detest drugs, they change how I am inside. My structure is known to me now. Drugs change that, make it unstable. They interfere with my ability to use my mutation. They..."
All calm. All centered. His features never move, his eyes do not blink. The lines of his face are as carved from marble, immobile. "They remind me of the tests. The medicine Herr Doktor Schmidt und Wyngarde gave me. The drugs Viktor gave me to make me compliant. To stop fighting. Please understand. I rather to cope with my pain instead, than to be overtaken once more."
Charles wonders if Erik is considering the way that drugs change him. The minute pause between his phrases makes Charles think that he’s going into one of those places in his head now, but he can’t be certain. It distresses Charles, not to be able to see where Erik is, inside. His exterior gives little away. How will he know when Erik needs him? Perhaps he’s right, he must learn to read the smaller shifts, listen for the subtle changes in his voice.
Sniffling, Charles flexes his fingers around what he can reach, which happens to be Erik’s braced hand. “And if the drugs overtake me?”
Erik is looking down at him, silence in long stretches that Charles realizes would be instead a point-of-contact between them. "Of course I consider it. I do not want this. Your mutation is beautiful and wondrous and it is as part of you as mine is of me. But you are in pain, neshama. Pain far beyond anything I experience. I try to teach you some blocking skills, but they do not work. What do we do. How do we make it better."
He lets his braced hand move up, cradling Charles's hand against his cheek along with his other, framing his face, then presses his forehead to Charles's brow, breathing slow. "What if it were me. What would you do. I do not want the drugs to change you," he says in the same affectless, accent-roughened lilt. "I just want to take care of you," Erik adds after a moment, calm and steady.
It occurs to Charles that Erik is speaking the same words he always does, it is only the cadence and timbre that are 'off.' If he listens to the words, pairs them with what he remembers, it's a slim shadow of his Erik.
"I want for you to feel good. To feel in control. Please, tell me. Anything. Tell me how to make it better."
It’s a funny question. Not because it doesn’t sound like one—Erik’s intonation doesn’t change much—but because to him the answer is painfully obvious. Charles would help Erik with his telepathy. Ease pain with telepathy. Solve any problem that he could with the gift that he was given at birth.
He can reconcile the Erik he cherishes with this version, and he knows that it is patently unfair to even suggest a distinction between the two. Erik is Erik, inside and out, and Charles is not a good partner if he can’t identify the wholeness, there. This 'version' of Erik isn’t a version at all; they’re both him, as whole as anything. It brings Charles a sick wave of guilt to know that he’s been parsing the two. No more, he decides. Erik is Erik. His love. His everything. “You being here makes it better,” he answers finally, earnestly. “I couldn’t do any of this without you, Erik. You take excellent care of me. I’m sorry if I’ve made you feel that it isn’t enough.”
He dries his tears by jerking his neck, wiping his face along the fabric of his shirt. “You’re my anchor, in this. Now as always.”
Erik's expression doesn't change. Not at first. But Charles is studying him, desperate to reconcile these two Eriks into one. So he looks, and looks. And there it is. The briefest tightening of his brows as they knit together in the center of his forehead. The slightest press of his lips and crease at his eyes. Were he to see inside, would Erik be in tears? That he does not know is piercing, but that he can guess is... promising, perhaps.
"No, proszę, nie myśl, że to miałem na myśli," he says. The words in Polish are a result of code-switching, a response that happens when someone is emotional and unfiltered. They sound... less flat. By a single increment. "I do not think this," he continues in English, aware of his slip-up. "That I think you feel it is not enough. No, that is not relevant. I care about you, in all ways. I do not resent that you may not think it is enough, neshama. I simply..." he pauses, still as a statue nonetheless.
"If it were me, if our positions were reversed. If I had to take a drug for my telepathy or to experience excruciating, intractable pain. What would you choose. For me. I want to know. Because I need to know this is the right choice. I need to know you will not be lost. Or hurt worse. Made worse."
Charles understands. Erik isn’t looking for encouragement or something nebulous, like a promise of appreciation or a declaration that they will continue to try hard. No, he wants to know, in plain words, if Charles thinks that he himself will be okay. Erik knows what drugs do to him. He’s had to learn the hard way how they interact with his personality, his health. Charles had been healthy most of his life; he’s only started taking medication at all after the accident.
He’s now on a proper cocktail: muscle relaxers for the spasms, kidney medication, blood thinners to reduce the risk of clots, painkillers. And now, this. “I would want you to not be in pain,” he replies, voice soft. Watery eyes find Erik’s own, impassive. “That’s my first concern, always. That you’re not in pain. But I would be lying if I said that I wouldn’t regret the loss of your abilities, darling. They’re so much a part of us, aren’t they? Something that we both fell in love with in the other. It would be foolish to say that I wouldn’t miss your abilities.”
"I regret the loss," Erik returns frankly. This at least is preserved of his personality: Erik does not lie, not consciously. "But I love you without telepathy or with it. You still touch me. You still say nice words. You still listen with me. You tell me stories as I tell you them. You smile. Not as much any longer. But when you do it makes my chest feel too small. You have your philosophy and you play chess with me and tickle Jean. I can sit in your lap and rest my head on your chest. And I hear your heart beatings." It's a mistake, a miscalculation of plurals in English. The only warble. "You are still-steel and immense. You do not need telepathy for me to love you. But I regret it. Because you do not like me, this way."
"Erik, that isn't true." His voice has shed much of the soft sadness for the moment. He can't twist his trunk well enough to turn and face Erik properly, so he looks upward at him, from where his head rests on Erik's chest. His face is stony, and Charles wishes with all himself that he could peek behind the surface and untangle the root of that supposition. "I love you, Erik. I love you like this and otherwise. You're the person I want to spend the rest of my life with. Do you truly believe that I don't like you like this?"
His fingers card through Charles's hair, and down his back where the feeling is still preserved. "I know that you love me," he says with a clear nod. "I do not intend to sound self-pitying. But I know that you prefer the..." he trails off. Perhaps he isn't sure how to describe it himself. "The version of me that you fell in love with. That I am not like that, without your abilities."
Charles is quiet for a moment. He appreciates Erik's cool fingers against his scalp, down the nape of his neck, where it trails near a surgical scar that is still healing. Wrong place, wrong time...nothing will ever be as it was before that piece of steel made contact with the tiny notch between his shoulder blades. It's raised purple still, beneath the soft cotton of his pajama top; he caught a glimpse of it through Erik's eyes just last night as the other man readied him for bed.
"Your mind is the most incredible that I've ever encountered," he says after a moment. "In depth and in breadth, Erik. If I could build a house inside of it and live there with you, I would. It's become a bit of a haven for me, over the past year. I love to be close to you in your mind, experience your thoughts and memories at your side. I feel like I am missing something when I cannot do that. I fell in love with all of you, but it would be misleading to say that I do not miss being with you in there," he says, reaching a shaky hand up to touch Erik's head. He misses, landing on his jaw instead, but the point comes across. "But there is nothing wrong with how you come across. Believe that, please."
Charles knows through said telepathy that Erik laments this scar, but he takes care over it with a light touch. It's a part of Charles, now, and it still causes pain. Erik goes very lightly there, not drawing any attention but working to dispel the tension in his neck and shoulders. When he lifts his arm, Erik doesn't help at first, letting him make the effort in full before Erik grasps his hand, shifting it to the exact place that he'd been aiming for without conscious volition. It's just a natural reaction, an extension of himself as Charles's impetus, and his eyes blink slowly. He nods again, a single movement. "I suppose it would be as if I lost my eyes. There is nothing wrong with hearing you, but I would miss seeing you."
Charles is about to protest Erik's help, but lets it drop. It's uncanny, how Erik knows exactly what he wants, even for things so small as this. Perhaps they don't need his telepathy at all, not when they have the ever-observant Erik there to anticipate each of Charles's needs. "Yes, exactly," he replies, soft again. "And I would miss being seen by you. Just as I'm sure you'll feel my absence in your head."
"I feel it," says Erik in the same tone as every other statement he has made thus far. "But I do not wish for you to be in pain. It is unbearable. I know you feel the same," he adds. "But before you, I dealt with it on a constant basis. Like your headaches. It is simply part of me, and I can bear it. It is only mine. If it will help you to feel at ease I will speak with Hank."
"It would make me feel better," Charles admits, and he finds that his tone is now growing steadier, perhaps unconscious as he matches Erik's own. "And...and once I'm a bit more stabilized, I will try to wean off the serum," he adds, eyes dropping to his blanket-covered legs. "The, er, mirroring exercises that we used to to aren't really feasible anymore, are they?" He thinks about how they used to follow each others hands, arms. His own barely work, now.
"They can be modified," Erik promises. "The important part of it is bilateral stimulus, which can be accomplished even with one's eyes. I can also demonstrate it on your body, and as long as you can feel the sensation, it will act as a catalyst. As well, with your abilities, we would be spending a lot of this time inside of our mind-space, where that is less relevant. When you are ready, when you are more stable, I will help you to overcome this. I learned a great deal about how to endure telepathic stimulus. I know it is not remotely the same caliber as what you perceive, but maybe it will help to ease the burden."
"I look forward to that day," Charles says, earnest. "It feels a bit pathetic; I'm supposed to be helping others here learn how to exercise control over their mutations but I'm entirely sidelined by mine." His own affect is flat now, but the admission is one that has been tormenting him since his first dose of serum in the hospital, over two months ago. "What message does that send to the students?"
"That everyone struggles from time-to-time," Erik replies immediately. "That you are not infallible, that you have to learn as much as they do. It sends a message of hope, that they are just as capable of achieving control as we are. I have difficulty with my own mutation, you do not view me as pathetic. I presume." It takes several long moments before Charles realizes that it's a joke.
The dry, deeply veiled humor takes a moment to land, but Charles smiles when it does. “You scarcely have difficulties, darling,” Charles points out. “Not like I do. Your power only seems to grow vaster with each day, and you take everything in stride. It’s remarkable, actually.”
That causes Erik's eyebrows to arch, a brief and infinitesimal movement only visible due to Charles scrutinizing his features. "I am not particularly certain I would agree with that assessment, but it is very kind of you to say."
“What makes you think that you are lacking in anything?” Charles asks, genuinely curious. “Here—help me sit up,” he huffs, tired of having to arch his head back to look up at Erik. “Against the headboard, please.”
Erik peers at him for a split-second, before moving to comply almost before he's finished speaking, helping him in an easy movement even with one arm. Charles realizes that for the moment that Erik is lifting him, he's almost weightless, like he's floating, before settling back properly. Erik helps him balance upright, a touch lingering along his jaw and neck.
"I suppose I do not feel that I am taking things in stride, so to speak. Not about you," he ensures to add. "Not our life. My past, I suppose. I feel off-kilter. All the things I have kept compartmentalized are shifting."
Charles settle back against the headboard and feels marginally better for it. This way, they might as well be their old selves, enjoying a late morning in bed and a good chat, side by side. “You’ve had a lot of things happen in a short amount of time,” Charles reminds him, “Schmidt’s return, the incident on the island, this,” he adds, nodding to himself. “And even before that, darling. It’s been a time of change in your life. Being off-kilter is normal, I dare say.”
He nudges into Charles's side, one arm around him, leaving his braced hand atop his lap. "Did you know that Erik isn't my birth-name." Erik says out of nowhere, words shaped by quiescent lilt. "I am not sure why I am telling you this. Perhaps, because it is something you do not know about me. Now you know, and you did not need telepathy to learn it."
The admission surprises Charles. He whips his head to the side, eyeing Erik—or, whoever he is—in incredulous wonder. “People think about their own name several times per day,” he remarks, eyebrow shooting upward. “Tell me everything.”
"Oh, my mother called me Erik," he says in a bit of a huff. It might have been a laugh, were Charles inside his mind as usual. But, "It's a diminutive of Ariel," he explains. "During the Selektion, I gave it like that. It was less Jewish. After, I felt that I could never be Ariel again. I was different. That little boy was dead. So when I got my new I.D. in Haifa, I was Erik." There's no smile on his face, even though Charles expects there should be, but he can almost see where the corners of his eyes have bunched up.
It's like reading between the spaces of atoms - the minutiae, as staring at a painting gradually reveals each individual stroke of oil.
Charles is shocked. It takes a lot to shock a telepath like this, with some secret or hidden information, but Erik has managed to do just that. For some reason, it catches Charles more off-guard than it might warrant. People's names are so deeply intertwined with their psyches, and he's never heard Ariel... or maybe... maybe it's been there all along, but Charles hasn't thought to pin it down for what it is. He looks at Erik, up and down. Erik sits beside him, long-limbed, square-jawed, green-eyed Erik. "Like the spirit in The Tempest," is all Charles can say. "Still Lehnsherr?"
"Still Lehnsherr," he says in that same even tone, but studying up close, Charles can almost see a faint trace of amusement in his eyes. "My mother is Eisenhardt, but I have my father's name. There is a person in the Torah named Ariel; they're a leader, sent to Izzo by Ezra to ask for Temple ministers. It's also applied to Jerusalem, or is thought to come from arel or hero. More commonly, it has a meaning of lion. The el part means G-d, so it is fully Lion of G-d." His eyebrows arch, dry.
“Ah, I know what Eisenhardt means; my paltry grasp of German has afforded me that much,” Charles says, a small smile on his voice now, even though he’s still a touch shaken by the revelation that Erik isn’t even Erik, not fully. “Lion Iron Heart. What a name. It suits you,” he admits. “Though, anyone who knows you as I do would see immediately that your heart is far from iron, darling.”
"The officers weren't necessarily wrong - it was, undoubtedly, due to humor that his family picked this name. At the time, they would have had all their land taken from them. So they picked landlord, as a joke. They have roots in Germany, and back then, we did not have last names. It was like, I would be ben Iakov, or my mother would be bat Maxim or some such. Some people actually have returned to that format, in Israel. We were forced to picking Germanized names, and that must be what they picked. Eventually they ended up returning to Salonika, but unfortunately that did not save them from the Nazis."
"Erik the Landlord," Charles muses. "Charming." He wishes for momentary access to his telepathy, to learn more about this facet of Erik's life that had been previously unknown to him before. Suppose this is how most people feel with their partners, desperately curious to explore their depths. "English mothers from a certain class can name their children one of a handful of names," Charles offers, for his part. "William, Henry, Robert, John, Charles...my father chose Charles, after the naturalist. Darwin's eldest son was called Francis, and my mother allowed my father to indulge that whim. Here I am, Charles Francis Xavier. Xavier could be Spanish; my father swore that he was a descendant Spanish nobility, but it's more likely Huguenot. No one ever called me "Charlie," though, aside from Raven."
"Why do they have such a limited pool to choose from," Erik asks, truly without comprehension. A man who can spin straw into gold, but he had grown up poor, and the fancies of England's upper class were utterly lost on him. "And what is a Huguenot."
Charles chuckles; suddenly fond. "It's not an actual restriction, love, just a joke. Most boys my age had one of six or seven names. I was one of ten Charleses in my year at school, but there were nearly twenty Johns. A bit silly." He swipes a clumsy hand over Erik's braced hand. "The Huguenots were French Protestants. Calvinists. The Catholic government persecuted them, so they fled France and settled elsewhere. Many came to North America, like my father's family. His side has been here since...goodness. Well before this country was a country."
"Fascinating," says Erik, peering at him studiously. In that tone, it might even sound sarcastic, but Charles knows better. He's genuinely intrigued. "Did you grow up altogether in Britain. You mentioned Eton, of course."
It's remarkable, Charles thinks to himself, that they've never discussed this. Too busy exploring each other's souls to pay attention to the boring, administrative things. "Not altogether. I was born in this very house; not even a hospital. My father died when I was very young, and so my mother took me to England for several years. Hence the accent," he says, a grim smile. "We went back and forth for awhile, and then I relocated permanently when I was thirteen for school."
"I like your accent," Erik replies, and there's a glimmer behind his eyes, if Charles looks for just a second. There, and then vanished. He touches his palm over Charles's chest, recalling those old mahogany bookshelves. "How old were you when he perished."
When he perished. It almost makes Charles laugh; without his telepathy, Erik's accent sounds thicker and his English different. An unexpected consequence of the serum. "Four," Charles answers. "An accident, in his laboratory. He was a chemist and an heir to a massive fortune. My mother remarried his lab partner and colleague just months later," he says dryly. "Raven has always insisted that it wasn't an accident."
"She believes it was intentional." That causes his brows to arch in a visible expression of surprise. "What do you believe."
Charles hesitates, lips tightening. "It isn't wrong to say that Kurt and my mother did not appreciate my father's... ways, with his money," he says carefully. "When I grew older and my mutation manifested, I learned that they resented it. My mother thought that his fortune would enable her to buy lavish homes all over the world, the most expensive clothing, host garish parties. My father wasn't interested in that; he wanted to funnel everything back into his lab. Donating enormous sums to universities and research institutions that he thought would help further his work into whatever he was interested in. I think he must have four or five buildings at various universities named after him."
He can't sleep; he hasn't in days. The noise in his head grows louder, and Charles knows that he must be going insane, at last.
Bloody useless lawyers, I have never witnessed such incompetence.
Here—another brandy—
It's not over, Sharon, he's just a boy—
And Brian gave him every last penny! What's a boy to do with such money!
We can crack the trust open, assures his step-father, and Charles can see the amber liquid spilling into a crystal glass, through his eyes. And, anyway, you're the second beneficiary.
A cold laugh. Are you suggesting that I kill my own son, Kurt?
Of course not, trills Marko. I would never.
Charles smiles coolly. "It doesn't matter what I believe. My father is dead, so is my step-father."
"That must have been incredibly difficult on you," Erik replies, suffusing warmth through his touch that he knows doesn't appear on his face. "Your step-father, you mentioned him a few times before. That he was a brute, and a bully. I do not lament his death, but that still must have caused some pain. The emotions of grief are never quite so linear. We look back and consider what should have been, all of that. But in the end, you inherited it all. And look now what you are doing with it. No lavish parties."
Charles hears the shift in Erik's voice and notes the subtle softening of his expression. When he imagines the warmth that would have permeated across their telepathic bridge, he smiles softly. "I felt bad that I didn't feel too terrible about it," Charles admits sheepishly. "I don't think he was capable of love. He didn't love his own son—my step-brother. He didn't love my mother. He certainly didn't love me. I suppose I acknowledged his death as a tragedy. My mother drank so much at his funeral that I had to help her to bed. It's the only time I ever saw her cry."
Glassy blue eyes and a face creased with frown lines. Hair in wisps of mouse brown straying from the tight bun on the top of her head. A small pool of barely perceptible tears as Charles settles her in her bed, in a room just down the hall from where he sits a decade later.
Now there's nothing left, she chokes, a claw-like hand gripping Charles's wrist. He promised he'd get it, but he never did....now there's nothing left.
Charles, momentarily stricken by this bizarre moment of tenderness, realizes with a sinking pit in his stomach that his mother is still, after all these years, lamenting the loss of the fortune.
He shuts his eyes briefly. "No lavish parties," he agrees. "I considered giving it all to charity. I do give plenty away as it is. But I'm glad to be able to use it to build this. Our institute."
"When I learned that Schmidt was dead," Erik's eyes flick upward a little, chin lifting. "I mourned. It does not make sense. Anybody who knew him and I, would presume me to hate him. But it does not quite work that way. For eleven years, he was my family. He could be horrendous. But he did act kindly, at times. As a child, that is hard to reconcile. For me, things are not so neatly good-and-evil. But for you, having a line-in to his mind at such a young age, it would have been very easy to understand his nature. To see, that he was not capable of loving you. That he was cruel, selfish, evil. So of course it makes sense that you would not feel so bad about it."
"You're not the only one who has felt that way about someone who has been cruel to them," Charles tells Erik. "It is not something that even I understood at first, when I encountered someone who felt love for a captor, an abuser. It's actually more common than one might hope." He thinks back to the version of Erik he witnessed on that island. Overtaken by Essex, certainly, but so eager to do as Schmidt bid. The war raging in Erik's mind in the weeks leading up to the operation. Twinned antipodes of reverence and disgust. "It still bothers you," Charles says, and it isn't a question. "You still feel regret over what happened."
"Yes," he admits haltingly. "I imagine if I had your ability, what I would have seen in his mind, would have formed a solid opinion for me. I can only guess what it was like in there, but if I had known him as I know my own self - maybe I would not be so conflicted."
"I couldn't see in his mind," Charles reminds Erik. "But, I imagine that you would have. He wasn't good to you. He fooled you into believing that he was, my darling. Threatening you into subservience. He made you believe that only he was able to determine your worth, and so you were desperate to show him that you were indeed worthy."
Erik's chin jerks down in a rough nod. "Did you know that when I went to Jo'ara I found a copy of The Little Mermaid and when I read it, it was nothing like what I had read in Schmidt's office. He had bound these books together and changed the stories. I think that... is like a microcosm of what it was like. He changed the stories, he changed the way the world worked. It was so profound, the degree of... of..." he doesn't have a word to describe it, Erik realizes. "Mental control. And he was not even telepathic."
"And you were such a tender age when he took you," Charles says gently. It's a new experience, listening to Erik recount this part of his life without his telepathy. In a way, it enables clarity. Charles can focus on the meat without becoming wrapped up in the torrent that is undeniably swirling behind those solemn green eyes. "A lot of studies are being conducted right now. About this very phenomenon that you describe. Prisoners, captives, victims of abuse. Many feel as you do. As if their whole worlds were incorrectly shaped."
"I am grateful, to be honest, that you were able to see Kurt Marko for who he really was. And that you did not give-in to any such attempts on his part to convince you otherwise. But I do sorrow for you, that you had to endure such proximity to hatred and disgust. No child should experience that. You should have been loved, and accepted, and embraced."
"As you should have, darling." He lets the phrase settle between them for a few moments. Charles is unaccustomed to silence like this, but finds it oddly...settling. He's allowed to sit with his own thoughts, for once. "Your children," he says after a moment. "The Maximoffs. I kept meaning to try and locate them with Cerebro."
"I had Hank input the parameters," Erik reveals, a bit scratchy. "There was nothing. Not even a preliminary. No Maximoff. No Magda, no anything. My suspicion is that the little one, Wanda, is shielding them somehow."
Charles nods thoughtfully. "The report did mention that she may have abilities similar to yours. It's reasonable to expect that she has the ability to hide herself from telepathy." He knows that this is a sensitive, frustrating topic for Erik, but he continues to push. "But their mother...perhaps we can find their mother."
"Perhaps so," Erik nods. "She might not want anything to do with me," he warns. "What happened was an atrocity. She would be right to despise me."
"And if she doesn't, we can leave her alone," Charles promises. "But it's worth reaching out, perhaps. You may be able to clear some air, or at least share her concern for your children. She may not even know that they've been able to escape safely."
Erik lets his eyes close for just a moment. "We should find her. If we can. She might be dead, as well. We had no luck on our own with finding Magda, but your ability to use Cerebro vastly outclasses anyone else."
Charles nods, clumsily tapping Erik's leg with his good hand. "I'll try, when the serum wears off. I'll try to give it a shot before I take my next dose," he promises. "Would you mind...telling me? What she was to you? You mentioned that it was all an experiment."
So he does, in calm, steady, measured stanzas. "She was my friend. I was awkward, as a teenager. But she did not mind. She did not flinch from me, despite my group. We played together in the blocks, she told me about her family from Clejani and Lombardy. Schmidt caught us one day and-"
Here, Erik clears his throat. "Well, he became jealous. He decided he would use her as a control, and subjected her to some of the experiments. Then, he decided that because he was very generous, he would allow us to copulate in order to produce superior mutant offspring. Ah, and because I wouldn't be such an Arschficker, of course."
He doesn't mention the irony, but it is laden all the same. The irony is an iron blanket, across his Iron Heart. "Inevitably, her genetic code held something that interested him. She was not a mutant, but the message was clear. She would produce very powerful mutant children. And with me, undoubtedly even moreso."
“I see,” Charles says softly, thinking. “Curious. I was doing some research as well of that nature, wondering which combination of genetics might produce the most potent mutations. I never reached any clear hypothesis, but did unearth some curious findings.” It’s a touch sickening, that he and Schmidt went to the same place in their research, but at least the purposes weren’t nefarious. “Some are predisposed to mutation. Magda must have some recessive, unexpressed mutant alleles.”
"Indeed. And he would appear to be correct, if Wyngarde is to be believed. I couldn't do those things, at her age. But she can, seemingly with ease. I suppose they did not expect that their project would outmaneuver them." Charles can detect a faint trace of pride in his voice, even now.
“I’m excited to meet them,” Charles says earnestly, and he can tell from Erik’s slight uptick that he feels the same way. “If they’re anything like their father, they’re pretty magnificent, I’ll say. Powerful, cunning.”
"They might hate me, too," Erik points out. "Resent me, for not finding them sooner."
“Or they’ll be delighted to have a father who is just like them,” Charles counters. “They’re young, my love. I’m certain that they’ll simply be happy to have you in their lives.”
"They will adore you," Erik replies confidently, smoothing back Charles's hair from his forehead and bending down to press a kiss against his brow. "That is the only certainty I hold. I admit I... never thought about being a father. What I would want to teach my child. But I am not scared, because you are with me."
Charles smiles at the warmth that he detects in Erik’s voice, through the kiss and the gentle stroking of his hair. He feels the slivers of Erik in these moments, of tenderness and sweetness. Love. “We’ll cherish them both,” he agrees. “I promise I’ll help you find them.” He looks out the window then, wondering where beyond the snow-covered lawn two children could be hiding away. “Where would you have hidden, if you were her?” he asks Erik.
"Oświęcim," Erik says without hesitation. "It is the first place that anyone would discard immediately after considering."